On the Latin language

s

■iiiilllhlj

STUDIA IN

THE LIBRARY

of

VICTORIA UNIVERSITY

Toronto

THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY

FOUNDED ay JAMES I.OEB, LL.D.

EDITED BY
t T. E, PAGE, C.H., LITT.D.

E. CAPPS, PH.D.. LL.D. W. H. D. ROUSE, Lrrr.D.

VARRO

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE

VAREO

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE

WITH AN ENGLISH TRANSLATION BY

ROLAND G. KENT, Ph.D.

PROrESSOR OF COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY IJJ THE
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA

IN TWO VOLUMES

I
BOOKS v.- VII.

LONDON

WILLIAM HEINEMANN LTD

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS

HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS

MCMXXXVIII

Printed in Great Britain

CONTENTS

Introduction page

\'arro's Life and Works . . . . vii

Varro's Grammatical Works . , . viii

\'arro's De Lingua Latina . . . , ix

The Manuscripts of the De Lingua Latina . xii

The Laurentian Manuscript F . , xv

The Orthography of the De Lingua Latina x\ii

The Editions of the De Lingua Latina . xxvii

Bibliography ..... .xxxiii

Our Text of the De Lingua Latina . xliii
The Critical Apparatus .... xliv

The Translation of the De Lingua Latina xlv

The Notes to the Translation . , xlvi

S}Tnbols and Abbre\iations . . . xlix

De Lingu.\ Latina, Te.\t and Translation

BookV 2

BookVL 172

Book VII 266

INTRODUCTION

VARRO'S LIFE AND WORKS

Marcxs Terentius ^'ARRO was born in 116 B.C.,
probably at Reate in the Sabine country, where his
family, which was of equestrian rank, possessed large
estates. He was a student under L. Aelius Stilo
Praeconinus, a scholar of the equestrian order, widely
versed in Greek and Latin literature and especially
interested in the history and antiquities of the Roman
people. He studied philosophy at Athens, with Anti-
ochus of Ascalon. With his tastes thus formed for
scholarship, he none the less took part in public life,
and was in the campaign against the rebel Sertorius
in Spain, in 76. He was an officer with Pompey in the
war with the Cilician pirates in 67, and presumably
also in Pompey 's campaign against Mithradates. In
the Ci\il War he was on Pompey 's side, first in Spain
and then in Epirus and Thessaly.

He was pardoned by Caesar, and lived quietly at
Rome, being appointed librarian of the great collec-
tion of Greek and Latin books which Caesar planned
to make. After Caesar's assassination, he was pro-
scribed by Antony, and his ^illa at Casinum, with
his personal library, was destroyed. But he himself
escaped death by the devotion of friends, who con-
cealed him, and he secured the protection of Octavian,

vii

INTRODUCTION

He lived the remainder of his life in peace and quiet,
devoted to his ^^Titings, and died in 27 B.C., in his
eighty-ninth year.

Throughout his life he wrote assiduously. His
works number seventy-four, amounting to about six
hundred and twenty books ; they cover virtually all
fields of human thought : agriculture, grammar, the
history and antiquities of Rome, geography, law,
rhetoric, philosophy, mathematics and astronomy,
education, the history of literature and the drama,
satires, poems, orations, letters.

Of all these only one, his De Re Rustica or Treatise
on Agriculture, in three books, has reached us complete.
His De Lingua Latino or On the Latin Language, in
twenty-five books, has come down to us as a torso ;
only Books V. to X. are extant, and there are serious
gaps in these. The other works are represented by
scattered fragments only.

VARRO'S GRAMMATICAL WORKS

The grammatical works of Varro, so far as we know
them, were the following :

De Lingua Latina, in twenty-five books, a fuller
account of which is given below.

De Antiquitate Li tier arum, in two books, addressed
to the tragic poet L. Accius, who died about 86 b.c. ;
it was therefore one of Varro 's earliest writings.

De Origine Linguae Latinae, in three books, ad-
dressed to Pompey.

Uipl XapaKT'jpcov, in at least three books, on the
formation of words.

Quaestiones Plautinae, in five books, containing

INTRODUCTION

interpretations of rare words found in the comedies
of Plautus.

De Similitudine Verhorum, in three books, on re-
gularity in forms and words.

De Utilitate Sermonis, in at least four books, in
which he dealt with the principle of anomaly or
irregularity.

De Sermone Latino, in five books or more, addressed
to Marcellus, which treats of orthography and the
metres of poetry.

Disciplinae, an encyclopaedia on the Uberal arts,
in nine books, of which the first dealt with Grammatica.

The extant fragments of these works, apart from
those of the De Lingua Latina, may be found in the
Goetz and Schoell edition of the De Lingua Latina,
pages 199-242 ; in the collection of Wilmanns, pages
170-223 ; and in that of Funaioli, pages 179-371 (see
the Bibliography).

VARRO'S DE LINGUA LATINA

\ arro's treatise On the Latin Language was a work
in twenty-five books, composed in 47 to 45 B.C., and
pubhshed before the death of Cicero in 43.

The first book was an introduction, containing at
the outset a dedication of the entire work to Cicero.
The remainder seems to have been divided into four
sections of six books each, each section being by its
subject matter further divisible into two halves of
three books each.

Books Il.-Vn. dealt with the impositio vocabulorum,
or how words were originated and applied to things

INTRODUCTION

and ideas. Of this portion, Books 1 1. -IV. were prob-
ably an earlier smaller work entitled De Etymologia
or the like ; it was separately dedicated to one
Septumius or Septimius, who had at some time,
which we cannot now identify, served V^arro as
quaestor. Book II. presented the arguments which
were advanced against Etymology as a branch of
learning ; Book III. presented those in its favour as a
branch of learning, and useful ; Book IV. discussed
its nature.

Books v.- VI I. start with a new dedication to Cicero.
They treat of the origin of words, the sources from
which they come, and the manner in which new words
develop. Book V. is devoted to words which are the
names of places, and to the objects which are in the
places under discussion ; VI. treats words denoting
time-ideas, and those which contain some time-idea,
notably verbs ; VII. explains rare and difficult words
which are met in the writings of the poets.

Books VIII. -XIII. dealt with derivation of words
from other words, including stem-derivation, de-
clension of nouns, and conjugation of verbs. The first
three treated especially the conflict between the
principle of Anomaly, or Irregularity, based on con-
suetudo ' popular usage,' and that of Analogy, or
Regularity of a proportional character, based on ratio
' relation ' of form to form. VIII. gives the arguments
against the existence of Analogy, IX. those in favour
of its existence, X. Varro's own solution of the con-
flicting views, with his decision in favour of its exi-
stence. XI. -XIII. discussed Analogy in derivation, in
the wide sense given above : probably XI. dealt with
nouns of place and associated terms, XII. with time-
ideas, notably verbs, XIII. wdth poetic words.

INTRODUCTION

Books XIV.-XIX. treated of syntax. Books XX,-
XXV. seem to have continued the same theme,
but probably with special attention to stylistic and
rhetorical embellishments.

Of these twenty-five books, we have to-day, apart
from a few brief fragments, only Books V. to X., and
in these there are several extensive gaps where the
manuscript tradition fails.

The fragments of the De Lingua Latina, that is,
those quotations or paraphrases in other authors which
do not correspond to the extant text of Books \\-X.,
are not numerous nor long. The most considerable
of them are passages in the Nodes Atticae of Aulus
Gellius ii. 25 and x\i. 8. They may be found in the
edition of Goetz and Schoell, pages 3, lid, 192-198,
and in the collections of Wilmanns and FunaioU (see
the Bibliography).

It is hardly possible to discuss here even summarily
\'arro's linguistic theories, the sources upon which he
drew, and his degree of independence of thought and
procedure. He owed much to his teacher Aelius
Stilo, to whom he refers frequently, and he draws
hea\'ily upon Greek predecessors, of course, but his
practice has much to commend it : he followed neither
the Anomalists nor the Analogists to the extreme of
their theories, and he preferred to derive Latin words
from Latin sources, rather than to refer practically
all to Greek origins. On such topics reference may
be made to the works of Barwick, Kowalski, Dam,
Dahlmann, Kriegshammer, and Frederik Muller, and
to the articles of Wolfflin in the eighth volume of the
Archil' fiir lateinische Lexikographie, all listed in our
Bibliography.

INTRODUCTION

THE MANUSCRIPTS OF THE
DE LINGUA LATIN A

The text of the extant books of the De Liiigua
Latina is believed by most scholars to rest on the
manuscript here first listed, from which (except for our
No. 4) all other known manuscripts have been copied,
directly or indirectly.

1. Codex Laurentianus li. 10, folios 2 to SA>, parch-
ment, written in Langobardic characters in the
eleventh century, and now in the Laurentian Library
at Florence. It is known as F.

F was examined by Petrus Victorius and lacobus
Diacetius in 1521 (see the next paragraph) ; by
Hieronymus Lagomarsini in 1740 ; by Heinrich Keil
in 1851 ; by Adolf Groth in 1877 ; by Georg Schoell
in 19O6. Little doubt can remain as to its actual
readings.

2. In 1521, Petrus Victorius and lacobus Diacetius
collated F with a copy of the editio princeps of the
De Lingua Latina, in which they entered the difFerences
which they observed. Their copy is preserved in
Munich, and despite demonstrable errors in other
portions, it has the value of a manuscript for v. 119 to
vi. 61, where a quaternion has since their time been
lost in F. For this portion, their recorded readings
are known as Fv ; and the readings of the editio
princeps, where they have recorded no variation, are
known as (Fv).

3. The Fragmentum Cassinense (called a\so Excerptum
and Epitome), one folio of Codex Cassinensis 361,
parchment, containing v. 41 Capitolium dictum to the
end of V. 56 ; of the eleventh century. It was

INTRODUCTION

probably copied direct from F soon after F was
written, but may possibly have been copied from the
archetype of F. It is still at Monte Cassino, and was
transcribed by Keil in 1848. It was pubhshed in
facsimile as an appendix to Sexti lulii Frontini de
aquaeductu Urbis Romae, a phototyped reproduction
of the entire manuscript, Monte Cassino, 1930.

4. The grammarian Priscian, who flourished about
A.D. 500, transcribed into his De Figuris Numerorum
Varro's passage on coined money, beginning \\ith
tnulta, last word of v. 168, and ending with Nummi
denarii decuma libella, at the beginning of v. IT^.
The passage is given in H. Keil's Grammatici Latini
iii. 410-411. There are many manuscripts, the oldest
and most important being Codex Parisinus 7496, of
the ninth century.

5. Codex Laurentianus U. 5, written at Florence in
1427, where it still remains ; it was examined by Keil.
It is known && f.

6. Codex Havniensis, of the fifteenth centur}' ; on
paper, small quarto, 108 folia ; now at Copenhagen.
It was examined by B. G. Niebuhr for Koeler, and his
records came into the hands of L. Spengel. It is
known as H.

7. Codex Gothanus, parchment, of the sixteenth
century, now at Gotha ; it was examined by Regel for
K. O. Mueller, who published its important variants
in his edition, pages 270-298. It is knoA\Ti as G.

8. Codex Parisinus 7489, paper, of the fifteenth
century, now at Paris ; this and the next two were
examined by Donndorf for L. Spengel, who gives
their different readings in his edition, pages 661-718.
It is known as a.

9. Codex Parisinus 6142, paper, of the fifteenth

INTRODUCTION

century ; it goes only to viii. 7 declinarentur. It is
known as 6,

10. Codex Parisinus 7535, paper, of the sixteenth
century ; it contains only v. 1-122, ending with dictae.
It is known as c.

11. Codex Vindohonensis Ixiii., of the fifteenth
century, at Vienna ; it was examined by L, Spengel
in 1835, and its important variants are recorded in
the apparatus of A. Spengel's edition. It is known
as F.

12. Codex Basiliensis F iv. 13, at Basel; examined
by L. Spengel in 1838. It is known as p.

13. Codex Guelferbytanus 896, of the sixteenth cen-
tury, at Wolfenbiittel ; examined by Schneidewin for
K. O. Mueller, and afterwards by L. Spengel. It is
known as M.

14. Codex B, probably of the fifteenth century, now
not identifiable ; its variants were noted by Petrus
Victorius in a copy of the Editio Gryphiana, and
either it or a very similar manuscript was used
by Antonius Augustinus in preparing the so-called
Editio Vulgata.

These are the manuscripts to which reference is
made in our critical notes ; there are many others,
some of greater authority than those placed at the
end of our list, but their readings are mostly not
available. In any case, as F alone has prime value,
the variants of other than the first four in our list can
be only the attempted improvements made by their
copyists, and have accordingly the same value as
that which attaches to the emendations of editors
of printed editions.

Fuller information with regard to the manuscripts
may be found in the following :

INTRODUCTION

Leonhard Spengel, edition of the De Lingua Latino

(1826), pages v-xviii.
K. O, Mueller, edition (1833), pages xli-xxxi.
Andreas Spengel, edition (1885), pages ii-xxviii.
GiuHo Antonibon, Supplemento di Lezioni Varianti at

libri de lingua Latina (1899)> pages 10-23.
G. Goetz et F. Schoell, edition (19 10), pages xi-xxxv.

THE LAURENTIAN MANUSCRIPT F

Manuscript F contains all the extant continuous
text of the De Lingua Latina, except v. 119 trua quod
to \i. 61 dicendofinit ; this was contained in the second
quaternion, now lost, but still in place when the other
manuscripts were copied from it, and when Victorius
and Diacetius collated it in 1521 . There are a number
of important lacunae, apart from omitted lines or
single words ; these are due to losses in its archetype.

Leonhard Spengel," from the notations in the
manuscript and the amount of text between the
gaps, calculated that the archetype of F consisted
of 16 quaternions, with these losses :

Quaternion 4 lacked fohos 4 and 5, the gap after

V. 162.
Quaternion 7 lacked folio 2, the end of vi. and the

beginning of \'ii., and foUo 7, the gap after vii. 23.
Quaternion 1 1 was missing entire, the end of \-iii. and

the beginning of ix.
Quaternion 15 lacked folios 1 to 3, the gap after x. 23,

and foHos 6 to 8, the gap after x. 34.

The amount of text lost at each point can be cal-

" tyber die Kritik der Varronischen Biicher de Lingua
Latina, pp. 5-12.

VOL. 1 6 XV

INTRODUCTION

culated from the fact that one folio of the archetype
held about 50 lines of our text.

There is a serious transposition in F, in the text of
Book V. In § 23, near the end, after qui ad humum,
there follows ut Sabini, now in § 32, and so on to Septi-
montium, now in § 41 ; then comes demisstor, now in
§ 23 after humum, and so on to ah hominibus, now in
§ 32, after which comes nominatum of § 41. Mueller,"
who identified the transposition and restored the text
to its true order in his edition, showed that the altera-
tion was due to the wrong folding of folios 4 and 5 in
the first quaternion of an archetype of F ; though
this was not the immediate archetype of F, since the
amount of text on each page was different.

This transposition is now always rectified in our
printed texts ; but there is probably another in the
later part of Book V., which has not been remedied
because the breaks do not fall inside the sentences,
thus making the text unintelligible. The sequence
of topics indicates that v. 115-128 should stand be-
tween V. 140 and v. 141 ^" ; there is then the division
by topics :

General Heading v. 105

De Fictu V. 105-112

De Vestitu v. 113-114, 129-133

De Instrumento v. 134-140, 115-128, 141-183

" In the preface to his edition, pp. xvii-xviii. The dis-
order in the text had previously been noticed by G. Buchanan,
Turnebus, and Scaliger, and discussed by L. Spengel, Emen-
dationum Varronianarum Specimen I, pp. 17-19.

* L. Spengel, Emendationum Varronianarum Specimen I,
pp. 13-19, identified this transposition, but considered the
transpositions to be much more complicated, with the follow-
ing order: §§105-114, §§ 129-140, § 128, §§166-168, §§118-
127, §§ 115-117, §§ 141-165, § 169 on.

INTRODUCTION

Then also vi. 4-9 and vi. io may have changed
places, but I have not introduced this into the
present text ; I have however adopted the transfer
of X. 18 from its manuscript position after x. 20, to
the position before x. 19> which the continuity of the
thought clearly demands.

The text of F is unfortunately very corrupt, and
while there are corrections both by the first hand and
by a second hand, it is not always certain that the
corrections are to be justified.

THE ORTHOGRAPHY OF THE
DE LINGUA LATIN A

The orthography of F contains not merely many
corrupted spelhngs which must be corrected, but
also many variant spelhngs which are within the
range of recognized Latin orthography, and these
must mostly be retained in any edition. For there
are many points on which we are uncertain of \'arro's
own practice, and he even speaks of certain per-
missible variations : if we were to standardize his
orthography, we should do constant violence to the
best manuscript tradition, %vithout any assurance
that we were in all respects restoring Varro's own
spelling. Moreover, as this work is on language,
Varro has intentionally varied some spellings to suit
his etymological argument ; any extensive normal-
ization might, and probably would, do him injustice
in some passages. Further, Varro quotes from earlier
authors who used an older orthography ; we do not
know whether Varro, in quoting from them, tried to

INTRODUCTION

use their original orthography, or merely used the
orthography which was his own habitual practice.

I have therefore retained for the most part the
spellings of F, or of the best authorities when F fails,
replacing only a few of the more misleading spellings
by the familiar ones, and allowing other variations
to remain. These variations mostly fall within the
following categories :

1 . EI : Varro wrote EI for the long vowel I in the
nom. pi, of Decl. II (ix. 80) ; but he was probably not
consistent in writing EI everywhere. The manuscript
testifies to its use in the following : plebei (gen. ; cf.
plebis vi. Ql, in a quotation) v. 40, 81, 158, vi. 87 ;
eidem (nom. sing.) vii. 17 (eadem F), x. 10 ; scirpeis vii.
44 ; Terentiei (nom.), vireis Terentieis (masc), Teren-
tieis (fem.) viii. 36 ; infeineiteis viii. 50 (changed to
injiniteis in our text, c/l {in)finitam viii. 52) ; i{e)is
viii. 51 (his F), ix, 5 ; iei (nom.) ix. 2, 35 ; hei re(e}i
Jer(re)ei de{e)i viii. 70 ; hinnulei ix. 28 ; utrei (nom.
pi.) ix. Q5 (uire.I. F ; cf. utri ix, 65) ; (B)a(e}biei,
B{a)ebieis x. 50 (alongside Caelii, Celiis).

2. AE and E : Varro, as a countryman, may in
some words have used E where residents of the city of
Rome used AE {cf. v. 97) ; but the standard ortho-
graphy has been introduced in our text, except that
E has been retained in seculum and sepio (and its
compounds : v. 141, 150, 157, 162, vii. 7, 13), which
always appear in this form.

3. OE and U : The writing OE is kept where it
appears in the manuscript or is supported by the
context : moerus and derivatives v. 50, 141 bis, 143,
vi. 87 ; moenere, moenitius v. 141 ; Poenicum v. 113,
viii. 65 bis ; poeniendo v. 177. OE in other words is
the standard orthography.

INTRODUCTION

4. VO UO and VU UU : Varro certainly wTote
only VO or UO, but the manuscript rarely shows
\'0 or UO in inflectional syllables. The examples
are novom ix. 20 (corrected from nouiim in F) ; nomina-
tuom ix. 95, X. 30 (both -iiuom F) ; obliquom x. 50 ;
loquontur vi. 1, ix. 85 ; sequontur x. 71 ; cUvos v. 158 ;
perhaps amburvom v. 127 {impurro Fv). In initial
syllables \0 is almost regular : volt \i. 47, etc. ;
volpes V. 101 ; valgus v. 58, etc., but vulgo \-iii. 66 ;
Volcanus v. 70y etc. ; vohillis ix. 33. Examples of the
opposite practice are aequum vi, 71 ; duum x. 11 ;
antiquus \\. 68 ; sequuntiir viii. 25 ; confluunt x. 50.
Our text preserves the manuscript readings.

5. UV before a vowel : Varro probablv \^Tote U and
not \I\ before a vowel, except initially, where his
practice may have been the other way. The examples
are : Pacuhis v. 60, vi. 6 (catulus {Fv)), 94, vii. 18, 76,
and Pacuvius v. 17, 24, vii. 59 ; gen. Pacui v. 7, vi. 6,
vii. 22 ; Pacuuim vii. 87, 88, 91, 102 ; compltiium,
impluium v. 161, and pluvia v. 161, compluvium v. 125 ;
simpuium v. 124 bis {simpulum codd.) ; cf, panuvellium
V. 114. Initially : uvidus v. 24 ; uvae, uvore v. 104 ;
uvidum V. 109-

6. U and I : \'arro shows in medial svllables a
variation between U and I, before P or B or F or M
plus a vowel. The orthography of the manuscript
has been retained in our text, though it is likely
that Varro regularly used U in these types :

The superlative and similar words : albissumum
viii. 75 ; frugalissumus viu. 77 ; c{a)esi{s)sumus \-iii.
76 ; intumus v. 154 ; maritumae v. 113 ; melissumum
viii. 76 ; optumum vii. 51 ; pauperrumus viii. 77 ;
proxuma etc. v. 36, 93, ix. 115, x. 4, 26 ; septuma etc.
ix. 30, x. 46 ter ; Septumio v. 1, vii. 109 ; superrumo

xix

INTRODUCTION

vii. 51 ; decuma vi. 54. Cf. proximo optima maxima
V. 102, minimum vii. 101, and many in viii. 75-78.

Compounds of -fex and derivatives : pontufex v, 83,
pontufices v. 83 (F^ for pontijices) ; artufices ix. 12 ;
sacrujiciis v. 98, 124«. C/l pontijices v. 23, vi. 54, etc. ;
artifex v. 93, ix. Ill, etc. ; sacrijicium vii. 88, etc.

Miscellaneous words : monumentum v. 148, but
monimentum etc, v. 41, vi. 49 bis ; mancupis v. 40, but
mancipium etc. v, 163, vi. 74, 85 ; quadrupes v. 34,
but quadripedem etc. vii. 39 bis, quadriplex etc. x. 46
etc., quadripertita etc. v. 12 etc.

7. LUBET and LIBET : Varro probably wrote
lubet, lubido, etc., but the orthography varies, and the
manuscript tradition is kept in our text : Inhere
lubendo vi. 47, lubenter vii. 89, lubitum ix. 34, lubidine
X. 56 ; and libido vi. 47, x. 60, libidinosus Libentina
Libitina vi. 47, libidine x. 61.

8. H : Whether ^"arro used the initial H according
to the standard practice at Rome, is uncertain. In
the country it was likely to be dropped in pronuncia-
tion ; and the manuscript shows variation in its use.
We have restored the H in our text according to the
usual orthography, except that irpices, v. 136 bis, has
been left because of the attendant text. Examples
of its omission are Arpocrates v. 57 ; Ypsicrates v. 88 ;
aedus ircus v. 97 ; olus olera v. 108, x. 50 ; olitorium
V. 146 ; olitores vi. 20 ; ortis v. 103, ortorum v. 146 bis,
orti vi. 20 ; aruspex vii. 88. These are normalized in
our text, along with certain other related spellings :
sepulchrum vii. 24 is made to conform to the usual
sepulcrum, and the almost invariable nichil and
nichili have been changed to nihil and nihili.

9. X and CS : There are traces of a WTiting CS for
X, which has in these instances been kept in the text :

XX

INTRODUCTION

arcs vii. 44 (ares F) ; acsitiosae (ac sitiose F), acsitiosa
(ac sitio a- F) vi. 66 ; dues (duces F) x. 57.

10. Doubled Consonants : Varro's practice in this
matter is uncertain, in some words. F regularly
has littera (only Uteris v. 3 has one T), but obliterata
(ix. 16, -atae ix. 21, -avii v. 52), and these spelUngs
are kept in our text. Communis has been made
regular, though F usually has one M ; casus is in-
variable, except for de cassu in cassum viii. 39, which
has been retained as probably coming from Varro
himself. lupiter, \nih one P, is retained, because
invariable in F ; the only exception is luppitri viii. 33
(iuppiti F), which has also been kept. Numo xi. 61,
for nummo, has been kept as perhaps an archaic
spelUng. Decusis ix. 81 has for the same reason been
kept in the citation from Lucilius. In a few words
the normal orthography has been introduced in the
text : grallator vii. 69 bis for gralator, grabaiis viii. 32
for grabattis. For combinations resulting from pre-
fixes see the next paragraph.

11. Consonants of Prefixes : Varro's usage here
is quite uncertain, whether he kept the unassimilated
consonants in the compounds. Apparently in some
groups he made the assimilations, in others he did not.
The evidence is as follows, the variant orthography
being retained in our text :

Ad-c- : always ace-, except possibly adcensos vii.
58 (F'^, for acensos F^).

Ad-f- : always aff-, except adfuerit \\. 40.

Ad-l- : always all-, except adlocutum vi. 57, adlucet
vi. 79, adlatis (ablatis F) ix. 21.

Ad-m- : always adm-, except ammonendum v. 6,
amministrat vi. 78, amminicula \\\. 2, amminister \u. 34
(F^, for adm- F^).

INTRODUCTION

Ads- : regularly ass-, but also adserere vi. 64,
adsiet vi. 92, adsimus vii. 99» adsequi viii. 8, x. 9? <id-
signijicare often (always except assignificant vii. 80),
adsumi viii. 69, adsumat ix. 42, adsumere x. 58.

Ad-sc-, ad-sp-, ad-st- : always with loss of the D,
as in ascendere, ascribere, ascriptos (vii. 57), ascriptivi
(vii. 56), aspicere, aspectus, astayis.

Ad-t- : always att-, except adtrihuta v. 48, and
possibly adtinuit (F^, but att- F^) ix. 59-

Con-l-, con-b-, con-m-, con-r-: always coll-, comb-,
comm-, corr-.

Con-p- : always comp-, except conpernis ix. 10.

Ex-f- : always eff-, except exfluit v. 29-

Ex-s- : exsolveret v. 176, exsuperet vi. 50, but
exuperantum vii. 18 (normalized in our text to
exsuperantum).

Ex-sc- : exculpserant v. 143.

Ex-sp- : always expecto etc. vi, 82, x. 40, etc.

Ex-sq- : regularly EsquiUis ; but Exquilias v. 25,
Exquiliis v. 159 (^^)j normalized to Esq- in our text.

Ex-st : extat v. 3, vi. 78 ; but exsiat v. 3, normalized
to extat in our text.

In-l- : usually ill-, but inlicium vi. 88 bis, QS (illici-
tum F), 94, 95, inliceret vi. 90, inliciatur vi. 9* ; the
variation is kept in our text:

In-m- : always imm-, except in {in}mutatis vi. 38,
where the restored addition is unassimilated to indi-
cate the negative prefix and not the local in.

In-p- : always imp-, except inpos v. 4 bis (once
ineos F), inpotem v. 4 {inpotentem F), inplorat vi. 68.

Ob-c-, ob-f-, ob-p- : always occ-, off-, opp-.

Ob-t- : always opt-, as in optineo etc. vii. 17, 91»
X. 19, optemperare ix. 6.

Per-l- : pellexit vi. 94, hut perlucent v. 140.

INTRODUCTION

Sub-c-, suh-f-, sub-p- : always succ-, suff-, supp-,
except subcidit v. 116.

Subs- and subs- + consonant : regularly sus- + con-
sonant, except subscribunt vii. 107.

Sub-t- : only in suptilius x. 40.

Trans-l- : in tralatum \\. 11, vii. 23, 103, x. 71 ;
tralatido vi. oo (tranlatio Fv) and translaticio v. 32,
vi. 64 (translatio F, tranlatio Fv), translatims vi. 78.

Trans-v- : in travolat v. 118, and transversus vii. 81,
X. 22, 23, 43.

Trans-d- : in traducere.

12. DE and DI : The manuscript has been followed
in the orthography of the following : direcio vii. 15,
dirigi viii. 26, derecti x. 22 bis, deriguntur derectorum
X. 22, derecta directis x. 43, directas x. 44, derigitur
X. 74 ; deiunctum x. 45, deiunctae x. 47.

13. Second Declension : Nom. sing, and ace. sing,
in -uom and -uum, see 5.

Gen. sing, of nouns in -ius : Varro used the form
ending in a single I (cf. viii. 36), and a few such forms
stand in the manuscript : Mud v. 5 (inuti F) ; Poem
v. 7, vi. 6, vii. 22 ; Mani vi. 90 ; Quinti vi. 92, Ephesi
viii. 22 (ephesis F), Plauti et Mard \iii. 36, dispendi
ix. 54 (quoted, metrical ; alongside dispendii ix. 54).
The gen. in II is much commoner ; both forms are
kept in our text.

Nom. pi., \\Titten by Varro with EI {cf. ix. 80) ;
examples are given in 1, above.

Gen. pi. : The older forai in -um for certain words
(denarium, centumvirum, etc.) is upheld viii. 71,
ix. 82, 85, and occurs occasionally elsewhere :
Velabrum v. 44, Querquetulanum v. 49, Sabinum v.
74, etc.

Dat.-abl. pi., written by Varro with EIS {cf. ix. 80) ;

INTRODUCTION

examples are given in 1, above, but the manuscript
regularly has IS.

Dat.-abl. pi. of nouns ending in -ius, -ia, -ium, are
almost always written IIS ; there are a few for which
the manuscript has IS, which we have normalized to
IIS : Gabis v. 33, (Es)quilis v. 50, kostis v. 98, Publicis
v. 158, Faleris v. 162, praeverbis vi. 82 (cf. praeverbiis
vi. 38 bis), mysteris vii. 34 (cf. mysteriis vii. 19)? miliaris
ix. 85 (militaris F).

Deus shows the follo>vdng variations : Nom. pi.
de(e)i viii. 70, dei v. 57, 58 bis, 66, 71, vii. 36, ix. 59,
dii V. 58, 144, vii. 16 ; dat.-abl. pi. deis v. 122, vii. 45,
diis v. 69, 71, 182, vi. 24, 34, vii. 34.

14. Third Declension : The abl. sing, varies
between E and I : supellectile viii. 30, 32, ix. 46, and
supelleciili ix. 20 {-lis F) ; cf. also vesperi (uespert- F)
and vespere ix. 73.

Nom. pi., where ending in IS in the manuscript, is
altered to ES ; the examples are mediocris v. 5 ; partis
V. 21, 56; ambonis v. 115; urbis v. 143; aedis v. 160;
compluris vi. 15 ; Novendialis vi. 26 ; auris vi. 83 ; dis-
parilis viii. 67; lentisix. 34; 07nnis ix. 81; dissimilis
ix. 92.

Gen. pi. in UM and IUM, see viii. 67. In view
of dentum viii. 67, expressly championed by Varro,
Veientum v. 30 {uenientum F), caelestum vi. 53, Quiritum
vi. 68 have been kept in our text.

Ace. pi. in ES and IS, see viii. 67. Varro's dis-
tribution of the two endings seems to have been
purely empirical and arbitrary, and the manuscript
readings have been retained in our text.

15. Fourth Declension : Gen. sing. : Gellius,
Nodes Atticae iv. 16. 1, tells us that Varro always used
UIS in this form. Nonius Marcellus 483-494 M. cites

INTRODUCTION

eleven such forms from Varro, but also sumpti. The
De Lingua Latina gives the following partial examples
of this ending : usuis ix. -i {suis F), x. 73 {usui F), casuis
X. 50 (casuum F), x. 62 (casus his F). Examples of
this form ending in US are kept in our text : fructus
V. 34, 134, senatus v. 87, exercitus v. 88, panus v. 105,
domus V. 162, census v. 181, motus vi. 3, sonitus vi. 67
bis, sensus vi. 80, usus viii. 28, 30 bis, casus ix. 76,
manus ix. 80.

Gen. pi. : For the variation between UUM and
UOM see 4, above. The form with one U is found
in tribum v. 5G, ortum v. 66, manum vi. 64 {nianu F),
magistratum viii. 83 {-his F), declinatum x. 54 ; these
have been normalized in our text to UUM (except
manum, in an archaic formula). Note the following
forms in the manuscript : cornuum v. 117, declinatuum
vi. 36 {-tiuuvi Fv), x. 31, 32, 54, sensuum \\. 80 ; tribuum
vi. 86 ; fructuum ix. 27 ; casuum ix. 77, x. 14,23, manuum
ix. 80, nominatuom (-iiuom F) ix. 95, x. 30, nomina-
tuum X. 19-

16. Heteroclites : There are the following : gen.
sing, plebei v. 40, 81, 158, vi. 87, and plebis vi. 91 ; nom.
sing, elephans and ace. pi. elephantos vii. 39 ; abl. sing.
Titano \ii. 16 ; abl. pi. vasis v. 121, poematis Wi. 2, 36,
\1ii. 14, and poematibus vii. 34.

17. Greek Forms : There are the following : ace.
sing, analogian ix. 1, 26, 33, 34, 45, 49, 76, 79, 105,
113, 114, but also analogiam ix. 90, 100, 110, x. 2, and
analogia{m) ix. 95, 111. Ace. sing. Aethiopa viii. 38
{etkiopam F). Nom. pi. Aeolis v. 25, 101, 102, 175,
Athcficiis viii. 35.

18. Forms of IS axd IDEM : The forms in the
manuscript are kept in our text ; there are the follow-
ing to be noted :

INTRODUCTION

Nona. sing. masc. : idem often ; also eidem vii. 17

(eadem F), x. 10.

Nom. pi. : a V. 26, ix. 2 ; iei ix. 2, 35 ; idem ix. 19-
Dat.-abl. pi. : eis vi. 18, vii. 102, ix. 4, x. 8 ; ieis

viii. 51 {his F, but assured by context), ix. 5 ; is vii. 5

(rfw F) ; iisdem vi. 38 ; isdem vii. 8 (hisdem F), viii. 35

few (hisdem F).

19. QUOM and CUM etc. : Varro wrote quom,
quor, quoius, quoi, and not cum, cur, cuius, cui, though
the latter spellings are much commoner in the manu-
scripts, the readings of which are kept in our text.
Quo7}i is not infrequent, being found vi. 42, 56, vii. 4,
105, viii. 1, X. 6, and in other passages where slight
emendation is necessary. Quor is found only cor-
rected to cur, viii. 68, 71, and hidden under quorum
corrected to qtiod, viii. 78. Quoius is written viii. 44,
ix. 43, X. 3, and in other passages where emendation
is necessary. Quoi nowhere appears, unless it should
be read for qui vi. 72, and quoique for quoque ix. 34,
adopted in our text.

Both qui and quo are used for the abl. sing, of the
relative, and quis and quibus for the dat.-abl. pi., and
similar forms for quidam. In quo is used with a plural
antecedent of any gender : v. 108, vi. 2, 55, 82, vii. 26,
viii. 83, ix. 1, x. 8, 41.

20. ALTER and NEUTER : Gen. alii ix. 67 is
found as well as aUerius ix. 91 ; neutri ix. 62, neutra{e)
X. 73, as well as neutrius ix. 1 ; dat. fem. aliae x. 15.

21. Contracted Perfects : Only the contracted
perfects are found, such as appellarunt v. 22 etc.,
declinarit v. 7, aherraro v. 13, appellassent ix. 69, curasse
vii. 38, consuerunt consuessent ix. 68, consuerit ix. 14 bis ;
exceptions, novissent vi. 60, auspicaverit vi. 86 (quoted),
nuncupavero vii. 8 (quoted), vitaverunt x. 9-

xxvi

INTRODUCTION

Similarly, the Y is omitted after I, as in praeterii
ix. 7, prodterunt v. 13, expediero vili. 24, etc. ; excep-
tion, quivero v. 5 (F^, for quiero F^).

22. PONO in Perfect : The text always has posui
and its forms, except twice, which we have standard-
ized : imposiverunt viii. 8, imposierint ix. 34.

23. Gerundives : \'arro used the old form of the
gerundive and gerund with UND in the third and
fourth conjugations, but the forms have mostly been
replaced by those with END. The remaining ex-
amples of the older form are Jerundo v, 104^, Jerundum
vi. 29,J^aciundo vii. 9« quaerundae vii. 35, reprehendundi
ix. 12, reprehendu7idus ix. 93.

24. \'ERSUS : The older forms vorto, vorti, vorsus
are not found in the manuscript. The adverbial
compounds of versus have (with one exception) been
retained in our text as they appear in the manuscript :
susus versus v. 158. susum versus ix. Q5; deorsum, s^usum
V. 161 ; rursus vi. 46, 49, ix. 86 ; deosum versus ix. 86 ;
prosus and rusus (rosus F) x. 52.

THE EDITIONS OF THE
DE LINGUA LA TINA

There are the follo\Wng printed editions of the De
Lingua Latina, some of which appeared in numerous
reprintings :

1. Editio princeps, edited by Pomponius Laetus ;
without statement of place and date, but probably
printed at Rome by Georgius Lauer, 1471. It rests
upon a manuscript similar to M.

A second printing, also without place and date, but
probably printed at Venice by Franc. Renner de

INTRODUCTION

Hailbrun, liTi, was used by Victorius and Diacetius
in recording the readings of F, and this copy was used
by L. Spengel for his readings of F and of Laetus ; as
compared with the l^Tl printing, it shows a number
of misprints.

2. Editio vetustissima, edited by Angelus Tifernas
with but shght variation from the edition of Laetus ;
probably printed at Rome by Georgius Sachsel de
Reichenhal, 1474.

3. Editio Rholandelli, edited by Franciscus Rholan-
dellus Trivisanus ; printed at Venice, 1475. It shows
improvement over the edition of Laetus, by the
introduction of readings from relatively good manu-
scripts.

4. Editio Veneta, similar to the preceding, but in
the same volume with Nonius Marcellus and Festus ;
first printed in 1483, and reprinted in 1492 by Nicolaus
de Ferraris de Pralormo (L. Spengel's Editio Veneta
I), and in 1498 by Magister Antonius de Gusago
(Spengel's Veneta II).

A Venice edition of 1474, printed by loh, de Colonia
and loh. Manthem de Gherretzen, was used by Goetz
and Schoell and cited as Ed. Ven. in their edition.

5. Editio Baptistae Pii, edited by Baptista Pius, an
eclectic text based on previous editions, but with
some independent emendations ; printed at Milan
by Leonardus Pachel, 1510.

6. Editio Aldina, edited by Aldus Manutius after
the edition of Pius, but with some changes through
his own emendations and in accordance with manu-
script testimony, possibly including that of -F ; printed
at Venice by Aldus, 1513. The volume includes the
Cornucopia Perotti, the De Lingua Latina, Festus, and
Nonius Marcellus ; it was reprinted at Venice by

INTRODUCTION

Aldus in 1517 and 1527, and at Basel and Paris several
times, up to 1536. The 1527 printing shows some
improvements (see 7).

7. Editio Par'mensis, edited by Michael Bentinus,
and essentially following the Aldine of 1527, for which
Bentinus collated a number of manuscripts and used
their readings ; it includes also the Castigationes or
Corrections of Bentinus, a series of critical and ex-
planatory comments. It was printed at Paris by
Cohnaeus, 1529^

8. Editio Gryphiana, similar to the preceding,
including the Castigationes of Bentinus, and the frag-
ments of the Origines of M. Porcius Cato ; for its
preparation, Petrus Victorius had transcribed the
readings of B as far as ix. 74. It was published at
Lyons by Sebastian Gryphius, 1535.

9. Editio Vulgata, edited by Antonius Augustinus,
with the readings of B (received from Petrus Vic-
torius) and the help of Angelus Colotius, Octavius
Pantagathus, and Gabriel Faernus ; it was printed at
Rome by Vine. Luchinus in 1554 and again by Antonius
Bladus in 1557.

The text of the De Lingua Latina has been re-
garded as greatly corrupted in this edition, since
Augustinus based it on a poor manuscript, introduced
a great number of his own emendations, and
attempted a standardization of the orthography,
notably in \\Titing quom and the like, and in using EI
for long I in endings (e.g., dat.-abl. pi. heis lihreis, ace.
pi. simileis, gen. sing, vocandei). Despite his errors,
he has made a number of valuable emendations, as will
be seen from the citations in our apparatus criticus.

The text of this edition was rather closely followed
by all editors except Vertranius and Scioppius, and

INTRODUCTION

Scaliger in his emendations, until the edition of Leon-
hard Spengel in 1826,

10. Editio Vertranii, edited by M. Vertranius
Maurus, following the edition of Augustinus, but
discarding the spellings of the type quom and the use
of EI for long I, and making a large number of his
own conjectural emendations ; printed at Lyons by
Gryphii Heredes, 1563.

1 1 . Coniectanea in M. Terentium Varronem de Lingua
Latina, by Josephus Scaliger ; not an edition, but
deserving a place here, as it contains numerous textual
criticisms as well as other commentary ; written in
1564, and published at Paris in 1565. Both these
Coniectanea and an Appendix ad Coniectanea (the
original date of which I cannot determine) are pi'inted
with many later editions of the De Lingua Latina.

12. Editio Turnebi, edited by Adrianus Turnebus,
who used a manuscript very similar to p and made
numerous emendations ; printed at Paris by A.
Wechelus, 1566 (Turnebus died 1565).

13. Opera quae supersunt, with Scaliger 's Coniectanea,
printed at Paris by Henr. Stephanus, 156^.

14. Edition of Dionysius Gothofredus, containing
only an occasional independent alteration ; in Auc-
tores Linguae Latinae in unum corpus redacti, printed at
Geneva by Guilelmus Leimarius, 1585.

15. Edition, with the notes of Ausonius Popma ;
printed at Leiden ex officina Plantiniana, 1601.

16. Editio Gaspari Scioppii, edited by Gaspar Sciop-
pius, who relied on data of Gabriel Faernus and on
collations of Vatican manuscripts by Fulvius Ursinus ;
it contains many valuable textual suggestions, though
perhaps most of them belong to Ursinus rather than
to Scioppius (who expressly gives credit to Faernus,

INTRODUCTION

Turnebus, and Ursinus). It was printed at Ingolstad
in 1602 ; reprinted in 1605.

1 7. Editio Bipontina, in two volumes, the second con-
taining a selection of the notes of Augustinus, Turne-
bus, Scaliger, and Popma ; issued at Bipontium
(Zweibriicken in Bavaria), 1788.

18. M. Terenti Varronis de Lingua Latina libri qui
supersunt, edited by Leonhard Spengel of Munich ;
the first scientific edition, resting on readings of F
(but only as represented by Fv), H, B, a, h, c, and a
comparison of all, or almost all, the previous editions.
It was printed in Berlin bv Duncker und Humbloth,
1826.

19- M. Terenti Varronis de Lingua Latina librorum
quae supersunt, edited by Karl Ottfried Mueller, who
added the readings of G to his critical apparatus.
Mueller has the merit of setting the paragraphs of
V. 23-41 in their proper order, and of placing brief but
valuable explanatory material in his notes, in addition
to textual criticism. This edition was printed at
Leipzig by Weidmann, 1833.

20. M. T. Varronis librorum de Lingua Latina quae
supersunt, reprinted after Mueller's edition with a
very few textual changes by A. Egger ; issued at
Paris by Bourgeois-Maze, 1837.

21. Varron de la Langue Latine, a translation into
French by Huot, accompanied by Mueller's text ; in
the Collection des Auteurs Latins avec la traduction en

frangais, directed by Xisard, printed at Paris by
Firmin Didot Freres and issued by Dubochet et
Cie., 1845.

22. Libri di M. Terenzio Varrone intomo alia lingua
latina, edited and translated with notes by Pietro
Canal ; in the Biblioteca degli Scrittori Latini with

INTRODUCTION

translation and notes ; printed at Venice by Gius.
Antonelli, 18-t6-1854. It was reprinted in 1874, with
addition of the fragments, to which notes were
attached by Fed. Brunetti.

This edition is httle known, and deserves more
attention than it has received, although Canal was
very free with his emendation of the text ; but he
used a number of additional manuscripts which are in
the libraries of Italy.

23. M. Terenti Varronis de Lingua Latina libri, edited
by Andreas Spengel after the death of his father
Leonhard, who had been working on a second edition
for nearly fifty years when he died ; printed at Berlin
by Weidmann, 1885.

This edition is notable because of the abundant
critical apparatus.

24. M. Terenti Varronis de Lingua Latina quae
supersunt, edited by Georg Goetz and Friedrich
Schoell ; printed at Leipzig by Teubner, IQIO.

This edition is very conservative, many corrupt
passages being marked with a dagger and left in the
text, while excellent emendations for the same are
relegated to the apparatus criticus or to the Annota-
tiones at the end of the volume ; but it has great value
for its citation of abundant testimonia and its elabor-
ate indexes.

Two errors of earlier editors may be mentioned at
this point. Since \'arro in v. 1 speaks of having sent
three previous books to Septumius, our Book V. was
thought to be Book IV. ; and it was not until Spengel's
edition of 1826 that the proper numbering came into
use. Further, Varro's remark in viii. 1 on the subject
matter caused the early editors to think that they had
xxxii

INTRODUCTION

De Lingua Latina Libri Tres (our v.-vii.), and De
Atialogia Libri Tres (our viii.-x.) ; Augustinus in the
\'ulgate was the first to realize that the six books
were parts of one and the same work, the De Lingua
Latina.

It is convenient to list here, together, the special
treatments of the passage on the city of Rome, v.
41-56, which is given by the Fragmentum Cassinense :

H. Keil, Rkeinisches Museum \i. 142-li5 (1848).

L. Spengel, Uber die Kritik der varronischen BUcker
de Lingua Latina ; in Abhandl. d. k. buyer. Ak. d. Wiss.
7, 4.7-54 (1854).

B. ten Brink, M. Terentii Varronis Locus de Urbe
Roma ; Traiecti ad Rhenum, apud C. Van der Post
Juniorem, 1855.

H. Jordan, Topograpkie der Stadt Rom im Altertkum
u. 599-603 (Berlin, 1871).

BIBLIOGRAPHY

A bibliography of editions, books, and articles, for
the period 1471-1897, is given by Antonibon, Supple-
mento di Lezioni Varianti, pages 179-187 ; but there
are many misprints, and many omissions of items.
Bibliographical Usts ^^^ll be found in the foUoNnng :

Bibliotheca Philologica Classica, supplement to Philo-

logus.
Dix annees de pkilologie classique 1914-1934, i. 428-429,

edited by J. Marouzeau (1927).
L' Annee philologique i. for 1924-1926 ; ii. for 1927, etc.,

edited by J. Marouzeau (1928 fF.).

VOL. I c 2 xxxiii

INTRODUCTION

Critical summaries of the literature will be found
as follows :
1826-1858 : Philologus xiii. 684-751 (1858), by L.

Mercklin.
1858-1868 : Philologus xxvii. 286-331 (1868), by A.

Riese.
1867-1876 : Philologus xl. 649-651 (1881), merely

listed.
1877-1890 : Bursians Jahresberichte uber den Fortschritt

der klassischen Philologie Ixviii. 121-122 (1892),

by G. Goetz.
I89I-I90I ; Bursians Jrb. cxiii. 116-128 (1901), by

P. Wessner.
1901-1907 : Bursians Jrb. cxxxix. 85-89 (1908), by

R. Kriegshammer.
1901-1920 : Bursians Jrb. clxxxviii. 52-69 (1921), by

P. Wessner.
I92I-I925 : Bursians Jrb. cexxxi. 35-38 (1931), by

F. Lammert.

For the period before the edition of L. Spengel
in 1826, it is unnecessary to do other than refer to
the list of editions ; for other writings on Varro were
few, and they are mostly lacking in importance,
apart from being inaccessible to-day. The following
selected list includes most of the literature since 1826,
which has importance for the De Lingua Latina, either
for the text and its interpretation, or for Varro 's style,
sources, and method ; but treatises dealing with his
influence on later authors have mostly been omitted
from the Hst :

Antonibon, Giulio : Contributo agli studi sui libri de
Lingua Latina ; Rivista di Filologia xvii. 177-221
(1888).

INTRODUCTION

Antonibon, G. : De Codice Varroniano Mutinensi ;

Philologus xlviii. 185 (1889).
Antonibon, G. : Supplemento di Lezioni Varianti at

lihri De Lingiia Latino de M. Ter. Varrone ;

Bassano, 1899.

Barw"ick, K. : Remmius Paldmon ufid die romische Ars

grammatica ; Leipzig, 1922 {Philologus, Suppl.

XV. 2).
Bednara, Ernst : Archiv fur lateiniscke Lexikographie

xiv. 593 (1906).
Bergk, Th. : Quaestiones Lucretianae ; Index Lec-

tionum in Acad. Marburg. 184'6-1847.
Bergk, Th. : De Carminum Saliarium Reliquiis ; Index

Lectionum in Acad. Marburg. 1847-184-8.
Bergk, Th. : Quaestiones Ennianae ; Index Scholarum

in Univ. Hal. 1860.
Bergk, Th. : Varroniana ; Index Scholarum in Univ.

Hal. 1863.
Bergk, Th. : De Paelignorum Sermofie ; Index Scho-
larum in Univ. Hal. 1864.
Bergk, Th. : Zeitschrift fiir die Altertumsivissenschaft

ix. 231 (1851), xiv. 138-14-0 (1856).
Bergk, Th. : Philologus xiv. 186, 389-390 (1859), xxx.

682 (1870), xxxii. 567 (1873), xxxiii. 281, 301-302,

311 (1874).
Bergk, Th. : Jahrhiicher fur classische Philologie

Ixxxiii. 317, 320-321, 333-334, 633-637 (1861);

ci. 829-832, 841 (1870).
Bergk, Th. : Rheinisches Museum xx. 291 (1865).
Bergk, Th. : Kleine Philologische Schriften (Halle,

1884) ; passim, reprinting most of the articles

Usted above.
Birt, Th. : Rheinisches Museum Uv. 50 (1899).

INTRODUCTION

Birt, Th. : Philologus Ixxxiii. 40-41 (1928).

Boissier, Gaston : Etude siir la vie et les ouvrages de

M. T. Varron ; Paris, 1861, 2nd ed. 1875.
Boot, J. C. G. : M?iemosyne xxii. 409-412 (1894).
Brakmann, C. : Mnemosyne Ix. 1-19 (1932).
ten Brink, B. : M. Terentii Varronis Locus de Urhe

Roma ; Traiecti ad Rhenum, 1855.
Brinkmann, A. : Simpuvium — simpulum ; Arckiv fur

lateinische Lexikographie xv. 139-143 (1908).
Buecheler, F. : Rhemisches Museum xxvii. 475 (1872).
Buecheler, F. : Archiv fiir lateinische Lexikographie

ii. 119,619-624(1885).

Christ, Wilhelm : Philologus xvi. 450-464 (1860),

xvii. 59-63 (1861).
Christ, Wilhelm : Archiv fur lateinische Lexikographie

ii. 619-624 (1885).

Dahlmann, Hellfried : Varro und die hellenistische
Sprachtheorie ; Berlin, 1932 {Forschungen zur
Mass. Phil. v.).

Dahlmann, Hellfried : M. Terentius Varro, article in
Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyc. d. class. Altertums-
wiss. Suppl. vol. vi. 1172-1277 (1935).

Dam, R. J. : De Analogia, observationes in Varronem
grammaticainque Romanorum ; Campis, 1930.

Ellis, Robinson : Journal of Philology ^\yi. 38, 178-179

(1891).
ElHs, Robinson : Hermathena xi. 353-363 (1901).

Fay, Edwin W. : Varroniana ; American Journal of

Philology XXXV. 149-162, 245-267 (1914).
Foat, W. G. : Classical Review xxix. 79 (1915).
Fraccaro, Plinio : Studi Varroniani ; Padova, 1907.

INTRODUCTION

Funaioli, Hyginus : Grammaticae Romanae Fragmenta ;
Leipzig, 1907.

Galdi, M. : Rivista Indo-Greco-Italica xi. 3-4, 21-22

(1927).
Georges, K. E. : Philologus xxxiii. 226 (1874).
Goetz, Georg : Berliner Pkilologiscke JVockenschrift,

1886, 779-783.
Goetz, Georg : Quaestiones Varronianae ; Index

Scholarum, in Univ. lenensi, 1886-1887.
Goetz, Georg : Aelius Stilo, article in Pauly-Wissowa's

Real-Enc. d. cl. Altrv. i. 532-533 (1894), Suppl.

vol. i. 15 (1903).
Goetz, Georg : Gottingische Gelehrte Anzeigen, 1908,

815-827.
Goetz, Georg : Ztir Wilrdigung der grammatischen

Arbeiten Varros ; Ahhandl. der kon. sacks. Gesell-

schaft d. Wiss. xxvii. 3, 67-89 (1909).
Goetz, Georg : Berliner Pkilologiscke Wockensckrift,

1910, 1367-1368.
Groth, Adolfus : De M. Terenti Varronis de Lingua

Latina lihrorum codice Florentino ; Argentorati,

1880.

Haupt, Moritz : Hermes i. 401-403 (1866), iii. 147-

148 (1869), iv. 332-334 (1870).
Haupt, Moritz : Opuscula (3 vols., 1875, 1876, 1876),

ii. 192-195, iii. 355-357, 477.
Heidrich, Georg : Der Gehrauck des Gerundiums und

Gerundivums bei Varro ; Jahresbericht, Gvmn.

Melk, 1890.
Heidrich, Georg : Bemerkungen iiber den Stil des Varro ;

Jahresbericht, Gymn. Melk, I891.
Henry, Victor : De sermonis kumani origine et natura

M. Terentius Varro quid senserit ; Insulis, 1883.

INTRODUCTION

Hertz, M. : Jahrhiicher fur classische Philologie cix.

249-255 (1874).
Hirschfeld, O. : Hermes viii. 469 (1874).
Hultsch, Fr. : Pkilologus xxii. 346 (1865).
Hultsch, Fr. : Metrologicorum Scriptorum reliquiae

ii. 49-51 ; Leipzig, 1866.

Jacobs ; Varietas lectionum in Varronis lihris de Lingua

Latina ; Beitrdge zur dlteren Litteratur ii. 217-222

(1836).
Jahn, Otto : Hermes ii. 246-247 (1867).
Jeep, J. W. L. : Zur Geschichte der Lekre von den

Redeteilen bei den lateinischen Grammatikern ;

Leipzig, 1893.
Jonas, Richard : Zum Gehrauch der Verba frequenta-

tiva und intensiva in der dlteren lateinischen Prosa ;

Gymn. Posen, 1879-
Jordan, Heinrich : Hermes ii. 83, 89 (1867), xv. 118-

121 (1880).
Jordan, Heinrich : Topographie der Stadt Rom im

Alterthum, vol. i. 1, 1878 ; i. 2, 1885 ; i. 3, revised

by Ch. Huelsen, 1907 ; vol. ii. 1871, especially

pages 237-290, 599-603 ; Berhn.
Jordan, Heinrich : Kritische Beitrdge zur Geschichte

der lateinischen Sprache, Berlin, 1879 ; passim,

esp. pages 90-91, 96-103, 131, 138, 224, 321.

Keil, Heinrich : Das Fragmentum Casinense des Varro

de Lingua Latina ; Rheinisches Museum vi. 142-

145 (1847).
Kent, R. G. : On the Text of Varro, de Lingua Latina ;

Trans. Am. Philol. Assn. Ixvii. 64-82 (1936).
Kowalski, G. : Studia Rhetorica ; Eos xxxi. 141-168

(1928).

INTRODUCTION

Kriegshammer, Robert : De Varronis et Verrii Fonti-
bus quaestiones selectae ; Leipzig, 1903.

Krumbiegel, Richard : De Farroniano Scribendi
Genere quaestiones ; Leipzig, 1892.

Lachmann, Karl : Rheinisches Museum \i. 106-125

(1839) ; new series, ii. 356-365 (1842), iii. 610-611

(184-5) ; reprinted in Kleinere Schriften ii. 162-

187 (1876).
Lachmann, Karl : In T. Lucretii Cari de Rerum Natura

libros Commentarius (1850), passim ; 4th ed.,

1882, with index.
Lahmeyer, Gustav : Philologus xxii. 100-105 (1865).
Lersch, Laurenz : Die Sprackpkilosophie der Alien i.

117-127 (1838), ii. 14-3-153 (1840), iii. 169-172

(1841) ; Bonn.
Lobeck, Chr. Aug. : Aglaophamus ii. 1002-1004 ;

Konigsberg, 1829.
Luebbert, Ed. : Commentationes Pontijlcales ; BerUn,

1859.

Mad\ig, J. N. : Adversaria Critica i. 178, ii. 166-178 ;

Copenhagen, 1871 and 1873.
Mercklin, Lud^vig : De Junio Gracchano commen-

tatio ; particulae duae, Dorpat, 1840, 1841.
Mercklin, Lud\\ig : Quaestiones Varronianae ; Index

Scholarum in Univ. Dorpat. 1852.
Mercklin, Ludwig : De Varronis tralaticio scribendi

genere qtiaestiones ; Index Scholarum in Univ.

Dorjjat. 1858.
Mette, H. J. : De Cratete Mallotn seu Pergameno ;

Berlin, 1931.
Mette, H. J. : Varroniana (supplement to preceding);

Berlin, 1931.

INTRODUCTION

Mueller, August : De Priscis Verhorum Formis Var-

ronianis ; Halle, 1877.
Mueller, C. F. W. : Zeitschrift fur das Gymnasial-

wesen xlx, 421-424, 792-800, 867-874 (1865).
Mueller, K. O. : Zur Topographie Roms : Uber die

Fragmente der Sacra Argeorum bei Varro, de Lingua

Latina V {IV), 8 ; in Bottiger, Archdologie und

Kunst i. 69-94 ; Breslau, 1828.
Mueller, K. O. : Sextus Pompeius Festus, edition, page

xliv ; Leipzig, 1839-
Mueller, Lucian : Jakrhucher fiir classische Philologie

xcvii. 427 (1868).
Mueller, Lucian : Rheinisches Museum xxiv. 553-557

(1869).
Muller Jzn, Fridericus : De veterum imprimis Ro-

manorum studiis etymologicis, pages 115-248 ;

Utrecht, 1910.

Nettleship, H. : Latin Grammar in the First Century ;

Journal of Philology xv. 189-214 (1886).
Neukirch, J. H. : De Fabula Togata Romanorum,

pages 71, 83, 89, 96, 99, 122, 188, 278 ; Leipzig,

1833.
Norden, Eduard : Rheinisches Museum xlviii. 348-354

(1893).
Norden, Eduard : De Stilone Cosconio Varrone gram-

maticis commentatio ; Index Scholarum in Univ.

Greifswald. 1895.
Norden, Eduard : Die antike Kunstprosa vom VI.

Jahrhundert vor Christus bis in die Zeit der Renais-
sance i. 194-200 ; Leipzig, 1898.

Oxe, C. E. L. : De M. Ter. Varronis etymis quibusdam
commentatio ; Gymn. Programm, Kreuznach,
1859.

xl

INTRODUCTION

Oxe, C, E. L. : M. Terenti Varronis lihrorum de lingua
Latino argumentum ; Gymn. Programin, Kreuz-
nach, 1871.

Pape, Wilhelm : Lectiones Varronianae ; Berlin, 1829.
Plasberg, O. : Rheinisches Museum liii. 70, 75-76

(1898).

Reiter, Hugo : Quaestiones Varronianae grammaiicae ;

Konigsberg, 1882.
Reiter, Hugo : Observationes criticae in M. Terenti

Varronis de lingua Latina libros ; Jahresbericht,

Gymn. Braunsberg, 1884.
Reitzenstein, R. : M. Tereniius Varro und Johannes

Mauropus von Euchaita ; Leipzig, 1901.
Ribbeck, Otto : Die Composition der Varronischen

Biicher V-VJI de lingua Latina ; Rheinisches

Museum xli. 618-626 (1886).
Riese, Alexander : Philologus xxvii. 305-306 (1868).
Ritschl, Fr. W. : Jahrbiicher fur classische Philologie

xcv-ii. 341-34.3 (1868).
Roehrscheidt, K. : review of Reitzenstein ; Got-

tingische Gelehrte Anzeigen, 1908, 791-814.
Roessner, Otto : De praepositionum ab de ex usu Var-

roniano ; Halle, 1888.
Roth, K. L. : Uber das Leben des M. Terentius Varro ;

Gymn. Programm, Basel, 1857 (also separately

issued).
Roth, K. L. : Philologus xvii. 175-176 (1861).

Samter, Ernest : Quaestiones Varronianae ; Berlin,

1891.
Schwabe, L. : Jahrbiicher fur Philologie ci. 350-352

(1870).

xli

INTRODUCTION

Sitzler, Johann : Uber den Kasusgebrauch bei Varro ;

Beilage zum Gymn. Programm, Tauberbischofs-

heim, 1889.
Skutsch, F. : Hermes xxxii. 96-97 (1897).
Skutsch, F, : Rkeinisches Museum Ixi. 603-609

(1906).
Spengel, Andreas : Bemerkungen zu Varro de lingua

Latina ; Sitzungsber. d. kon. bayer. Akad. d. Wiss.,

phil.-hisL CI. 1885, 24-3-272.
Spengel, Leonhard : Emendationum Varronianarum

Specimen I ', Munich, 1830.
Spengel, L. : review of Mueller's edition ; Jahrbiicher

fur Philologie xi. 1-20 (1834).
Spengel, L. : Zeitschrift fiir die Altertumswissenschaft

iv. 142-144 (1846).
Spengel, L. : Uber die Kritik der Varronischen Biicher

de Lingua Latina ; Abhandl. d. kon. bayer. Akad.

d. Wiss. vii. 2. 1-54 (1854).
Spengel, L. : Commentatio de emendanda ratione lib-

rorum M. Terentii Varronis de lingua Latina ;

Munich, 1858 (to F. Thiersch, on semicentennial

of the doctorate).
Spengel, L. : Philologus xvii. 288-306 (1861).
Spengel, L. : Die sacra Argeorum bei Varro ; Philo-
logus xxxii. 92-105 (1873).
Stieber, G. M. : Varroniana : Die griechischen Fremd-

ivorter bei Varro de Lingua Latina, Orthographic,

Lautlehre, Index der bei Varro bejlndlichen Fremd-

wiirter ; typed dissertation, Wiirzburg, 1921.
Stowasser, J. M. : Wie?ier Studien, vii. 38-39 (1885).
Stroux, Johannes : Antidoron, Festschrift Jacob Wacker-

nagel 309-325 ; Gottingen, 1924.
Stuenkel, Ludwig : De Varroniana verborum forma-

tione ; Strassburg, 1875.
xlii

INTRODUCTION

Usener, H. : Ein altes Lekrgebaude der Philologie ;
Sitzungsher. d. kon. bayr. Akad. d. Wiss. zu Muncken,
phil.-hist. CI 1892, 582-64.8.

van der VTiet, J. : Mnemosyne xx. 416 (1892).
Voigt, Moritz : Rkeinisches Museum xxiv. 332-335
(1869), xxxiii. 150 (1878).

W — , H. : Jahrbiicher fur classiscke Philologie Ixxxvii.

740 (1863).
Wackernagel, J. : Hermes Iviii. 460 (1923).
Walter, Fritz : Philologus Ixxv. 484-485 (1919).
Walter, F. : Pkilologische Wochenschrift 1. 827 (1930).
Weber, Julius : Quaestionum Grammaticarum Speci-
men ; Jena, 1914.
Wilmanns, August : De M. Terenti Varronis libris

grammaticis particiila ; Bonn, 1863.
Wilmanns, August : De M. Terenti Varronis libris

grammaticis ; Berlin, 1864 (the preceding, \n\h

addition of the fragments).
Wolfflin, Eduard : Archiv fur lateinische Lexiko-

graphie ii. 5, 89, 324 (1885), viii. 411-440, 563-585

(1898).

Zander, K. M. : Versus italici antiqui, page 24 ;

Lund, 1890.
Zippmann, A. : De loco Varroniano qui est de Lingua

Latina \\\\. 44 ; Gymn. Programm, Scheidemiihl,

1869.
Zumpt : review of L. Spengel's edition ; Jahrbiicher
fiir rvissenschaftliche Kritik, 1827, 1513-1527.

OUR TEXT OF THE DE LINGUA LATIXA

WTien a text is to be confronted by a translation,
that text must be presented in an intelligible wording,

xliii

INTRODUCTION

with emendations of corrupt passages and the filling
up of the gaps. It happens that while some of the
corrupt passages in this work are quite desperate,
many can be restored, and many gaps can be filled,
with some degree of confidence, since Festus, Nonius
Marcellus, and others have quoted practically ver-
batim from Varro ; with the aid of their testimonia,
many obscure passages can be restored to clarity.
This has been the procedure in the present volumes ;
if any departures from the manuscript authority
seem violent, they are required as a basis for a transla-
tion. Yet the present text is throughout as conserva-
tive as is consistent with the situation.

The text has in fact been so arranged as to show,
with least machinery, its relation to the best tradition.
With the use of italics and of pointed brackets, and the
aid of the critical apparatus, any reader may see for
himself exactly what stands in the manuscript. The
use of symbols and the like is explained on pages
xlix-1.

THE CRITICAL APPARATUS

The critical apparatus is intended to show how the
text is derived from the best manuscript tradition,
namely F, or where F fails, then Ft; or other good
codices.

In each item, there is given first the name of the
scholar making the emendation which is in the text,
after which the reading of F is given. It is therefore
not necessary to name F except in a few places where
there might be confusion ; if the reading is not that
of F, then the manuscript is specified. Where the
emendation of a scholar has been anticipated by a
xliv

INTRODUCTION

copyist of some manuscript, the reference to this
manuscript is commonly given. If several successive
emendations have been necessary to reach the best
reading, the intermediate stages are given in reverse
order, working back to the manuscript. For ease of
typography, manuscript abbre\iations are mostly
presented in expanded form.

The reader may therefore evaluate the text which
is here presented ; but the present editor has made no
attempt to present the almost countless emendations
which have been made by scholars and which have
not been adopted here.

THE TRANSLATION OF THE DE LINGUA
LATIN A

The translation of the De Lingua Latina presents
problems which are hardly to be found in any other
of the works translated for the Loeb Classical Librarv.
For the constant (and ine\-itable) interpretations of
one Latin word by another, which Varro had to
present in order to expound its origin, requires
the translator to keep the Latin words in the
translation, glossed ^\^th an English equivalent. In
this way only can the translation be made intellig-
ible.

Because of the technical nature of the subject it
has been necessan,- to follow the Latin with some
degree of closeness, or the points made by Varro will
be lost. If the translation is at times difficult to
understand, it is because most of us are not accus-
tomed to dealing with matters of technical linguistics;
and even though \'arro lacks the method of modern

xlv

INTRODUCTION

scholars in the subject, he has his own technique and
must be followed in his own way.

The numerous metrical citations which Varro gives
from Latin authors are translated in the same metre,
though sometimes the translation is slightly shorter
or longer than the Latin.

There are only two translations of the De Lingua
Latino into a modern language : that of Huot into
French, a mere paraphrase which often omits whole
sentences, and that of Canal into Italian (Nos. 20 and
21 in our list of Editions). There is no translation
into German, nor any into English before the present
volumes.

THE NOTES TO THE TRANSLATION

The notes are planned to give all needed help to
the understanding of a difficult subject matter ; they
cover matters of technical linguistics, historical and
geographical references, points of pubUc and private
life. They explain briefly any unusual word-forms
and syntactical uses, and label as incorrect all false
etymologies (of which there are many), either ex-
plicitly or by indicating the correct etymology. They
state the sources of quotations from other authors
and works, giving references to a standard collection
of fragments if the entire work is not extant. They
name the metres of metrical quotations, if the metre
is other than dactylic, or iambic, or trochaic.

The fragments of Greek and Latin authors are
cited in the notes according to the following scheme :

Festus (and the excerpts of Paulus Diaconus), by
xlvi

INTRODUCTION

page and line, edition of K. O. Mueller, Leipzig,

1839.
Grammatici Latini, by volume, page, and line, edition

of H. Keil, Leipzig, 1855-1880.
Nonius Marcellus, by page and Une, edition of

J. Mercier, 1589 ; 2nd ed., 1614 ; reprinted

1825.

For the following authors :
Accius : see Ribbeck and Warmington, below.
Ennius : see Vahlen and Warmington, below.
LuciUus : C. Lucilii Carmhnim Reliquiae, ed. F. Marx,

2 vols., Leipzig, 190Jr-1905. *
Naevius : see Ribbeck, Warmington, Baehrens, Morel,

below.
Pacu\ius : see Ribbeck and Warmington, below.
Plautus, fragments : edition of F. Ritschl, Leipzig,

1894 ; the same numbering in G. Goetz and

F. Schoell, Leipzig, 1901.

vonAmim, J. : Stoicorum Veterum Reliquiae ; Leipzig,

1903.
Baehrens, Emil : Fragmenta Poetarum Romanorum ;

Leipzig, 1886.
Bremer, F. P. : lurisprudentiae Antehadrianae quae

supersunt ; Leipzig, 189&-1901.
Bruns, Georg : Pontes luris Romani Antiqui ; re\-ised

by Th. Mommsen ; 7th ed., re\ised by O.

Gradenwitz, Tubingen, 1909-
Buettner, Richard : Porcius Licinus und der litterarische

Kreis des Q. Lutatius Catulus ; Leipzig, 1893.
Funaioli, Hyginus : Grammaticae Romanae Frag-
menta ; Leipzig, 1907.
Hultsch, Friedrich : Polyhii Historiae ', Berlin, 1867-

1872.

xlvii

INTRODUCTION

Huschke, P. E. : lurisprudentiae Anteiustinianae Reli-
quiae ; 6th ed.j revised by E. Seckel and B.
Kuebler, Leipzig, 1908.

Jordan, Heinrich : M. Catonis praeter librum de re
rustica quae extant ; Leipzig, 1860.

Kaibel, G. : Comicorurn Graecorum Fragmenta, vol. i.
Part I ; Berlin, 1899-

Maurenbrecher, Bertold : Carminum Saliarium reli-
quiae ; Jahrbiicher fiir classische Philologie, Suppl.,
vol. xxi. 313-352 (1894).

Morel, Willy : Fragmenta Poetarum Latinorum ; Leip-
zig, 1927.

Mueller, Karl, and Theodor Mueller : Fragmenta
Historicorum Graecorum ; Paris, 1841-1870.

Nauck, August : Aristophanis Bysantii Grammatici
Alexandrini Fragmenta ; Halle, 1848.

Peter, Hermann : Historicorum Romanorum Frag-
menta ; Leipzig, 1883.

Preibisch, Paul : Fragmenta Librorum Pontijiciorum ;
Tilsit, 1878.

Regell, Paul : Fragmenta Auguralia ; Gymn. Hirsch-
berg, 1882.

Ribbeck, Otto : Scaenicae Romanorum Poesis Frag-
menta : vol. i., Tragicoruvi Romanorum Fragmenta,
3rd ed., Leipzig, 1897 ; vol. ii., Comicorurn
Romanorum Fragmenta, 3rd ed., Leipzig, 1898
(occasional references to the 2nd ed.).

Rose, Valentin : Aristotelis qui ferehantur librorum
fragmenta ; Leipzig, 1886.

Rowoldt, Walther : Librorum Pontijiciorum Romanorum
de Caerimoniis Sacrijiciorum Reliquiae ', Halle, 1906.

Schneider, Otto : Callimachea ; Leipzig, 1870.

Schoell, Rudolph : Legis Duodecim Tabularum Re-
liquiae ; Leipzig, 1866.

xlviii

INTRODUCTION

Usener, Hermann : Epicurea ; Leipzig, 1887.

Vahlen, J. : Ennianae Poesis Reliquiae,2nd ed., Leipzig,
1903 (the 3rd ed., 1928, is an unchanged reprint).

Warmington, E. H. : Remains of Old Latin, in the
Loeb Classical Library ; vol. i. (Ennius,Caecilius),
1935; vol. ii. (Li\^us Andronicus, Naevius,
Pacuvius, Accius), 1936 ; Cambridge (Mass.) and
London.

SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Letters and words not in the manuscript, but added
in the text, are set in < >, except as noted below.

Letters changed from the manuscript reading are
printed in italics.

Some obvious additions, and the follo^\•ing changes,
are sometimes not further explained by critical notes :

ae with italic a, for manuscript e.
oe, Mith italic o, for manuscript ae or e.
itaUc b and v, for manuscript u and b.
italicy and pk, for manuscript ph and_/.
italic i and y, for manuscript y and i.
itaUc h, for an h omitted in the manuscript.

The manuscripts are referred to as follows ; read-
ings without specification of the manuscript are
from F :

F=Laurentianus li. 10 ; No. 1 in our Ust.

F^ or nji, the original writer of F, or the first

hand.
jp2 or m^, the corrector of F, or the second hand.
Ft- = readings from the lost quaternion of F, as
recorded by Victorius ; our No. 2.

xlix

INTRODUCTION

Frag. Cass. = Cassinensis 361 ; our No. 3.
f= Laurentianus li. 5 ; our No. 5.
H=Havniensis ; our No. 6.
G = Gothanus ; our No. 7.

a = Parisinus 7489 ; our No. 8.

6 = Parisinus 6142 ; our No. 9-

c = Parisinus 7535 ; our No. 10.
F= Vindobonensis Ixiii. ; our No. 11.

jD = Basiliensis F iv. 13 ; our No. 12.
3I=Guelferbytanus 896 ; our No. 13.
fi = that used by Augustinus ; our No. 14.

The following abbreviations are used for editors
and editions (others are referred to by their full
names) :

Lae^M* = editio princeps of Pomponius Laetus.
Rhol. = Rholandellus, whose first edition was in

1475.
P«a = Baptista Pius, edition of 1510.
.t^MOf. = Antonius Augustinus, editor of the Vul-
gate edition 1554, reprinted 1557.
&JO/J. = Gaspar Scioppius, edition of 1602, re-
printed 1605.
L. .S/). = Leonhard Spengel, edition of 1826 (and
articles).
Mue. = Karl Ottfried Mueller, edition of 1833.
.:/. 5/). = Andreas Spengel, edition of 1885 (and
articles).
GS. = G. Goetz and F. Schoell, edition of 1910.

VARRO

M. TERENTI VARRONIS
DE LINGUA LATINA

De Disciplina Originum Verborum ad

CiCERONEM
LIBER nil EXPLICIT ; INCIPIT

LIBER V

I. 1. QuEMADMODUM vocabula essent imposita rebus
in lingua Latina, sex libris exponere institui. De
his tris ante hunc feci quos Septumio misi : in quibus
est de disciplina, quam vocant JriyxoAoyiKryv^ : quae
contra ea<m>2 dicerentur, volumine primo, quae pro
ea, secundo, quae de ea, tertio. In his ad te scribam,
a quibus rebus vocabula imposita sint in lingua
Latina, et ea quae sunt in consuetudine apud <popu-
lum et ea quae inveniuntur apud)' poetas.

2. CuTwi unius cuiusque verbi naturae sint duae,
a qua re et in qua re vocabulum sit impositum (itaque

§ 1. 1 For ethimologicen. " Rhol., for ea. ' Added
by A. Sp.

§2. ^ Rhol., for cm.

§1. "Books II. -VII.; Book I. was introductory.
" Books II. -IV. " Quaestor to Varro, c/. vii. 109 ; but
when or where is not known. Possibly he was the writer
on architecture mentioned by Vitruvius, de Arch. vii. praef.
1 4, and even the composer of the Libri Observationum men-

2

MARCUS TERENTIUS VARRO'S
ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE

On the Science of the Origin of Words,
addressed to cicero

book iv ends here, and here begins
BOOK V

L 1. In what way names were applied to things
in Latin, I have undertaken to expound, in six books."
Of these, I have already composed three * before this
one, and have addressed them to Septumius " ; in
them I treat of the branch of learning which is called
Etymology-. The considerations which might be raised
against it, I have put in the first book ; those adduced
in its favour, in the second ; those merely describing
it, in the third. In the following books, addressed
to you,** I shall discuss the problem from what things
names were applied in Latin, both those which are
habitual \vith the ordinary folk, and those which are
found in the poets.

2. Inasmuch as each and every word has two
innate features, from what thing and to what thing

tioned by Quintilian, Inst. Orat. iv. 1. 19. '' Cicero, to
whom \'arro addresses the balance of the work. Books
V.-XXV., written apparently in 47—46 b.c.

3

VARRO

a qua re sit pertinacia cum requi(ri>tur,2 ostenditur*
esse a perten<den>do* ; in qua re sit impositum
dicitur cum demonstratur, in quo non debet pertendi
et pertendit, pertinaciam esse, quod in quo oporteat
manere, si in eo perstet, perseverantia sit), priorem
illam partem, ubi cur et unde sint verba scrutantur,
Groeci vocant eTv/zoAoyiav,* illam alteram vrep^i) ar]-
//atvo/xevwi'. De quibus duabus rebus in his libris
promiscue dicam, sed exilius de posteriore.

3. Quae ideo sunt obscuriora, quod neque omnis
impositio verborum extat,^ quod vetustas quasdam
delevit, nee quae extat sine mendo omnis imposita,
nee quae recte est imposita, cuncta manet (multa
enim verba li<t>teris commutatis sunt interpolata),
neque omnis origo est nostrae linguae e vei*naculis
verbis, et multa verba aliud nunc ostendunt, aliud
ante significabant, ut hostis : nam turn eo verbo
dicebant peregrinum qui suis legibus uteretur, nunc
dicunt eum quem tum dicebant perduellem.

4. In quo genere verborum aut casu erit illustrius
unde videri possit origo, inde repetam. Ita fieri
oportere apparet, quod recto casu quom^ dicimus
inpos,* obscurius est esse a potentia qua(m>* cum

* OS., for sequitur. ' For hostenditur. * Rhol., for
pertendo. * For ethimologiam.

§ 3. ^ For exstat.

§ 4. ^ Aug., with B, for quem. ^ p, Laetns, for ineos.
' For qua.

§ 2. " Properly an abstract formed from pertinax, itself a
compound ottenax ' tenacious,' derived from tenere ' to hold.'
§ 3. « Cf vii. 49.
§ 4. " Not from potentia ; but both from radical pot-.

4

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 2-4.

the name is applied (therefore, when the question is
raised from what thing pertinacia ' obstinacy ' is," it
is shown to be from pertendere ' to persist ' : to what
thing it is applied, is told when it is explained that it
is pertinacia ' obstinacy ' in a matter in which there
ought not to be persistence but there is, because it
is perseverantia ' steadfastness ' if a person persists in
that in which he ought to hold firm), that former
part, where they examine why and whence words are,
the Greeks call Etymology, that other part they call
Semantics. Of these two matters I shall speak in the
following books, not keeping them apart, but gi\ing
less attention to the second.

3. These relations are often rather obscure for the
following reasons : Not every word that has been
applied, still exists, because lapse of time has blotted
out some. Not every word that is in use, has been
applied without inaccuracy of some kind, nor does
every word which has been applied correctly remain
as it originally was ; for many words are disguised by
change of the letters. There are some whose origin
is not from native words of our own language. Many
words indicate one thing now, but formerly meant
something else, as is the case with hostis ' enemy ' :
for in olden times by this word they meant a foreigner
from a country independent of Roman laws, but now
they give the name to him whom they then called
perduellis ' enemy.' "■

4. I shall take as starting-point of my discussion
that derivative or case-form of the words in which the
origin can be more clearly seen. It is evident that we
ought to operate in this way, because when we say
inpos ' lacking power ' in the nominative, it is less
clear that it is from potentia <* ' power ' than when we

5

VARRO

dicimus inpotem* ; et eo obscurius fit, si dicas pos
quam* inpos : videtur enim pos significare potius
pontem quam potentem.

5. Vetustas pauca non depravat, multa tollit.
Quem puerum vidisti formosum, hunc vides defor-
mem in senecta. Tertium seculum non videt eum
hominem quem vidit primum. Quare ilia quae iam
maioribus nostris ademit oblivio, fugitiva secuta
sedulitas Muci^ et Bruti retrahere nequit. Non, si
non potuero indagare, eo ero tardior, sed velocior
ideo, si quivero. Non mediocres* enim tenebrae in
silva ubi haec captanda neque eo quo pervenire
volumus semitae tritae, neque non in tramitibus
quaedam obiecta^ quae euntem retinere possent.

6. Quorum verborum novorum ac veterum dis-
cordia omnis in consuetudine com(m>uni, quot modis^
commutatio sit facta qui animadverterit, facilius
scrutari origines patietur verborum : reperiet enim
esse commutata, ut in superioribus libris ostendi,
maxime propter bis quaternas causas. Litterarum
enim fit demptione aut additione et propter earum
tra(ie)ctionem2 aut commutationem, item syllabarum
produetione (aut correptione, denique adiectione aut

* Aug., for inpotentem. * Aug., with B, for postquam.

§ 5. ^ For muti. " For mediocris. ^ For oblecta.
§ 6. ^ After modis, Fr. Fritzsche deleted litterarum.
^ Scaliger and Popma,for tractationem.

* Avoided in practice, in favour of dissyllabic potis. " Be-
cause the nasal was almost or quite lost before s ; cf. the
regular inscriptional spelling cosol= consul.

§ 5. «P. Mucius Scaevola and M. Junius Brutus, distin-
guished jurists and writers on law in the period 150-130 b.c.
Mucius, as pontifex maximus, seems to have collected and
6

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 4^6

say inpotem in the accusative ; and it becomes the
more obscure, if you say pos ^ ' ha\-lng power ' rather
than inpos ; for pos " seems to mean rather pons
' bridge ' \han potens ' powerful.'

5. There are few things which lapse of time does
not distort, there are many which it removes. Whom
you saw beautiful as a boy, him you see unsightly in
his old age. The third generation does not see a
person such as the first generation saw him. TTiere-
fore those that oblivion has taken away even from our
ancestors, the painstaking of Mucius and Brutus,"
though it has pursued the runaways, cannot bring
back. As for me, even if I cannot track them down,
I shall not be the slower for this, but even for this I
shall be the s\^-ifter in the chase, if I can. For there
is no slight darkness in the wood where these things
are to be caught, and there are no trodden paths to
the place which we ^^•ish to attain, nor do there fail
to be obstacles in the paths, which could hold back
the hunter on his way.

6. Now he who has observed in how many ways
the changing has taken place in those words, new and
old, in which there is any and every manner of varia-
tion in popular usage, will find the examination of the
origin of the words an easier task ; for he \^'ill find
that words have been changed, as I have shown in the
preceding books, essentially on account of two sets of
four causes. For the alterations come about by the
loss or the addition of single letters and on account of
the transposition or the change of them, and likcAvise
by the lengthening or the shortening of syllables, and
their addition or loss : since I have adequately shown

published the Annales Pontificum, and to have put an end to
the further writing of them by the pontifex maximus.

7

VARRO

detrectione)' ; quae quoniam in superioribus libris*
cuiusmodi essent exemplis satis demonstravi, hie
ammonendum esse modo putavi.

7. Nunc singulorum verborum origines expediam,
quorum quattuor explanandi gradus. Infimus^ quo
populus etiam venit : quis enim non videt unde
ar(g>e<n>b'fodinae=' et viocurus ? Secundus quo
grammatica escendit' antiqua, quae ostendit, quem-
admodum quodque poeta finxerit verbum, quod
confinxerit, quod declinarit ; hie Pacui :

Rudentum sibilus,

hie :

IncMrvicervicum* pecus,
hie :

Clamide clupeat b<r)acchium.*

8. Tertius gradus, quo philosophia ascendens per-
venit atque ea quae in consuetudine communi essent
aperire coepit,i ut a quo dictum esset oppidum, vicus,
via. Quartus, ubi est adj/tum^ et initia regis : quo
si non perveniam (ad>* scientiam, at* opinionem
aucupabor, quod etiam in salute nostra nonnunquam
fflcit^ cum aegrotamus medicus.

' Added by Kent, after Scaliger, Mve., OS. ; cf. Quintilian,
Inst. Orat. i. 6. 32. * After libris, Aug. deleted qui.

§ 7. ^ After infimus, Sciop. deleted in. " Canal, for
aretofodine. ^ Sciop., for descendit. * G, Aldtis, for
inceruice ruicum. * For bacchium.

§8. ^ For caepit. ^ Sciop., for aiAiiam.. ^ Added by
L. Sp. * Sciop., for ad. * Aldus, with p, for fecit.

§ 7. " Cf. viii. 62. " Teucer, Trag. Rom. Frag. 336
Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. ii. 296-297 Warmington. " Ex inc. fab.

xliv, verse 408, Trag. Rom. Frag. Ribbeck^, R.O.L. ii. 292-293
Warmington, referring to the dolphins of Nereus ; the entire

8

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 6-8

by examples, in the preceding books, of what sort
these phenomena are, I have thought that here 1
need only set a reminder of that previous discussion.

7. Now I shall set forth the origins of the indivi-
dual words, of which there are four levels of explana-
tion. The lowest is that to which even the common
folk has come ; who does not see the sources of
argentifodinae " ' silver-mines ' and of viocurus ' road-
overseer ' ? The second is that to which old-time
grammar has mounted, which shows how the poet has
made each word which he has fashioned and derived.
Here belongs Pacuvius's *

The whistling of the ropes,
here his "

Incurvate-necked flock,
here his **

With his mantle he beshields his arm.

8. The third level is that to which philosophy
ascended, and on arrival began to reveal the nature of
those words which are in common use, as, for example,
from what oppidum ' tovvn ' was named, and vicus ' row
of houses,' " and via ' street.' The fourth is that
where the sanctuary is, and the mysteries of the high-
priest : if I shall not arrive at full knowledge there, at
any rate I shall cast about for a conjecture, which
even in matters of our health the physician sometimes
does when we are ill.

verse in Quintilian, Inst. Oral. i. 5. 67, Nerei repandirostrum
incur vicerricum pecus. <* Hermiona, Trag. Rom. Frag. 186
Ribbeck», R.O.L. ii. 232-233 Warmington ; the entire verse in
Nonius Marcellus, 87. 23 M. : currum liquit, clamide contorta
astu clipeat braccium.

§ 8. " From this meaning, either an entire small ' village '
or a ' street ' in a large city.

VARRO

9. Quodsi summum gradum non attigero, tamen
secundum praeteribo, quod non solum ad Aris-
tophanis lucernam, sed etiam ad CleantAis lucubravi.
Volui praeterire eos, qui poetarum modo verba ut
sint fieta expediunt. Non enim videbatur consen-
taneum qua(e>re(re>i me in eo verbo quod finxisset
Ennius causam, neglegere quod ante rex Latinus
finxisset, cum poeticis multis verbis magis delecter
quam utar, antiquis magis utar quam delecter. An
non potius mea verba ilia quae hereditate a Romulo
rege venerunt quam quae a poeta Livio relicta ?

10. Igitur quoniam in haec sunt tripertita verba,
quae sunt aut nostra aut aliena aut oblivia, de nostris
dicam cur sint, de alienis unde sint, de obliviis re-
linquam : quorum partim quid ta(men) invenerim
aut opiner^ scribam. In hoc libro dicam de vocabulis
locorum et quae in his sunt, in secundo de temporum
et quae in his fiunt, in tertio de utraque re a poetis
comprehensa.

11. Pythagoras Samius ait omnium rerum initia
esse bina ut finitum et infinitum, bonum et malum,

§ 9. ^ Aug., for quare.

§ 10. ^ After A. Sp., with tamen frotn Fay's quo loco
tamen ; for quo ita inuenerim ita opiner.

§ 9. " Aristophanes of Byzantium, 262-185 b.c, pupil of
Zenodotus and Callimachus at Alexandria, and himself one
of the greatest of the Alexandrian grammarians, who busied
himself especially with the textual correction and editing of
the Greek authors, notably Homer, Hesiod, and the lyric
poets. * Fra(7. 485 von Arnim ; Cleanthes of Assos, 331-

232 B.C., pupil and successor of Zeno, founder of the Stoic
school of philosophy (died 264), as head of the school, at
Athens, and author of many works on all phases of the Stoic
teaching. '^ L. Livius Andronicus, c. 284^202 b.c, born at
Tarentum ; first epic and dramatic poet of the Romans.

§11. " Pythagoras, born probably in Samos about 567 b.c,

10

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. ^11

9. But if I have not reached the highest level, I
shall none the less go farther up than the second,
because I have studied not only by the lamp of Aris-
tophanes," but also by that of Cleanthes.* I have
desired to go farther than those who expound only
how the words of the poets are made up. For it did
not seem meet that I seek the source in the case of
the word which Ennius had made, and neglect that
which long before King Latinus had made, in \-iew of
the fact that I get pleasure rather than utility from
many words of the poets, and more utility than
pleasure from the ancient words. And in fact are
not those words mine which have come to me by
inheritance from King Romulus, rather than those
which were left behind by the poet Livius ? '^

10. Therefore since words are divided into these
three groups, those which are our own, those which
are of foreign origin, and those which are obsolete and
of forgotten sources, I shall set forth about our own
why they are, about those of foreign origin whence
they are, and as to the obsolete I shall let them alone :
except that concerning some of them I shall none the
less write what I have found or myself conjecture. In
this book I shall tell about the words denoting places
and those things which are in them ; in the follow-
ing book I shall tell of the words denoting times and
those things which take place in them ; in the third
I shall tell of both these as expressed by the poets.

1 1 . Pythagoras the Samian " says that the primal
elements of all things are in pairs, as finite and infinite,

removed to Croton in South Italy about 529 and was there the
founder of the philosophic-political school of belief which
attaches to his name. His teachings were oral only, and
were reduced to writing by his followers.

11

VARRO

vitam et mortem, diem et noctem. Quare item duo
status et motus, (utrumque quadripertitum)^ : quod
stat aut agitatur, corpus, ubi agitatur, locus, dum
agitatur, tempus, quod est in agitatu, actio. Quadri-
pertitio magis sic apparebit : corpus est ut cursor,
locus stadium qua currit, tempus hora qua currit,
actio cursio.

12. Quare fit, ut ideo fere omnia sint quadri-
pertita et ea aeterna, quod neque unquam tempus,
quin fuerit^ motus : eius enim* intervallum tempus ;
neque motus, ubi non locus et corpus, quod alteram
est quod movetur, alterum ubi ; neque ubi is agitatus,
non actio ibi. Igitur initiorum quadrigae locus et
corpus, tempus et actio.

13. Quare quod quattuor genera prima rerum,
totidem verborum : e quis <de) locis et iis^ rebus quae
in his videntur in hoc libro summatim ponam. Sed
qua cognatio eius erit verbi quae radices egerit extra
fines suas, persequemur. Saepe enim ad limitem
arboris radices sub vicini prodierunt segetem. Quare
non, cum de locis dicam, si ab agro ad agrarium^
hominem, ad agricolam pervenero, aberraro. Multa

§11. ^ Added by L. Sp.

§ 12. ^ For fuerint. * Aug., for animi.

§ 13. ^ L. Sp.y for uerborum enim horum dequis locis et

his. ^ L. Sp., for agrosium.

§ 13. " Celebrated on April 23 and August 19, when an
offering of new wine was made to Jupiter ; c/. vi. 16 and
vi. 20.
12

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 11-13

good and bad, life and death, day and night. There-
fore likewise there are the two fundamentals, station
and motion, each divided into four kinds : what is
stationary or is in motion, is body ; where it is in
motion, is place ; while it is in motion, is time ; what
is inherent in the motion, is action. The fourfold
division will be clearer in this way : body is, so to
speak, the runner, place is the race-course where he
runs, time is the period during which he runs, action is
the running.

12. Therefore it comes about that for this reason
all things, in general, are divided into four phases,
and these universal ; because there is never time
without there being motion — for even an intermission
of motion is time — ; nor is there motion where
there is not place and body, because the latter is
that which is moved, and the former is where ; nor
where this motion is, does there fail to be action.
Therefore place and body, time and action are the
four-horse team of the elements.

13. Therefore because the primal classes of things
are four in number, so many are the primal classes of
words. From among these, concerning places and
those things which are seen in them, I shall put a
summarv' account in this book ; but we shall follow
them up wherever the kin of the word under discus-
sion is, even if it has driven its roots beyond its own
territory. For often the roots of a tree which is close
to the line of the property have gone out under the
neighbour's cornfield. Wherefore, when I speak of
places, I shall not have gone astray, if from ager
' field ' I pass to an agrarius ' agrarian ' man, and to
an agricola ' farmer.' The partnership of words is one
of many members : the Wine Festival ° cannot be set

13

VARRO

societas verborum, nee Vinalia sine vino expediri nee
Curia Calabra sine ealatione potest aperiri.

II. 14. Incipiam de locis ah^ ipsius loci origine.
Locus est, ubi locatum quid esse potest, ut nunc
dicunt, collocatum. Veteres id dicere solitos apparet
apud Plautum :

Filiam habeo grandem dote cassa(m> atque

inlocabil«(m>*
Neque earn queo locare cuiquam.

Apud Ennium :

O Terra Thraeca,, ubi Liberi fanum inciu^um'
Maro* locavi<t>.^

15. Ubi quidque consistit, locus. Ab eo praeco
dicitur locare, quod usque idem it,^ quoad in aliquo
constitit pretium. In(de)2 locarium quod datur in
stabulo et taberna, ubi consistant. Sic loci muliebres,
ubi nascendi initia consistunt.

III. 16. Loca natura(e>i secundum antiquam
divisionem prima duo, terra et caelum, deinde par-
ticulatim utriusque multa. Caeli dicuntur loca su-

§ 14. ^ Sciop., for sub. * So Plautus, for cassa dote
atque inlocabili F ; Plautus also has virginem for filiam.
' Wilhelm, for inciuium. * For miro F^, maro F^.
* Ribbeck, for locaui.

§ 15. ^ Turnebus, for id emit. ^ Laetus, for in.

§ 16. ^ Aug., for natura.

* A place on the Capitoline Hill, near the cottage of
Romulus, and also the meeting held there on the Kalends,
when the priests announced the number of days until the
Nones ; c/. vi. 27, and Macrobius, Saturnalia, i. 15. 7.

§ 14. " Theuncompounded word ; which, like its compound,
meant both ' established in a fixed position ' and ' established
in a marriage.' ^ Aulularia, 191-192. "That is, in

marriage. <* Trag. Rom. Frag. 347-348 Ribbeck^ ; R.O.L.

14

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 13-16

on its way without wine, nor can the Curia Calahra
' Announcement Hall ' ^ be opened without the
calatio ' proclamation.'

H. 14. Among places, I shall begin "«-ith the
origin of the word locus ' place ' itself. Locus is where
something can be locatum " ' placed,' or as they say
nowadays, collocatum ' established.' That the ancients
were wont to use the word in this meaning, is clear in
Plautus ^ :

I have a grown-up daughter, lacking dower,

unplaceable/
Nor can I place her now with anyone.

In Ennius we find ** :

O Thracian Land, where Bacchus' fane renowned
Did Maro place.

15. Where anything comes to a standstill, is a locus
* place.' From this the auctioneer is said locate ' to
place ' because he is all the time like^v^se going on
until the price comes to a standstill on someone.
Thence also is locamim ' place-rent,' which is given
for a lodging or a shop, where the payers take their
stand. So also loci muliehres ' woman's places,' where
the beginnings of birth are situated.

III. 16. The primal places of the universe, accord-
ing to the ancient division, are two, terra ' earth ' and
caelum ' sky,' and then, according to the division into
items, there are many places in each. The places of
the sky are called loca super a ' upper places,' and

i. 376-377 Warmington. Maro, son of Euanthes and priest
of Apollo in the Thracian Ismaros, in thanks for protection
for himself and his followers, gave Ulysses a present of
excellent wine {Odyssey, Lx. 197 ff.). Because of this, later
legend drew him into the Dionysiac circle, as son or grandson
of Bacchus, or otherwise. There were even cults of Maro
himself in Maroneia, Samothrace, and elsewhere.

15

VARRO

pera et ea deorum, terrae loca infera et ea hominum.
Ut Asia sic caelum dicitur modis duobus. Nam et
Asia, quae non Europa, in quo etiam Syria, et Asia
dicitur prioris pars Asiae, in qua est Ionia ac provincia
nostra.

17. Sic caelum et pars eius, summum ubi stellae,
et id quod Pacuvius cum demonstrat dicit :

Hoc vide circum supraque quod complexu continet
Terram.

Cui subiungit :

Id quod nostri caelum memorant.

A qua bipertita divisione Luc«7iusi suorum un<i)u5'
et viginti librorum initium fecit hoc :

Aetheris et terrae genitabile quaerere tempus.

18. Caelum dictum scribit Aelius, quod est
caelatum, aut contrario nomine, celatum quod aper-
tum est ; non male, quod <im)positori multo potius
<caelare>* a caelo quam caelum a caelando. Sed non

§ 17. ^ Scaliffer, for lucretius. * Laetus, for unum.
§ 18. ^ GS.,for posterior. * Added by Scaliger.

% 16. " Asia originally designated probably only a town or
small district in Lydia, and then came to be what we now call
Asia Minor, and finally the entire continent. * Ionia was
a coastal region of Asia Minor, including Smyrna, Ephesus,
Miletus, etc., and was included within provincia nostra. But
' our province ' ran much farther inland, comprising Phrygia,
M ysia, Lydia, Caria (Cicero, Pro Flacco, 27.65), which explains
the ' and.'

§ 17. " Chryses, Trag. Rom. Frag. 87-88 and 90 Ribbeck» ;
R.O.L. 2. 202-203, lines 107-108, 1 1 1 Warmington. > Satirae,
verse 1 Marx. As there were thirty books of Lucilius's
Satires, the limitation to twenty-one by Varro must be based
on another division (for which there is evidence), thus : Books
XXVI.-XXX. were written first, in various metres; I.-XXI.,

16

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 16-18

these belong to the gods ; the places of the earth are
loca infer a ' lower places,' and these belong to man-
kind. Caelum ' sky ' is used in two ways, just as is
Asia. For Asia means the Asia, which is not Europe,
wherein is even Syria ; and Asia means also that
part " of the aforementioned Asia, in which is Ionia ^
and our province.

17. So caelum ' sky ' is both a part of itself, the top
where the stars are, and that which Pacuvlus means
when he points it out " :

See this around and above, which holds in its embrace
The earth.

To which he adds :

. That which the men of our days call the sky.

From this division into two, Lucilius set this as the
start of his twenty-one books ^ :

Seeking the time when the ether above and the
earth were created.

18. Caelum, AeUus wTites," was so called because
it is caelatum ' raised above the surface,' or from the
opposite of its idea,* celatum ' hidden ' because it is
exposed ; not ill the remark, that the one who applied
the term took caelare ' to raise ' much rather from
caelum than caelum from caelare. But that second

to which Varro here alludes, were a second volume, in dactj'lic
hexameters, which Lucilius had found to be the best vehicle
for his work ; XXII. -XXV. were a third part, in elegiacs,
probably not published until after their author's death.

§ 18. ° Page 59 Funaioli. Caelum is probably connected
with a root seen in German heiter ' bright,' and not with the
words mentioned by \'arro. * Derivation by the contrary
of the meaning, as in Indus, in quo minime luditur ' school, in
which there is very little playing ' (Festus, 1:22. 16 M.).

VOL. I c 17

VARRO

minus illud alterum de celando ab eo potuit dici, quod
interdiu celatur, quam quod noctu non celatur.

19. Omnino e(g}o^ magis puto a chao cho<um
ca)vum^ et hinc caelum, quoniam, ut dixi, " hoc circum
supraque quod complexu continet terrain," cavum
caelum. Itaque dicit Androm(ed>a' Nocti :

Quae* cava caeli
Signitenentibus conficis bigis ;

et Agamemno :

In altisono caeli clipeo :
cavum enim clipeum ; et Ennius item ad cavationem :

Caeli ingentes fornices.

20. Quare ut a cavo cavea et cauZlae^ et convallis,
cavata vallis, et cave<m>ae* <a)* cavatione* ut cavum,*
sic ortum, unde omnia apud i/esiodum, a chao cavo
caelum.

IV, 21. Terra dicta ab eo, ut Aelius scribit, quod

§ 19. ^ Aldus, for eo. ^ GS. ; choum hinc cavum
Mue. ; for chouum. ^ Scaliger,for androma. * Aug.,
for noctique.

§ 20. ^ Scaliger, for cauile. ^ GS., for cauea e.
^ Added bj/ Mue. * iVwe., /or cauitione. ^ Vertranius,
for cauium.

§ 19. " Latin cavum is not related to Greek chaos, but it is
the source of all the Latin words in § 19 and § 20, except
caelum and convallis. * Ennius, Trag. Rom. Frag. 95-96
Ribbeck^ ; R.O.L. i. 256-257 Warmington; anapaestic.
<= Ennius, Trag. Rom. Frag. 177-178 Ribbeck^ R.O.L. i.
300-301 Warmington ; anapaestic. ■* Ennius, Trag. Rom.
Frag. 374 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. i. 364-365 Warmington.

§ 20. " Commonly meaning the spectators' part of the
theatre; but also 'stall, bird-cage, bee-hive.' * Also

18

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 18-21

origin, from celare ' to hide,' could be said from this
fact, that by day it celatur ' is hidden,' no less than
that by night it is not hidden.

19- On the whole I rather think that from chaos
came ckoum and then cavum " ' hollow,' and from this
caelum ' sky,' since, as I have said, " this around and
above, which holds in its embrace the earth," is the
cavum caelum ' hollow sky.' And so Andromeda says
to Night,^

You who traverse the hollows of sky
With your chariot marked by the stars.

And Agamemnon says,"

In the shield of the sky, that soundeth on high,

for a shield is a hollow thing. And Ennius likewise,
x^-ith reference to a cavem,**

Enormous arches of the sky.

20. WTierefore as from cavum ' hollow ' come
cavea'^ ' ca\'ity,' and caullae^ ' hole or passage,' and
convallis " ' enclosed valley ' as being a cavata vallis
' hollowed valley,' and cavemae ' caverns ' from the
cavatio ' hollowing,' as a cavum ' hollow thing,' *^ so
developed caelum ' sky ' from cavum, which itself was
from chaos, from which, in Hesiod,* come all things.

IV. 21. Terra" 'earth ' is — as Aelius * writes —
named from this fact, that it teritur ' is trodden ' ;

' sheepfold.' ' Apparently out of place ; but perhaps
Varro had in mind a pronunciation with only a slight nasal
sound, virtually covallis, c/. c&ntio from cocentio {coventionid
occurs in an old inscription). ** This text is a desperate
attempt to bring sense into the passage. • Theogony, 123 ff.
§ 21. ° From tersa ' dry ' : tritura and tribulum are the only
words in the section connected with tero. " Page 67 Fu-
naioli.

19

VARRO

teritur. Itaque tera in augurum libris scripta cum
R uno. Ab eo colonis locus com<m>unis qui prope
oppidum relinquitur tentorium, quod maxime teritur.
Hinc linteum quod teritur corpore extermentarium.
Hinc in messi tritura, quod tum frumentum teritur,
et trife?<lum,i qui teritur. Hinc fines agrorum termini,
quod eae partes ^ propter limitare iter maxime te-
runtur ; itaque hoc cum P in Latio aliquot locis dici-
tur, ut apud Accium, non terminus, sed ter(i>men* ;
hoc Graeci quod re/a/xoca. Pote vel illinc ; Euander
enim, qui venit in Palatium, e Graecia Areas.

22. Via^ quidem iter, quod ea vehendo teritur, iter
item'* actus, quod agendo teritur ; etiam ambitus
<i>ter,^ quod circumeundo teritur : nam ambitus
circuitus ; ab eoque Duodecim Tabularum interpretes
' ambitus parietis ' circuitum esse describunt. Igitur
tera terra et ab eo poetae appellarunt summa terrae
quae sola teri possunt, ' sola terrae.'

§21. ^ For triuolum. ** For partis. ^ L. Sp.ffor is.
* L. Sp., for termen.

§22. ^ Lachmann, for uias. ^ A. Sp., for iterum.
' Groth, for ter.

' No consonants were doubled in the writing of Latin until
about 200 B.C., and then not regularly for some decades ;
before 200 b.c, terra was necessarily written tera. ** Page
16 Regell. * Derivative of terra. * From extergere ' to
wipe off.' " From a different root ter- ' to cross over.'
^Trag. Rom. Frag., p&ge 262 Ribbeck^; R.O.L. ii. 599
Warmington. * See Livy, i. 5.

§ 22. " Of uncertain etymology, but not from vehere.
* Amb-itus - circu-itus in meaning ; -itus and iter both from
the root in ire ' to go.' " The fundamental Roman laws,
traditionally drawn up by the Decemvirs of 451-450 b.c.
<* Page 136 Schoell ; page 113 Funaioli. ' Cf. Ennius,
Ann. 455 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. ii. 208-209 Warmington; page

20

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 21-22

therefore it is written tera " in the Books of the
Augurs,** with one R. From this, the place which is
left near a town as common property for the farmers,
is the territorium * ' territory,' because it teritur ' is
trodden ' most. From this, the linen garment which
teritur ' is rubbed ' bv the body, is an extermentarium/
From this, in the harvest, is the tritura ' threshing,'
because then the grain teritur ' is rubbed out,' and the
trihulum ' threshing-sledge,' with which it teritur ' is
rubbed out.' From this the boundaries of the fields
are called termini,^ because those parts teruntur ' are
trodden ' most, on account of the boundary-lane.
Therefore this word is pronounced with I in some
places in Latium, not terminus, but terimen, and this
form is found in Accius '' : it is the same word which
the Greeks call repfioji'. Perhaps the Latin word
comes from the Greek ; for Evander, who came to the
Palatine, was an Arcadian from Greece.*

22. A via " ' road ' is indeed an iter ' way,' because
it teritur ' is worn do^^'n ' by vehendo ' carrying in
wagons ' ; an actus ' driving-passage ' is likewise an
iter, because it is worn doAvn by agendo ' driving of
cattle.' Moreover an ambitus ^ ' edge-road ' is an iter
' way,' because it teritur ' is worn ' by the going around :
for an edge-road is a circuit ; from this the inter-
preters of the Tnelve Tables " define the ambitus of
the wall •* as its circuit. Therefore tera, terra ; and
from this the poets ® have called the surface of the
earth, which sola ' alone ' can be trod, the sola ^ ' soil '
of the earth.

75 Funaioli ; Lucretius, ii. 592 ; Catullus, 63. 7. ^ Though
solus ' lone ' has a long vowel, and solum ' soil ' has a short
vowel ; but Varro normally disregards the differences of
quantity.

21

VARRO

23. Terra, ut putant, eadem et humus ; ideo
Ennium in terram cadentis dicere :

Cubitis pinsibant humum ;

et quod terra sit humus, ideo is humatus mortuus, qui
terra obrutus ; ab eo qui Romanus combustus est,
(siy in sepulcrum^ eius abiecta gleba non est aut si
OS exceptum est mortui ad familiam purgandam,
donee in purgando hwmo' est opertum (ut pontifices
dicunt, quod inhumatus sit), famiUa funesta manet.
Et dicitur humilior, que* ad humum^ demissior, in-
fimus humilHmus, quod in mundo infima humus.

24. Humor hinc. Itaque ideo Lucihus :

Terra abiit in nimbos ^Mmoremque.^

Pacuvius :

Terra ex/jalat" auram atque auroram humidam ;

<humidam>* humectam ; hinc ager uhginosus humi-
dissimus ; hinc udus uvidus ; hinc sudor et udor.

§ 23. ^ Added by Tumebiis. ^ For sepulchrum.

^ Aldus, for homo. * 3/«^., /or quae. ^ After humum
in F, is found the passage ut Sabini § 32 to Septimontium § 41 ;
M^ie., following G. Buchanan and Tiirnebus, recognized the
interchange of two leaves of the archetype of F and restored
the text to its proper order.

§ 24. ^ Kent, for imbremque, for without humor or a
derivative the citation is irrelevant. * Laetus, for exalat.
' Added by Fay.

§ 23. « Trag. Rom. Frag. 396 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. i. 376-377
Warmington. ^ Gleba in a collective sense. " Cf. frag.
170 Rowoldt. ** Quod, contracted for quoad.

§ 24. " Humor, properly umor, got its h by popular as-
sociation with humus, with which it is not etymologically
connected. ^ 1308 Marx ; five feet of a spondaic dactylic

22

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 23-24

23. Humus ' soil ' is, as they think, the same as
terra ' earth ' ; therefore, they say, Ennius meant men
falling to the earth when he said,*

With their elbows the soil they were smiting.

And because humus ' soil ' is terra ' earth,' therefore he
who is dead and covered with terra is humatus ' in-
humed.' From this fact, if on the burial-mound of a
Roman who has been burned on the p}Te clods ^ are
not thrown, or if a bone of the dead man has been kept
out for the ceremony of purifying the household, the
household remains in mourning ; in the latter case,
until in the purification the bone is covered with humus
— as the pontifices say,*' as long as <* he is in-humatus
'not inhumed.' Also he is called humilior 'more
humble,' who is more downcast toward the humus ; the
lowest is said to be humillimus ' most humble,' because
the humus is the lowest thing in the world.

24. From this comes also humor ^ 'moisture.' So
therefore LuciUus says * :

Gone is the earth, disappeared into clouds and moisture.

Pacuvius says * :

The land exhales a breeze and dawning damp ;

humida,'^ the same as humecta ' damp,' P'rom this, a
marshy field is hufnidissimus ' most damp ' ; from this,
iidus" and uvidus ' damp ' ; from this, sudor f ' sweat '
and udor ' dampness.'

hexameter. ' Trag. Rom. Frag. 363 Ribbeck'; R.O.L. ii.
322-323 Warmington. ■* From same base as humor ; so
also humectus. » Sjncopated form of uvidus, which, with
its abstract substantive udor, contains the base of humor in
a simpler form (without the ;n). 'Akin to English sweat,
and not connected with the other Latin words here discussed.

23

VARRO

25. Is si quamvis deorsum in terra, unde sumi^
pote, puteus ; nisi potius quod ^eolis dicebant ut
irvTajxov sic tti'tcov a potu,^ non ut nunc <^pk{ap).^ A
puteis oppidum ut Puteoli, quod incircum eum locum
aquae frigidae et caldae multae, nisi a putore potius,
quod putidus odoribus saepe ex sulphure et alumine.
Extra oppida a puteis puticuli, quod ibi in puteis
obruebantur homines, nisi potius, ut Aelius scribit,
puticuli* quod putescebant ibi cadavera proiecta, qui
locus publicus ultra E^quilias.^ Itaque eum Afranius
/mtiZucos* in Togata appellat, quod inde suspiciunt
per pjfteos' lumen.

26. Lacus lacuna magna, ubi aqua eontineri potest.
Palus paululum aquae in altitudinem et palam latius
difFusae. Stagnum a Graeco, quod ii^ o-reyi'ov quod
non habet rimam.* Hinc ad villas rutunda* stagna,
quod rutundum facillime continet, anguli maxima
laborant.

§ 25. ^ For summi. * Buttmann, for potamon sic po
tura potu. * Victories, for <f>pe. * Mue.,for puticulae.
* For exquilias. * Scaliger, for cuticulos. ' Canal, for
perpetuos.

§ 26. ^ For 11. * Scaliger, for nomen habet primam.
' B, for rutundas.

§ 25, "Or ' pit ' ; derivative of root in ptttare ' to cut,
think,' c/. amputare ' to cut oif.' * AeoUs, nom. pi. = Greek
AtoAet?. * This and Trureoj are unknown in the extant

remains of Aeolic Greek, but a number of Aeolic words show
the change : anv for a-rro, i5/xoia>? for ofxoiais. ** The modern
Pozzuoli, on the Bay of Naples, in a locality characterized
by volcanic springs and exhalations ; Varro's derivation is
correct. * Page 65 Funaioli. ' The Roman ' potters'
field,' for the poor and the slaves. " Com. Rom. Frag.
430 Ribbeck^ ; with a jesting transposition of the consonants.
Cf. for a similar effect ' pit-lets ' and ' pit-lights.' The
description suggests that they were constructed like the
Catacombs.
24

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 25-26

25. If this moisture is in the ground no matter
how far down, in a place from which it pote ' can ' be
taken, it is a puteus ' well ' " ; unless rather because
the Aeolians ^ used to say, like — I'ra/zo? '^ for Trora/ios
' river,' so also — rVcos ' well ' for iroreos ' drinkable,'
from potus ' act of drinking,' and not (^pkap ' well ' as
they do now. From putei ' wells ' comes the town-
name, such as Puteoli,'^ because around this place there
are many hot and cold spring-waters ; unless rather
from putor ' stench,' because the place is often putidus
' stinking ' \\ath smells of sulphur and alum. Outside
the towns there are puticuli ' little pits,' named from
putei ' pits,' because there the people used to be buried
in putei ' pits ' ; unless rather, as Aelius * wTites, the
puticuli are so called because the corpses which had
been thrown out putescehant ' used to rot ' there, in
the public burial-place ^ which is beyond the Esqui-
line. This place Afranius ^ in a comedy of Roman Ufe
calls the Putiluci ' pit-lights,' for the reason that from
it they look up through putei ' pits ' to the lumen
'light.'

26. A laais ' lake ' is a large lacuna " ' hollow,'
where water can be confined. A palus ^ ' swamp ' is
a paululum ' small amount ' of water as to depth,
but spread quite ^videly palam ' in plain sight.' A
stagnum '^ ' pool ' is from Greek, because they gave the
name orc-y vos ** ' waterproof to that which has no
fissure. From this, at farmhouses the stagna ' pools *
are round, because a round shape most easily holds
water in, but corners are extremely troublesome.

§ 26. " Lacuna is a derivative of lacits, "" Palus, paulu-
lum, palam are all etymological ly distinct. ' Properly, a
pool without an outlet ; perhaps akin to Greek araycov ' drop
(of liquid).' ■* Original meaning, ' covered.'

25

VARRO

27. Fluvius, quod fluit, item flumen : a quo lege
praediorum urbanorum scribitur^ :

Stillicidia fluminaque* ut<i nunc, ut> ita' cadant
fluantque ;

inter haec hoc inter (est), quod stillicidium eo quod
stillatim cadj't,* flumen quod fluit continue.

28. Amnis id flumen quod circuit aliquod : nam
ab ambitu amnis. Ab hoc qui circum Aternum^
habitant, Amiternini appellati. Ab eo qui popu-
lum candidatus circum i<,* ambit, et qui aliter facit,
indagabili ex ambitu causam dicit. Itaque Tiberis
amnis, quod ambit Martium Campum et urbem ; op-
pidum Interamna dictum, quod inter amnis est
constitutum ; item Antemnae, quod ante amnis,
qu<a> Amo^ influit in Tiberim, quod bello male ac-
ceptum consenuit.

29. Tiberis quod caput extra Latium, si inde
nomen quoque exfluit in linguam nostram, nihil (ad>^
hvjioXoyoi' Latinum, ut, quod oritur ex Samnio,

§ 27, ^ For scribitur scribitur. ^ For flumina quae.
^ L. Sp., after Gothofredus, for ut ita. * a, Pape, for

cadet.

§28. ^ Aug., with B, for alterunum. ^ For id,
3 Canal, for quanto,

§ 29, ^ Added by Thiersch.

§ 27, " Cf. Digest, viii. 2. 17. * That is, rain-waters
dripping from roofs and streams resulting from rain shall in
city properties not be diverted from their present courses.
Such supplies of water were in early days a real asset.

§ 28. " Probably to be associated with English Avon (from^
Celtic word for ' river '), and not with ambire ' to go around.'
^ Good etymology ; Amiternum was an old city in the Sabine
country, on the Aternus River ; with ambi- ' around ' in the
form am-, as in amicire ' to place (a garment) around.'

26

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 27-29

27. Fluvius ' river ' is so named because it Jiuit
' flows,' and likewise jiumen ' river ' : from which is
written, according to the law of city estates,"

Stillicidia ' rain-waters ' and flumina ' rivers ' shall
be allowed to fall and to flow without interference.*

Between these there is this difference, that stilUcidium
' rain-water ' is so named because it cadit ' falls '
stillatim ' drop by drop,' andjiumen ' river ' because it
Jiuit ' flows ' uninterruptedly.

28. An amnis ° is that river which goes around
something ; for amnis is named from ambitus ' circuit.'
From this, those who dwell around the Aternus are
called Amiternini ' men of Amiternum.' * From this,
he who circum it ' goes around ' the people as a candi-
date, ambit ' canvasses,' and he who does otherwise
than he should, pleads his case in court as a result
of his investigable ambitus ' canvassing.'" Therefore
the Tiber is called an amnis, because it ambit ' goes
around ' the Campus Martius and the City '^ ; the
tovm Interamna * gets its name from its position
inter amnis ' between rivers ' ; likewise Antemnae,
because it lies ante amnis ' in front of the rivers,' where
the Anio flows into the Tiber — a towTi which suffered
in war and wasted away until it perished.

29. The Tiber, because its source is outside
Latium, if the name as well flows forth from there
into our language, does not concern the Latin ety-
mologist ; just as the Volturnus," because it starts from

* That is, for corrupt electioneering methods. ■* The Tiber
swings to the west at Rome, forming a virtual semicircle.

* A city in Umbria, almost encircled by the river Nar.

§ 29. " Adjective from voltur ' vulture ' ; there was a Mt.
Voltur farther south, on the boundary between Samnium and
Apulia.

27

VARRO

Volturnus nihil ad Latinam linguam : at" quod proxi-
mum oppidum ab eo secundum mare Volturnum, ad
nos, iam^ Latinum vocabulum, ut Tiberinus no<me>n.*
Et colonia enim nostra Volturnu7«* et deus Tiberinus.

30. Sed de Tiberis nomine anceps historia. Nam
et suum Etruria et Latium suum esse credit, quod
fuerunt qui ab Thebri vicino regulo Veientum^ dixe-
rint appellat?<m,* primo Thebrim. Sunt qui Tiberim
priscum nomen Latinum Albulam vocitatum lit-
teris tradiderint, posterius propter Tiberinum regem
Latinorum mutatum, quod ibi interierit : nam hoc
eius ut tradunt sepulcrum.*

V. 31. Ut omnis natura in caelum et terram divisa
est, sic caeli regionibus terra in Asiam et Europam.
Asia enim iacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad
septemtriones et aquilonem. Asia dicta ab nympha,
a qua et lapeto traditur Prometheus. Europa ab
Europa Agenoris, quam ex PA(o)enice^ Manlius

* For ad. * After iam, A. Sp. deleted ad. * A. Sp.,
for non. ® Atig., with B, for uolturnus.

§30. ^ Aug., for uem&nium. ^* For appellatam. ^ For
sepulchrum.

§31. 1 For fenice.

* The god of the river Tiber.

§ 30. " No probable etymology has been proposed.
^ Veil was one of the twelve cities of Etruria, about twelve
miles north of Rome ; it was taken and destroyed by the
Romans under Camillas in 396 b.c. " Page 117 Funaioli.
^ ' Whitish,' from albus ' white ' ; or perhaps more probably
' the mountain stream,' containing a pre-Italic word seen in
Alpes ' Alps.' « King of Alba Longa, ninth in descent
from Aeneas, and great-grandfather of Numitor and Amulius ;
he lost his life in crossing the river (Livy, i. 3).
28

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 29-31

Samnium, has nothing to do with the Latin language ;
but because the nearest to^\•n to it along the sea is
^'olturnuIn, it has come to us and is now a Latin
name, as also the name Tiberinus. For we have
both a colony named \ olturnum and a god named
Tiberinus.^

30. But about the name of the Tiber * there are
two accounts. For Etruria believes it is hers, and so
does Latium, because there have been those who said
that at first, from Thebris, the near-by chieftain of the
\'eians,* it was called the Thebris. There are also
those who in their writings " have handed down the
story that the Tiber was called Albula ^ as its early
Latin name, and that later it was changed on account
of Tiberinus * king of the Latins, because he died
there ; for, as they relate, it was his burial-place.

V, 31. As all natura is divided into sky and earth,
so with reference to the regions of the sky the earth is
di\ided into Asia and Europe. For Asia is that part
which lies toward the noonday sun and the south
wind, Europe that which lies toward the Wain " and
the north wind.*' Asia was named from the nymph "
who, according to tradition, bore Prometheus to
lapetus. Europe was named from Europa** the
daughter of Agenor, who, Manlius *" writes, was
carried off from Phoenicia by the Bull ; a remarkable

§31. "In America usually called the Dipper. * The
points of the compass are here, as often with the ancients,
somewhat distorted. ' Concerning Asia, see Hesiod,
Theogony, 359 ; and cf. Herodotus, iv. 45. •* Concern-
ing Europa, see Herodotus, iv. 45 ; Horace, Odes, iii. 27.
25-76 ; Ovid, Metamorphoses, ii. 833-875. ' Or Mallius,
or Manilius ; the names are often confused in the manuscripts.
He cannot be identified. See Frag. Poet. Rom., page 284
Baehrens, and Gram. Rom. Frag. 85 Funaioh.

29

\ARRO

scribit taurum exportasse, quorum egregiam ima-
ginem ex aere PytAagoras Tarenti.

32. Europae loca multae incolunt nationes. Ea
fere nominata aut translaticio nomine ab hominibus^
ut Sabini et Lucani, aut declinato ab hominibus, ut
Apulia et Latium, <aut>^ utrumque, ut Etruria et
Tusci.' Qua regnum fuit Latini, universus ager
dictus Latius, particulatim oppidis cognominatus, ut
a Praeneste Praenestinus, ab Aricia Aricinus.

33. Ut nostri augures publiei disserunt, agrorum
sunt genera quinque : Romanus, Gabinus, pere-
grinus, hosticus, ineertus. Romanus dictus unde
Roma ab Rom(ul>o^ ; Gabinus ab oppido Gabi(i>s ;
peregrinus ager pacatus, qui extra Romanum et
Gabinum, quod uno modo in his serv(a>ntur* auspicia ;
dictus peregrinus a pergendo, id est a progredien-
do : eo enim' ex agro Romano primum progredieban-
tur : quocirca Gabinus quo^ue* peregrinus, sed quorf*
auspicia habet* singularia, ab reliquo discretus ;

§ 32. 1 C/. § 23, crit. note 5. ^ Added by Aug.

' Scaliger, for Tuscia.

§ 33. 1 Rhol., for Romo ; cf. viii. 80. ^ Laetus, for
seruntur. * For eo quod enim. * Scaliger, for quo
siue. * Turnebus, for quos. * Turnebus, for habent.

f Pythagoras of Rhegium, distinguished for his statues of
athletes, flourished in the middle of the fifth century b.c.

§ 32. " vSuch names as Sabini, Lucani, Tusci meant
originally the people and not the countries.

§ 33. " Page 1 9 Regell. " Or possibly Romus (Romo F);
for Festus, 266 b 23-27 M., states that according to Antigonus,
an Alexandrian writer, Rome received its name from Rhomus,
a son of Jupiter, who founded a city on the Palatine.

30

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 31-33

bronze group of the two was made by Pythagoras ' at
Tarentum.

32. The various locaUties of Europe are inhabited
by many different nations. They are in general
denominated by names transferred from the men, Hke
Sahini ' the Sabine countrj',' and Lucani ' the country
of the Lucanians,' or derived from the names of the
men, hke ApuUa and Latium, or both, hke Etruria and
Tusci.'* Where Latinus once had his kingdom, the
field-lands as a whole are called Latian ; but when
taken piecemeal, they are named after the towns, as
Praenestine from Praeneste, and Arician from Aricia.

33. As our State Augurs set forth," there are five
kinds of fields : Roman, Gabine, peregrine, hostic,
uncertain. ' Roman ' field-land is so called from
Romulus,^ from whom Rome got its name. ' Gabine '
is named from the town Gabii.*' The ' peregrine ' is
field-land won in war and reduced to peace, which is
apart from the Roman and the Gabine, because in
these latter the auspices are observed in one uniform
manner : ' peregrine ' ** is named from pergere ' to go
ahead,' that is, from progredi ' to advance ' ; for into
it their first advance was made out of the Roman
field-land. By the same reasoning, the Gabine also
is peregrine, but because it has auspices of its
own special sort it is held separate from the rest.

* An ancient Latin city midway between Rome and Praeneste,
where Sextus Tarquinius took refuge after his expulsion
from Rome. It fought against Rome at Lake Regillus, and
thereafter declined into poverty and was almost deserted,
though it was revived by the emperors of the first two
Christian centuries. '* Derivative of peregri ' abroad,

away from home : to, from, or in a foreign land,' which
is either prep, per ' through ' - loc. agri, or a loc. of a com-
pound pero-agro- ' distant field-land.'

31

VARRO

hosticus dictus ab hostibus ; incertus is, qui de his
quattuor qui sit ignoratur.

VI. 34. Ager dictus in quam terram quid agebant,
et unde quid agebant fructus causa ; ali<i>, quod^ id
Graeci dicunt dyp6(i'). Ut ager quo- agi poterat,
sic qua agi actus. Eius finis minimus constitutus in
latitudinem pedes quattuor (fortasse an ab eo quat-
tuor, quod ea quadrupes agitur) ; in longitudinem
pedes centum viginti ; in quadratum actum et latum
et longum esset centum viginti. Multa antiqui duo-
denario numero finierunt ut duodecim decuriis actum.

35. lugerum dictum iunctis duobus actibus quad-
ratis. Centuria prim(um> a^ centum iugeribus dicta,
post duplicata retinuit nomen, ut tribus a/)(ar>tibus2
(populi tripartite divisi dictae nunc)^ multiplicatae
idem tenent nomen. Ut qua* agebant actus, sic qua
vehebant, viae^ dictae ; quo^ fructus convehebant,
villae. Qua ibant, ab itu' iter appellarunt ; qua id
anguste, semita, ut semiter dictum.

§ 34. ^ L. Sp.,for aliquod. " Turnebus, for quod.

§ 35. ^ L. Sp.,for prima. * GS.,for actibus. ' Added
by GS., c/. C'ohimella, v. 1. 7. * Aug., for quo. * Laetus,
for actus viae. * Aldus, for quod. ' Laetus, for habitu.

§ 34. " Connexion of ager with agere doubtful, for the
original meaning was wild land, not subjected to human use ;
but this had been replaced even in early Latin by the meaning
of tilled land or land used for grazing animals. The equation
with the Greek word is correct. * Page 114 Funaioli.

§ 35. " About two-thirds of an acre. " Abstract noun

from centum ' hundred ' ; applied chiefly to a company of
soldiers. ' From tri-bhu-s ' being three ' ; the final num-

ber of tribes was thirty-five. ** Not from vehere. ' From

32

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 33-35

' Hostic ' is named from the hostes ' enemies.' ' Un-
certain ' field-land is that of which it is not known to
which of these four classes it belonsrs.

V I. 34. Ager ' field ' is the name given to land
into which they used agere ' to drive ' something, or
from which they used to drive something," for the
sake of the produce ; but others say ^ that it is be-
cause the Greeks call it aypos. As an ager ' field ' is
that to which driving can be done, so that whereby
dri\ing can be done is an actus ' driveway.' Its least
limit is set at four feet in width — four perhaps from
the fact that by it a four-footed animal is driven — -and
one hundred and twenty feet in length. For a square
actus, both in breadth and in length, the limit would
be one hundred and twenty feet. There are manv
things which the ancients deUmited ^nth a multiple of
twelve, like the actus of twelve ten-foot measures.

35. A iugerum " is the name given to two square
actus, iuncti ' joined ' together. A centuria * ' cen-
tury- ' was named originally from centum ' one hun-
dred ' iugera, and later, when doubled, kept its name,
just as the tribus <^ ' tribes,' which got their name from
the three parts into which the people were di\ided,
still keep the same name though their number has
been multiplied. As where they agebant ' drove '
were actus ' driveways,' so where they tehebant ' trans-
jKjrted ' were viae ** ' highways ' ; whither they con-
vehebant ' transported ' their produce were villae '
' farmhouses.' \^'hereby they went, they called an
iter ' road ' from itus ' going ' ; where the going was
narrow, was a semita f ' by-path,' as though it were
called a semiter ' half-road.'

vicus ' dwelling-place.' ' From sed ' apart ' ~ mita, from
meare ' to go.'

VOL. I D 33

VARRO

36. Ager cultus ab eo quod ibi cum terra semina
coalescebant, et «bi n(on) consitus^ incultus. Quod
primum ex agro piano fructus capiebant, campus
dietus ; posteaquam proxuma superiora loca colere
c<o>eperunt, a colendo colles appellarunt ; quos
agros non colebant propter silvas aut id genus, ubi
pecus possit pasci, et possidebant, ab usu s<al)vo''
saltus nominarunt. Haec etiam Graeci ve/xi],^ nostri
nemora.

37. Ager quod videbatur pecj^dum^ ac pecuniae
esse fundamentum, fundus dietus, aut quod fundit
quotquot annis multa. Vineta ac vineae a vite multa.
Vitis a vino, id a vi ; hinc vindemia, quod est vini-
demia aut vitidemia. Seges ab satu, id est semine.
Semen, quod non plane id quod inde ; hinc seminaria,
semente*,^ item alia. Quod segetes ferunt, fruges,

§ 36. ^ Wissowa, for ab inconsitus. * Lachmann, for
suo, ^ Lachmann, for NhMh.

§37. ^ jPor pecodum. ^ Laetus, for sementem.

§ 36. " Participle o{ colere ' to till, cultivate.' ^ Not from
capere. ' Not from colere. ^ A ' leap,' from salire ' to
leap ' ; then a ' narrow passage (which can be leapt across),'
' defile ' ; then a ' valley of mixed woods and pasture-land.'
* Like saltus, a mixture of woods and pasture-land, but not
necessarily in a valley between hills or mountains.

§ 37. " Derivative of fundus ; fundere is unrelated.
'' Vinum, vinetum, vinea, vin-demia (demere ' to take off ') go
together ; vitis and vis are unrelated. ' Satus, semen,
34

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 36-37

36. Ager ctiltus " ' cultivated field-land ' is so
named from the fact that there the seeds coalescehant
' united ' with the land, and where it is not consitus
' sown ' it is called incultus ' uncultivated.' Because
they first used capere ' to take ' the products from the
level field-land, it was called campus * ' plain ' ; after
they began to till the adjacent higher places, they
called them colles '^ ' hills ' from colere ' to till.' The
fields which they did not till on account of woods or
that kind where flocks can be grazed, but still they
took them for private use, they called saltus ** ' wood-
land-pastures ' from the fact that their use was
salvus 'saved.' These moreover the Greeks call rt/x»;
■ glades ' and we call nemora * ' groves.'

37. Field-land, because it seemed to be \he.funda-
mentum <• ' foundation ' of animal flocks and of money,
was caWed fundus ' estate,' or else because it fundit
' pours out ' many things every year. J'ineta and
vineae ' \inevards,' from the many vites ' grape-vines.'
J'itis * ' grapexine ' from vinum ' wine,' this from vis
' strength ' ; from this, vindemia ' vintage,' because it
is vinidemia ' wine-removal ' or vitideniia ' vine-re-
moval.' Seges '^ ' standing grain ' from satus ' sow-
ing,' that is, semen ' seed.' Semen ^ ' seed,' because it
is not completely that which comes from it ; from
this, seminaria ' nursery-gardens,' sementes ' sowings,'
and likewise other words. \Miat the segetes ' fields of
grain ' feruni ' bear,* are fruges * ' field-produce ' ;

seminaria, tementes go together, but seges probably is not
related to them. '* \'arro takes semen as from semis ' half,'
because the semen is less in quantity than that which grows
from it ; an incorrect etymology. ' Fruges, friii, fructus
belong together, but /erre is unrelated ; \'arro takes fruges
froxn /erre, /rui from fruges, fructus from frui.

35

VARRO

a fruendo fructus, a spe spicae, ubi et culmi, quod in
summo campo nascuntur et sum(m>um culmen.

38. Ubi frumenta secta, ut terantur, arescwnt,^
area. Propter horum similitudinem in urbe loca pura
areae ; a quo potest etiam ara deum, quod pura, nisi
potius ab ardore, ad quern ut sit fit ara ; a quo ipsa
area non abest, quod qui arefacit ardor est solis.

39. Ager restibilis, qui restituitur ac reseritur
quotquot annis ; contra qui intermittitur, a novando
novalis ager. Arvus et arationes ab arando ; ab eo
quod aratri vomer sustulit, suIcms^ ; quo ea terra iacta,
id est proiecta, porca.

40. Prata dicta ab eo, quod sine opere parata.
Quod in agris quotquot annis rursum^ facienda eadem,
ut rursum capias fructus, appellata rura. Dividi
t(am>en e*se ius^ scribit Sulpicius plebei rura largiter
ad (ad)oream.' Praedia dicta, item ut praedes, a

§ 38. ^ L. Sp.,/or et arescant.
§ 39. ^ Laetus, for sulcos.

§ 40. ^ For rursum rursum. ^ Lachmann, for dividit
in eos eius. * Fay, for ad aream.

* Spes and spica are unrelated ; Varro was misled by the
rustic pronunciation speca, mentioned by him in De Re
Rustica, i. 48. 2. " Culmus and culmen are unrelated.

§ 38. " Arescunt, area, ara, ardor, arefacit belong to-
gether. ' Unoccupied by buildings or the like ; in the
country, free also of bushes and trees. " Applied in the

city to building lots, courtyards, and free spaces before a
temple or other building, and around an altar.

§ 39. " That is, re + stabilis ' again standing firm ' ; while
restituere is re + statuere, ultimately to same root as stabilis.

* Properly from a root meaning ' draw, pull.' " Not con-
nected with proiecta, but with English furrow.

§ 40. " Incorrect etymologies. '' i. 241 Bremer ; per-

haps Servius Sulpicius Rufus, a legal authority, contempor-
ary with Cicero. " Praedium is a derivative of praes (pi.

36

I

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 37-40

from frui ' to enjoy ' comes fructus ' fruits ' ; from
spes f ' hope ' comes spicae ' ears of grain,' where are
also the culmi ^ ' grain-stalks,' because they grow on
the top of the plain, and a top is a admen.

38. Where the cut grain-sheaves arescunt " ' dry
out ' for threshing, is an area ' threshing-floor.' On
account of the likeness to these, clean places ^ in the
city are called areae ; from which may be also the
Gods' ara ' altar,' because it is clean '^ — unless rather
from ardor ' fire ' ; for the intention of using it for an
ardor makes it an ara ; and from this the area itself is
not far away, because it is the ardor of the sun which
arefacit ' does the drying.'

39. Ager restihilis " ' land that withstands use ' is
that which restituitur ' is restored ' and replanted
yearly ; on the other hand, that which receives an
intermission is called novalis ager ' renewable field-
land,' from novare 'to renew.' Arvus ' ploughable '
and arationes ' ploughings,' from arare ' to plough ' ;
from this, what the ploughshare sustiilit ' has re-
moved ' is a sulcus * ' furrow ' ; whither that earth is
thrown, that is, proiecta ' thrown forth,' is the porca "
' ridge.'

•to. Prata " ' meadows ' are named from this, that
they are parata ' prepared ' without labour. Rura <»
' country -lands ' are so called because in the fields the
same operations must be done every year rursum
' again,' that you may again get their fruits. Sul-
picius ^ writes, however, that it is a just right for the
country- lands of the populace to be divided for lavish
distribution as bonus to discharged soldiers. Praedia "
' estates ' are named, as also praedes ' bondsmen,'

praedes), a compound of prae + vas ' guarantor ' ; praestare
has the same prefix, but a different root.

37

VARRO

praestando, quod ea pignore data publice mancup«s*
fidem praestent.

VII. 41. Ubi nunc est Roma, Septi'montium'
nominatum ab tot montibus quos postea urbs muris
comprehendit ; e (juis Capitolinum dictum, quod hie,
cum fundamenta foderentur aedis lovis, caput huma-
num dicitur inventum. Hie* mons ante Tarpeius
dictus a virgine Vestale Tarpeia, quae ibi ab SaWnis
necata armis et sepulta : cuius nominis monimentum
relictum, quod etiam nunc eius rupes Tarpeium
appellatur saxum.

42. Hunc antea montem Saturnium appellatum
prodiderunt et ab eo Late(um>i Saturniam terram, ut
etiam Ennius appellat. Antiquum oppidum in hoc
fuisse Saturnia<m>'' scribitur. Eius vestigia etiam
nunc manent tria, quod Saturni fanum in faucibus,
quod Saturnia Porta quam lunius scribit ibi, quam
nunc vocant Pandanam, quod post aedem Saturni in
aedificiorum legibus privatis parietes postici " niuri
(Saturnii) "' sunt scripti.

43. Aventinum aliquot de causis dicunt. Naevius

* Gesner^for mancupes.

§ 41. ^ Turnebus, for septem niontiuni ; c/. also § 23,
crit. note 5. * For hinc.

§ 42. ^ Ten Brink, for late. ^ Aug., with B, for hac
fuisse saturnia. ' Added by ten Brink ; Frag. Cass, has
murisssunt.

§ 41. " Somehow a derivative of capvt ; but the story of
finding a head was invented to explain the name.

§42. "Ennius, Jnn. 25 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 12-13
Warniington ; the metre demands the nominative case.
GS. think that Ennius may have written Saturnia tellus,
as Vergil does in Aen. viii. 329 ; but Ovid, Fasti, v. 625,

38

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 40-43

from pruestare ' to offer as security/ because these,
when given as pledge to the official authorities, prae-
stent ' guarantee ' the good faith of the party in the
case.

Vn. 41, Where Rome now is, was called the
Septimontium from the same number of hills which
the Citv afterwards embraced within its walls ; of
which the Capitoline '^ got its name because here, it
is said, when the foundations of the temple of Jupiter
were being dug, a human caput ' head ' was found.
This hill was previously called the Tarpeian, from the
Vestal Mrgin Tarpeia, who was there killed by the
Sabines ^^ith their shields and buried ; of her name a
reminder is left, that even now its cliff is called the
Tarpeian Rock.

42. This hill was previously called the Saturnian
Hill, we are informed bv the writers, and from this
Latium has been called the Saturnian Land, as in fact
Ennius " calls it. It is recorded that on this hill was
an old town, named Saturnia. Even now there re-
main three evidences of it : that there is a temple of
Saturn by the passage leading to the hill ; that there
is a Saturnian gate which Junius writes ^ of as there,
which they now call Pandana " ; that behind the
temple of Saturn, in the laws for the buildings of
private persons, the back walls of the houses are
mentioned as " Saturnian walls." ^

43. The name of the Aventine is referred to

has Saturnia terra. * i. 38 Bremer. ' So called quod
semper pateret (Festus, 220. 17 M.), 'because it was always
open ' (c/. pandere ' to throw open '). ■* The third point
becomes clear only by ten Brink's insertion of Satiirnii ;
the use of miiri ' city-walls ' for parietes ' building-walls '
shows that the walls at this place had once formed part of a
set of city-walls.

39

VARRO

ab avibus, quod eo se ab Tiberi ferrent aves, alii ab
rege Aventino Albano, quod (ibi)^ sit sepultus,
alii A<d>ventinum' ab adventu hominum, quod
co<m>mune Latinorum ibi Dianae templum sit con-
stitutum. Ego maxime puto, quod ab advectu :
nam olim paludibus mons erat ab reliquis disclusus.
Itaque eo ex urbe advehebantur ratibus, cuius ves-
tigia, quod ea qua turn <advectum>' dicitur Vela-
brum, et unde escendebant ad <in>fimam* Novam
Viam locus sacellum <Ve>labrum.*

44. Velabrum a vehendo. Velaturam facere
etiam nunc dicuntur qui id mercede faciunt. Merces
(dicitur a merendo et acre) huic vecturae qui ratibus
transibant quadrans. Ab eo Lucilius scripsit :

Quadrantis ratiti.
VIII. 45. Reliqua urbis loca olim discreta, cum
Argeorum sacraria septem et viginti in (quattuor)

§ 43. ^ Added by Laetus. ^ Mue., with M, for auen-
tinum. * Added by L. Sp. * Turnebus, for fimam.
* Mue., for labrum.

§ 43. " Page 115 Funaioli. Etymologies of place-names
are particularly treacherous ; none of those given here ex-
plains Aventimis. Varro elsewhere (de gente populi Romani,
quoted by Servius in Aen. vii. 651) says that some Sabines
established here by Romulus called it Aventinus from the
Avens, a river of the district from which they had come.
'' Frag. Poet. Rom. 27 Baehrens; R.O.L. ii. 56-57 Warming-
ton. " The spelling with d is required by the sense.
<* Varro says that a ferry-raft was called a velabritm, and
that this name was transferred to the passage on which the
rafts had plied, when it was filled in and had become a street ;
but that there survived a chapel in honour of the ferry-rafts.

§ 44. " Correct etymology. ' Incorrect etymology.

40

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 43-45

several origins.* Naevius ^ says that it is from the
aves ' birds,' because the birds went thither from
the Tiber ; others, that it is from King Aventinus
the Alban, because he is buried there ; others that it
is the Adventine <^ Hill, from the adventus ' coming ' of
people, because there a temple of Diana was estab-
lished in which all the Latins had rights in common.
I am decidedly of the opinion, that it is from advectus
' transport by water ' ; for of old the hill was cut off
from everj-thing else by swampy pools and streams.
Therefore they advehebantiir ' were conveyed ' thither
by rafts ; and traces of this sur\ive, in that the way
by which they were then transported is now called
Velahrum ' ferr\*,' and the place from which they
landed at the bottom of New Street is a chapel of the
\'elabra.''

44. Velabrum " is from vehere ' to convey.' Even
now, those persons are said to do velatura ' ferrj-ing,'
who do this for pay. The nierces * ' pay ' (so called
from merere ' to earn ' and aes ' copper money ') for
this ferrjing of those who crossed by rafts was a
farthing. From this LuciUus -WTote " :

Of a raft-marked farthing."*

^ HL 45. The remaining localities of the City
were long' ago di\ided off, when the twenty-seven"

* 1272 Marx. ■* The quadrans or fourth of an as was
marked with the figure of a raft.

§ 45. " It would seem simpler if the shrines numbered
twenty-four, six in each of the four sections of Rome. But
both here and in vii. 44 the number is given as twenty-seven.
It is hardly likely that in both places XXUII (= XXVII) has
been miswritten for XXIIII ; yet this supposition must be
made by those who think that the correct number is twenty-
four.

41

VARRO

partis^ urbi(s>'' sunt disposita. Argeos dictos putant
a principibus, qui cum i/ercule Argivo venerunt
Romam et in Saturnia subsederunt. E quis prima
scripta est regio Suburana,* secunda Esquilina, tertia
Collina, quarta Palatina.

46. In Suburanae^ regionis parte princeps est
Caelius mons a Caele Vibenna,^ Tusco duce nobili, qui
cum sua manu dicitur Romulo venisse auxilio contra
Tatium' regem. Hinc post Caeli** obitum, quod
nimis munita loca tenerent neque sine suspicione
essent, deducti dicuntur in planum. Ab eis dictus
Vicus Tuscus, et ideo ibi Vortumnum stare, quod is
deus Etruriae princeps ; de Caelianis qui a suspicione
liberi essent, traductos in eum locum qui vocatur
Caeliolum.

47. Cum Caelio^ coniunctum Carinae et inter eas
quem locum Caer(i)o/ensem* appellatum apparet,

§ 45. ^ L. Sp., for sacraria in septem et uiginti partis.

* Laetus, for urbi. * Aug., for suburbana F^, subura F^.

§ 46. ^ A uff., with B, for suburbanae. ^ Frag. Cass.,
for uibenno ,• cf. Tacitus, Ann. iv. 65. * Puce ins, with
Servius in Aen. v. 5Q0, for latinum. * Coelis Aug., for
celii.

§ 47. ^ Laetus, for celion. ^ Kent ; Caeliolensem ten
Brink {and similarly through the section) ; for ceroniensem.

* Puppets or dolls made of rushes, thrown into the Tiber
from the Pons Sublicius every year on May 14, as a sacrifice
of purification ; the distribution of the shrines from which
they were brought was to enable them to take up the pollu-
tion of the entire city. Possibly the dolls were a substitute
for human victims. The name Argei clearly indicates that
the ceremony was brought from Greece.

§ 46. " Comparison with § 47, § 50, § 53, § 54, shows that

42

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, \. 45-47

shrines of the Argei * were distributed among the four
sections of the City. The Argei, they think, were
named from the chieftains who came to Rome with
Hercules the Argive, and settled do-v^Ti in Saturnia.
Of these sections, the first is recorded as the Suburan
region, the second the Esquiline, the third the Colline,
the fourth the Palatine.

46. In the section of the Suburan region, the first
shrine " is located on the Caelian Hill, named from
Caeles \'ibenna, a Tuscan leader of distinction, who is
said to have come ^\■ith his followers to help Romulus
against King Tatius. From this hill the followers of
Caeles are said, after his death, to have been brought
down into the level ground, because they were in
possession of a location which was too strongly forti-
fied and their loyalty was somewhat under suspicion.
From them was named the f'icus Tuscus ' Tuscan
Row,' and therefore, they say, the statue of
Vertumnus stands there, because he is the chief god
of Etruria ; but those of the Caelians who were free
from suspicion were removed to that place which is
called Caeliolum ' the little Caelian.' *

47. Joined to the Caelian is Carinae ' the Keels ' ;
and between them is the place which is called Caerio-

the sacra Argeorum (§ 50) used princeps, terticeps, etc., to
designate numerically the shrines in each pars ; and that the
place-name was set in the nominative alongside the neuter
numeral : therefore " the first is the Caelian Hill " means that
the first shrine is located on that hill. Cf. K. O. Mueller, Zur
Topographie Roms : iiber die Fragmenta der Sacra Argeorum
bei Varro, de Lingua Latino, v. 8 (pp. 69-94 in C. A. Bottiger,
Archaologie und Kunst, vol. i., Breslau, 1828). * The
Caeliolum, spoken of also as the Caeliculus (or -um) by
Cicero, De Har. Resp. 15. 32, and as the Caelius Minor by
Martial, xii. 18. 6, seems to have been a smaller and less im-
portant section of the Caelian Hill.

43

VARRO

quod primae regionis quartum sacrarium scriptum sic

est :

Caer<i)olen.sjs' : quarticeps* circa Minerviuin qua in
Coeli«<m> monte<ni)^ itur : in tabernola est.

Caer<i>olensis* a Carinarum' iunctu dictus ; Carinae
pote a' caeri<m)onia,* quod hinc oritur caput Sacrae
Viae ab Streniae sacello quae pertinet in arce<m>,^*'
qua sacra quotquot mensibus feruntur in arcem et
per quam augures ex arce profecti solent inaugurare.
Huius Sacrae Viae pars haec sola volgo nota, quae
est a Fore eunti primore^^ clivo.

48. Eidem regioni adtributa Subura, quod sub
muro terreo Carinarum ; in eo est Argeorum sacel-
lum sextum. Subura(m)^ Junius scribit ab eo, quod
fuerit sub antiqua urbe ; cui testimonium potest esse,
quod subest ei^ loco qui terreus murus vocatur. Sed
<ego a)' pago potius Succusano dictam puto Suc-
cusam : (quod in nota etiam>* nunc scribitur (S^^C>^

^ Kent, for cerolienses. * ^iug., for quae triceps.

* Aug., for celio monte. * Kent, for cerulensis. ' For
carinaerum. * Jordan, for postea. ' cerimonia Bek-
ker, for cerionia. ^"Aug., and Frag. Cass., for arce.
^^ Aldus, for primoro.

§ 48. * ]Vissowa, for subura. * Victorius, for et.

* Added by Laetus (a Frag. Cass.). * Added by Mue.,
after Qvintilian, hist. Orat. i. 7. 29. * Added by Merck-
lin, to fill a gap capable of holding three letters, in F ; cf.
Qiiintilian, loc. cit.

§ 47. " That is, Caeliolensis ' pertaining to the CaeliohisJ'
Through separation in meaning from the primitive, the r has
been subject to regular dissimilation as in caerulus for *caelu-

44

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 47-48

lensis,'^ obviously because the fourth shrine of the first
region is thus ^^Titten in the records :

Caeriolensis : fourth * shrine, near the temple of Miner\a,
in the street by which you go up the Caelian Hill ; it is in a
booth.*

Caeriolensis is so called from the joining of the Carinae
with the Caelian. Carinae is perhaps from caerimonia
' ceremony,' because from here starts the beginmng
of the Sacred Way, which extends from the Chapel
of Strenia ^ to the citadel, by which the offerings are
brought ever}' year to the citadel, and by which the
augurs regularly set out from the citadel for the
observation of the birds. Of this Sacred Way, this
is the only part commonly known, namely the part
which is at the beginning of the Ascent as you go
from the Forum.

48. To the same region is assigned the Subura,"
which is beneath the earth-wall of the Carinae ; in it
is the sixth chapel of the Argei. Junius * wTites that
Subura is so named because it was at the foot of the
old city {suh urhe) ; proof of which may be in the fact
that it is under that place which is called the earth-
wall. But I rather think that from the Succusan dis-
trict it was called Succusa ; for even now when abbre-
viated it is written S\'C, with C and not B as third

lus, Pariiia for Palilia ; possibly association with Carinae
furthered the change. * C/. % 46, note a. * The words
sinistra via or dexteriore via may have been lost before in
tabemola ; cf. ten Brink's note. ** A goddess of health
and physical well-being.

§ 48. " Etymology entirely uncertain. The neuters quod
and in eo, referring to Subura, mutually support each other.
* M. Junius Gracchanus, contemporary and partisan of the
Gracchi ; page 1 1 Huschke. He wrote an antiquarian work
De Potestatibus.

45

VARRO

tertia littera C, non B. Pagus Succusanus, quod
succurrit Carinis.

49. Secundae regionis Esquiliae.^ Alii has scrip-
serunt ab excubiis regis dictas, alii ab eo quod (aes-
culis)" excultae a rege Tullio essent. Huic origini
itiagis concinunt loca vicina,* quod ibi lucus dicitur
Facutalis et Larum Querquetulanum sacellum et
Imcus* Mefitis et lunonis Lucinae, quorum angusti
fines. Non mirum : iam diu enim late avaritia una
(domina)^ est.

50. Esquiliae duo montes habiti, quod pars <0p-
pius pars>i Cespms^ mons suo antiquo nomine etiam
nunc in sacris appellatur. In Saeris Argeorum
scriptum sic est :

Oppius Mons : princeps <Es>quili<i>s' uls* Iwcum Facu-
talem* ; sinistra via,^ secundum ni{o>erum est.

Oppius Mons : terticeps cis' lucum* Esquilinum ; dex-
terior(e)* via in tabernola est.

Oppius Mons : quarticeps c<i>s^'' Iwcum*' Esquilinum ; via
dexteriore^'' in figlinis est.

§ 49. ^ Turnebus, for esquilinae. ^ Added by ten
Brink. ^ GS.,for uicini. * Laetus, for lacus. * GS.,
for unae.

§ 50. ^ Added by Mue. ^ For cespeus. ' Kent ;
Exquilis Mue., for quills. * Lindsay ; ouls Mue. ; for
ouis. ^ Laetus, for lacum facultalem. ® ScaUger, for
quae. ' Mue., for terticepsois. * Aldus, for lacum.
' Kent, for dexterior. ^" Mue., for quatricepsos.

^^ Laetus, for lacum. ^^ Kent, for uiam dexteriorem.

« As stated by Quintilian, Inst. Orat. i. 7. 29. " This
association was made easy by the fact that r was normally
lost in Latin before ss : cf. rursutn and rusiim, dorsum and
Dossennus. Hence one might take Succusa to be suc-
cur{s)sd; but such an s, representing ss, could not become
r as in Subura.

46

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 48-50

letter.*^ The Succusan district is so named because it
succurrit '* ' runs up to ' the Carinae.

49. To the second region belongs the Esquiline."
Some * say that this was named from the king's
excuhiae ' watch-posts,' others that it was from the
fact that it was planted with aesculi ' oaks ' by King
Tullius. With this second origin the near-by places
agree better, because in that locality there is the so-
called Beech Grove,'' and the chapel of the Oak-
Grove Lares,** and the Grove of Mefitis * and of Juno
Lucina f — whose territories are narrow. And it is not
astonishing ; for now this long while, far and wide,
Greed has been the one and only mistress.

50. The Esquiline includes two hills, inasmuch as
the Oppian part and the Cespian " part of the hill are
called by their own old names even now, in the sacri-
fices. In the Sacrifices of the Argei there is the follow-
ing record * :

Oppian Hill : first shrine, on the Esquiline, beyond the
Beech Grove ; it is on the left side of the street along the
wall.

Oppian Hill : third shrine, this side of the Esquiline Grove ;
it is in a booth on the right-hand side of the street.

Oppian Hill : fourth shrine, this side of the Esquiline
Grove ; it is on the right-hand side of the street among the
potteries.

§ 49. " By origin, ex-queliai ' dwelling-places outside,' in
contrast to the inquilini ' dwellers inside ' the walls of the
city. * Page 115 Funaioli. ' Facutalis has the C in
its old use with the value of ff. ** Not other\sise known,
but the emendations proposed seem violent; Querquetulanutn
Ls gen. pi. « Goddess of malodorous exhalations, with the
function of averting their pestilential effect. ' Juno as
goddess of child-birth.

§ 50. " Usually spelled Cispius, but Varro has Cesp-.
* Page 6 Preibisch.

47

VARRO

Cespius^' Mons : quinticeps cis^* iMCum*^ Poetelium ;
Esquiliis^* est.

Cespius Mons : sexticeps apud aedeni lunonis Lucinae,
ubi aeditumus habere solet.

51. Tertiae regionis colles quinque ab deorum
fanis appellati, e quis nobiles duo. Collis^ Viminalis*
a love Vimin<i>o,^ quod ibi ara e<ius>.* Sunt qui,
quod ibi vimineta^ fuerint. ColU's* Quirinalis, (quod
ibi)' Quirini fanum. Sunt qui a Quiritibus, qui cum
Tatio Curibus venerunt ad Roma<m),* quod ibi
habuerint castra.

52. Quod vocabulum coniunctarum regionum
nomina obliteravit. Dictos enim collis pluris apparet
ex Argeorum Sacrificiis, in quibus scriptum sic est :

Collis Quirinalis : terticeps cis^ aedem Quirini.
Collis Salutaris : quarticeps adversum est <A>pol<]>inar
cis* aedem Salutis.

1^ Mue., for sceptius. ** Mue., for quinticepsois.
^* Laetus, for lacum. ^* Scaliger, for esquilinis.

§ 51. ^ L. Sp., for colles. ^ Laetus, for uiminales.
3 Auff., with B, for uimino ; cf Festus, 376 a 10 M. * L.
Sp., after ten Brink (arae eius), for arae. * G, Aug., for
uiminata. * Laetus, for colles. ' Added by L. Sp.
* Ten Brink ; Romam Laetus ; for ab Roma.

§ 52. ^ Mue., for terticepsois. ^ Apollinar cis 3Iue.,
for pilonarois.

' Apparently to be associated with putidus ' stinking,'
because of the mention of Mefitis a few lines before ; but if
so, the oe is a false archaic spelling, out of place in putidus
and its kin. Another possibility is that it is to be connected
with the plebeian gens Poetelia ; one of this name was a
member of the Second Decemvirate, 450 b.c. •* That is,
adjacent to the sacristan's dwelling.
48

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 50-52

Cespian Hill : fifth shrine, this side of the Poetelian •
Grove ; it is on the Esquiline.

Cespian Hill : sixth shrine, at the temple of Juno Lucina,
where the sacristan customarily dwells. "*

51. To the third region belong five hills, named
from sanctuaries of gods ; among these hills are two
that are well-known. The \'iminal Hill got its name
from Jupiter Vtminius ' of the Osiers,' because there
was his altar ; but there are some ° who assign its
name to the fact that there were vimineta ' willow-
copses ' there. The Quirinal Hill was so named
because there was the sanctuarj- of Quirinus *• ;
others '^ say that it is derived from the Quirites, who
came with Tatius from Cures ** to the vicinity of
Rome, because there they established their camp.

52. This name has caused the names of the
adjacent localities to be forgotten. For that there
were other hills with their own names, is clear from
the Sacrifices of the Argei, in which there is a record
to this effect " :

Quirinal Hill : third shrine, this side of the temple of
Quirinus.

Salutary Hill * : fourth shrine, opposite the temple of
Apollo, this side of the temple of Salus.

§51. "Page 118 Funaioli. '' Quirinalis, Quirinus,

Quirites belong together ; but Cures Ls probably to be kept
apart. ' Page 116 Funaioli. '' An ancient city of the
Sabines, about twenty-four miles from Rome, the city of
Tatius and the birthplace of Numa Pompilius, successor of
Romulus ; cf. Livy, i. 13, 18.

§ 52. " Page 6 Preibisch. * Salutaris, from salus

' preservation ' ; the temple perhaps marked the place of a
victory in a critical battle, or commemorated the end of a
pestilence. We do not know whether this Salus was the
same a.s luppiter Salutaris. mentioned by Cicero, De Finibus,
iii. 20. 66 ; cf. the Greek Zeus aorrqp ' Zeus the Saviour.'

VOL. I F. 49

VARRO

Collis Mucialis : quinticeps apud oedem Dei Fidi' ; in
delubro, ubi aeditumus habere solet.

Coll/s'* Latiaris^ : sexticeps in Vico Inste/ano* summo,
apud au(gu>raculum' ; aedificium solum est.

Horum deorum arae, a quibus cognomina habent, in
eius regionis partibus sunt.

53. Quartae regionis Palatium, quod Pallantes
cum Euandro venerunt, qui et Palatini ; (alii quod
Palatini), 1 aborigines ex agro Reatino, qui appeliatur
Palatium, ibi conse(de)runt^ ; sed hoc alii a Palanto*
uxore Latini putarunt. Eundem hunc locum a pecore
dictum putant quidam ; itaque Naevius Balatium
appellat.

5 1. Huic Cermalum et Velias^ coniunxerunt, quod
in hac regione* scriptum est :

Germalense : quinticeps apud aedem Romuli.
Et
Veliense' : sexticeps in Velia apud aedem deum Penatium.

' For de i de fidi. * For colles. * M, Laetus, for
latioris. * Jordan, for instelano ; c/. Livy, xxiv. 10. 8,
in vico Insteio. ' Tu7-tiebus, for auraculum.

§ 53. ^ Added by A. Sp. ^ Fray. Cass., M, Ijaetus,
for conserunt. ^ Mue., (Palantho L. Sp.), for palantio ;
cf. Fest. 220. 6 M.

§ 54. ^ For uellias. ^ M, Laetus, for religione.
' Bentinus, for uelienses.

" Mucialis, apparently from the gens Mucia ; the first known
Mucins was the one who on failing to assassinate Porsenna,
the Etruscan king who was besieging Rome, burned his right
hand over the altar-fire and thus gained the cognomen Scae-
vola ' Lefty.' Several Mucii with the cognomen Scaevola
were prominent in the political and legal life of Rome from
215 to 82 B.C. ** Deus Fidius was an aspect of Jupiter ;
cf. Greek Zei)? marios. " Latiarls 'pertaining to Latium';
tuppiter Latiaris was the guardian deity of the Latin Con-
federation, cf. Cicero, Pro Milone, .SI. 85.

50

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 52-54

-Mucial Hill ' : fifth shrine, at the temple of the God of
Faith, "^ in the chapel where the sacristan customarily dwells.

Latiary Flill ' : sixth shrine, at the top of Insteian Row, at
the augurs' place of observation ; it is the only building.

The altars of these gods, from which they have their
surnames, are in the various parts of this region.

53. To the fourth region belongs the Palatine," so
called because the Pallantes came there with Evan-
der, and they were called also Palatines ; others think
that it was because Palatines, aboriginal inhabitants
of a Reatine district called Palatium,^ settled there ;
but others '^ thought that it was from Palanto,** ^\ife
of Latinus. This same place certain authorities
think was named from the pecus ' flocks ' ; therefore
Naevius " calls it the Balatiiun f ' Bleat-ine.'

54-. To this they joined the Cermalus " and the
Veliae,* because in the account of this region it is thus
recorded "^ :

Germalian : fifth shrine, at the temple of Romulus,

and

Velian : sixth shrine, on the Velia, at the temple of the
deified Penates.

§ 53. " For Palatlum, there is no convincing etymology.
* An ancient city of the Sabines, on the Via Salaria, forty-
eight miles from Rome, on the banks of the river \'elinus.
•Page 116 Funaioli. ■* According to Festus, 220. 5 M.,
Palanto was the mother of Latinus ; she is called Pallantia
by Servius in Aen. viii. 51. ' Frag. Poet. Rom. 28 Raeh-
rens; R.O.L. ii. 56-57 Warmington. 'As though from
balare ' to bleat.'

§ 54. " There is no etymology for Cermalus ; the word
began with C, but for etymological purposes \'arro begins it
with G, relying on the fact that in older Latin C represented
two sounds, c and g. * Apparently used both in the
singular, Velia, and in the plural, Veliae ; there is no ety-
mology. ' Page 7 Preibisch.

51

VARRO

Germalum a germanis Romulo et Remo, quod ad
ficum ruminalem, et ii ibi inventi, quo aqua hiberna
Tiberis eos detulerat in alveolo expositos. Veliae
unde essent plures accepi causas, in quis quod ibi
pastores Palatini ex ovibus* ante tonsuram inventam
vellere lanam sint soliti, a quo vellera» dicuntur,

IX. 55. Ager Romanus primum divisus in partis
tris, a quo tribus appellata T«tiensium,^ Ramnium,
Lucerum. Nominatae, ut ait Ennius, Titienses ab
Tatio, Ramnenses ab Romulo, Luceres, ut Junius,
ab Lucumone ; sed omnia haec vocabula Tusca, ut
Volnius, qui tragoedias^ Tuscas scripsit, dicebat.

56. Ab hoc partes^ quoque quattuor urbis tribus
dictae, ab locis Suburana, Palatina, Esquilina, Collina ;
quinta, quod sub Roma, Romilia ; sic reliquae'
tri<gin>ta' ab his rebus quibus in Tribu(u>m Libro*
scripsi.

X. 57. Quod ad loca quaeque his coniuncta fuerunt,

* Victoriiis, for quihus. ^ Laetvs, for ueWtiner a. (uellaera
Frag. Cass.).

§ 55. ^ Groth, for tatiensium. ^ For tragaedias.

§ 56. ^ For partis. * For reliqiia, altered from re-
liquae. * Turnehus, for trita. * Frag. Cass., L. Sp.,
for libros.

'' Page 118 Funaioli.

§ 55. " Roman possessions in land, both state property
and private estates ; as opposed to ager peregrinus ' foreign
land.' *" None of the etymologies is probable, which is
not surprising, as they were of non-Latin origin, whether or
not they were Etruscan. " ylnn. i. frag. lix. Vahlen^ ;

R.O.L. i. 38-39 Warmington. " Page 131 Funaioli ;

page 11 Huschke. * Page 126 Funaioli; Volnius is not
mentioned elsewhere.

§ 6G. " The four urbanae tribus ' city tribes.' * The

52

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 54^57

Germalus, they say, is from the germani ' brothers '
Romulus and Remus, because it is beside the Fig-tree
of the Suckhng, and they were found there, where the
Tiber's winter flood had brought them when they had
been put out in a basket. For the source of the name
\'eUae I have found several reasons,*^ among them,
that there the shepherds of the Palatine, before the
invention of shearing, used to vellere ' pluck ' the wool
from the sheep, from which the vellera ' fleeces ' were
named.

IX. 55. The Roman field-land " was at first
divided into iris ' three ' parts, from which they called
the Titienses, the Ramnes, and the Luceres each a
tribus ' tribe.' These tribes were named, ** as Ennius
says,*^ the Titienses from Tatius, the Ramnenses from
Romulus, the Luceres, according to Junius,** from
Lucumo ; but all these words are Etruscan, as Vol-
nius,* who wrote tragedies in Etruscan, stated.

56. From this, four parts of the City also were
used as names of tribes, the Suburan, the Palatine,
the Esquiline, the Colline," from the places ; a fifth,
because it was sub Roma ' beneath the walls of Rome,'
was called Romilian *• ; so also the remaining thirty "
from those causes which ** I wrote in the Book of the
Tribes.

X. 57. I have told what pertains to places and
those things which are connected with them ; now of

first of the rusticae tribus ' country tribes,' called also Ro-
tnulia ; Festus, 271. 1 M., attributes the name to their being
inhabitants of a district which Romulus had taken from Veii.
" Thirty-five tribes in all, some named from their places of
origin, others from Roman gentes. The three original names,
given in § 55, went out of use as tribe names long before the
time of Varro. ** Quibus for qutis, attracted to the case of
its antecedent.

53

VARRO

dixi ; nunc de his quae in locis esse solent immortalia
et mortalia expediam, ita ut prius quod ad deos per-
tinet dicam. Principes dei Caelum et Terra. Hi dei
idem qui Aegi/pti^ Serapis et Isis, etsi //arpocrates
digito significat, ut taceam.* Idem principes in Latio
Saturnus et Ops,'

58. Terra enim et Caelum, ut <Sa>mothracum'
initia decent, sunt dei magni, et hi quos dixi multis
nominibus, non quas <S>amo<th>racia^ ante portas
statuit duas virilis species aeneas dei magni,* neque
xit volgus putat, hi Samot^races dii, qui Castor et
Pollux, sed hi mas et femina et hi quos Augurum
Libri scriptos habent sic " divi potes,"* pro illo quod
Samot/^races deal SwaroL^

59. Haec duo Caelum et Terra, quod anima et
corpus. Humidum et frigidum terra, sive

Ova par/re^ solet genus pennis condecoratu m,
Non animam,

§ 57. ^ For quia egipti. ^ Turnebus, for tata seam.
' For obs.

§ 58. ^ Laetus, for mothracum. * Laetus, for am-
bracia. ' Laetus, for imagini. * Laetus, for diui qui
potes. « Aug., for THeOeSYNATOe.

§ 59. ^ Laetus, for parere.

§ 57. " The chief gods of the Egyptians ; their last child
was Harpocrates, the youthful aspect of the Sun-God Horus.
Harpocrates was commonly represented with his finger on his
lips, imposing silence (c/, Catullus, 74. 4) ; the passage seems

54

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 57-59

these things which are wont to be in places, I shall
explain those which deal with immortals and with
mortals, in such a way that first I shall tell what per-
tains to the gods. The first gods were Caelum ' Sky '
and Terra ' Earth.' These gods are the same as
those who in Egypt are called Serapis and Isis,"
though Harpocrates with his finger make a sign to
me to be silent. The same first gods were in Latium
called Saturn and Ops.

58. For Earth and Sky, as the mysteries of the
Samothracians ° teach, are Great Gods, and these
whom I have mentioned under many names, are not
those Great Gods whom Samothrace * represents by
two male statues of bronze which she has set up before
the city-gates, nor are they, as the populace thinks,
the Samothracian gods," who are really Castor and
Pollux ; but these are a male and a female, these are
those whom the Books of the Augurs '^ mention in wtH-
ing as " potent deities," for what the Samothracians
call " powerful gods."

59. These two. Sky and Earth, are a pair like life "
and body. Earth is a damp cold thing, whether

Eggs the flock that is feather-adorned is wont to give

birth to.
Not to a life,

to Indicate that some orthodox Romans scorned the Egyptian
deities and objected to their identification with the Roman
gods, a prejudice which the scholar \'arro did not share.

§ 08. " Mystic rites in honour of the Cabiri. * An

island in the' northern Aegean, off the coast of Thrace.
' The Cabiri, popularly identified with Castor and Pollux,
since they were all youthful male deities to whom protective
powers were attributed. "* Page 16 Regell.

§ 59. " Not quite ' soul,' though it is that which distin-
guishes the living body from the dead body.

55

VARRO

ut ait Ennius, et

Post inde venit divinitus pullis
Ipsa anima,

sive, ut Zenon Cit<ie)us,*

Animalium semen ignis is qui anima' ac mens.

Qui caldor e caelo, quod h?/?c* innumerabiles et im-
mortales ignes. Itaque Epicharmus (cum>* dicit de
mente humana ait

Istic est de sole sumptus ignis ;
idem (de) sole* :

Isque totus mentis est,
ut humores frigidae sunt humi, ut supra ostendi.

60. Quibus iuncti Caelum et Terra omnia ex (se>
genuerunt,^ quod per hos natura

Frigori niiscet calorem atque hwmori* aritudinem.

Recte igitur Pacuius quod ait

Animam aether adiugat,

et Ennius

terram corpus quae demerit,* ipsam
capere, neque dispendi facere hilum.

' Aug., /or citus. ^ Laetus, for animam. * Lachmmm,
for hinc. * Added by L. Sp. ® L. Sp., for idem solem.
§ 60. ^ Laefus, for exgenuerunt. ^ For homori.
' Scaliger, for deperit.

* Ann. 10-12 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 6-7 Warmington.

' Frag. 126 von Arnim. Zeno, of Citium in Cyprus, re-
moved to Athens, where he became the founder of the
Stoic school of philosophy ; he lived about 331-264 b.c.

5Q

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 59-60

as Ennius says,* and

Thereafter by providence comes to the fledglings
Life itself,

or, as Zeno of Citium says,"

The seed of animals is that fire which is life and mind.

This warmth is from the Sky, because it has count-
less undying fires. Therefore Epicharmus, when he
is speakiiig of the human mind, says <*

That Ls fire taken from the Sun,

and likewise of the sun.

And it is all composed of mind,

just as moistures are composed of cold earth, as I have
sho\sTi above.*

60. United A\ith these," Sky and Earth produced
ever}-thing from themselves, because by means of
them nature

Mixes heat with cold, and dryness with the wet.*

Pacu\aus is right then in saying *

And heaven adds the life,

and Ennius in saying that **

The body she's given
Earth does herself take back, and of loss not a whit
does she suffer.

' Ennius, Varia, 52-53 Vahlen* ; R.O.L. i. 112-413 Warming-
ton. • C/. V. 24.

§ 60. " That is, heat and moisture. ' Ennius. Varia,
46 Vahlen-: R.O.L. i. 410-411 Warmington. ' Trag.
Rom. Frag. 94 Ribbeck* ; R.O.L. ii. 204-205 Warmington.
' Ann. 13-14 \'ahlen* ; R.O.L. i. 6-7 Warmington ; indirectly
quoted, and therefore not metrical ; cf. ix. 54.

57

VARRO

Animae et corporis discessus quod natis is exi<t>us/
inde exitium, ut cum in unum ineunt, initia.

61. Inde omne corpus, ubi nimius ardor aut
humor, aut interit aut, si manet, sterile. Cui testis
aestas et hiems, quod in altera^ aer ardet et spica aret,
in altera natura ad nascenda cum imbre et frigore
luctare non volt et potius ver* expectat. Igitur causa
nascendi duplex : ignis et aqua. Ideo ea nuptiis in
limine adhibentur, quod coniungit<ur)' hie, et mas*
ignis, quod ibi semen, aqua femina, quod fetus* ab
eius humore, et horum vinctionis vis* Venus.

62. Hinc comicMS^ :

Huic victrix Venus, videsne haec ?

Non quod vincere velit Venus, sed vincire. Ipsa Vic-
toria ab eo quod superati vinciuntur. Utrique test«s*
poesis, quod et Victoria et Venus dicitur caeligena :
Tellus enim quod prima vincta Caelo, Victoria ex eo.
Ideo haec cum corona et palma, quod corona vinclum

* Sciap.yfor nati sis exius.

§ 61. ^ Mue., for altero, ^ Aldus, for totius uere.

* A. Sp., for coniungit. * G, H, a for mars. * For
faetus. * Pape ; iunctionis vis Turnebus ; for uinctione
suis.

§ 62. ^ Laetus, for comicos. * For testes.

§ 61. " On arrival at her husband's house, the Roman
bride was required to touch fire and water (or perhaps was
sprinkled with water), as initiation into the family worship.

* Apparently Venus is said to be the basis of the word vinctio ;
wrong.

§ 62. " Com. Rom. Frag., page 133 Ribbeck^. » It is
morphologically possible, but not likely, that victrix stands
for the agent noun to vincire ; vincere ' to conquer ' and
vincire ' to bind ' seem to be distinct etymologically.

58

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 60-62

Inasmuch as the separation of Ufe and body is the
exitus ' way out ' for all creatures born, from that
comes exitium ' destruction,' just as when they inetmt
' go into ' unity, it is their iniiia ' beginnings.'

61. From this fact, every body, when there is
excessive heat or excessive moisture, perishes, or if it
sur\ives, is barren. Summer and winter are witnesses
to this : in the one the air is blazing hot and the
wheat-ears dry up ; in the other, nature has no wish
to struggle with rain and cold for purposes of birth,
and rather waits for spring. Therefore the condi-
tions of procreation are two : fire and water. Thus
these are used at the threshold in weddings," because
there is union here, and fire is male, which the semen
is in the other case, and the water is the female,
because the embryo develops from her moisture, and
the force that brings their vinctio ' binding ' is Venus *
' Love.'

62. Hence the comic poet says,"

Venus is his victress, do you see it ?

not because \'enus -vs-ishes vincere ' to conquer,' but
vincire ' to bind.' * Victory herself is named from the
fact that the overpowered vinciuntur ' are bound.' '^
Poetry bears testimony to both, because both Victorv^
and Venus are called heaven-born ; for Tellus ' Earth,'
because she was the first one bound to the Sky, is
from that called Victory. ** Therefore she is connected
with the corona ' garland ' and the palma ' palm,' *
because the garland is a binder of the head and is

' Victoria belongs to vincere ' to conquer.' ^ Earth as a
productive, nourishing divinity ; identification with Victoria
is not found elsewhere. • The customary symbols of
victory.

59

VARRO

capitis et ipsa a vinctura dicitur viere, (id) est vincin' ;
a quo est in Sota Enni :

Ibant malaci viere Veneriam corollam.
Palma,* quod ex utraque parte natura vincta habet
paria folia.

63. Poetae de Caelo quod semen igneum cecidisse
dicunt in mare ac natam " e spumis " Venerem,
coniunctione ignis et humoris, quam habent vim
significant esse Ve(ne>ris.^ A qua vi natis dicta vita
et illud a Lucilio :

Vis est vita, vides, vis nos facere omnia cogit.

6t. Quare quod caelum principium, ab satu est

dictus Saturnus, et quod ignis, Saturnalibus cerei

superioribus mittuntur. Terra Ops, quod hie omne

opus et hac opus ad vivendum, et ideo dicitur Ops

mater, quod terra mater. Haec enim

Terris gentis omnis peperit et resiimit denuo,

quae

Dat cibaria,

* Sciop., for uiere est uincere. * Scaliger, for palmam.

§ 63. ^ L. Sp. ; significantes Veneris Laetus ; for signi-
ficantes se ueris.

^ Vincire is in fact derived from an extension of the root
seen in riere. " 25 Vahlen*; R.O.L. i. 404-405 Warming-
ton. '' Palma and paria are etymologically separate.

§ 63. " A Greek legend, invented to connect the name of
yiphrodite with d<f>p6s ' foam ' ; c/. Hesiod, Theogony, 188-
198. The name Aphrodite is probably of Semitic origin.
60

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 62-64

itself, from vinchtra ' binding,' said vieri ' to be plaited,'
that is, vinciri ' to be bound ' ^ ; whence there is the
line in Ennius's Sola ^ :

The lustful pair were going, to plait the Love-god's
garland.

Palma ' palm ' is so named because, being naturally
bound on both sides, it has paria ' equal ' leaves.'»

63. The poets, in that they say that the fiery seed
fell from the Sky into the sea and \'enus was born
"from the foam-masses,"" through the conjunction
of fire and moisture, are indicating that the vis ' force'
which they have is that of \'enus. Those born of this
t"i* have what is called vita ^ ' life,' and that was meant
by Lucilius '^ :

Life is force, j'ou see ; to do everything force doth
compel us.

64. Wherefore because the Sky is the beginning,
Saturn was named from satus " ' sowing ' ; and
because fire is a beginning, waxlights are presented to
patrons at the Saturnalia.* Ops '^ is the Earth, be-
cause in it is every opus ' work ' and there is opus
' need ' of it for living, and therefore Ops is called
mother, because the Earth is the mother. For she **

AH men hath produced in all the lands, and takes
them back again,

she who

Gives the rations,

* Vis and vita are not connected etymologically. * 13-k)
Marx.

§ 64. « This etymology is unlikely. * Confirmed by
Festus, 54. 16 M. ' Ops and opiis are connected ety-
mologically. ^ Ennius, Varia, 48 Vahlen*; R.O.L. i. 412-
413 Warmington.

61

VARRO

ut ait Ennius, quae

Quod gerit fruges, Ceres ;

antiquis enim quod nunc G C.^

65. Idem hi dei Caelum et Terra lupiter et luno,
quod ut ait Ennius :

Istic est is lupiter quern dico, quern Graeci vocant
Aereni, qui ventus est et nubes, iniber postea,
Atque ex inibre frigus, vent?rs^ post fit, aer denuo.
Haec<e>^ propter lupiter sunt ista quae dico tibi,
Qui^ mortalis, (arva)* atque urbes beluasque omnis
iuvat.

Quod hi(n)c'^ omnes et sub hoc, eundem appellans
dicit :

Divumque honiinunique pater rex.

Pater, quod patefacit semen : nam tum esse^ con
ceptum (pat)et,' inde cum exit quod oritur.

66. Hoc idem magis ostendit antiquius lovis
nomen : nam olim Diovis et Di<e>spiter^ dictus, id
est dies pater ; a quo dei dicti qui inde, et diws* et

§ 64. ^ Lachnmnn ; C quod nunc G Mue. ; for quod
nunc et.

§ 65. ^ Laetus, for uentis. ^ Mor. JIaupt ; haecce

Mue.; for haec. ^ Aug., icith li, for qua. * Added

by Schoell. ^ L. Sp., for hie. * Mue., for est.
' Mue., for et.

§ 66. ^ Laetus, for dispiter. ^ Bentinus, for dies.

'Varia, 49-50 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 412-413 Warmington;
gerit and Ceres are not connected. f There was a time
when C had its original value g (as in Greek, where the
third letter is gamma) and had taken over also the value of
K. The use of the symbol G for the sound g was later. C
in the value g survived in C. = Gaius, Cn. = Gnaeus.

§ 65. » Varia, 54-58 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 414-415 Warm-
ington. * lupiter and iuvare are not related. " An-

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 64-66

as Ennius says,* who

Is Ceres, since she brings {gerit) the fruits.
For with the ancients, what is now G, was written C/

65. These same gods Sky and Earth are Jupiter
and Juno, because, as Ennius says,**

That one is the Jupiter of whom I speak, whom
Grecians call

Air ; who is the windy blast and cloud, and after-
wards the rain ;

After rain, the cold ; he then becomes again the
wind and air.

This is whj' those things of which I speak to you
are Jupiter :

Help he gives * to men, to fields and cities, and
to beasties all.

Because all come from him and are under him, he
addresses him with the words '^ :

O father and king of the gods and the mortals.

Pater ' father ' because he patefacit ** ' makes evident '
the seed ; for then it patet ' is evident ' that concep-
tion has taken place, when that which is born comes
out from it.

66. This same thing the more ancient name of
Jupiter " shows even better : for of old he was called
Diovis and Diespiter, that is, dies pater ' Father Day ' *> ;
from which they who come from him are called dei
' deities,' and dius ' god ' and divum ' sky,' whence
fuh divo ' under the sky,' and Dius Fidius ' god of

tiales, 580 Vahlen" ; R.O.L. i. 168-169 Warmington.
* Pater and patere are not related.

§ 66. " III- in lupiter, Diovis, Dies, dens, Dius, divum
belong together by etymology. ^ K. O. Mueller thought
that \'arro meant dies as the old genitive, ' father of the day,'
instead of as a nominative in apposition ; but this is hardly
likely.

QS

VARRO

divum, imde sub divo, Dius Fidius. Itaque inde eius
perforatum tectum, ut ea videatur divum, id est
caelum. Quidam negant sub tecto per hunc deierare
oportere. Aelius Dium Fid(i)um dicebat Diovis
filium, ut Graeci Aido-Kopoj/ Castorem, et putabat*
hunc esse Sancum* ab Safcina lingua et Herculem a
Graeca. Idem hie Dis* pater dicitur infimus, qui est
coniunctus terrae, ubi omnia (ut)" oriuntur ita' abori-
untur ; quorum quod finis ortu(u>m, Orcus* dictus.

67. Quod lovis luno coniunx et is Caelum, haec
Terra, quae eadem Tellus, et ea dicta, quod una iuvat
cum love, luno, et Regina, quod huius omnia ter-
restria.

68. SoP vel quod ita Sa6ini, vel (quod)^ solu*^ ita
lucet, ut ex eo deo dies sit. Luna, vel quod sola lucet
noctu. Itaque ea dicta Noctiluca in Palatio : nam
ibi noctu lucet templum. Hanc ut Solem Apollinem
quidam Dianam vocant (Apollinis vocabulum Grae-
cum alterum, alterum Latinum), et hinc quod luna in
altitudinem et latitudinem simul it,* Diviana appel-
lata. Hinc Epicharmus Ennii Proserpinam quoque

* Puccius, for putabant. * Sealiger, for sanctum.
^ Mue., for dies. * Added by Mne. '' Mue., for ui.

* Turnebiis, for ortus.

§ (>8. ^ Laetus, with M, for sola. ^ Added by Aug.,
wiih B. ' Sc'iop., for solum. * L. Sp., for et.

' Page 60 Funaioli. '' Sabine Sancus and the Umbrian
divine epithet Sangio- are connected with Latin sancire ' to
make sacred,' sacer 'sacred.' * l)is is the short form of
dives ' rich,' cf. the genitive divitls or ditis, and is not con-
nected with dies ; it is a translation of the Greek UXovtojv
' Pluto,' as 'the rich one,' from ttXoOtos 'wealth.' ^ The
Italic god of death, not connected with ortus, but perhaps
with arcere ' to hem in,' as ' the one who restrains the dead.'
§ 67. " Not connected either with Iiipiter or with iuvare.

64

ox THE LATIX LANGUAGE, V. 66-68

faith.' Thus from this reason the roof of his temple
is pierced with holes, that in this way the divum,
which is the caelum ' sky,' may be seen. Some say
that it is improper to take an oath by his name, when
you are under a roof. AeUus " said that Dius Fidius
was a son of Diovis, just as the Greeks call Castor the
son of Zeus, and he thought that he was Sancus in the
Sabine tongue,** and Hercules in Greek. He is Uke-
wise called Dispater ' in his lowest capacity, when he
i": joined to the earth, where all things vanish awav
ven as they originate ; and because he is the end of
ihese ortus ' creations,' he is called OrcusJ

67. Because Juno is Jupiter's wife, and he is Sky,
she Terra ' Earth,' the same as Tellus ' Earth,' she
also, because she iuvat ' helps ' una ' along ' with
Jupiter, is called Juno," and Regina ' Queen,' because
all earthly things are hers.

68. Sol " ' Sun ' is so named either because the
Sabines called him thus, or because he solus ' alone '
shines in such a way that from this god there is the
dayhght. Luna ' Moon ' is so named certainly be-
cause she alone ' lucet ' shines at night. Therefore
she is called Xoctiluca ' Night-Shiner ' on the Pala-
tine ; for there her temple noctu lucet ' shines by
night.' * Certain persons call her Diana, just as they
call the Sun Apollo (the one name, that of Apollo, is
Greek, the other Latin) ; and from the fact that the
Moon goes both high and A^idely , she is called Diiiana.'^
From the fact that the Moon is wont to be under the

§ 68. « Not connected with solus. * Either because
the white marble gleams in the moonlight, or because a light
was kept burning there all night. * An artificially pro-
longed form of Diana ; Varro seems to have had in mind
(hciare ' to go aside ' as its basis.

VOL. IF 65

\'ARRO

appellat, quod solet esse sub terris. Dicta Proserpina,
quod haec ut serpens modo in dexteram modo in
sinisteram partem late movetur. Serpere et proser-
pere idem dicebant, ut Plautus quod scribit :

Quasi proserpens bestia,

69. Quae ideo quoque videtur ab Latinis luno
Lucina dicta vel quod est e<t>^ Terra, ut physici
dicunt, et lucet ; vel quod^ ab luce eius qua quis
conceptus est usque ad eam, qua partus quis in lucem,
<l)una* iuvat, donee mensibus actis produxit in lucem,
ficta ab iuvando et luce luno Lucina. A quo parientes
eam invocant : luna enim nascentium dux quod
menses huius. Hoc vidisse antiquas apparet, quod
mulieres potissimum supercilia sua attribuerunt ei
deae. Hie enim debuit maxime collocari luno Lucina,
ubi ab diis lux datur oculis.

70. Ignis a <g>nascendo,^ quod hinc nascitur et
omne quod nascitur ignis s(uc>cendit2 ; ideo calet, ut
qui denascitur eum amittit ac frigescit. Ab ignis iam
maiore vi ac violentia Volcanus dictus. Ab eo quod

§ 69. 1 L. Sp., for e . ^ For quod uel. * Sciop.,
for una.

§ 70. ^ 3Iue.,for nascendo. ^ OS., for scindit.

•* Ennius, Varia, 59 Vahlen^. Proserpina is really borrowed
from Greek IIepo€(f>6vT], but transformed in popular speech
into a word seemingly of Latin antecedents. ' Poenulus
1034, Stichus 724 ; in both passages meaning a snake.

§ 69. " Liicina, from lux ' light,' indicates Juno as goddess
of child-birth. >> Equal to ' full moon,' or ' month.'

66

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 68-70

lands as well as over them, Ennius's Epicharmus calls
her Proserpiiia.^ Proserpina received her name
because she, like a serpens ' creeper,' moves widely
now to the right, now to the left. Serpere ' to creep '
and proserpere * to creep forward ' meant the same
thing, as Plautus means in what he writes * :

Like a forward-creeping beast.

69. She appears therefore to be called by the
Latins also Juno Lucina," either because she is also
the Earth, as the natural scientists say, and lucet
' shines ' ; or because from that light of hers ^ in
which a conception takes place until that one in which
there is a birth into the light, the Moon continues to
help, until she has brought it forth into the light when
the months are past, the name Juno Lucina was made
from iuvare ' to help ' and lux ' light.' From this fact
women in child-birth invoke her ; for the Moon is the
guide of those that are born, since the months belong
to her. It is clear that the women of olden times
observed this, because women have given this goddess
credit notably for their eyebrows. '^ For Juno Lucina
ought especially to be established in places where the
gods give light to our eyes.

70. IgTiis ' fire ' is named from gnasci " ' to be
born,' because from it there is birth, and everything
which is born the fire enkindles ; therefore it is hot,
just as he who dies loses the fire and becomes cold.
From the fire's vis ac violentia ' force and violence,'
now in greater measure, \ulcan was named." From
the fact that fire on account of its brightness Julget

• Because the eyebrows protect the eyes by which we enjoy
the light (Festus, 305 b 10 M.).
§ 70. " False etymologies.

67

VARRO

ignis propter splendoreni fulget, fulgwr^ et fulmen, et
fulgur(itum>* quod fulmine ictum.

71. <In)^ contrariis diis, ab aquae lapsu lubrico
Ij/mpha. Lj/mpha luturna quae iuvaret : itaque
multi aegroti propter id nomen hinc aquam petere
Solent. A fontibus et fluminibus ac ceter2S aqut's^ dei,
ut Tiberinus ab Tiberi, et ab lacu Velini Velinia, et
Lj/mphae Com(m)otiZ<e)s' ad lacum Cutiliensem a
eommotu, quod ibi insula in aqua commovetur.

72. Neptunus, quod mare terras obnubit ut nubes
caelum, ab nuptu, id est opertione, ut antiqui, a quo
nuptiae, nuptus dictus. Salacia Neptuni ab salo.
Venelia^ a veniendo ac vento illo, quern Plautus dicit :

Quod ille^ dixit qui secundo vento vectus est
Tranquillo mari,' ventum gaudeo.

73. Bellona ab bello nunc, quae Duellona a duello.

* Canal, for fulgor. * Ttirnebus, for fulgur.

§ 71. ^ Added by Madvig, who began the sentence here
instead of after diis. ^ V, p,for ceteras aquas. * GS.,
for comitiis.

§ 72. ^ Aug., for uenelia. ^ mss. of Plautus, for

ibi F. ' itss. of Plautus have mare.

* The three words are from fulgere ' to flash ' ; but the -itum
of fulguritum is suffixal only, and is not connected with
ictum.

§ 71. " Properly from the Greek vu/x^rj, with dissimilative
change of the first consonant. * The first part may be the
same element seen in lupiter, but is certainly not connected
with iuvare. " A lake in the Sabine country, formed by

the spreading out of the Avens River a few miles southeast of
Interamna. ■* A lake in the Sabine country, a few miles
east of Reate, in which there was a floating island which
drifted with the wind.

§ 72. " Neptunus is not connected with the other words,
though nubes may perhaps be related to nubere and its

68

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 70-73

' flashes,' come fulgur ' lightning-flash ' and fulmen
' thunderbolt,' and what has heen fulmine ictum ' hit
by a thunderbolt ' is caWed J'ulguritu)?!.^

71. Among deities of an opposite kind, Lympha "
' water-nymph ' is derived from the water's lapsus
luhrieus ' slippery gliding.' Juturna * was a nymph
whose function was iiivare ' to give help ' ; therefore
many sick persons, on account of this name, are wont
to seek water from her spring. From springs and
rivers and the other waters gods are named, as
Tiberinus from the river Tiber, and ^'elinia from the
lake of the \'elinus,'^ and the Commotiles ' Restless '
Nymphs at the Cutilian Lake,** from the commotus
' motion,' because there an island commoveiur ' moves
about ' in the water.

72. Neptune," because the sea veils the lands as
the clouds veil the sky, gets his name from nuptus
' veiling,' that is, opertio ' covering,' as the ancients
said ; from which nuptiae ' wedding,' nuptus ' wed-
lock ' are derived. Salacia,* wife of Neptune, got
her name from solum ' the surging sea.' \'enilia '^ was
named from venire ' to come ' and that ventus ' wind '
which Plautus mentions ** :

As that one said who with a favouring wind was borne
Over a placid sea : I'm glad I went.*

73. Bellona ' Goddess of War * is said now, from
lellum " ' war,' which formerly was Duellona, from

derivatives. * Almost certainly an abstract substantive to
salax ' fond of leaping, lustful, provoking lust ' ; though
popularly associated with salmn. ' There is a Venilia in

the Aeneid, x. 76, a sea-nymph who is the mother of Turnus.
** Cistellaria, 14-15. « Punning on ventum : the last
phrase may mean also " I'm glad there was a wind."

§ 73. » Correct.

69

VARRO

Mars ab eo quod maribus in bello praeest, aut quod
Sabinis acceptus ibi est Mamers. Quirinus a Quiri-
tibus. \'irtus ut viri^us^ a virilitate. Honos ab*
onere : itaque honestum dicitur quod oneratum, et
dictum :

Onus est honos qui sustinet rem publicam.

Castoris nomen Graecum, Pollucis a Graecis ; in
Latinis litteris veteribus nomen quod est, inscribitur
ut IIoAuSerKj^s' Polluces, non ut nunc* Pollux. Con-
cordia a corde congruente.

74. P'eronia, Minerva, Novensides a Sa6inis. Paulo
aliter ab eisdem dicimus haec : Palem,^ Vestam,
Salutem, Fortunam, Fontem, Fidem. E(t> arae*
Sabinum linguam olent, quae Tati regis voto sunt
Romae dedicatae : nam, ut annales dicunt, vovit Opi,
Florae, Vediovi* Saturnoque, Soli, Lunae, Volcano
et Summano, itemque Larundae, Termino, Quirino,
Vortumno, Laribus, Dianae Lucinaeque ; e quis non-
nulla nomina in utraque lingua habent radices, ut
arbores quae in confinio natae in utroque agro ser-

§ 73. ^ Scaliger, for uiri ius. ^ After ab, Woelfflin
deleted honesto. ' For pollideuces. * For nuns.

§ 74. 1 Scaliger, for hecralem. ^ Mue., for ea re.
' Mue., for floreue dioioui.

* Mars and Mamers go together, but mares ' males ' is
quite distinct. " Virtus is in fact from vir. "* Honos
and omis are quite distinct. ' Com. Bom. Frag., page 147
Ribbeck^. ' As in inscriptions, where such spelHngs are
found. " Essentially correct.

§ 74. " An old Italian goddess, later identified with Juno.

* Apparently ' new settlers,' from novus and insidere, used of
the gods brought from elsewhere as distinct from the indigetes
or native gods. ' It is unlikely that all the deities of the

70

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 73-74

duellum. Mars is named from the fact that he com-
mands the mares ' males ' in war, or that he is called
Mamers ^ among the Sabines, ^^ith whom he is a
favourite. Quirimis is from Quirites. Virtus ' valour,'
as viritus, is from virilitas ' manhood.' " Honos ' honour,
office ' is said from onus ^ ' burden ' ; therefore hones-
turn ' honourable ' is said of that which is oneratum
' loaded with burdens,' and it has been said :

Full onerous is the honour which maintains the state.*

The name of Castor is Greek, that of Pollux like^^ise
from the Greeks ; the form of the name which is
found in old Latin literature ^ is Polluces, like Greek
IIoAi'Sei'KT/^, not Pollux as it is now. Concordia ' Con-
cord ' is from the cor congruens ' harmonious heart.' '
74. Feronia,^ Minerva, the Xovensides ^ are from
the Sabines. With slight changes, we say the follow-
ing, also from the same people "^ : Pales,^ Vesta, Salus,
Fortune, Fons,^ Fides ' Faith.' There is scent of the
speech of the Sabines about the altars also, which by
the vow of King Tatius were dedicated at Rome :
for, as the Annals tell, he vowed altars to Ops, Flora,
Vediovis and Saturn, Sun, Moon, Vulcan and Summa-
mis, ^and likewise to Lariinda,^ Terminus, Quirinus, Ver-
tumnus, the Lares, Diana and Lucina : some of these
names have roots in both languages,'' like trees which
have sprung up on the boundary- Une and creep about

next two lists were brought in from elsewhere ; many of the
names are perfectly Roman. •* Goddess of the shepherds,
who protected them and their flocks. * God of Springs ;
c/. vi. 22. ' A mysterious deity who was considered
responsible for lightning at night. » Called also Lara, a
tale-bearing nymph whom Jupiter deprived of the power of
speech. * Quite possible, but very unlikely in the cases
of Saturn and Diana.

71

VARRO

pwnt* : potest enim Saturnus hie de alia causa esse
dictus atque in Sabinis, et sic Diana,^ de quibus supra
dictum est.

XL 75. Quod ad immortalis attinet, haec ; de-
inceps quod ad mortalis attinet videamus. De his
animaUa in tribus locis quod sunt, in acre, in aqua,
in terra, a summa parte (ad)^ infimam descendam.
Primum nomm(a) ommMm^ : alites <ab> ah*,' volucres
a volatu. Deinde generatim : de his pleraeque ab
suis vocibus ut haec : upupa, cuculus, corvus, ^irundo,
ulula,bubo ; item haec: pavo, anser,galHna,columba.

76. Sunt quae ahis de causis appellatae, ut noctua,
quod noctu canit et vigilat, lusci(ni>ola,*quod luctuose
canere existimatur atque esse ex Attica Progne in
luctu facta avis. Sic galeri^us^ et motacilla, altera
quod in capite habet plumam elatam, altera quod
semper movet caudam. Merula, quod mera, id est
sola, volitat ; contra ab eo graguli, quod gregatim,

* For serpent. ^ A Idus, for dianae.

§75. ^ Added by G, H. ^ Fay ; nomen omnium
Mv£. ; for nomen nominem. ' Aug., for alii.

§ 76. ^ Victorius, for lusciola. ^ Aug., with B, for
galericus.

♦ Saturn in § 64., Diana in § 68.

§75. "The first six, except hirundo (of unknown ety-
mology), are onomatopoeic. Of the last four, pavo is
borrowed from an Oriental language ; anser is an old Indo-
European word ; galllna is ' the Gallic bird ' ; cohimba is
named from its colour.

§ 76. " Perhaps correct, if from luges-cania ' sorrow-
singer.' '' Procne, daughter of Pandion king of Athens
and wife of Tereus king of Thrace, killed her son Itys and
served him to his father for food, in revenge for his ill-treat-
ment and infidelity ; see Ovid, Metamorphoses, vi. 424-674.
" Literally ' hooded,' wearing a galerum or hood-like helmet.
** If not correct, then a very reasonable popular etymology.
72

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 71^76

in both fields : for Saturn might be used as the god's
name from one source here, and from another among
the Sabines, and so also Diana : these names I have
discussed above.*

XL 75. This is what has to do with the immortals ;
next let us look at that which has to do with mortal
creatures. Amongst these are the animals, and
because they abide in three places — in the air, in the
water, and on the land — I shall start from the highest
place and come down to the lowest. First the names
of them all, collectively : alites ' \nnged birds ' from
their alae ' wings,' volucres ' fliers ' from volatus ' flight.'
Next by kinds : of these, very many are named from
their cries, as are these : upupa ' hoopoe,' cuculus
' cuckoo,' conns ' raven,' hirundo ' swallow,' ulula
' screech-owl,' biiho ' horned owl ' ; likewise these :
pavo ' peacock,' anser ' goose,' gallina ' hen,' columba
' dove.' "

76. Some got their names from other reasons,
such as the noctua ' night-owl,' because it stays awake
and hoots noctu ' by night,' and the lusciniola ' night-
ingale,' because it is thought to canere ' sing ' luctuose
' sorrowfully ' '' and to have been transformed from
the Athenian Procne * in her luctus ' sorrow,' into a
bird. LikcAnse the galeritus '^ ' crested lark ' and the
motacilla ' wagtail,' the one because it has a feather
standing up on its head, the other because it is always
moving its tail.** The merula ' blackbird ' is so named
because it flies mera ' unmixed,' that is, alone ' ; on
the other hand, the gragidi f 'jackdaws ' got their
names because they fly gregaiim ' in flocks,' as certain

' That is, without other birds, like wine without water : an
absurd etymology, f Properly graciiU ; not connected with
greges.

73

VARRO

ut quidam Graeci greges yipyepa. Ficedula(e>' et
miliariae a cibo, quod alterae fico, alterae milio fiunt
pingues.

XII. 77. Aquatilium vocabula animalium partim
sunt vernacula, partim peregrina. Foris muraena,
quod ^ivpaiva Graece, cybium^ et thj/nnus, cuius item
partes Graecis vocabulis omnes, ut melander atque
uraeon. \^ocabula piscium pleraque translata a ter-
restribus ex aliqua parte similibus rebus, ut anguilla,
lingulaca, sudis^ ; alia a coloribus, ut haec : asellus,
umbra, turdus ; alia a vi quadam, ut haec : lupus,
canicula, torpedo. Item in conch_?/liis aliqua ex
Graecis, ut peloris, ostrea, echinus. Vernacula ad
similitudinem, ut surenae,' pectunculi, ungues.

XIII. 78. Sunt etiam animalia in aqua, quae in
terram interdum exeant : alia Graecis vocabulis, ut
polypus, h^ppo<s> potamios,^ crocodilos,^ alia Latinis,

' Ed. Veneta, for ficedula.

§77. ^ Aldus, for cytybium, ^ Aldus, for lingula
casudis. ^ For syrenae.

§ 78. ^ L. Sp., for yppo potamios. ^ For crocodillos.

" Correct ; Varro, De Re Rustica, iii. 5. 2, speaks of miliariae
as prized delicacies, raised and fattened for the table.

§ 77. " The identification of many animals and fishes is
quite uncertain, and the translation is therefore tentative. But
the etymological views in §77 and §78 are approximately
correct. '' More precisely, the flesh of the young tunny
salted in cubes. " Seemingly a variant form for melan-

dryon, Greek yieXavhpvov ' slice of the large tunny called
/leAcEvS/su? or black-oak.' ''From Greek ovpalos 'pertain-
ing to the tail (oupa).' «Diminutive of anguis 'snake.'
f Because flat like a lingua ' tongue ' ; lingulaca means also

74

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 76-78

Greeks call greges ' flocks ' yepyepa. Ficedulae ' fig-
peckers ' and miliariae ' ortolans ' are named from
their food,^ because the ones become fat on the^^CM*
' fig,' the others on milium ' millet.'

XIL 77. The names of water animals are some
native, some foreign." From abroad come muraena

* moray,' because it is pvpaiva in Greek, cyhium ' young
tunny '^ and thunnus ' tunny,' all whose parts likewise
go by Greek names, as melunder" ' black-oak-piece ' and
uraeon ^ ' tail-piece.' \ ery many names of fishes are
transferred from land objects which are like them in
some respect, as anguilla * ' eel,' lingulaca f ' sole,'
sudis ^ ' pike.' Others come from their colours, like
these : asellus ' cod,' umbra ' grayling,' turdus ' sea-
carp.' ^ Others come from some physical power, Uke
these : lupus ' wolf-fish,' canicula ' dogfish,' torpedo
' electric ray.' * Likewise among the shellfish there
are some from Greek, as peloris ' mussel,' ostrea
' oyster,' echinus ' sea-urchin ' ; and also native words
that point out a likeness, as surenae,' pectuncuU^
' scallops,' ungues '■ ' razor-clams.'

XIII. 78. There are also animals in the water,
which at times come out on the land : some with
Greek names, like the octopus, the hippopotamus, the
crocodile ; others with Latin names, like rana ' frog,'

' chatter-box, talkative woman.' ' On land, a ' stake.'

* On land, respectively ' little ass,' ' shadow,' ' thrush.'

* On land, respectively ' wolf,' ' little dog,' ' numbness.'

* Of unknown meaning, and perhaps a corrupt reading ;
Groth, De Codice Florentino, 27 (105), suggests perna« from
Pliny, Sat. Hist, xxxii. 11. 54. 154, who mentions the
perna as a sea-mussel standing on a high foot or stalk, like a
haunch of ham with the leg. * On land, ' little combs,'
diminutive of pecten. ' ' Finger-nails ' ; perhaps not the
razor-clam, but a small clam shaped like the finger-nail.

75

VARRO

ut rana, <anas),' mergus ; a quo Graeci ea quae in
aqua et terra possunt vivere vocant dfj,cf)ifSta. E quis
rana ab sua dicta voce, anas a nando, mergus quod
mergendo in aquam captat escam.

79. Item alia^ in hoc genere a Graecis, ut quer-
quedula, (quod) ^ KepKvyS}/?,' alcedo,* quod ea akKmov ;
Latina, ut testudo, quod testa tectum hoc animal,
lolUgo, quod subvolat, httera commutata, primo vol-
Hgo. Ut ^egypti in flumine quadrupes sic in Latio,
nominati lM(t>ra5 et fiber. LM(t)ra,* quod succidere
dicitur arborum radices in ripa atque eas dissolvere :
ab (lucre) Iwtra.^ Fiber, ab extrema ora fluminis
dextra et sinistra maxime quod solet videri, et antiqui
februm dicebant extremum, a quo in sagis fimbr(i)ae
et in iecore extremum fibra, fiber dictus.

XIV. 80. De animalibus in locis terrestribus quae
sunt hominum propria primum, deinde de pecore,
tertio de feris scribam. Incipiam ab honore publico.

^ Added by Aug.

§ 79. 1 L. Sp., with B, for aliae. ^ yidded by Kent.
' GS., for cerceris. * Groth ; halcedo Laetus ; for

algedo. ^ GS. ; lytra Txirnehus ; for lira. * Stroux ;
ab lucre Scaliger ; for ab litra.

§ 78. " Cf. § 77, note a.

§ 79. " Conjectural purely. *" An absurd etymology.

' Originally udra ' water-animal,' with I from association with
Ititum ' mud ' or lutor ' washer.' Varro attributes to the
otter the tree-felling habit of the beaver. "* Properly ' the
brown animal.' * Fiber, fimbriae, fibra have no etymologi-
cal connexion.

76

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 78-80

anas ' duck,' mergiis ' diver.' Whence the Greeks
give the name amphibia to those which can live both
in the water and on the land. Of these, the rana is
named from its voice, the anas from nare ' to SAvim,'
the mergus because it catches its food bv mergendo
' di\-ing ' into the water."

79- Likewise there are other names in this class,
that are from the Greeks, as querquedula ' teal,' because
it is KepKi'jSii^;," and alcedo ' kingfisher,' because this is
aAKi'oji' ; and Latin names, such as testudo ' tortoise,'
because this animal is covered with a testa ' shell,' and
lolligo ' cuttle-fish,' because it volat ' flies ' up from
under,^ originally volligo, but now A^ith one letter
changed. Just as in Egypt there is a quadruped
li\ing in the river, so there are river quadrupeds in
Latium, named Intra ' otter ' and Jiber ' beaver.' The
lutra '^ is so named because it is said to cut off the roots
of trees on the bank and set the trees loose : from
luere ' to loose,' httra. The beaver'' was called ^6er
because it is usually seen very far off on the bank of
the river to right or to left, and the ancients called a
thing that was very far off a Jebrum ; from which in
blankets the last part is caWed Jimbriae ' fringe ' and
the last part in the liver is the Jibra ' fibre.' *

XIV. 80. Among the living beings on the land, I
shall speak first of terms which apply to human beings,
then of domestic animals, third of wiid beasts. I shall
start from the offices of the state. The Consul ° was

§ 80. " Properly, consulere is derived from consul. Of
consul, at least four reasonable etymologies are proposed, the
simplest being that it is from com +sed ' those who sit to-
gether,' as there were two consuls from the beginning ; the
/ for d being a peculiarity taken from the dialect of the Sabines
{c/. lingua for older dingua).

77

VARRO

Consu Jnominatus qui consuleret populum et senatum,
nisi illinc potius unde Accius^ ait in Bruto :

Qui recte consulat, consul fiatJ
Praetor dictus qui praeiret iure et exercitu ; a quo id
Lucilius :

Ergo praetorum est ante et praeire.

81. Censor ad cuius censionem, id est arbitrium,
censeretur populus. Aedilis qui aedis sacras et
privatas procuraret. Quaestores a quaerendo, qui
conquirerent publicas peeunias et maleficia, quae
triumviri capitales nunc conquirunt ; ab his postea
qui quaestionum iudicia exercent quaes(i>tores^
dicti. Tribuni militum, quod terni tribus tribubus
Ramnium, Lucerum, Titium olim ad exercitum mitte-
bantur. Tribuni plebei, quod ex tribunis militum
primum tribuni plebei facti, qui plebem defenderent,
in secessione Crustumerina.

82. Dictator, quod a consule dicebatur, cui dicto
audientes omnes essent. Magister equitum, quod

§ 80. ^ Later codices, for tatius F^, H, p^, taccius F^, V, a.
^ Laetus, for consulciat.

§ 81. ^ Mommsen, for quaestores.

* Trag. Rom. Frag. 39 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. ii. 564-565 War-
mington. ' lure is dative. ''1160 Marx.

§ 81. " The tribunus was by etymology merely the ' man
of the tribus or tribe,' and therefore did not derive his name
from the word for ' three,' except indirectly ; c/. § 55.

* That is, elected by the plebeians from among their military
tribunes whom they had chosen to lead them in their Seces-
sion to the Sacred Mount (which may have lain in the terri-
tory of Crustumerium), in 494 b.c. Their persons were

78

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 80-82

so named as the one who should consulere ' ask the
advice of ' people and senate, unless rather from this
fact whence Accius takes it when he says in the
Brutus ^ :

Let him who counsels right, become the Consul.

The Praetor was so named as the one who should
praeire ' go before ' the law " and the army ; whence
Lucilius said this "^ :

Then to go out in front and before is tin; duty of
praetors.

81. The Censor was so named as the one at whose
censio ' rating,' that is, arhitrium ' judgement,' the
people should be rated. The Aedile, as the one who
was to look after aedes ' buildings ' sacred and private.
The Quaestors, from quaerere' to seek,' who conquirerent
' should seek into ' the public moneys and illegal
doings, which the triumviri capitales ' the prison board '
now investigate ; from these, afterwards, those who
pronounce judgement on the matters of investigation
were named quaesitores ' inquisitors.' The Tribuni"
Militum ' tribunes of the soldiers,' because of old there
were sent to the army three each on behalf of the three
tribes of Ramnes, Luceres, and Tities. The Tribuni
Plebei ' tribunes of the plebs,' because from among the
tribunes of the soldiers tribunes of the plebs were first
created,^ in the Secession to Crustumerium, for the
purpose of defending the plebs ' populace.'

82. The Dictator, because he was named by the
consul as the one to whose dictum ' order ' all should
be obedient." The Magister Equitum ' master of the

sacrosanct, enabling them to carry out their dutj- of protect-
ing the plebeians against the injustice of the patrician officials.
§ 82. » Rather, because he dktat ' gives orders.'

79

VARRO

summa potestas huius in equites et accensos, ut est
summa populi dictator, a quo is quoque magister
populi appellatus. Reliqui, quod minores quam hi
magistri, dicti magistratus, ut ab albo albatus.

XV. 83. Sacerdotes universi a sacris dicti. Pontu-
fices, ut^ Scaevola Quintus pontufex maximus dicebat,
a posse et facere, ut po<te>ntifices.^ Ego a ponte
arbitror : nam ab his SubUcius est factus primum ut
restitutus saepe, cum ideo sacra et uZs' et cis Tiberim
non mediocri ritu fiant. Curiones dicti a curiis, qui
fiunt ut in his sacra faciant.

84. Flamines, quod in Latio capite velato erant
semper ac caput cinctum habebant filo, f(i>lamines^
dicti. Horum singuli cognomina habent ab eo deo
cui sacra faciunt ; sed partim sunt aperta, partim
obscura : aperta ut Martiahs, Volcanahs ; obscura
Dialis et Furinahs, cum DiaUs ab love sit (Diovis
enim), Furi(n>aUs a Furriwa,* cuius etiam in fastis

§ 83. ^ After ut, Ed. Veneta deleted a. ^ OS., for

pontifices, c/. v. 4. * For uis.

§ 84, 1 Canal, for flamines, cf. Festus, 87. 15 M. ^ /^^

Sp. ; Furina Aldus ; for furrida.

' Not quite ; for magistratus is a fourth declension sub-
stantive, ' office of magister,' then ' holder of such an office,'
while albatus is a second declension adjective.

§ 83. " Q. Mucins Scaevola, consul 95 b.c, and subse-
quently Pontifex Maximus ; proscribed and killed by the
Marian party in 82. He was a man of the highest character
and abilities, and made the first systematic compilation of the
ius civile ; see i. 19 Huschke. " Varro may be right, though

perhaps it was the ' bridges ' between this world and the next
which originally the pontifices were to keep in repair ; cf.
Class. Philol. viii. 317-326 (1913). "The wooden bridge
on piles, traditionally built by Ancus Marcius. ^ The curia

80

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 82-84

cavalry,' because he has supreme power over the
cavalry and the replacement troops, just as the dictator
is the highest authority over the people, from which
he also is called magister, but of the people and not of
the cavalry. The remaining officials, because they
are inferior to these niagistri ' masters,' are called
magistratus ' magistrates,' derived just as albatus
' whitened, white-clad ' is derived from albus ' white.' ^

XV. 83. The sacerdotes ' priests ' collectively were
named from the sacra ' sacred rites.' The pontifices
' high -priests,' Quintus Scaevola " the Pontifex Maxi-
mus said, were named from posse ' to be able ' and
facere ' to do,' as though potentifices. For my part I
think that the name comes from pons ' bridge ' ^ ; for
by them the Bridge-on-Piles '^ was made in the first
place, and it was likewise repeatedly repaired by them,
since in that connexion rites are performed on both
sides of the Tiber with no small ceremony. The
curiones were named from the curiae ; they are created
for conducting sacred rites in the curiae.'^

84. The jiamines^ ' flamens,' because in Latium
they always kept their heads covered and had their
hair girt ^\ith a woollen^/M?« ' band,' were originally
caWeidJilamines. Individually they have distinguish-
ing epithets from that god whose rites they perform ;
but some are obvious, others obscure : obvious, like
Martialis and VolcanaUs ; obscure are Dialis and
Furinalis, since Dialis is from Jove, for he is called also
Diovis, and Furinalis from Furrina,'' who even has a

was the fundamental political unit in the early Roman state ;
it was an organization of gentes, originally ten to the curia,
and ten curiae to each of the three tribes.

§ 84. " Of uncertain etymology, but not from filamen.
* A goddess, practically unknown ; cf. vi. 19.

VOL. I G 81

VARRO

feriae Furinales sunt. Sic flamen Falacer a divo
patre Falacre.

85. Salii ab salitando, quod facere in comitiis in
sacris quotannis et solent et debent. Luperci, quod
Lupercalibus in Lupercali sacra faciunt. Fratres
Arvales dicti qui sacra publica faciunt propterea ut
fruges ferant arva : a ferendo et arvis Fratres Arvales
dicti. Sunt qui a fratria dixerunt : fratria est Grae-
cum vocabulum partis^ hominum, ut <Ne)apoli^ etiam
nunc. Sodales Titii <ab avibus titiantibus)* dicti,
quas in auguriis certis observare solent.

86. Fetiales, quod fidei publicae inter populos
praeerant : nam per hos fiebat ut iustum concipere-
tur bellum, et inde desitum, ut f<o>edere fides pacis
constitueretur. Ex his mittebantur, ante quam
conciperetur, qui res repeterent, et per hos etiam
nunc fit foedus,^ quod fidus Ennius scribit dictum.

§ 85. ^ Aug., for patris. ^ Turnebvs, for apoli.

' Added by A. Sp., after Laehis (a titiis avibus).
§ 86. 1 For faedus.

"^ An old Italic mythical hero ; quite obscure.

§ 85. " From salire ' to leap,' of which salitare is a deriva-
tive. *" Priests of the God Lupercus, who arret ' keeps
away ' the hipi ' wolves ' from the flocks. " Arvales from

arva ; but fratres has nothing to do with ferre. ^ Page
116 Funaioli. * ' Political brotherhood,' from ^pdrqp ' clan
brother ' ; any reference to it is here out of place. ' Ac-
cording to Tacitus, Ann. i. 54, they were established by Titus
Tatius for the preservation of certain Sabine religious
practices.

§ 86. " Perhaps from an old word meaning ' law,' from
the root seen in feci ' I made, established ' ; but without
connexion with the words in the text. Foedus, fides, fidtts
are closely connected with one another. * In the early

82

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 84^86

Furinal Festival in the calendar. So also the Flamen
Falacer from the divine father Falacer/

85. The Salii were named " from salitare ' to
dance,' because they had the custom and the duty of
dancing yearly in the assembly-places, in their cere-
monies. The Luperci ^ M-ere so named because they
make offerings in the Lupercal at the festival of the
Lupercalia. Fratres Arvules ' Arval Brothers ' was
the name given to those who perform public rites to
the end that the ploughlands mav bear fruits : from
J'erre ' to bear ' and ana ' ploughlands ' they are called
Fratres Arvales.'^ But some have said <* that they
were named from fratria ' brotherhood ' : fratria is
the Greek name of a part of the people,* as at Naples
even now. The Sodales Titii ' Titian Comrades ' are
so named from the titiantes ' twittering ' birds which
they are accustomed to watch in some of their augural
observations.^

86. The Fetiales " ' herald-priests,' because they
were in charge of the state's word of honour in
matters between peoples ; for bv them it was brought
about that a war that was declared should be a just
war, and by them the war was stopped, that by a
foedus ' treaty ' thajides ' honesty ' of the peace might
be established. Some of them were sent before war
should be declared, to demand restitution of the
stolen property,* and by them even now is made the
foedus ' treaty,' which Ennius writes "^ was pronounced

Jidus.

days wars started chiefly as the result of raids in which
property, cattle, and persons had been carried off. ' Page

238 Vahlen- ; R.O.L. i. 564 Warmington ; Ennius probably
wished by a pun to indicate a relation between foedus and the
adjective fidus which, in his opinion, did not really exist
(though it did).

8.3

VARRO

XVI. 87. In re militari praetor dictus qui praeiret
exercitui. Imperator, ab imperio populi qui eos, qui
id attemptasse(n>t, oppres.si<t>i hostis. Legati qui
lecti publice, quorum opera consilioque uteretur
peregre magistratus, quive nuntii senatus aut populi
assent. Exercitus, quod exercitando fit melior.
Legio, quod leguntur milites in delectu.

88. Cohors, quod ut in villa ex pluribus tectis
coniungitur ac quiddam fit unum, sic hic^ ex manipulis
pluribus copulatur* : cohors quae in villa, quod circa
eum locum pecus cooreretur, tametsi cohortem in
villa //ypsicrates' dicit esse Graece xo/>toi/* apud
poetas dictam. Manipulws* exercitus minima" manus
quae unum sequitur signum. Centuria qui'' sub uno
centurione sunt, quorum centenarius iustus numerus.

89. Milites, quod trium milium primo legio fiebat
ac singulae tribus Titiensium, Ramnium, Lucerum
milia militum mittebant. Hastati dicti qui primi

§ 87. ^ Aug., vnth B, for oppress!.

§ 88. ^ Mue., for his. ^ G, If, Laetus, for populatur.

* ylldvs, for ipsicrates. * Turnehus, for cohorton.

* L. Sp., for nianipulos. * L. Sp.,for minimas, ' Mue.,
for quae.

§ 87. " So named because he imperat ' gives orders ' ; in
practice, it was a title conferred upon a general after a victory,
by spontaneous acclamation of his soldiers. * Meaning

' delegated,' participle of legare (akin to legere).

§ 88. " Prefix co-+hort-s, the second part being the same
as hortus ' enclosed place as garden,' and Greek x^P^^^-
•" A grammarian, mentioned also by Gellius, xvi. 12. 6 : see
Funaioli, page 107. " A ' handful,' from manus + a

derivative of the root in plere ' to fill.' ^ This and the
following words are from centum ' hundred.'

84

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 87-89

X\T. 87. In military aiFairs, the praetor was so
called as the one who should praeire ' go at the head '
of the army. The imperator " ' commander,' from the
imperium ' dominion ' of the people, as the one who
crushed those enemies who had attacked it. The
legati * ' attaches,' those who were lecti ' chosen '
officially, whose aid or counsel the magistrates should
use when away from Rome, or who should be mes-
sengers of the senate or of the people. The exercitus
' army,' because by exercitando ' training ' it is im-
proved. The legio ' legion,' because the soldiers
leguntur ' are gathered ' in the levy.

88. The cohors " ' cohort,' because, just as on the
farm the cohors ' yard ' coniungitur ' is joined together '
of several buildings and becomes a certain kind of
unity, so in the army it copulatiir ' is coupled together '
of several maniples : the cohors which is on the farm,
is so called because around that place the flock
cooritur ' assembles,' although Hypsicrates *• says
that the cohors on the farm, as said by the poets, is
the word which in Greek is x'^/'tos ' farmyard.' The
maniptilus '^ ' maniple ' is the smallest manus ' troop '
which has a standard of its own to follow. The cen-
turia ^ ' century ' consists of those who are under one
centurio ' centurion,' whose proper number is cen-
tenarius ' one hundred each.'

89. Milites " ' soldiers,' because at first the legion
was made of three milia ' thousands,' and the individ-
ual tribes of Titienses, Ramnes, and Luceres sent
their milia ' thousands ' of milites ' soldiers.' The
ka^tati ' spearmen ' were so called as those who in the
first line fought vt-iih hastae ' spears,' the pilani ' jave-

§ 89. " Milites and milia are not connected etymologi-
cally.

85

VARRO

hastis pugnabant, pilani qui pilis, principes qui a
principio gladiis ; ea post commutata re militari
minus illustria sunt. Pilani trianii quoque dicti, quod
in acie tertio ordine extremi^ subsidio deponebantur ;
quod hi subsidebant ab eo subsidium dictum, a quo
Plautus :

Agite nunc, subsich'te' omnes quasi solent triarii.

90. Auxilium appellatum ab auctu, cum acces-
serant ei qui adiumento assent alienigenae. Prae-
sidium dictum qui extra castra praesidebant in loco
aliquo, quo tutior regio esset. Obsidium dictum
ab obsidendo, quo minus hostis egredi posset. In-
(si)diae^ item ab iwsidendo,* cum id ideo facerent quo
facilius deminuerent hostis. Duplicarii dicti quibus
ob virtutem duplicia cibaria ut darentur institutum.

91. Turma terima (E in U abiit), quod ter deni
equites ex tribus tribubus Titiensium, Ramnium,
Lucerum fiebant. Itaque primi singularum de-
curiarum decuriones dicti, qui ab eo in singulis turmis
sunt etiam nunc terni. Quos hi primo administros

§ 89. ^ For triani. * Aug. {quoting a friend), for

extremis, ^ Laetus, for subsidete.

§ 90. ^ L. Sp., for indie. * Studemund {quoted by

Groth), for ab absidendo.

' By origin, the ' foremost ' in the fight, the men of the first
line, later shifted in position. " By origin, ' that which
sits or remains close by, under the outer edge of some-
thing ' ; Varro's etymology is correct, except for his inter-
pretation of the verb. ■* Frivolaria, frag. V Ritschl.
§91. "Etymology uncertain, but not as in the text

86

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 89-91

lin-men ' as being those who fought with pila ' jave-
lins,' the principes ^ ' first-men ' as those who from the
principium ' beginning ' fought >vith swords ; these
words were less perspicuous later, when tactics had
been changed. The pilani are called also iriarii
' third-line-men,' because in the battle arrangement
they were set in the rear, in the third Une, as reserves ;
because these men habitually suhsidebant ' sat ' while
waiting, from this fact the submlium "^ ' reserve force '
got its name, whence Plautus says ** :

Come now, all of you sit by as troopers in reserve
are wont.

90. Aujcilium ' auxiliaries ' was so called from
auctus ' increase,' when those foreigners who were
intended to give help had added themselves to the
fighters. Praesidium ' garrison ' was said of those
who praesidebant ' sat in front ' outside the main camp
somewhere, that the district might be safer. Obsi-
dium ' siege ' was said from obsidere ' to sit in the
way,' that the enemy might not be able to sally forth.
Insidiae ' ambush ' likewise from insidere ' to sit in a
place,' since they did this that they might more easily
diminish the enemy's forces. Duplicarii ' doublers '
were those to whom by order dupUcia ' double ' rations
were given on account of their notable valour.

91. Turma " ' squadron ' is from terima (the E has
changed to U), because they were composed of ter
' three times ' ten horsemen, from the three tribes
of Titienses, Ramnes, and Luceres. Therefore the
leaders of the individual decuriae ' groups of ten *
were called decurions, who from this fact are even
now three in each squadron. Those whom at first the
decurions themselves adoptabant ' chose ' as their

87

VARRO

ipsi sibi adoptabant, optiones vocari coepti,^ quos
nunc propter ambitionem tribuni faciunt. Tubicines
a tuba et canendo, similiter liticines.* Classic?<s* a
classe, qui item cornu <aut lit>uo* canit, ut turn cum
classes comitiis ad comit<i>atum* vocant.

XVII. 92. Quae a fortuna vocabula, in his quae-
dam minus aperta ut pauper, dives, miser, beatus, sic
alia. Pauper a paulo lare. Mendicus a minus, cui
cum opus est minus nullo est. Dives a divo qui ut
deus nihil^ indigere videtur. Opulentus ab ope, cui
eae opimae ; ab eadem inops qui eius indiget, et ab
eodem fonte copis* ac copiosus. Pecuniosus a pecunia
magna, pecunia a pecu : a pastoribus enim horum
vocabulorum origo.

XVIII. 93. Artificibus maxima causa ai's, id est,
ab arte medicina ut sit medicus dictus, a sutrina sutor,
non a medendo ac suendo, quae omnino ultima huic
rei : (hae enim)^ earum rerum radices, ut in proxumo

§91. ^ For caepti. ^ lihol., for litigines. ^ A.

Sp., for classicos. * A, Sp., for cornu uo. * Ver-

tranius, for comitatum.

§ 92. ^ For nichil. ^ Turnebits, for copiis.

§ 93. ^ Added by Reitzenstein.

* That is, from lUnvs ' cornet ' and canere.

§ 92. " Pau-per has the same first element as pau-lus.

* Derivative of mendum ' error, defect.' "^ Quite possibly,
since the gods were thought of as conferring wealth ; dives is
derived from divus as caeles is from caelum. ^ From co-
opis. ' The earliest unit of value was a domestic animal ;
cf. English fee and German Vieh ' cattle,' both cognate to
Latin pecu.

§ 93. " Properly medicina from medicus, which is from
mederi, etc.
88

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 91-93

assistants, were at the start called optiones ' choices ' ;
but now the tribunes, to increase their influence, do
the appointing of them. Tubicines ' trumpeters,' from
tuba ' trumpet ' and canere ' to sing or play ' ; in like
fashion liticines^ ' cornetists.' The classicus ' class-
musician ' is named from the classis ' class of citi-
zens ' ; he likewise plays on the horn or the cornet,
for example when they call the classes to gather for
an assembly.

X\TI. 92. Among the words which have to do
^vith personal fortune, some are not verj- clear, such as
pauper ' poor,' dives ' rich,' miser ' wretched,' beatus
' blest,' and others as well. Pauper " is from paulus
lar ' scantily equipped home.' Mendicus ^ ' beggar '
is from niinus ' less,' said of one who, when there is a
need, has minus ' less ' than nothing. Dives ' rich ' is
from divus '^ ' godlike person,' who, as being a deus
' god,' seems to lack nothing. Opulentus ' wealthy '
is from ops ' property,' said of one who has it in abun-
dance ; from the same, inops ' destitute ' is said of
him who lacks ops, and from the same source copis ^*
' well supphed ' and copiosus ' abundantly furnished.'
Pecuniosus ' moneyed ' is from a large amount of
pecunia ' money ' ; pecunia is from pecu ' flock ' : for
it was among keepers of flocks that these words
originated.*

XVIIL 93. For artisans the chief cause of the
names is the art itself, that is, that from the ars medi-
cina ' medical art ' the medicus ' physician ' should be
named, and from the ars sutrina ' shoemaker's art '
the sutor ' shoemaker,' and not directly from mederi
' to cure ' and suere ' to sew,' though these are the
absolutely final sources for such names." For these
are the roots of these things, as will be shown in the

89

VARRO

libro aperietur. Quare quod ab arte artifex dicitur
nee multa in eo obscura, relinquam.

Q*. Similis causa quae ab scientia voca<n)tur^
aliqua ut praestigiator, monitor, nomenclator ; sic
etiam quae a studio" quodam dicuntur, cursor, natator,
pugil. Etiam in hoc genere quae sunt vocabula
pleraque aperta, ut legulus, alter ab oleis, alter ab
uvis. Haec si minus aperta vindemiator, vestigator
et venator, tamen idem, quod vindemiator vel quod
vinum \egit^ dicitur vel quod de viti id demunt ;
vestigator a vestigiis ferarum quas indagatur ; vena-
tor a vento,* quod sequitur cert'um^ ad ventum et in
ventum.*

XIX. 95. Haec de hominibus : hie quod sequitur
de pecore, haec. Pecus ab eo quod perpascebant, a
quo pecora universa. Quod in pecore pecunia tum
pastoribus consistebat et standi fundamentum pes
(a quo dicitur in aedificiis area pes magnus et qui
negotium instituit pedem posuisse), a pede pecudem
appellarunt, ut ab eodem pedicam et pedisequum et
pecul(i>flriae* oves aliudve quid : id enim peculium
primum. Hinc peculatum publicum primo (di-

§94. ^ B, M, Aug., for uocatur. "Sciop.,for spatio.
* L. Sp., for legere. * Aug. {quoting a friend), for
uentu. ^ Scaliger, for uerbum. ^ Aug, {quoting a
friend), for aduentum et inuentum.

§ 95. ^ Lachmann, for peculatoriae.

^ This promise seems not to be kept.

§ 94. " For this meaning, c/. Festus, 138 b 29 and 139.
8 M. *" Cf. V. 37, where vindemia is discussed.

§ 95. " Pecus is an inherited word which cannot be
further analysed ; to it belong all the words here given, which
begin with pec-. It has no connexion with pes ' foot.' '' To
pes ' foot ' belong all the words here given which begin with ped-.

90

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 93-95

next book.^ Therefore, because an artisan is called
from his art and not many names in this class are
obscure, I shall leave them and go on.

9i- There is a like origin for those names which
are given from some special skill, such as praestigiator
' juggler,' monitor ' prompter,'" nomenclator ' namer ' ;
so also those which are derived from a special interest,
such as cursor ' runner,' natator ' swimmer,' ptigil
' boxer.' The words which are in this class too, are
generally ob\ious, like leguliis ' picker,' one of olives
and the other of grapes. If these are less obvious in
the cases of vindemiator, vestigatar, and venator, still the
same principle holds, that vindemiator ' vintager ' is
said either because he gathers the vinum ' wine ' or
because they demunt ' take ' this from the vitis ' grape-
\'ine ' * ; vestigator ' tracker,' from the vestigia ' tracks '
of the beasts which he trails ; venator ' hunter ' from
venttis ' wind,' because he follows the stag towards the
wind and into the wind.

XIX. 95. So much about men : what comes next
here is about cattle, as follows. Pecus " ' cattle,' from
the fact that they perpascebant ' grazed,' whence as a
whole they were called pecora ' flocks and herds.'
Because the herdsmen's pecunia ' wealth ' then lay in
their pecus ' flocks ' and the base for standing is a pes
' foot ' (from which in buildings the ground is called a
great pe* * ' foot ' and a man who has founded a business
is said to have established his pes ' footing '), from pes
' foot ' they gave the name pecus, pecudis ' one head of
cattle,' just as from the same they said pedica ' fetter '
and pedisequus ' footman ' and peculiariae ' privately
owned ' sheep or anything else : for this was the first
private property. Hence they called it a peculaius
' peculation ' from the state in the beginning, when

91

VARRO

xer>u<(n>t2 cum pecore diceretur multa et id esse<t>'
coactum in publicum, si erat aversum.

96. Ex quo^ fructus maior, hic^ est qui Graecis
usus : <sus), quod h, bos, quod /iJovs, taurus, quod
(ravpos), item ovis, quod ois : ita enim antiqui
dicebant, non ut nunc TrpofSarov. Possunt in Latio
quoque ut in Graeeia ab suis vocibus haec eadem ficta.
Armenta, quod boves ideo maxime parabant, ut inde
eligerent ad arandum ; inde arimenta dicta, postea
I tertia littera extrita. Vitulus, quod Graece anti-
quitus tVaAos', aut quod plerique vegeti, vegitulus.^
luvencus, iuvare qui iam ad agrum colendum posset.

97. Capra carpa, a quo scriptum

Omnicarpae caprae.

//ircus,^ quod Safeini fircus ; quod illic fedus,^ in Latio
rure hedus, qui in urbe ut in multis A addito ^aedus.^
Porcus, quod Sa6ini dicunt* aprunM(m> porc?/<m>^ ;
proi(n>de* porcus, nisi si a Graecis, quod Athenis in
libris sacrorum scripta est TvopKi] e<t) 7rd/3K-o(s).'

^ Fay, /or ut. * Aug., for esse.

§ 96. ^ Mue., for qua. ^ Mue., for hinc. ' Laetus,
for uigitulus.

§ 97. ^ Aug., for ircus. ^ For faedus. ^ Aug., for

aedus. * Laetus, for dicto. ^ Kent ; aprinum porcum

L. Sp. ; aprum porcum Scaliger ; for apruno porco.
* Turnebus, for poride. ' Kent, for porcae porco.

§ 96. " Correct equations ; but the Latin words are not
derived from the Greek : the four pairs are from the ancestral
language, and only sus is likely to be onomatopoeic.
*" The Greek word is not the source of the Latin word, but
is borrowed from it ; there is no satisfactory etymology of
vitulus. ' Really ' youthful,' a derivative of iuvenis
' young man,' and not from iuvare.

§97. "Wrong. ''An old inherited word. ' Iden-

92

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 95-97

a fine was imposed in pecns ' cattle ' and there was a
collection into the state treasury, of what had been
diverted.

96. Regarding cattle from which there is larger
profit, there is the same use of names here as among
the Greeks : sus ' swine,' the same as vs ; bos ' cow,'
the same as ftov^ ; taurus ' bull,' the same as ravpo^ ;
likewise avis ' sheep,' the same as ots " : for thus the
ancients used to say, not irpo/Sarov as they do now.
This identity of the names in Latium and in Greece
may be the result of invention after the natural utter-
ances of the animals. Armenia ' plough-oxen,' because
they raised oxen especially that they might select
some of them for arandum ' ploughing ' ; thence they
were called arimenta, from which the third letter I was
afterwards squeezed out. Vitulus ' calf,' because in
Greek it was anciently IraXos ^ ; or from vegitulus, a
name given because most calves are vegeti ' frisky.' A
iuvencus '^ ' bullock ' was one which could now iuvare
' help ' in tilUng the fields.

97. Capra ' she-goat ' was originally carpa ' crop-
per,' " from which is written

All-cropping she-goats.

Ilircus ' buck,' which the Sabines caWJircus ; and what
there is fedtis, in Latium is kedus ' kid ' in the country,
and in the City it is haedus, with an added A, as is the
case with many words. Porous ^ ' pig,' because the
Sabines say aprunus "^ porcus ' boar pig ' ; therefore
porous ' pig,' unless it comes from the Greeks, because
at Athens in the Books of the Sacrifices TropKq ' female
pig ' is written, and Trop/cos ' male pig.'

tical with the Plautine aprugnus, from *apro-gnos ' born of
the boar.'

93

VARRO

98. Aries, (uty quic?am* dicebant, <ab>' an's* ;
veteres nostri ariuga, hinc ariugMS.* Haec sunt
quorum* in sacruficiis exta in olla,' non in veru co-
quuntur, quas et Accius scribit et in pontificiis libris
videmus. In hosti(i>s earn dicunt ariugam* quae
cornua habeat ; quoniam si* cui ovi mari testiculi
dempti et ideo vi*" natura versa, verbex declinatum.

99- Pecori ovillo quod agnatus, agnus. Catulus a
sagaei sensu et acuto, (ut Cato)^ Catulus ; hinc canis :
nisi quod ut tuba ac eornu, a<li)quod^ signum cum
dent,' canere dicuntur, quod hie item et noctulucus in
custodia et in venando signum voce dat, canis dictus.

XX. 100. Ferarum vocabula item partim pere-
grina, ut panthera, leo : utraque Graeca, a quo etiam
et rete quoddam panther et leaena et muliercula
Pantheris et Leaena. Tigris qui est ut leo varius, qui

§98. ^ Added by Kent. 'GS., for qui earn.

^ Added by Kent. * Kent ; areis Fay; for ares.

* Kent, for ariugas. * Aug., for quorum. ' For olio.

* Kent ; arvigam Mue. ; for ariugem. ' Lindemann,
for is. ^" Sciop., for ut.

§99. ^ Added by G'S. ^ 3hie., for cornua quod.

* Victories, for dente.

§98. "An old word. ""An obscure word, found in

various forms : harviga (Festus), hariga (Donatus in Phorm.),
apixoi (Hesychius). Varro takes ariuga as a derivative of
ara+iug- ; but it may perhaps better be taken as hariuga,
from hara ' sty ' (formation like agri-cola and nocti-luca),
losing tiie h by association with aries. Others suggest con-
nexion with haru- as in harnspex, which would give a form
harviga. At any rate, ariuga is feminine because of an
implied hostia, and the agreements are feminine in the next
two sentences ; ariugus is merely a masculine form invented
fo correspond to the masculine aries. ' Rom. Trag.
Frag., page 227 Ribbeck.^ <' Frag. 82 Rowoldt. « Also
spelled vervex and berbex ; not connected with versa.

94 .

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 98-100

98. Aries ° ' ram,' as some used to say, from arae
altars ' ; our ancients said ariuga ^ ' altar-mate,' and
from this formed a masculine ariugus. These are
those whose vital organs are in the sacrifices boiled in
a pot and not roasted on a spit, of which Accius writes "
and which we see in the Pontifical Books.^ Among
sacrificial \ictims, that victim which by the specifica-
tions is to have horns, they call an ariuga ; but if the
testicles are removed from a male sheep and its nature
is thereby forcibly versa ' altered,' the name verhex^
' wether ' is derived as its designation.

99- An agnus ' lamb ' is so named because it is
agnatus ' born as an addition ' " to the flock of sheep.
A catuliis ' puppy ' is named from its quick and keen
scent, like the names Cato and Catulus ^ ; and from
this, canis '^ ' dog ' : unless, just as the trumpet and
the horn are said to canere ' sing ' when they give
some signal, so the canis is named because it likewise,
both when guarding the house day or night, and when
engaged in hunting, gives the signal with its voice.

XX. 100. The names of wild beasts are likewise
some of them foreign, such as panthera " ' panther,' leo **
' lion ' : both Greek, whence also certain nets called
panther and lioness, and there are courtesans named
Pantheris and Leaena. The tigris ' tiger,' which is as
it were a striped lion, which as yet they have not been

§ 99. " Wrong. * It is very doubtful if catulus ' puppy '
is a diminutive of catus ' sharp, shrewd,' as is implied by
Varro ; but Cato and Catulus as proper names go with catus.
' Wrong.

§ 100. " Ultimately of Indian origin, transformed into a
seemingly Greek word (the ' all-beast ') by the Greeks, and
thence given to the Romans. ''Leo and leaena, from

Greek, but borrowed by the Greeks from some unknown
source.

95

VARRO

vivus capi adhuc non potuit, vocabulum e lingua
Armenia : nam ibi et sagitta et quod vehementis-
simum flumen dicitur Tigris. Ursi Lucana origo vel,
unde illi, nostri ab ipsius voce. Camelus suo nomine
Syriaco in Latium venit, ut Alexandrea camelo-
pardalis nuper adducta, quod erat figura ut camelus,
maculis ut panthera.

101 . Apri ab eo quod in locis asperis, nisi a Graecis
quod hi <K)a7r/Doi.^ Caprea a similitudine quadam
caprae. Cervi, quod magna cornua gerunt, gerxi,^
G in C mutavit ut in multis. Lepus, quod Sicu<li, ut
Aeo>lis' quidam Graeci, dicunt XeTropw : a Roma
quod orti Siculi, ut annales veteres nostri dicunt,
fortasse hinc illuc tulerunt et hie reliquerunt id
nomen. Volpes, ut Aelius dicebat, quod volat
pedibus.

XXI. 102. Proxima animalia sunt ea quae vivere
dicuntur neque habere animam, ut virgulta. Vir-
gultum dicitur a viridi, id a vi quadam humoris ; quae
si exaruit, moritur. Vitis, quod ea vini origo. Malum,
quod Graeci ^eolis dicunt jxakov. Pinus, . . .
luglans, quod cum haec nux antequam purgatur

§ 101. ^ Bentinus, for aproe. ^ M, Laetus, for corui.
* GS.,for siculis, c/. Varro, De Re Rust. iii. 12. 6.

" Not from Armenian, but from Persian, through Greek.
Varro forgot that a tiger was presented to the city of Athens
by Seleucus Nicator (c. 358-280 b.c); see Athenaeus, xiii.
6. 57 =590 a, ■* An old inherited word. * Correct; of
Semitic origin. f Through the Greek ; the second part
is pardalis, from an Indian word which also denoted the
panther.

§ 101. " Wrong : the Greek word corresponds to Latin
caper. ^ Wrong. " Page 69 Funaioli. '' Wrong.

§ 102. " All etymologies in this paragraph are wrong,
except those of malum and iuglans.

96

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 100-102

able to take alive, has its name from the Armenian
language,*^ for in Armenia both an arrow and a very
s^vift river are named Tigris. The name of the ursiis'^
' bear ' is of Lucanian origin, or our ancestors called it
from its voice, and so did the Lucanians. The camelus
' camel ' has come to Latium bringing its own Syrian
name with it,* and so has the camelopardalis ^ ' giraffe '
which was recently brought from Alexandria, so called
because it was in form like a camel and in spots like a
panther.

101. Apri'^ 'boars,' from the fact that they
frequent asperd ' rough ' places, unless from the
Greeks, because in Greek these are {K)dTrpoi. Caprea
' roe-deer,' from a certain likeness to the capra ' she-
goat.' Cervi ' stags,' because they gerunt ' carry ' big
horns, and so they are gervi ^ ; the Mord has changed
G to C, as has happened in many words. Lepus
' hare,' because the Sicilians, like certain Aeolian
Greeks, say AcTro/Dts. Inasmuch as the Sicihans
originated from Rome, as our old Annals say, perhaps
they carried the word from here to Sicily, but also
left it here behind them. Volpes ' fox,' as Aelius "
used to sav, because it volat ' flies ' mth its pedes
' feet.' «^

XXI. 102." The next living beings to be discussed
are those which are said to live, and yet do not breathe,
such as bushes. Virgultum ' bush ' is said from viridis
' green,' and viridis from a certain vis ' power ' of
moisture : if this moisture has thoroughly dried out,
the bush dies. Fitis ' grape-vine,' because it is the
source of vinum ' wine.' Malum ' apple,' because the
Aeolian Greeks call it /ittAov. The pinus ' pine,' . . .
The iuglans ' walnut,' because while this nut is hke an
acorn before it is cleansed of its hull, the inner nut,

VOL. I H 97

VARRO

similis glandis, haec glans optima et maxima a love
et glande iuglans est appellata. Eadem nux, quod
ut nox aerem huius sucus corpus facit atrum.

103. Quae in Aortis nascuntur, alia peregrinis
vocabulis, ut Graecis ocimum, menta, ruta quam nunc
TTz/yaiov appellant ; item caulis, lapat/aum, radix :
sic enim antiqui Graeci, quam nunc pa<pavov^ ; item
haec Graecis vocabulis : serpyllum, rosa, una littera
commutata ; item ex his Groecis Latina KoKiavSpov,
/xaXaxT],^ KVfxivov ; item lilium ab Xeipii^^ et malua ab
fjiaka)(rj* et sis_ymbrium a aio-vfj-jipic^^

104. Vernacula : lact<u>c<a)i a lacte, quod Aolus

id habet lact ; brassica^ ut p(r>aesica,' quod ex eius

scapo minutatim praesicatur ; asparagi, quod ex

asperis virgultis leguntur et ipsi scapi asperi sunt, non

leves ; nisi Graecum : illic quoque enim dicitur

acTTra/sayos.* Cucumeres dicuntur a curvore, ut curvi-

meres dicti. Fructus a ferundo, res eae quas* fundus

et eae <quas> quae* in fundo ferunt ut fruamur.

§ 103. ^ For raphanum. ^ For malachen, * For
lirio. * For malache. * A. Sp., for sysimbrio.

§ 104. ^ M, Laettts, for lacte. " Laetus, for blassica.

* Tumebus ; praeseca A Idas ; for passica. * For aspara-
gus. * A. Sp., for ea equas. * Mve., for ea eque.

* Optima et maxima suggests Jupiter Opthnus Maximns.
' The juice of the walnut-hull does make a very dark stain.

§ 103. "All the examples in this section have come into
Latin from Greek, except radix, rosa, malva. Radix is
native Latin, and its Greek equivalent had a different mean-
ing. Rosa and malva, and their Greek equivalents, were
separately derived from an earlier language native in the

98

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 102-104

being best and biggest,* is called iu-glans from /«-piter
and glans ' acorn.' The same word ?iux ' nut ' is so
called because its juice makes a person's skin black,"
just as nox ' night ' makes the air black.

103." Of those which are grown in gardens, some
are called by foreign names, as, by Greek names,
ocimum ' basil,' menta ' mint,' ruta ' rue,' which they
now call 77/)yai'oi' ; hkewise caulis ' cabbage,' lapathium
' sorrel,' radix ' radish ' : for thus the ancient Greeks
called what they now call f)d<fiavo<5 ; like^\ise these
from Greek names : serpyllum ^ ' thyme,' rosa ' rose,'
each with one letter changed ; hkewise Latin names
from these Greek names : KoXiarBpov " ' coriander,'
fjLaXdxrj, KVfJiivoi' ' cummin ' ; likewise lilium ' lily ' from
Xeipioi' and malva ' mallow ' from /xaAa;^»; and sisym-
brium ' thvme ' from a-LO-vii/Spiov.

104." Native words : lactiica ' lettuce ' from lact
' milk,' because this herb contains milk ; hrassica
' cabbage ' as though praesica, because from its stalk
praesicatur ' leaves are cut off ' one by one ; asparagi
' asparagus shoots,' because they are gathered from
aspera ' rough ' bushes and the stems themselves are
rough, not smooth : unless it is a Greek name, for in
Greece also they say ao-Trapayos. Cucumeres ' cucum-
bers ' are named from their curvor ' curvature,' as
though curvimeres. Fructus ' fruits ' are named from
ferre ^ ' to bear,' namely those things which the farm
and those things which are on the farm bear, that

Mediterranean region. * With initial s rather than h,

by assimilation to Latin serpere, ' Usually KoplavSpov,
but here with dissimilative change of the prior r to I.

§ 104. " Correct on lactuca, fructus, mola ; wrong on
brassica, cucumeres, uva ; asparagus Is from Greek. * C/.

V. 37, and note e.

99

VARRO

Hinc declinatae fruges et frumentuni, sed ea e terra ;
etiam frumentum, quod <ad>^ exta ollicoqua* solet
addi ex mola, id est ex sale et farre molito. Uvae
ab uvore.

XXII. 105. Quae manu facta sunt dicam, de
victu, de vestitu, de instrumento, et si quid aliud
videbitur his aptum. De victu antiquissima puis ;
haec appellata vel quod ita Graeci vel ab eo unde
scribit ApoUodorus, quod ita sonet cum aqua<e>^
ferventi insipitur. Panis, quod primo figura facie-
bant, ut mulieres in lanificio, panus ; posteaquam ei
figuras facere instituerunt alias, a pane et faciendo
panificium c(o>eptum dici. Hinc panarium, ubi id
servabant, sicut granarium, ubi granum frumenti
condebant, unde id dictum : nisi ab eo quod Graeci
id Kpdi'oi','^ a quo a Graecis quoque gran<ari>um^
dictum in quo ea quae conduntur.

106. Horc^eum^ ab Aorrido. Triticum, quod tri-
tum e spicis. Far a faciendo, quod in pistrino fit.

' Added by Turnebus. * Turnebux, for ollico quo,

§ 105. ^ Turnebus, for aqua. ^ Kent, for KpoKev.

^ Kent, for granum.
§ 106. '■ For horreum.

' The relation of this to frumentum is not clear.

§ 105. " An old Latin word, which probably did not come
from Greek ttoXtos. ** Frag. Hist. Graec. i. 462 Mueller.
" Panis may be of Messapian origin ; Varro's etymology is
certainly wrong. "* The thin, flat wafer-like Oriental bread,
made in great sheets. * Panus, gen. of the 4th decl.

f The word meant originally ' bread-making,' but came to
mean bread or cake of any kind ; note that in formation
panificium is modelled on lanificium. ' Normally ' bread-
basket ' ; but the context indicates the meaning ' bread-
closet.' * Meaning ' cornel cherry ' ; it may have denoted
a cereal seed as well as the cherry stone.
100

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 104^106

we may enjoy them. From this are derived fruges
' field products ' and frumentum ' com/ but these
come out of the earth : even frumentum, because "
to the pot-boiled vitals it is customary to add some
of the jnola ' grits,' that is, salt and spelt molitum
' ground up ' together. Uvae ' grapes,' from uvor
' moisture.'

XXIL 105. I shall now speak of things which are
made by human hands : food, clothing, tools, and any-
thing else which seems to be associated with them. Of
foods the most ancient is puis " ' porridge ' ; this got
its name either because the Greeks called it thus, or
from the fact which Apollodorus ^ mentions, that it
makes a sound like puis when it is throwTi into boiling
water. Pants '^ ' bread,' because at first they made it**
in the shape of a panus * ' cloth ' such as women make
in weaving ; after they began to make it in other
shapes, they started saying panijicium ^ ' pastry,'
from panis ' bread ' and facere ' to make.' From this,
panarium ^ ' bread-closet,' where they kept it, like
granarium ' granary,' where they stored the granum
' grain ' of the corn, from which granarium was derived
— unless it came from the fact that the Greeks called
the grain Kpavoi' ^ ; and in this case it was from the
Greeks also that the place in which are kept the
grains that are stored, was called a granarium.

106." Hordeum ' barley,' from horridus ' bristling.'*
Triticum' wheat,' because it was ^nVw/w ' threshed out '
from the ears. Far ' spelt,' from facere ' to make,'
because it is made into flour in the mill. Milium

§ 106. " Wrong on hordeum, far ; libare is derived from
libum, instead of the reverse ; the other etymologies in this
section are correct. * That is, with the awns that form the

beard of the ear.

101

VARRO

Milium a Graeco : nam id neXcvr], Libum, quod ut
libaretur, priusquam essetur,* erat coctum. Testua-
cium, quod in testu caldo coquebatur, ut etiam nunc
Matralibus id faciunt matronae. Circuli, quod mixta
farina et caseo et aqua circuitum aequabiliter funde-
bant.

107. Ho*^ quidam qui magis incondite faciebant
vocabant lixulas et similixulas vocabulo Safeino : quae*
frequentia Sabinis. A globo farinae dilatato, item in
oleo cocti, dicti a globo globi. Crustulum a crusta
pultis, cuius ea, quod ut corium et uritur, crusta dicta.
Cetera fere flper<t)a' a vocabulis Graecis sumpta, ut
thrion et placenta.

108. Quod edebant cum pulte, ab eo pulmentum,
ut Plautus ; hinc pulmentarium dictum : hoc primum
de/uit^ pastoribus. Caseus a coacto lacte ut co(a>-
xeus* dictus. Dein posteaquam desierunt esse con-
tenti his quae suapte natura ferebat sine igne, in quo
erant poma, quae minus cruda esse poterant decoque-

* Tnrnebus, for esset ut.

§ 107. 1 L. Sp. and Mommsen, for hoc. * Kent, for
itaque. ' Groth, for opera.

§ 108. ^ A. Sp.,for debuit. * Aug., with B,for coxeus.

•^ A festival to the Mater Matuta, celebrated on June 1 1 ;
not to be confused with the Matronalia, celebrated by the
matrons on March 1, in honour of Mars.

§ 107. ° Diminutive to fem. lixa ' boiled,' cf. e-lixus.
* For simila-lixulae with haplology (so Pay, Am. Journ.
Phil. XXXV. 157); simila is a fine wheat flour. "^The crust
which forms on the inside of the pot in which porridge
is regularly cooked, unless the pot is carefully scraped.
"* An absurd etymology. * Cireek 0piov ' fig-leaf ' ; also

a mixture of eggs, milk, lard, flour, honey, and cheese, so
called because it was wrapped in fig-leaves. ' Greek
irXaKovs, a flat cake.

102

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 106-108

' millet,' from the Greek : for it is aeklvrj. Libum
' cake,' because, after it was baked, libabatur ' there was
an offering of some ' of it to the gods before it was
eaten. Testuacium ' pot-cake,' because it was baked
in a heated earthen testu ' pot,' as even now the
matrons do this at the Matralia.*^ Circuit ' rings,'
because they poured into the pan a regular circuitus
' circuit ' of a batter made of flour, cheese, and water.

107. Certain persons who used to make these
rather carelessly called them lixulae " ' softies ' and
similixulae * ' wheat-softies,' by the Sabine name, such
was their general use among the Sabines. Those that
consist of a leavened globus ' ball ' of dough and are
cooked in oil, are from globus called globi ' globes.'
Crustulum ' cookie,' from the crusta ' crust ' of the
porridge," whose crusta is so named because it is, as it
were, a corium ' hide ' and it uriiur ' is burnt.' ** The
other confections are in general of obvious origin,
being taken from Greek words, Uke thrion * ' omelette '
and placenta ' sand-tart.' ^

108. That which they ate with their puis
' porridge,' was from that fact called pulmentum "
' side-dish,' as Plautus says * ; from this was said
pulmentarium ' relish ' : this the shepherds lacked in
the early times. Caseus '^ ' cheese ' was named from
coactum ' coagulated ' milk, as though coaxeus. Then
after they ceased to be satisfied with those foods
which nature supplied of her own accord \\ithout
the use of fire, among which were apples and like
fruits, they boiled down in a pot those which could

§ 108. " Rather from pulpa ' flesh, meat.' * Aulularia,
316; J/<7f «'.//., 349; Pseudolus,220; etc. ' A country

word with no close etymological connexions.

103

VARRO

bant in olla. Ab olla Solera dicta, quo<d ea>rum
<m)acerare* cruda Solera. E quis ad coquendum
quod e terra eru<itu>r,* ruapa, unde rapa. Olea ab
kkaia^ ; olea grandis orchitis, quod earn Attici' opxi-v
[xop{i)a{v).''

109. Hinc ad pecudis carnem perventum est.
<Ut ab sue>i suilla, sic ab {a.)lt\?,^ generibus cog-
nominata. Hanc^ primo assam, secundo elixam,
tertio e iure uti c(o>episse natura docet. Dictum
assum, quod id ab igni assud<escit, id est uv>escit* :
uvidum enim quod humidum, et idee ubi id non est,
sucus abest ; et ideo sudandum assum destillat
calore,* et ut crudum nimium habet humoris, sic
excoctum parum habet suci. Ehxum e liquore aquae
dictum ; et ex iure,* quod iucundum magis con-
ditione.

110. Succidia ab suibus caedendis : nam id pecus
primum occidere coeperunt^ domini et ut servarent
sallere.* Tegus suis ab eo quod eo tegitur. Perna

8 A. Sp., for quorum agerere. * GS. ; e terra erueretur
Turnebus ; for eterrae rure. ^ Kent, for elea. ^ L. Sp.,
for attico. ' Canal, for orchen mora.

§ 109. ^ Added by A. Sp. ; ut added by Mne., with B.
2 Mue., for ilis. ^ Aug., with B, for hinc. * GS., for
assudescit. * Aug., with B, for calorem. * G, Laetus,
for iuro.

§110. ^ For caeperunt. ^ c, Mue., for sallire ; cf.
Diomedes, i. 375. 21 Keil.

•* Wrong on holera and rapa, but right about olives.

§ 109. " For arsum, participle of ardere ' to be on fire.'
"" Participle of a compound of the root seen in liquor ; but ius
' juice ' has nothing to do with iucundum.

§ 1 10. " Correct. * Properly tergus, and without con-

nexion with tegere ; but in the form tergoribus it seems to
have lost the first r by dissimilation : tegoribus is metrically

101

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 108-110

be made less raw. From olla ' pot ' the holera **
' vegetables ' were named, because it is the task
of oUae ' pots ' to soften the raw holera ' vege-
tables.' One of these, because it entitur ' is dug out '
of the earth for cooking, was called niapa, from which
comes rapa ' turnip.' Olea ' olive berry,' from eXaia ;
the orchitis is a large kind of ohve, so called because
the Athenians call it o^x*^ /xopia ' the sacred olive-
berry.'

109. From here we go on to domestic animals as
meat for the table. As suilla ' pork ' is said from *m*
' swine,' so other meats are named from the other
kinds of animals. The nature of things shows us
that men began to use this first roasted, second boiled,
third cooked in its own juice. Assvm " ' roasted ' is said
because as a result of the fire it assudesdt ' begins to
sweat,' that is uvescit ' becomes moist ' : for uvidum is
the same as humidum ' moist,' and therefore where this
moisture is not present, there is a lack of juice ; and
therefore the roast that is to sweat drips on account of
the heat, and just as the raw meat has an excess of
moisture, so the thoroughly cooked meat has very
little juice. Elixum ^ ' boiled ' is said from the liquor
' fluid ' of the water ; and ex iure ' cooked in its omti
juice ' is said because this is more iucundum ' tasty '
than seasoning.

110. Succidia'^ 'leg of pork' is said from sues
caedendae ' the cutting up of the s\nne ' ; for this was
the first domestic animal that the owners began to
slaughter and to salt in order to keep the meat un-
spoiled. Tegus * ' piece of the back ' of s>\ine, from
this, that by this piece the animal tegitur ' is covered.'

assured in Plautus, Captiri, 902, and is found also in Captivi
'Mo, Pseudolus 198.

105

VARRO

a pede. Sueris a nomine eius. OfFula ab ofFa,
minima suere. Insicia ab eo quod insecta caro, ut in
Carmine Saliorum (prosicium)' est, quod in extis
dicitur nunc prosectum. Murtatum a murta, quod
ea* ad(ditur>* large fartis.

111. Quod fartum intestinum <e>^ crassundiis,
Lucan<ic>am2 dicunt, quod milites a Lucanis didi-
cerint, ut quod Faleriis Faliscum ventrem ; fundolum
a fundo, quod <non>' ut reliquae /actes,* sed ex una
parte sola apertum ; ab hoc Graecos puto tv4>^ov
evrepov appellasse. Ab eadem fartura farcimina
(in)* extis appellata, a quo <farticulum>* : in eo quod
tenuissimum intestinum fartum, hila ab hilo dicta
i(l>lo' quod ait Ennius :

Neque dispendi^ facit hilum.

Quod in hoc farcimine summo quiddam eminet, ab eo
quod ut in capite apex, apexabo dicta. Tertium
fartum est longavo, quod longius quam duo ilia.

3 Added by GS. ; cf. Festus, 225. 15 3/. * Laetus, for eo.

* A. Sp.y/or ad.

§111. ^ Added by Mue. ^Laetus, far lucanam.
3 Added by Aldus. * Fay, for partes. ^ Added by
Aug., with B. « Added by GS. '' Lachmann, for hilo.

* For dispendii.

" Perna has no connexion with pes ; but the remaining
etymologies of this section seem to be correct. ■* The
precise meaning of this word is unknown ; perhaps ' pork-
chop,' cf. W. Heraeiis, Archiv f. Lat. Lex. 14. 124-125.
« Meaning assured by offulam cum duobns costis, Varro,
De Re Rnstica, ii. 4." 11. ' Page .345 Maurenbrecher ;
page 3 Morel.

§111. «The preceding etymologies in this section are
correct, but hila is properly hilla, diminutive of hira ' empty

106

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 110-111

Perna " ' ham,' from pes ' foot.' Sueris,^ from the
animal's name. Offula ' rib-roast,' ' from offa, a very
small sueris. Insicia ' minced meat ' from this, that
the meat is insecta ' cut up,' just as in the Song of the
Salii ^ the word prosiciuvi ' slice ' is used, for which,
in the offering of the vitals, the word prosectum is
now used. Murtatum ' myrtle-pudding,' from murta
' myrtle-beny,' because this berry is added plentifully
to its stuffings.

111. An intestine of the thick sort that was stuffed,
they call a Lucanica ' Lucanian,' because the soldiers
got acquainted with it from the Lucanians, just as
what they found at Falerii they call a Faliscan haggis ;
and they say fundolus ' bag-sausage ' from fundus
bottom,' because this is not like the other intestines,
but is open at only one end : from this, I think, the
Greeks called it the blind intestine. From the same
fartura ' stuffing ' were called the farcimina ' stuffies '
in the case of the vital organs for the sacrifice, whence
also farticultim ' stufflet ' ; in this case, because it is
the most slender intestine that is stuffed, it is called
hila " from that hilum ' whit ' which Ennius ^ uses :

And of loss not a whit does she suffer.

Because at the top of this stuffy there is a little projec-
tion, it is called an apexaho,'^ because the projection is
like the apex ' pointed cap ' on a human head. The
third kind of sausage is the longavo,'^ because it is
longer than those two others.

intestine ' ; cf. Festus, 101. 6 M. * Annales, 14 \'ahlen^ ;

R.O.L. 1. 6-7 Warmington ; quoted also v. 60 and ix. 54.
' Apexaho and longavo doubtless have the same suffix, differ-
ing only through the late Latin confusion of 6 and r; unless
indeed both words are further corrupt.

107

VARRO

112. Augmentum, quod ex immolata hostia de-
sectum in iecore <imponitur)i in por<ric>iendo2
a(u>gendi' causa. MagTwentum* a magis, quod ad
religionem magis pertinet : itaque propter hoc
<mag>mentar«a* fana constituta locis certis quo id
imponeretur. Mattea* ab eo quod ea Graece yuarrw/.
Item (a)' Graecis . . . singillatim haec* : . . .*
ovum, bulbum.

XXIII. 113. Lana Graecum, ut Polt/bius et Calli-
machus scribunt. Purpura a purpurae maritumae
colore, wti P(o)enicum, quod a Poenis primum dicitur
allata. Stamen a stando, quod eo stat omne in tela
velamentum. Subtemen, quod subit stamini. Trama,
quod tram(e)at2 frigus id genus vestimenti. Densum
a dentibus pectinis quibus feritur. Filum, quod
minimum est hilum : id enim minimum est in vesti-
mento.

§ 112. ^ Added by A. Sp. ^ L. Sp., for im poriendo.

* Turnebtis, for agendi. * B, M, Aug., for magnentum.

* Turnebus, for mentarea. * Popma, for mattae.
"> Added by L. Sp. * For heae. * The lacuna was noted
by Scaliger ; the exact arrangement is by Kent, after Mue.'s
indication of the probable contents.

§ 1 13. ^ Lachmann ; colore G, Laetus ; for colerent.
" Aug. {quoting a friend), for tramat.

§ 112. " Correct, unless the purpose was to increase, that
is, glorify the god. " Properly connected with mactare

' to sacrifice,' though popular association with magis affected
its meaning. " A highly seasoned dish of hashed meat,
poultry, and herbs, served cold as a dessert.
108

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 112-113

112. The augmentum " ' increase-cake ' is so called
because a piece of it is cut out and put on the Uver of
the sacrificed victim at the presentation to the deity,
for the sake of augendi ' increasing ' it. Magmenium ^
' added offering,' from magis ' more,' because it
attaches magis ' more ' closely to the worshipper's
piety : for this reason magmentaria fana ' sanctuaries
for the offering of magmenta ' have been estabUshed
in certain places, that the added offering may there
be laid on the original and offered ^^ith it. Mattea "
' cold meat-pie ' is so named because in Greek it is
fia-Tvi], Like\\ise from the Greeks is another meat-
dish called . . . , which contains item by item the
following : .... an egg, a truffle.

XXIlL 113. Lana '^ 'wool' is a Greek word,
as Polybius * and CalUmachus " write. Purpura <*
' purple,' from the colour of the purpura ' purple-fish '
of the sea : a Punic word, because it is said to have
been first brought to Italy by the Phoenicians.
Stamen ' warp,' from stare ' to stand,' because by this
the whole fabric on the loom stat ' stands ' up. .S«6-
temen * ' woof,' because it subit ' goes under ' the
stamen ' warp.' Trama f * wide-meshed cloth,' be-
cause the cold trameat ' goes through ' this kind of
garment. Densum ^ ' close-woven cloth,' from the
dentes ' dents ' of the sley with which it is beaten,
Filum 3 ' thread,' because it is the smallest hilum
' shred ' ; for this is the smallest thing in a garment.

§ 113. " An old Italic word cognate to English wool ; cf.
V, 130. » Frag. inc. 99 (104) Hultsch. ' Frag. 408

Schneider. '' Quite possibly a Phoenician word, but
transmitted to Italj- by the Greeks {nofxf>vpa). ' From
subtexere ' to weave underneath.' ' From trahere ' to
pull.' » Wrong.

109

VARRO

114. Pannus Graecu/?// ubi E A'' fecit. Panu-
vellium dictum a pano et volvendo filo. Tunica ab
tuendo corpore, tunica ut <tu)endica.^ Toga a
tegendo. Cinctus et cingillum a cingendo, alterum
viris, alterum mulieribus attributum.

XXIV. 115. Arma ab arcendo, quod his arcemus
hostem. Parma, quod e medio in omnis partis par.
Conum, quod cogitur in cacumen versus. Hasta,
quod astans solet^ ferri. laculum, quod ut iaciatur
fit. Tragula a traiciendo. Scutum <a)^ sectura ut
secutum, quod a minute consectt*' fit tabellis. Um-
bones* a Graeco, quod a/x/Swves.*

116. Gladiu7«i C in G* commutato a clade, quod
fit ad hostium cladem gladium ; similiter ab omine*
pilum, qui hosti* periret,* ut perilum. Lorica, quod
e loris de corio crudo pectoralia faciebant ; postea
subcidit galli(ca>^ e ferro sub id vocabulum, ex anulis

§114. ^ Aug., with B, for grecus. ^ Fay, for ea.
' OS., for indica.

§115. ^ For sollet. ^ Added by Laetus. ^ Aug.,
for consectum. * For umbonis. * Turnebus, for

ambonis.

§ 116. ^ L. Sp., for gladius. " For G in C. * Aug.,
for homine. * Aug. (hostis B), for hostem feriret.
' Mve.,for galli.

§114. "Not pannus 'cloth,' but pannus 'bobbin,' in
view of what follows ; there is a Greek tt^vos ' web,' and its
diminutive irqvlov ' bobbin,' which in the Doric form would
have A and not E. '' Possibly right, if, as A. Spengel
thinks, the word is really panuvolliuvi. ' From Semitic,
either directly or through Etruscan.

§115. '^ Arma, parma, conum, hasta, tragula, scutum,
umbones : all wrong etymologies. * Not from traicere,

but from trahere ' to pull, drag ' ; perhaps because the thong
wound round it for throwing (like the string used in starting
a peg-top) ' pulls ' the javelin.
110

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 114-116

114. Pannus ^ ' bobbin,' is a Greek word, where
E has become A. Panuvellium * ' bobbin with thread '
was said from panus ' bobbin ' and volvere ' to wind '
the thread. Tunica " ' shirt,' from tuendo ' protect-
ing ' the body *• tunica as though it were tuendica.
Toga ' toga ' from tegere ' to cover.' Cinctus ' belt '
and cingiltum ' girdle,' from cingere ' to gird,' the one
assigned to men and the other to women.

XXIV. 115. Arma " ' arms,' from arcere ' to ward
off,' because with them we arcemus ' ward off ' the
enemy. Parma ' cavalry shield,' because from the
centre it is par ' even ' in ever)' direction. Conum
' pointed helmet,' because it cogitur ' is narrowed '
toward the top. Hasta ' spear,' because it is usually
carried a^/aw*' standing up.' /acM/Mw/' javelin,' because
it is made that it may iaci ' be thrown.' Tragula ^
' thong-javelin,' from traicere ' to pierce.' Scutum
' shield,' from sectura ' cutting,' as though secutum,
because it is made of wood cut into small pieces.
Umbones ' bosses ' from a Greek word, namely

IIG." Gladium ' sword,' from clades ' slaughter,'
with change of C to G, because the gladium * is made
for a slaughter of the enemy ; likewise from its omen
was said pilum, by which the enemy periret ' might
perish,' as though perilum. Lorica ' corselet,' because
they made chest-protectors from lora ' thongs ' of
rawhide ; afterwards the Gallic corselet of iron was

§ 116. " All etymologies wrong except those of lorica and
(with reser\'es) of galea. " Varro prefers (c/. viii. 45, ix. 81,
De Re Rust. i. 48. 3) the unfamiliar neuter form, which may
be due to the influence of the associated words scutum, pilum,
tehim. The word is of Celtic origin, but may have an ulti-
mate connexion with the root of clade».

Ill

VARRO

ferrea tunica.® Balteum, quod cingulum e corio
habebant bullatum, balteum dictum. Ocrea, quod
opponebatur ob crus. Galea ab galero, quod multi
usi antiqui.

1 17. Tubae ab tubis, quos etiam nunc ita appellant
tubicines sacrorum. Cornua, quod ea quae nunc sunt
ex acre, tunc fiebant bubulo e cornu. Vallum vel
quod ea varicare nemo posset vel quod singula ibi
extrema 6acilla furcillata habent figuram litterae V.
Cervi ab similitudine cornuum cervi ; item reliqua
fere ab similitudine ut vineae, testudo, aries.

XXV. 118. Mensam escariam cillibam appella-
bant ; ea erat^ quadrata ut etiam nunc in castris est ;
a cibo cilliba dicta ; postea rutunda facta, et quod a
nobis media et a Graecis fxecra, mensa dic<<a)2 potest ;
nisi etiam quod ponebant pleraque in cibo mensa.
Trulla a similitudine truae, quae quod magna et haec

* Turtiebus, for ferream tunicam.

§ 118. ^ For erant. * Mve.,/or dici.

* Rather galerum from galea, which looks hke a borrowing
from CJreek yaAe'r; ' weasel ' ; the objection is that caps of
weasel-skin are nowhere attested.

§ 1 17. " Wrong etymology. * Thrust into the embank-
ment, to increase its defensive strength ; can they be the
stakes, pali or valli, forming a fence along its top ? But
these are not elsewhere spoken of as forked. "^ Used by
Caesar, who inserted such forked branches into the face of
his wall at Alesia, Bell. Gall. vii. 72. 4, 73. 2. <« Otherwise
' grape-arbours ' ; in military use, sheds under the protection
of which soldiers could advance up to the enemy's fortifica-
tions. • A close formation of overlapping shields.

§118. "Borrowed from Greek KcXXi^as 'three-legged
table,' a derivative of ki'AAo? ' ass.' * Or perhaps mesa,
since n was weak before s ; Priscian, i. 58. 17 Keil, states
that Varro used both spellings, Mensa seems to be the

112

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 116-118

included under this name, an iron shirt made of links.
Balteum ' sword-belt,' because they used to wear a
leather belt bullatum ' with an amulet attached,' was
called balteum. Ocrea ' shin-guard' was so called
because it was set in the way ob cms ' before
the shin.' Galea '^ ' leather helmet,' from galerum
' leather bonnet,' because many of the ancients used
them.

117. Tubae ' trumpets,' from tubi ' tubes,' a name
by which even now the trumpeters of the sacrifices call
them. Cornua ' horns,' because these, which are now
of bronze, were then made from the cornu ' horn ' of
an ox. Vallum " ' camp wall,' either because no one
could varicare ' straddle ' over it, or because the ends
of the forked sticks * used there had individually the
shape of the letter \ . Cervi " ' chevaux-de-frise,'
from the likeness to the horns of a cervus ' stag ' ; so
the rest of the terms in general, from a likeness, as
vineae ' mantlets,' ** tesludo ' tortoise,' * aries ' ram.'

XXV. 118. The eating -table they used to call a
cilliba " ; it was square, as even now it is in the camp ;
the name cilliba came from cibus ' victuals.' After-
wards it was made round, and the fact that it was
media ' central ' with us and /xeo-a ' central ' with the
Greeks, is the probable reason for its being called a
mensa ^ ' table ' ; unless indeed they used to put on,
amongst the victuals, many that were mensa ' measured
out.' Trulla "^ ' ladle,' from its likeness to a trua
' gutter,' but because this is big and the other is small,
they named it as if it were truella ' small triia ' ; this

feminine of mensus ' measured ' ; perhaps from tabula
mensa ' measured board.' ' Trulla is of uncertain origin,

and yielded trua by back-formation ; Greek TpvTJXrj seems
to have been borrowetl from Latin, as \'arro states.

VOL. I I 113

VARRO

pusilla, ut trwe<l)la^ ; banc* Graeci Tpvi'ikiji'.^ Trua
qu(a) e^ culina in lavatrinam aquam fundunt' ; trua,
quod travolat ea aqua. Ab eodem est appellatum
truleum : simile enim figura, nisi quod latius est,
quod concipiat aquam, et quod manubrium cavum
non est nisi in vinario truleo.*

119- Accessit mate/lio^ a matula dictus et Rictus, *
qui, posteaquam longius a figura matulae discessit, et
ab aqua aqualis dictus. V^as aquarium vocant futim,
quod in triclinio allatam aquam infundebant ; quo
postea accessit nanus^ cum Graeco nomine et cum
Latino nomine Graeca figura barbatus. Pelvis pede-
<l)uis* a pedum lavatione. Candelabrum a candela :
ex his enim funiculi ardentes figebantur. Lucerna
post inventa, quae dicta a luce aut quod id vocant
Xv)(vov^ Graeci.

120. Vasa in mensa escaria : ubi pulte7?ji aut
iurulenti quid ponebant, a capiendo catinum nomi-
narunt, nisi quod Siculi dicunt K-axtiov ubi assa pone-

^ Klotz, for troula. * //. Sp., for hinc. * L. Sp., for
trullan. ' Mue., for truae que. ' Here begins the lost
quaternion in F, running to vi. 61 finit/ but before its loss
Victorius collated it, and his readings are cited as Fv.
There is also a careful copy of F extant in Laurent. 51. 5,
cited as f. * Christ, for uinaria trulla Fv.

§ 119. ^ Aldus, for matiolio Fv. ^ A. Sp., for dictus
et dictus. ' Turnebus, for magnus. * Scaliger ; pede-
lauis Aldus ; for pedeuis. * For licnon.

§ 120. 1 For pultes Fv.

** The next statements seem to eliminate from this passage the
usual meaning of trua : ' ladle, stirring-spoon.' * Vari-

ously spelled, but clearly a derivative of trulla. * Ap-
parently the wine truletim had a channelled handle which
could be used as a spout in pouring.
114

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 118-120

the Greeks call a rpnyA?/. A trua ' gutter ' "* is that
by which they pour the water from the kitchen into
the privy : trua, because by it the water iravolat ' flies
across.' From the same is named the truleum *
' basin ' ; for it is like in shape, except that it is
broader because it is to hold water, and that the handle
is not channelled except in the case of a win^-triileumJ

119- There was also the matelUo ' pot,' named as
well as modelled after the matula ' chamber-pot,'
which, after it had got quite far away from the shape
of a matula, was called also an aqualis ' wash-basin,'
from aqua ' water.' A jar for water they called a
futis,'^ because with it in the dining-room they infunde-
hant ' poured on ' the guests' hands the water that
had been brought ; for the performance of this same
service there was afterward added a vessel ^ with the
Greek name of names ' dwarf ' and the Latin name
harbatus ' bearded man,' because of the Greek figure.
Pelvis "^ ' basin ' was earlier pedeluis, from the lavatio
' washing ' of the pedes ' feet.' Candelabrum ' candle-
stick,' from candela ' taper ' ; for from these blazing
cords were hung. The lucerna ^ ' lamp ' was invented
later ; it was named from lux ' light ' or because the
Greeks call it Ai'^vos.

120. Vessels on the eating-table : The vessel in
which they set on the table porridge or anything with
a great deal of juice, they called a catinus ' pot,' from
capere " ' to contain,' unless it is because the Sicilians
call that in which they put their roasts a KctTtj'os.

§ 119. " Wrong etymology. * A jar in the form of a
bearded dwarf. ' Wrong etj'mology. '' A native word,
from the root of lux.

§ 120. " Wrong ; and the Sicilian word was borrowed
from Latin.

115

VARRO

bant ; magidam aut langulam alterum a magnitudine
alterum a latitudine finxerunt. Patenas a patulo
dixerunt, ut pusillas,quod his libarentcenam,patellas.
Tn/Wia^ et canistra quod putant esse Latina, sunt
Graeca : rpuySAioi'* enim et Kavovv* d(i)c(untur)°
Graece.* Reliqua quod aperta sunt unde sint
relinquo.

XXVI. 121. Mensa vinaria rotunda nominabatur
ci(l>liba <a>nte,i ut etiam nunc in castris. Id videtur
declinatum a Graeco kvXik€uo,^ (id)' a poculo cylice
qui (in)' ilia. Capi(/(es)* et minores capulae a
capiendo, quod ansatae ut prehendi possent, id est
capi. Harum figuras in vasis sacris ligneas ac fictiles
antiquas etiam nunc videmus.

122. Praeterea in poculis erant paterae, ab eo
quod late (pate)n<i ita^ dictae. Hisce etiam nunc in
publico convivio antiquitatis retinendae causa, cum
magistri fiunt, potio circumfertur, et in sacrificando
deis hoc poculo magistratus dat deo vinum. Pocula a
potione, unde potatio et etiam posca.' Haec possunt
a TTOTO),* quod ttotos potio Graece.
^ Aug., with B, for triplia. ' Aug., with B, for triplion.

* L. Sp., for c&nunun Fv. ^ GS., for de. ^ Canal, for
greca.

§ 121. ^ GS., for cilibantum. ^ Turnebiis, for culiceo.
' Added by Mue. * L. Sp. ; capis Turnebits ; for capit.

§ 122. ^ GS. ; patent L. Sp. ; pateant latine Aldus ; for
latini. ^ After ita, A Idus deleted dicunt. ' Turnebus,
for postea. * Mue., for poto.

* From Greek jitayis ' a round pan.' " Better lancula,
diminutive of lanx ' platter.' "^ Correct, except that canis-
truin is from Greek Kaviarpov ' bread-basket,' made of Kawai
'reeds ' ; page 117 Funaioli.

§ 121. " Cf. § 118, where a different etymology is given.

§ 122. " Not from Greek, but from an Indo-European
root inherited by Latin as well as by Greek. *" The Greek
word means properly not a ' draught,' but a ' drinking-bout.'
116

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 120-122

The magida ^ and the langula," both meaning ' platter/
they named from the magnitudo ' size ' of the one and
the latitudo ' width ' of the other. Patenae ' plates '
they called from patulum ' spreading,' and the Uttle
plates, with which they offered the gods a preliminary
sample of the dinner, they called patellae ' saucers.'
Tryblia ' bowls ' and canistra ' bread-baskets,' though
people think that they are Latin, are really Greek <* :
for TpvBXiov' and navovv are said in Greek. The
remaining terms I pass by, since their sources are
obvious.

XXVL 121. A round table for wine was formerly
called a cilliba," as even now it is in the camp. This
seems to be derived from the Greek KvXtKeiov
' buffet,' from the cup cylij: which stands on it. The
capides ' bowls ' and smaller capulae ' cups ' were
named from capere ' to seize,' because they have
handles to make it possible for them prekendi ' to be
grasped,' that is, capi ' to be seized.' Their shapes we
even now see among the sacred vessels, old-fashioned
shapes in wood and earthenware.

122. In addition there were among the drinking-
cups the paterae ' libation-saucers,' named from this,
that they patent ' are open ' wide. For the sake of
preserving the ancient practice, they use cups of this
kind even now for passing around the potio ' draught '
at the public banquet, when the magistrates enter
into their office ; and it is this kind of cup that the
magistrate uses in sacrificing to the gods, when he
gives the wine to the god. Pocula ' drinking-cups,'
from potio ' draught,' whence potatio ' drinking bout '
and also posca ' sour wine.' ° These may however
come from ttotos, because ttotos is the Greek for
potio. ^

117

VARRO

123. Origo potionis aqua, quod oequa summa.
Fons unde funditur e terra aqua viva, ut fistula a qua
fusus aquae. Vas vinarium grandius sinum ab sinu,
quod sinum maiorem cav(a>tionem^ quam pocula
habebant. Item dictae lepestae,^ quae etiam nunc
in diebus sacris Sabinis vasa vinaria in mensa deorum
sunt posita ; apud antiquos scriptores Graecos inveni
appellari poeuli genus St-ea-rav^ : quare vel inde
radices in agrum Sabinum et Romanum sunt pro-
fectae.

124. Qui vinum dabant ut minutatim funderent,
a guttis guttum appellarunt ; qui sumebant minu-
tatim, a sumendo simpmum^ nominarunt. In huiusce
locum in conviviis e Graecia successit ep«ch^sis et
cyathus ; in sacruficiis remansit guttus et sim-
puium.^

125. Altera vasaria^ mensa erat^ lapidea quadrata
oblonga una columella ; vocabatur cartibulum. Haec
in aedibus ad compluvium apud multos me puero
ponebatur et in ea et <cir)cum ea<m)' aenea vasa : a
gerendo cartibulum* potest dictum.

§123. ^ Aldus, for cautionem. ^ Mue. ; dicta lepeste
Sciop. ; for dicta flepeste /. ' For depestam Fv.

§ 124. ^ Brinkmann, for simpulum.

§ 125. ^ For uasaria, ic'dh uin icritten above, both in
Fv and in f. ^ For erant /. * Christ, for cum ea.
* cartibum /, //, V, a, p (cartibum unde cartibulum Laetus ;
gertibulum unde cartibulum B, Aug.),

§ 123. " Wrong on aqua, fons, fistula, sinum (note the
quantities in sinum and sinus). * From Greek AeTraoriy, a
drinking-cup shaped like a Acttcij ' limpet.' ' Not else-

where attested with d.

§ 124. " From a Greek word, but popularly remodelled to
resemble gutta ' drop.'
118

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 123-125

123." The source of a drink is aqua ' water,' so
called because its surface is aequa ' level.' A Jons
' spring ' is that from which running water Junditur
' is poured ' out of the earth, just as & fistula ' pipe ' is
that from which there is afiusus ' outpour ' of water.
The sinum is a \Wne-jar of a larger sort, called from
sinus ' belly,' because the sinum had a greater cavity
than cups. Likewise there are those called lepestae,^
the kind of wine-jars that are even now, on the days of
the Sabine festivals, placed on the table of the gods ;
I have found in ancient Greek writers a kind of cup
called 6€7recrTa,'^ for which reason the source of the
name quite certainly set out from there into the
Sabine and Roman territory.

121. Those who were giving wine in such a way as
to pour it little by little, called the vessel a guttus "
' cruet,' from the guttae ' drops ' ; those who were
taking it little by little from a larger container, called
the instrument a simpuvium ' dipping ladle,' from
sumere ' to take out.' Into its place, in banquets,
there came from Greece the epichysis ' pouring ladle '
and the cyathus ' dipping ladle ' ; but in the sacrifices
the guttus and the simpuvium remained in use.

125. A second kind of table for vessels was of
stone, an oblong rectangle with one pedestal ; it was
called a cartihulum. When I was a boy this used to be
placed in many persons' houses near the opening in
the roof of the court, and on and around it were set
bronze vessels ; perhaps cartibulum " was said from
gerere ' to carry.' ^

§ 1-25. " Of unknown etymology ; commonly spelled
gartibulum (for early C in value of g, cf. v. 6-t, note/), but
not connected with gerere. * That is, from carrying the
vessels.

119

VARRO

XXVII. 126. Praeterea erat tertium genus mensae
it{emy quadratae vasorum ; voca<ba>tur2 urnarium,
quod urnas cum aqua positas ibi potissimum habebant
in culina. Ab eo etiam nunc ante balineum locus ubi
poni solebat urnarium vocatur. Urnae dictae, quod
urinant in aqua Aaurienda ut wrinator. C7rinare' est
mergi in aquam.

127. Ainburvo(my fictum ab urt^o,^ quod ita
flexum ut redeat sursum versus ut^ in aratro quod est
wrvum.* Calix a caldo, quod in eo calda puls^ appone-
batur et caldum eo bibebant. Vas ubi coquebant
cibum, ab eo caccabum appellarunt. Very* a ver-
sando.

XXVIII. 128. Ab sedendo appellatae sedes,
sedile, so/mm/ sellae, siliquastrum ; deinde ab his
subsellium : ut subsipere quod non plane sapit, sic
quod non plane erat sella, subsellium. Ubi in eius-
modi duo, bisellium dictum. Area, quod arcebantur

§ 126. ^ GS., for et. " uocabatur, icUh ba expunged,
V ; uocatur other MSS. ^ Bentinus, for orinator orinare.

§127. ^ Kent ; imburvom Mue. ; imburum Aldus, with
B ; for impurro. ^ Mue., for urbo. ^ Aldus, for est.
* B, for aruum. * Laetus, for plus. * Aldus, for uera.

§ 128. ^ Aug., for souum.

§ 126. " Wrong etymology. * Derivative of urina at
an early date when urina still meant merely ' water,' and not
specifically ' urine.'

§ 127. " ' Bent about,' a vessel shaped like a gravy-boat ;
if my conjecture as to the spelling of the word is right, there
is basis for Varro's etymology. * Of uncertain etymology,

but popularly derived by the Romans from Greek /cu'Ai^
' cup,' the normal meaning also of Latin calix, but not the
meaning in this passage. " P'rom Greek KaKKa^os, a pot

M'ith three legs, to stand over the fire. ** Wrong.

120

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 126-128

XXVIL 126. Besides there was a third kind of
table for vessels, rectangular like the second kind ; it
was called an urnarium, because it was the piece of
furniture in the kitchen on which by preference they
set and kept the iirnae ' urns ' filled with water. From
this even now the place in front of the bath where
the urn-table is wont to be placed, is called an
urnarium. Umae ' urns ' got their name " from the
fact that they urinant * ' dive ' in the drawing of
water, like an urinator ' diver.' Urinare means to be
plunged into water.

127. Amburvum,'^ a pot whose name is made from
urvum ' curved,' because it is so bent that it turns up
again like the part of the plough which is named the
urvum 'beam.' Calix^ 'cooking-pot,' from caldum
' hot,' because hot porridge was served up in it, and
they drank hot liquid from it. The vessel in which
they coquebajit ' cooked ' their food, from that they
called a caccabus.'^ Veru ' spit,' from versare ' to
turn.' **

XXVIIL 128. From sedere ' to sit ' were named
sedes ' seat,' sedile ' chair,' solium ' throne,' seltae "
' stools,' siliquastrum * ' wicker chair ' ; then from
these stibsellium ' bench ' : as subsipere is said a thing
does not sapit ' taste ' clearly, so subsellium because
it was not clearly <^ a sella ' stool.' Where two had
room on a seat of this sort, it was called a bisellium
' double seat.' An area ' strong-chest,' because
thieves areebantur ' were kept away ' from it when it

§ 128. " With II from dl. * Probably seliquastrum (or
selli-), as in Festus, 340 b 10, 341. 5 ; Fay suggests ' seat-
basket ' {sella + qualum + suffix), citing certain tj-pes of Mexi-
can chairs. ' Rather ' under-seat,' that is, a seat under
the sitter.

121

VARRO

fures ab ea clausa. Armarium et armamentarium ab
eadem origine, sed declinata aliter.

XXIX. 129. Mundus <ornatus>i muliebris dictus
a munditia. Ornatus quasi ab ore natus : hinc enim
maxime sumitur quod eam deceat, itaque id paratur
speculo." Calamistrum, quod his calfactis in cinere
capftllus ornatur. Qui ea ministrabat, a cinere cinera-
rius est appellatus. Discerniculum, quo discernitur
capillus. Pecten, quod per eum explicatur capillus.
Speculum a speciendo,^ quod ibi <s>e spectant.*

130. Vestis a vellis vel^ ab eo quod vellus lana
tonsa universa ovis : id dictum, quod vellebant.2
Lan<e)a,' ex lana facta. Quod capillum contineret,
dictum a rete reticulum ; rete ab raritudine ; item
texta fasciola,qua capillum in eapite alligarent, dictum
capital a eapite, quod sacerdotulae in eapite etiam
nunc Solent habere. Sic rica ab ritu, quod Romano
ritu sacrificium feminae cum faciunt, capita velant.

§ 129. 1 Added by GS. ; cf. Festus, 143. 1 J/. ^ A.
Sp., for speculum. ' Laetus, for spiciendo. * a, b,
Turnebus, for espectant.

§ 130. ^ Laetus, for uela. ^ B, Laetus, for uellabant.
' Turnebus, for lana.

■^ Both area and arcere are derived from arx ' stronghold.'
« Not connected with area ; but belonging together.

§ 129. " Munditia is derived from mundus. * Wrong
etymologies.

§ 130. " Both etymological suggestions for vestis are
wrong ; for the meaning, see A. Spengel, Bemerkungen, 264.

122

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 128-130

was locked.'' Armarium ' closet ' and armamentarium
' warehouse,' from the same somxie,* but with different
suffixes.

XXIX. 129. yiundus is a woman's toilet set,
named" from munditia 'neatness.' Ornatus 'toilet
set,' as if naius * born ' from the os ' face ' *" ; for
from this especially is taken that which is to
beautify a woman, and therefore this is handled
with the help of a mirror. Calamistrum ' curling-
iron,' because the hair is arranged with irons when
they have been calfacta ' heated ' in the embers.*
The one who attended to them was called a cinerarius
' ember-man,' from cinis ' embers.' Discerniculum
' bodkin,' \\ith which the hair discernitur ' is parted.'
Pecten ' comb,' because by it the hair expUcatur ' is
spread out.' * Speculum ' mirror,' from specere ' to
look at,' because in it they spectant ' look at ' them-
selves.

130. Vestis ' garment ' " from velU * ' shaggy hair,'
or from the fact that the shorn wool of a sheep, taken
as a whole, is a vellus ' fleece ' : this was said because
they formerly vellebant ' plucked ' it. Lanea ' woollen
headband,' "^ because made from lana ' wool.' That
which was to hold the hair, was called a reticulum ' net-
cap,' from rete ' net ' ; rete, from rariiudo ' looseness
of mesh.' ** Likewise the woven band vrith which
they were to fasten the hair on the head, was called
a capital ' headband,' from caput ' head ' ; and this
the sub-priestesses are accustomed to wear on their
heads even now. So rica ' veil,' from ritus ' fashion,' ^
because according to the Roman ritus, when women
make a sacrifice, they veil their heads. The mitra

" Vellig, dialectal for villis. * For meaning, see A. Spen-
gel, Bemerkungen, 264. '* Wrong etymologies.

123

VARRO

Mitra et reliqua fere in capite postea addita cum
vocabulis Graecis.

XXX. 131. Prius deinde (ind)utui,i turn amictui
quae sunt tangam. Capitium ab eo quod capit pec-
tus, id est, ut antiqui dicebant, comprehendit. In-
dutui alterum quod subtus, a quo subucula ; alterum
quod supra, a quo supparus, nisi id quod item dicunt
Osce. Alterius generis item duo, unum quod foris
ac palam, palla ; alterum quod intus, a quo (indusium,
ut)^ intusium, id quod Plautus dicit :

Indusiatam' patagiatam caltulam* ac crocotulam.

Multa post luxuria attulit, quorum vocabula apparet
esse Graeca, ut asbest(in>on.*

132. Amictui dictum quod a(m>biectum^ est, id
est circumiectum,2 a quo etiam quo^ vestitas se invol-
vunt, circumiectui appellant, et quod amictui habet
pui'puram circum, vocant circumtextum. Antiquis-
simi amictui ricinium ; id quod eo utebantur duplici,

§ 131. ^ B, Turnebus, for deinde utui Fv, /. " Added
by GS. ^ GS., for intusiatam ; after the text of Plautus.
* Laetus, for caltuluni ,• after the text of Plautus. * GS.,
for asbeston ; cf. Pliny, Nat. Hist. xix. 4. 20.

§132. ^ il/«e.,/orabiectum. ^ ^'/(;/)'., /or circumlectum.
^ G, Aug., for quod.

§ 131 . " The datives indutui, amictui, and circumiectui, are
used in § 131 and § 132 as indeclinables, XWaefrugi ' thrifty,'
cordi ' pleasant,' original datives of purpose that have become
stereotyped. * from caput ' head,' because it was put on

over the head like a sweater. * From sub and the verb in
ind-uere, ' to put on,' ex-uere ' to take off.' "* Probably
Oscan. «Of unknown etymology. ^From induere

'to put on.' ' Epidicus, 231. * The Latin words are
adjectives modifying tunicam in the preceding line. • Made
of a mineral substance called aa^earos.
124

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 130-132

' turban ' and in general the other things that go on
the head, were later importations, along with their
Greek names.

XXX. 131. Next I shall first touch upon those
things which are for putting on," then those which are
for wrapping about the person. Capitium * ' vest,'
from the fact that it capit ' holds ' the chest, that is, as
the ancients said, it comprehendit ' includes ' it. One
kind of put-on goes subtus ' below,' from which it is
called subucula *= ' underskirt ' ; a second kind goes
supra ' above,' from which it is called supparus ^
' dress,' unless, this is so called because they say it in
the same way in Oscan. Of the second sort there are
like^\ise two varieties, one called /)a//a ^ ' outer dress,'
because it is outside and palam ' openly ' visible ; the
other is intus ' inside,' from which it is called indusium ^
' under-dress,' as though intusium, of which Plautus
speaks ^ :

Under-dress, a bordered dress, of marigold and saffron
hue.*
There are many garments which extravagance
brought at later times, whose names are clearly
Greek, such as asbestinon ' ' fire-proof.'

132. Amictid ' wrap ' is thus named because it is
ambiectum ' thrown about,' that is,circu)fiiectum ' thrown
around,' from which moreover they gave the name of
circnmiectid ' throw-around ' to that with which women
envelop themselves after they are dressed ; and any
wrap that has a purple edge around it, they call
circumtextum ' edge-weave.' Those of very long ago
called a wrap a ricinium ' mantilla ' ; it was called
ricinium from reicere ' to throw back,' " because they

§ 132. " Properly from rlca (§ 130) ; it was a square piece
of cloth worn folded over the head in sign of mourning.

125

VARRO

ab eo quod dimidiam partem retrorsum «aciebant,* ab
reiciendo ricinium dictum.

133. (Pallia)! hinc, quod facta duo simplicia paria,
parilia primo dicta, R exclusum" propter levitatem.
Parapechia,* chlami/des,* sic multa, Graeca. Laena/
quod de lana multa, duarum etiam togarum instar ;
ut antiquissimum mulierum ricinium, sic hoc duplex
virorum.

XXXI. 134. Instrumenta rustica quae serendi aut
colendi fructus causa facta. Sarculum ab serendo ac
san'endo.! Ligo, quod eo propter latitudinem quod
sub terra facilius legitur. Pala a pangendo, (Ly
GL quod fuit. Rutrum ruitrum a ruendo.

135. Aratrum, quod a(r>ruit! terram. Eius fer-
rum vomer, quod vomit eo plus terram. Dens, quod
eo mordetur terra ; super id regula quae stat, stiva
ab stando, et in ea transversa regula manicula, quod
manu bubulci tenetur. Qui quasi temo est inter

* Laetus, for faciebant.

§ 138. ! Added by Canal. ' Mue. ; R esclusum
Turnebus ; for resclusum /, resculum Fv. ' For para-
pecchia Ft'. ^ Ed. Fe«e<a, /or clamides. ^ Aldus, for
lena.

§ 134. 1 Aldus, for sarcendo. " Added by Ellis.

§ 135. 1 Turnebus, for aruit ; cf. Varro, De Re Rustica, i.
35, terra adruenda.

§ 133. " Probably of Greek origin. ^ Greek napaTnjxvs

' beside the elbow,' also ' woman's garment with purple
border on each side.' The Latin word seems to come from
the diminutive irapaTrrjxtov ' radius, small bone below the
elbow,' which however may also have denoted the woman's
garment, though this is not attested. " Probably from
Greek x^aTva, perhaps with an Etruscan intermediary.

126

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 132-135

«ore it doubled, throwing back one half of it over
the other.

133. Pallia " ' cloaks ' from this, that they con-
sisted of two single paria ' equal ' pieces of cloth,
called ^anVm at first, from which R was ehminated for
smoothness of sound. Parapechia ^ ' elbow-stripes,'
chlamydes ' mantles,' and many others, are Greek.
Laena " ' overcoat,' because they contained much lana
wool,' even like two togas : as the ridnium was the
most ancient garment of the women, so this double
i^arment is the most ancient garment of the men.

XXXL 131. Farming tools which were made for
planting or cultivating the crops. Sarculum " ' hoe,'
from severe ' to plant ' and sarire ' to weed.' Ligo ^
' mattock,' because with this, on account of its width,
what is under the ground legitur ' is gathered ' more
easily. Pala '^ ' spade ' from pangere ' to fix in the
earth ' ; the L was originally GL. Rutrum ' shovel,'
previously ruitrum, from mere ' to fall in a heap.'

135." Aratrum ' plough,' because it arruit * ' piles
up ' the earth. Its iron part is called vomer ' plough-
share,' because with its help it the more vomit ' spews
up ' the earth. The dens ' colter,' because by this the
earth is bit ; the straight piece of wood which stands
above this is called the stiva ' handle,' from stare ' to
stand,' and the wooden cross-piece on it is the mani-
cula ' hand-grip,' because it is held by the manus
' hand ' of the ploughman. That which is so to speak
a wagon-tongue between the oxen, is called a bura

§134. " Yrom sarire. * Of uncertain origin. «'Cor-
rect ; but from pag + sld, with loss of the extra consonants in
the group.

§ 135. " Wrong on aratrum, vomer, stiva, bura, urvum.
'' Really from arat ' it ploughs.'

127

\ ARRO

boves, bura a bubus ; alii hoc a curvo urvum^ appel-
lant. Sub iugo medio caviim, quod bura extrema
addita oppilatur, vocatur couw' a eavo.* lugum et
iumentum ab iunctu.

136. Irpices regula compluribus dentibus, quam
item ut plaustrum boves trahunt, ut eruant quae in
terra ser<p>unti ; sirpices, postea (irpices)^ S detrito.
a quibusdam dicti. Rastelli ut irpices serrae leves ;
itaque^ homo in pratis per feniseci'a* eo festucas
corradit, quo ab rasu rastelli dicti. Rastri, quibus
denta<is* penitus eradunt terram atque eruunt, a quo
rutu n/a(s>tri^ dicti.

137. Falces a farre littera^ commutata ; hae in
Campania seculae a secando ; a quadam similitudine
harum aliae, ut quod apertum unde, falces fenariae
et arbor(ar)iae2 et, quod non apertum unde, falces
lumaria(e>' et sirpiculae. Lumariae sunt quibus
secant lumecta, id est cum in agris serpunt spinae ;
quas quod ab terra agricolae solvunt, id est luunt,
lumecta. Falces sirpiculae vocatae ab sirpando, id

* Turnebus, for curuum. ^ Aug., with B, for cous Fi\

* Rhol., for couo.

§ 136. ^ Turnebus, for serunt. ^ Added by Mue.
^ Aug., with B, for ita qua. * Aug., for fenisecta.

^ Turnebus, for dentalis. ^ Kent ; rutu rastri Scaliger :
erutu rastri Turnebus ; for ruturbatri Fo.

§ 137. ^ For litera in Fv, as often. ^ Georges, for
arboriae ,• cf. Varro, De Re Bust. i. 22. 5, and Cato, De Agric.
10. 3. * For lumaria.

" The earlier form of cavus ' hollow ' was in fact covos.

§ 13(). " Properly hirpices, from hirpus, the Samnite word
for ' wolf.' *" Roots of weeds and grasses. " Diminu-

tive of rastrum ; therefore ultimately from radere. ^ Mas-

culine plural of neuter singular rastrum, from radere ' to
scrape.'
128

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 135-137

' beam,' from botes ' oxen ' ; others call this an urvum,
from the curvuin ' curve.' The hole under the middle
of the yoke, which is stopped up by inserting the
end of the beam, is called count, from cavum ' hole.' "
lugum ' yoke ' and iumentum ' yoke-animal,' from
iunctus ' joining or yoking.'

136. Irpices " ' harrows ' are a straight piece of
wood with many teeth, which oxen draw just like
a wagon, that they may pull up the things * that
serpunt ' creep ' in the earth ; they were called sir-
pices and afterwards, by some persons, irpices, with
the S worn off. Rastelli '^ ' hay -rakes,' Uke harrows,
are saw-toothed instruments, but light in weight ;
therefore a man in the meadows at haying time
corradit ' scrapes together ' with this the stalks,
from which rasus ' scraping ' they are called rastelli.
Rastri^ ' rakes ' are sharp-toothed instruments by
which they scratch the earth deep, and eruunt ' dig
it up,' from which rutus ' digging ' they are called
ruastri.

137. Falces ' sickles,' itom. far ' spelt,' ** with the
change of a letter ; in Campania, these are called
seculae, from secare ' to cut ' ; from a certain Ukeness
to these are named others, the falces fenariae ' hay
scythes ' and arborariae ' tree pruning-hooks,' of
obvious origin, and falces lumariae and sirpiculae,
whose source is obscure. Lumariae * are those with
which lumecta are cut, that is when thorns grow up in
the fields ; because the farmers solvunt ' loosen,' that
is, luunt ' loose,' them from the earth, they are called
lumecta ' thorn-thickets.' Falces sirpiculae ^ are named

§ 137. " Wrong. ^ Possibly for dumariae and dumeeta,
with Sabine I for d ; c/. Festus, 67. 10 M. 'Apparently
from sirpus ' rush,' collateral form of scirpus.

VOL. I K 129

VARRO

est ab alligando ; sic sirpota* dolia quassa, cum
alligata his, dicta. Utuntur in vinea alligando fasces,
incisos fustes, faculas. Has iiranclas* Cher5o<ne>sice.*

138. Pilum, quod eo far pisunt, a quo ubi id fit
dictum pistrinum (L^ et S inter se saepe locum com-
mutant), inde post in Urbe Lucili pistrina et pistrix.
Trapetes^ molae oleariae ; vocant trapetes a terendo,
nisi Graecum est ; ac molae a mol<l>iendo^ : harum
enim motu eo coniecta mol(l>iuntur.* Vallum a
volatu, quod cum id iactant volant inde levia. Ven-
tilabrum, quod ventilatur in acre frumentum.

139- Quibus conportatur fructus ac necessariae
res : de his fiscina a ferendo dicta. Corbes ab eo
quod eo spicas aliudve quid corruebant ; hinc minores
corbulae dictae. De his quae iumenta ducunt,
tragula, quod ab eo trahitur per terram ; sirpea, quae
virgis sirpatur, id est colligando implicatur, in qua
stercus aliudve quid vehitur.

* Auff., with B, for sirpita. ^ Mue., for phanclas /,

G, fanclas H, V, p. * Aug., with B, for chermosie /,
chermosioe G, a.

§ 138. 1 Aug., for R. " For trapetas Fv. ' Scaliger,
for moliendo. * Scaliger, for moliuntiir.

•* Cf. the fiaschi vestiti or ' clothed wine-flasks ' of modern
Italy. * Messana in Sicily was before the Greek coloniza-
tion named Zancle ' sickle,' from the shape of the cape on
which it stood. There is no other evidence that this cape was
called a Chersonesus, but as over twenty peninsulas are
referred to by this name, it is possible that the name was
applied here also.

§ 138. " Varro's basis for this statement is not apparent.
* Cf. 521 and 1250 Marx ; one must assume that one of the
Satires of Lucilius was entitled Urbs. " From Greek.

"* From molere ' to grind.' * Diminutive of vannu.i ' fan.'

§ 139. "Wrong on fiscina and corbes. " Cf. § 137,
note c.
130

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 137-139

from sirpare ' to plait of rushes,' that is, alUgare ' to
fasten ' ; thus broken jars are said to have been
sirpata ' rush-covered,' when they are fastened to-
gether with rushes.** They use rushes in the vine-
yard for tying up bundles of fuel, cut stakes, and
kindling. These sickles they call zanclae in the
peninsular dialect.*

138. The pilum ' pestle ' is so named because with
it they pisunt ' pound ' the spelt, from which the place
where this is done is called a pistrinum ' mill '- — L
and S often change places with each other" — and from
that afterwards pistrina ' bakery ' and pistrix ' woman
baker,' words used in LuciUus's City.^ Trapetes " are
the mill-stones of the olive-mill : they call them
trapetes from terere ' to rub to pieces,' unless the word
is Greek ; and molae ^ from mollire ' to soften,' for
what is thrown in there is softened by their motion.
Vallum " ' small winnowing-fan,' from volatus ' flight,'
because when they swing this to and fro the Ught
particles volant ' fly ' away from there. Ventilahrum
' winnowing-fork,' because with this the grain venti-
latur ' is tossed ' in the air.

139. Those means with which field produce and
necessary things are transported. Of these, ^*c/na "

rush-basket ' was named from Jerre ' to carry ' ; corbes
' baskets,' from the fact that into them they corrue-
hant ' piled up ' corn-ears or something else ; from
this the smaller ones were called corbtdae. Of
those which animals draw, the tragula ' sledge,'
because it trahitur ' is dragged ' along the ground bv
the animal ; sirpea ^ ' wicker wagon,' which sirpatur
' is plaited ' of osiers, that is, is woven by binding
them together, in which dung or something else is
conveyed.

131

VARRO

140. Vehiculum, in quo faba aliudve quid vehitur,
quod e^ viminibus veetur^ aut eo vehitur. BreviMs^
vehiculum dictum est aliis ut* arcera, quae etiam
in Duodecim Tabulis appellatur ; quod ex tabuhs
vehiculum erat factum ut area,* arcera dictum. Plaus-
trum ab eo quod non ut in his quae supra dixi (ex
quadam parte),* sed ex omni parte palam est, quae
in eo vehuntur quod perluce(n>t,^ ut lapides, asseres,
tignum.

XXXII. 141, Aedificia nominata a parte ut
multa : ab aedibus et faciendo maxime aedificium.
Et oppidum ab opi dictum, quod munitur opis causa
ubi sint et quod opus est ad vitam gerendam ubi
habeant tuto. Oppida quod opere^ muniebant,
moenia ; quo moenitius esset quod exaggerabant,
aggeres dicti, et qui aggerem contineret, moeru^.^
Quod muniendi causa portabatur, mwnus^ ; quod
sepiebant oppidum eo moenere,* moerus.^

142. Eius summa pinnae ab his quas insigniti

§140. ^GS.; ex Laetus ; for est. ^ Turnebus, for
utetur. ' A. Sp., for breui est. * A. Sp., for uel.

* Laetus, for arcar Fv. * Added by L. Sp. ' Aug., for
perlucet.

§141. ^ Aug., for operi. ^ Sciop., for moerum Fv.
' Laetus, for manus. * Turnebus, for eae omoenere Fv.

* Sciop., for murus.

§ 140. " From vehere ' to carry.' * Page 116 Schoell.

* From plaudere ' to creak.'

§ 141, " Whence ' temple ' in the singular, ' house ' in the
plural. Trom prefix ob + pedom 'place'; cf. neSov, San-

skrit padam. " Munire, moenia, murus, munus all belong

together ; oe is the older spelling, preserved in moenia in
classical Latin. It is a question how far we ought to
restore 7noe- for mu- in this passage ; possibly in all the
132

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 140-142

140. Vehiculum " ' wagon,' in which beans or some-
thing else is conveyed, because it vietur ' is plaited ' or
because vehitur ' camming is done ' by it. A shorter
kind of wagon is called by others, as it were, an arcera
covered wagon,' which is named even in the Twelve
Tables ^ ; because the wagon was made of boards like
an area ' strong box,' it was called an arcera. Plaus-
irum " ' cart,' from the fact that unlike those which I
have mentioned above it is palam ' open ' not to a
certain degree but ever\- where, for the objects which
are conveyed in it perlucent ' shine forth to \iew,' such
as stone slabs, wooden beams, and building material.

XXXIL 141. Jerfi^a'a ' buildings ' are, like many
things, named from a part : from aedes " ' hearths '
&n6.facere ' to make ' comes certainly aedtficium. Op-
pidum ^ ' town ' also is named from ops ' strength,'
because it is fortified for ops ' strength,' as a place
where the people may be, and because for spending
their lives there is opus ' need ' of place where they
may be in safety. Moenia <= ' walls ' were so named
because they muniehant ' fortified ' the towns with
opus ' work.' What thev exaggerabant ' heaped up '
that it might be moenitius ' better fortified,' was called
aggeres '^ ' dikes,' and that which was to support the
dike was called a moerus ' wall.' Because carrying
was done for the sake of muniendi ' fortifying,' the
work was a munus ' duty ' ; because they enclosed
the town by this moenus, it was a moerus ' wall.'

142. Its top was called pinnae'^ ' pinnacles,' from
those feathers which distinguished soldiers are accus-

words, since Varro had a fondness for archaic spellings.
•* Exaggerare is from agger, which is from ad ' to ' and
gerere ' to carry.'

§ 142. " Literally, ' feathers.'

133

VARRO

milites in galeis habere solent et in gladiatoribus
Samnites. Turres a torvis, quod eae proiciunt ante
alios. Qua viam relinquebant in muro, qua in op-
pidum portarent, portas.

143. Oppida condebant in Latio Etrusco ritu
multi, id est iunctis bobus, tauro et vacca interiore,
aratro circumagebant sulcum (hoc faciebant religionis
causa die auspicato), ut fossa et muro essent muniti.
Terram unde exculpserant, fossam vocabant et intror-
sum «actami murum. Post ea'' qui fiebat orbis, urbis
principium ; qui quod erat post murum, postmoerium
dictum, eo usque* auspicia urbana finiuntur. Cippi
pomeri stant et circum Anc«am et* circum^ Romam.
Quare et oppida quae prius erant circumducta aratro
ab orbe« et urvo urb<e>s ; et' ideo coloniae nostrae
omnes in litteris antiquis scribuntur urbes,* quod item
conditae ut Roma ; et ideo coloniae et urbes con-
duntur, quod intra pomerium ponuntur.

144. Oppidum quod primum conditum in Latio
stirpis Romanae, Lavinium : nam ibi dii Penates

§ 143. ^ Mue., for factam Fv. ^ Mue., for postea.
* Mommsen, for eiusque. * Sciop.,for ars clamet. ^ B,
Laetus, for circoum Fv. * Laetus, for urbe. ' Aldus,
for urbs est. * For urbis.

'' Heavy-armed fighters who were matched against Hght-
armed plnnirapi ' feather-snatchers.' ' An Asiatic word

brought by the Etruscans. "* Portare is from porta.

§ 143. " That is, with the cow between the bull and the
wall; but GS. take interiore with aratro, interpreting,
" with the plough throwing up the earth on the inside."
*■ The old form o{ pomerium. " An ancient L.atin town on

the Appian Way between the Alban Lake and the Lake of
Nemi. "* An attempt to explain the phrase urbes con-
duntur ; in reality, condere means merely to set down in a

134

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 142-144

tomed to wear on their helmets, and among the
gladiators the Samnites * wear. Turres "^ ' towers,'
from torxi ' fiercely staring eyes,' because they stand
out in front of the rest. Where they left a way in the
wall, by which they might portare ' carry ' goods
into the town, these they called portae •* ' gates.'

143. Many founded towns in Latium by the
Etruscan ritual ; that is, ^Wth a team of cattle, a bull
and a cow on the inside," they ran a furrow around
with a plough (for reasons of religion they did this on
an auspicious day), that they might be fortified by a
ditch and a wall. The place whence they had ploughed
up the earth, they called ajbssa ' ditch,' and the earth
thrown inside it they called the murus ' wall.' The
orbis ' circle ' which was made back of this, was the
beginning of the urbs ' city ' ; because the circle was
post murum ' back of the wall,' it was called a post-
moerium * ; it sets the limits for the taking of the
auspices for the city. Stone markers of the pomerium
stand both around Aricia '^ and around Rome. There-
fore towns also which had earlier had the plough drawn
around them, were termed urbes ' cities,' from orbis
' circle ' and vrvum ' curved ' ; therefore also all our
colonies are mentioned as urbes in the old wTitings,
because they had been founded in just the same way
as Rome ; therefore also colonies and cities conduntur
' are founded,' because they are placed inside the
pomerium.'*

144." The first town of the Roman line which was
founded in Latium, was Lavinium ; for there are our

secure place where there is no danger of displacement or of
theft.

§ 144. " This section embodies the old Roman tradition ;
the etymologies in it are purely aetiological.

135

VARRO

nostri. Hoc a Latini filia, quae coniuncta Aeneae,
Lavinia, appellatM(m>.i Hinc post triginta annos
oppidum alterum conditur, Alba ; id ab sue alba
nominatum. Haec e navi Aeneae cum fu(g>isset*
Lavinium, triginta parit porcos ; ex hoc prodigio post
Lavinium conditum annis triginta haec urbs facta,
propter colorem suis et loci naturam Alba Longa dicta.
Hinc mater Romuli Rhea, ex hac Romulus, hinc
Roma.

145. In oppido vici a via, quod ex <u>traque^ parte
viae sunt aedificia. Fundulae^ a fundo, quod exitum
non habe(n>t^ ac pervium non est. Angiportum,
si(ve quod) id* angustum, (sive)* ab agendo et portu.
Quo conferrent suas controversias et quae vende-
rentur vellent quo ferrent, forum appellarunt.

146. Ubi quid genera tim, additum ab eo cog-
nomen, ut Forum Bovarium, Forum //olitorium : hoc
erat antiquum Macellum, ubi Aolerum copia ; ea loca
etiam nunc Lacedaemonii vocant /za/<eAAov, sed lones
ostia^ Aortorum /«a/<eAAwTas Aortorum, et castelli

§ 144. ^ Stanley, for appellata. ^ Aug., with B, for
fuisset.

§ 145. ^ Auff., with B, for dextra qui. ^ L. Sp., for
fundullae. ^ B, for habet. * Mue., for si id.

^ Added by Mue.

§ 146. 1 For hostia.

* It lay on the edge of the old volcanic crater containing the
Alban Lake.

§ 145. " A vicus is apparently a street on the ridge of a
hill, with houses on each side ; this forms virtually the entire
village. The word is not connected with via. * From the
first part of angustum, +portus in its old meaning of ' pas-

136

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 144r-146

Penates. This was named from the daughter of
Latinus who was wedded to Aeneas, Lavinia. Thirty
years after this, a second town was founded, named
Alba ; it was named from the alba ' white ' sow.
This sow, when she had escaped from Aeneas 's ship
to La\inium, gave birth to a Utter of thirty young :
from this prodigy, thirty years after the founding of
Lavinium, this second city was established, called Alba
Longa ^ ' the Long White City,' on account of the
colour of the sow and the nature of the place. From
here came Rhea, mother of Romulus ; from her,
Romulus ; from him, Rome.

lio. In a town there are rid ' rows,' from via
' street,' because there are buildings on each side of the
I'm." Fundulae ' blind streets,' ^rova fundus ' bottom,'
because they have no way out and there is no passage
through. Angiportum * ' alley,' either because it is
angustum ' narrow,' or from agere ' to drive ' and
partus ' entrance.' The place to which they might
conferre ' bring ' their contentions and might Jerre
' carry ' articles which they wished to' sell, they called
a. forum.''

Ii6. WTiere things of one class were brought, a
denomination was added from that class, as the Forum
Boarium ' Cattle Market,' the Forum HoUtoriuvi ' ^'ege-
table Market ' : this was the old Macellum,'^ where
holera ' vegetables ' in quantity were brought ; such
places even now the Spartans call a macellum, but the
lonians call the entrances to gardens " the macellotae
of gardens," and speak of the macella ' entrances ' to

sage-way.' But c/. P. W. Harsh, " Angiportum, Platea, and
Vicus," in Class. Philol. xxxii. 44-58. ' Wrong.

§ 146. « An old borrowing from Greek, where /xajceAAov
meant ' latticed screen.'

137

VARRO

fiaKeXXa." Secundum Tiberim ad (Por>^unium' Forum
Piscarium vocant : ideo ait Plautus :

Apud (Forum)* Piscarium.

Ubi variae res ad Corneta Forum Cuppedinis a (cup-
pedio, id est a)^ fastidio, quoc?^ multi Forum Cup?dinis'
a cupiditate.

147. Haec omnia posteaquam contracta in unum
locum quae ad victum pertinebant et aedificatus
locus, appellatum Macellum, ut quidam scribunt,
quod ibi fuerit Aortus, alii quod ibi domus furi*,^ cui
cognomen fuit Macellus, quae ibi publice sit diruta,
e qua aedificatum hoc quod vocetur ab eo Macellum.

148. In Foro Lacum Curtium a Curtio dictum
constat, et de eo triceps historia : nam et Procilius
non idem prodidit quod Piso, nee quod is Cornelius^
secutus. A Procilio relatum in eo loco dehisse terram
et id ex S. C. ad Aaruspices relatum esse ; responsum
deum ManiM<m)2 postilionem postulare, id est civem
fortissimum eo demitti.* Tum quendam Curtium
virum fortem armatum ascendisse in equum et a Con-
cordia versum cum equo eo* praecipitatum ; eo facto

^ macella Scaliger, for macelli. ^ Jordan, for iunium.
* Added by GS., from Plautus, Cure. 474. * Added by
GS. * Laetus, for quern. ' For cuppedinis.

§ 147. ^ Stowasser, for fuerit ; cf. Festus, 125. 7 M.

§ 148. ^ After Cornelius, Mue. deleted Stilo. * Laetus,

for manio. * Turnebus, for eodem mitti. * A. Sp.,
with H, for eum.

"> Cnrculio, 474. " Page 115 Funaioli.

§147. "Page 116 Funaioli. * Seemingly only an

aetiological story ; the cognomen is not otherwise known.
Could it here be a corruption of Marcellus ?

§ 148. " A writer on historical topics, possibly the Pro-
cilius who was tribune of the plebs in 56 b.c. ^ L. Cal-
purnius Pise Frugi, consul 133 b.c, adversary of the Gracchi ;

138

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 146-148

small fortified villages. Along the Tiber, at the
sanctuary of Portunus, they call it the Forum Pis-
carium ' Fish Market ' ; therefore Plautus says ^ :

Down at the Market that sells the fish.

Where things of various kinds are sold, at the Cornel-
Cherry . Groves, is the Forum Cuppedinis ' Luxury
Market,' from cuppedium ' delicacy,' that is, from
fastidium ' fastidiousness ' ; many '^ call it the Forum
Cupidinis ' Greed Market,' from cupiditas ' greed.'

147. After all these things which pertain to human
sustenance had been brought into one place, and the
place had been built upon, it was called a Macellum,
as certain writers say," because there was a garden
there ; others say that it was because there had been
there a house of a thief with the cognomen Macellus,*
which had been demolished by the state, and from
which this building has been constructed which is
called from him a Macellum.

148. In the Forum is the Locus Curtius ' Pool of
Curtius ' ; it is quite certain that it is named from
Curtius, but the story about it has three versions : for
Procilius " does not tell the same story as Piso,'' nor
did Cornelius ' follow the story given by ProciUus.
Procilius states '^ that in this place the earth yawned
open, and the matter was by decree of the senate
referred to the haruspices ; they gave the answer that
the God of the Dead demanded the fulfilment of a
forgotten vow, namely that the bravest citizen be sent
down to him. Then a certain Curtius, a brave man,
put on his war-gear, mounted his horse, and turning
away from the Temple of Concord, plunged into the

author of a work on Roman history. ' Identity quite
uncertain. <* Hist. Bom. Frag., page 198 Peter.

139

VARRO

locum coisse atque eius corpus divinitus humasse ac
reliquisse genti suae monumentum.

149. Piso in Annalibus scribit Sabino bello, quod
fuit Romulo et Tatio, virum fortissimum Met(t>ium
Currium^ Sabinum, cum Romulus cum suis ex su-
periore parte impressionem fecisset,^ in locum^ palus-
trem, qui tum fuit in Foro antequam cloacae sunt
factae, secessisse atque ad suos in Capitolium re-
cepisse ; ab eo lacum (Curtium)* invenisse nomen.

150. Cornelius et Lutatius^ scribunt eum locum
esse fulguritum et ex S. C. septum esse : id quod
factum es<se>t'' a Curtio consule, cui M. Genucius'
fuit collega, Curtium appellatum.

151. Arx ab arcendo, quod is locus munitissimus
Urbis, a quo facillime possit hostis prohiberi. Career
a coercendo, quod exire prohibentur. In hoc pars
quae sub terra Tullianum, ideo quod additum a
Tullio rege. Quod Syracusis, ubi de<licti>i causa
custodiuntur, vocantur latomiae, <in)de* lautumia

§ 149. 1 For curcium Fv. ^ After fecisset, Popma de-
leted curtium. ' Laetus, for lacum. * Added by GS.

§ 150. ^ Aug., with B, for luctatius. " 3fue., for est.
' For genutius.

§151. ^ Bergmann, for dc. ^ Mue. ; exmde Turnebus ;
for et de.

§ 149. " Hist. Bom. Frag., page 79 Peter. * Tradition-
ally built by the first Tarquin ; ef. Livv, i. 38. 6, " Cf.
Livy, i. 10-13, especially i. 12. 9-10 andl 13. 5.

§ 150. " Q. Lutatius Catulus, 152-87 b.c, consul 102 as
colleague of Marius in the victory over the Cimbri at Ver-
cellae ; a writer on etymology and antiquities. * Hist.

Bom. Frag., page 126 Peter ; Gram. Bom. Frag., page 105
Funaioli. ' C. Curtius Chilo and M. Genucius Augurinus

were colleagues in the consulship in 445 b.c.

140

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 148-151

gap, horse and all ; upon which the place closed up
and gave his body a burial divinely approved, and
left to his clan a lasting memorial.

149. Piso in his Annah " MTites that in the Sabine
War between Romulus and Tatius, a Sabine hero
named Mettius Curtius, when Romulus with his men
had charged down from higher ground and driven in
the Sabines, got away into a swampy spot which at
that time was in the Forum, before the sewers * had
been made, and escaped from there to his own men
on the Capitoline '^ ; and from this the pool found its
name.

150. Cornelius and Lutatius " >\Tite * that this
place was struck by lightning, and by decree of the
senate was fenced in : because this was done by the
consul Curtius, "^ who had \L Genucius as his colleague,
it was called the Lacus Curiius.

151. The arx " ' citadel,' from arcere ' to keep off,'
because this is the most strongly fortified place in the
City, from which the enemy can most easily be kept
away. The career ^ ' prison,' from coercere ' to con-
fine,' because those who are in it are prevented from
going out. In this prison, the part which is under the
ground is called the Tullianum, because it was added
by King TulUus. Because at Syracuse the place
where men are kept under guard on account of
transgressions is called the Latomiae " ' quarries,' from

§ 151. "The northern summit of the Capitoline, on which
stood the temple of Juno Moneta. * Beneath the Arx, at

the corner of the Forum ; etymology wrong. ' Greek

Xarofuai, contracted from Aooro/iiat, which gave the Latin
word ; there were old tufa-quarries on the slopes of the
Capitoline, and the excavation which formed the dungeon was
probably a part of the quarry.

141

VARRO

translatum, quod hie quoque in eo loco lapidicinae
fuerunt.

152. In <Aventi)wo^ Lauretum ab eo quod ibi
sepultus est Tatius rex, qui ab Laurentibus inter-
fectus est, (aut>* ab silva laurea, quod ea ibi excisa et
aedificatus vicus : ut inter Sacram Viam et Macellum
editum Corneta <a cornis),^ quae abscisae loco re-
liquerunt nomen, ut ^esculetum ab aesculo* dictum
et Fagutal a fago, unde etiam lovis Fagutalis, quod
ibi sacellum.

153. Armilustr(i>umi q}) ambitu lustri : locus
idem Circus Maximus^ dictus, quod circum spectaculis
aedificatus wbi^ ludi fiunt, et quod ibi circum metas
fertur pompa et equi currunt. Itaque dictum in
Cornicula<ria>* militis^ adventu, quem circumeunt
ludentes :

Quid cessamus ludos facere ? Circus noster ecce
adest.

§152. ^ Groth, for in eo. ^ Added by Sciop.

' Added by Aug., with B. * Laetits, for escula.

§ 153. ^ For armilustrum. " Laetus, for mecinus.
' Aug., with B, for ibi. * Vertranius, for cornicula.
' Turnebits, for milites.

§ 152. " There is here a lacuna, or else the in eo of the
manuscripts stands for in Aventino ; for the Lauretum was
on the Aventine.

§ 153. " The word denotes both the ceremony, held on
October 19, and the place where it Mas performed, which
seems originally to have been on the Aventine ; according to
Varro, it was later held in the Circus, in the valley between
the Aventine and the Palatine. According to Servius, in
Aen. i. 283, the name was ambilustrum, so called because the
ceremony was not legal unless performed by both (ambo)
censors jointly ; it is possible that the word should be so
emended here and at vi. 22. " Circum is merely the ac-

142

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 151-153

that the word was taken over as lautumia, because
here also in this place there were formerly stone-
quarries.

1 52. On the Aventine " is the Lauretiim ' Laurel-
Grove,' called from the fact that King Tatius was
buried there, who was killed by the Laurentes ' Lauren-
tines,' or else from the laurea ' laurel ' wood, because
there was one there which was cut down and a street
run through with houses on both sides : just as
between the Sacred Way and I he higher part of the
Macellum are the Corneta ' Cornel-Cherry Groves,'
from corni 'cornel-cherry trees,' which though cut
away left their name to the place ; just as the Aescu-
letum ' Oak-Grove ' is named from aesculus ' oak-tree,'
and the Fagutal ' Beech-tree Shrine ' from fagus
' beech-tree,' whence also Jupiter Fagutalis ' of the
B&ech-tree,' because his shrine is there.

153. Armilustrium " ' purification of the arms,' from
the going around of the lustrum ' purificatory offering';
and the same place is called the Circus Maximus,
because, being the place where the games are
performed, it is built up circum ^ ' round about ' for
the shows, and because there the procession goes
and the horses race circum ' around ' the turning-posts.
Thus in The Story of the Helmet-Horn «^ the following
is said at the coming of the soldier, whom they en-
circle and make fun of :

Why do we refrain from making sport ? See, here's
our circus-ring.

cusative of circus. « Frag. I of Plautus's Cornicularia,

which may be taken as the Story of the Corniculiim, a horn-
shaped ornament on the helmet, bestowed for bravery ; here
apparently assumed by a braggart soldier, the miles of the
text.

143

VARRO

In circo primum unde mittuntur equi, nunc dicuntur
carceres, Naevius oppidum appellat. Carceres dicti,
quod coercentur^ equi, ne inde exeant antequam
magistratus signum misit. Quod a(d> muri spmem'
pmnis* turribusque* carceres olim fuerunt, scripsit
poeta :

Dictator ubi currum insidit, pervehitur usque ad
oppidum.

154. Intumus circus ad Murciae^ vocatur,* ut
Procilius aiebat, ab urceis, quod is locus esset inter
figulos ; alii dicunt a murteto declinatum, quod ibi id
fuerit ; cuius vestigium manet, quod ibi est sacellum
etiam nunc Murteae Veneris. Item simiU de causa
Circus Flaminius dicitur, qui circum aedificatus est
Flaminium Campum, et quod ibi quoque Ludis
Tauriis equi circum metas currunt.

155. Comitium ab eo quod coibant eo comitiis
curiatis et litium causa. ^ Curiae duorum generum :
nam et ubi curarent sacerdotes res divinas, ut^ curiae

* p, Ed. Veneta (cohercentur Laetus), for coercuntur.
' Mue., for a muris partem. * Laetus, for pennis.

* Aug., for turribus qui.

§ 154. ^ L. Sp.,for murcim Fv. ^ Sciop.,for uocatum.
§ 155. ^ Mue. ; caussa Aug., with B ; causae Fv. ^ For
et.

** Merely the plural of career ' prison ' ; not related to
coercere. * Naevius, Comic. Rom. Frag., inc. fab. II Rib-
beck» ; R.O.L. ii. 148-149 Warmington.

§ 154. " Hist. Rom. Frag., page 3 Peter. * Page 116
Funaioli. " In the level ground of the Campus Martius,
through which C. Flaminius Nepos as censor in 220 b.c.
built the Via Flaminia, the great highway from Rome to the
north, and near it the Circus Flaminius ; he was consul in
217 and was killed in the battle with Hannibal at Lake

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 15S-155

In the Circus, the place from which the horses are let

go at the start, is now called the Carceres ' Prison-
stalls,' but Nae\ius called it the Town. Carceres ^
was said, because the horses coercentur ' are held in
check,' that they may not go out from there before
the official has given the sign. Because the Stalls
were formerly adorned with pinnacles and towers
like a wall, the poet -v^Tote ' :

When the Dictator mounts liis car, he rides the whole
way to the Town.

154. The very centre of the Circus is called ad
Murciae ' at Murcia's,' as Procilius ^* said, from the
urcei ' pitchers,' because this spot was in the potters*
quarter ; others * say that it is derived from murtetum
' myrtle-grove,' because that was there : of which a
trace remains in that the chapel of Venus Murtea ' of
the Myrtle ' is there even to this day. Likewise for a
similar reason the Circus Flaminius ' Flaminian Circus '
got its name, for it is built ' circum ' around ' the
Flaminian Plain, and there also the horses race
circum ' around ' the turning-posts at the Taurian
Games.**

155. The Comitium ' Assembly-Place ' was named
from this, that to it they coibant ' came together ' for
the comitia curiata " ' curiate meetings ' and for law-
suits. The curiae * ' meeting-houses ' are of two
kinds : for there are those where the priests were to
attend to affairs of the gods, like the old meeting-

Trasumennus. '' Games in honour of the deities of the
netherworld.

§ 155. " Long before Varro's time, practically replaced by
the comitia centuriata. * Curia denoted first a group of
gentes ; then a meeting-place for such groups ; then any
meeting-place.

VOL. I L 145

VARRO

veteres, et ubi senatus humanas, ut Curia Hostilia,
quod primus aedificavit Hostilius rex. Ante banc
Rostra ; cuius id vocabulum, ex hostibus capta fixa
sunt rostra ; sub dextra huius a Comitio locus sub-
structus, ubi nationum subsisterent legati qui ad
senatum essent missi ; is Graecostasis appellatus a
parte, ut multa.

156. Senaculum supra Graecostasim, ubi Aedis
Concordiae et Basilica Opimia ; Senaculum vocatum,
ubi senatus aut ubi seniores consisterent, dictum ut
yepova-M^ apud Graecos. Lautolae ab lavando, quod
ibi ad lanum Geminum aquae caldae fuerunt. Ab
his palus fuit in Minore Velabro, a quo, quod ibi
vehebantur Imtribus,^ velabrum, ut illud de quo supra
dictum est.

157. Aequimaelium, quod a<e>quata^ Maeli domus
publics,^ quod regnum occupare voluit is. Locus ad
Busta Gallica, quod Roma recuperata Gallorum ossa

§ 156. ^ RhoL, for ierusia (gerusia G). ^ Ijaetus, for
luntribus Fv.

§157. * iJAoL, /or aquata. * ^^/dw*, /or publico.

" The third king of Rome ; for his building of the curia,
see Livy, i. 30. 2. "* This was the old stand, erected at
least one hundred years before it was decorated in 338 by
C. Maenius with six beaks of war-vessels taken in a battle
with Antium ; c/. Livy, viii. 14. 8. * Presumably because
the Greeks were the first to send such embassies ; when
other nations began to send them, the name of the place
had been established.

§ 1 56. " As the two stands were at the foot of the Capito-
line and the end of the Forum, the senaculum must have lain
just in front of them. " Those over forty-six years of age,

in distinction from the iuniores. "^ This temple lay appar-

ently a little to the east of the Comitium, at the side of the
Forum or slightly away from it. ''The tense of fuerunt
a.ndi fuit indicates that the hot springs and the pool were no
longer there in Varro's time. • Cf. v. 43-44.

146

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 155-157

houses, and those where the senate should attend to
affairs of men, like the Hostilian Meeting-House, so
called because King Hostilius '^ was the first to build
it. In front of this is the Rostra ' Speaker's Stand ' <* :
of which this is the name — the rostra ' beaks ' taken
from the enemy's ships have been fastened to it.
A little to the right of it, in the direction of the
Comitium, is a lower platform, where the envoys of
the nations who had been sent to the senate were
to wait ; this, like many things, was called from a
part of it, being named the Graecostasis ' Stand of
the Greeks.' *

156. Above the Graecostasis was the Senaculum "
' Senate-Stand,' where the Temple of Concord and
the Basilica Opimia are ; it was called Senaculum as
a place where the senate or the seniores ** ' elders '
were to take their places, named like yepoiKria
' assembly of elders ' among the Greeks. Lautolae
' baths,' from lavare ' to wash,' because there near
the Double Janus '^ there once were "^ hot springs.
From these there was ^ a pool in the Lesser Velabrum,
from which fact it was called velabrum because there
they vehebantur ' were conveyed ' by skiffs, like that
greater Velabrum of which mention has been made
above.'

157. The Aequimaelium ' Maelius-Flat,' because the
house of Maelius was aequata ' laid flat ' by the state
since he wished to seize the power and be king." The
place Ad Busta Gallica ' At the Gauls' Tombs,' because
on the recovery of Rome the bones of the Gauls who

§ 157. ° Spurius Maelius, suspected of aiming at royal
power, was slain by C. Servilius Ahala, magister equitum, in
439 B.C., by direction of the dictator L. Quinctius Cincin-
natus ; c/. Livy, iv. 13-14.

147

VARRO

qui possederunt urbem ibi coacei'vata ac consepta.
Locus qui vocatur Doliola ad Cluacam Maxumam, ubi
non licet despuere, a doliolis sub terra. Eorum duae
traditae historiae, quod alii inesse aiunt ossa cada-
verum, alii Numae Pompilii religiosa quaedam post
mortem eius infossa. Argzletum^ sunt qui scrip-
serunt ab Argo La<ri>saeo,* quod is hue venerit
ibique sit sepultus, alii ab argilla, quod ibi id genus
terrae sit.

158. Clivos Public<i>usi ab aedilibus plebei Pu-
blici<i>s qui eum publice aedificarunt. Simili de causa
Pullius et Cosconius, quod ab his viocuris dicuntur
aedificati. Clivus Proximus a Flora susus'' versus
Capitolium vetus, quod ibi sacellum lovis lunonis
Minervae, et id antiquius quam aedis quae in Capi-
tolio facta.

159. Esquiliis^ Vicus Africus, quod ibi obsides ex
Africa bello Punico dicuntur custoditi. Vicus Ct/prius
a cj/pro, quod ibi Sabini cives additi consederunt, qui

* Laetus, for argeletum. * Kent, for argola seu.

§158. ^ ^w(/., /or publicum. ^ Victorius andTurnehus,
for a floras usus.

§ 159. ^ For exquiliis.

* In 390 (or 388 ?) b.c. ; cf. Livy, v. 37 flF. ' Livy, v. 40. 8,
and Festus, 69. 8 M., say that the burial of the sacred objects
was at the time of the Gallic invasion. "^ A street along-
side the Comitium ; clearly ' Clay-pit,' from argiUa, but
commonly understood as Argi letum 'death of Argus.'
According to Servius in Jen. viii. 345, Argus was murdered
while he was a guest of Evander ; Evander gave him honour-
able burial. « Page 115 P'unaioli. f My suggestion for
the impossible argola seu of the text is based on the fact
that both Argus the guardian of lo and Argus the son of
Niobe were connected with the city Argos, whose citadel

148

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 157-159

had held Rome * were heaped up there and fenced in.
The place near the Cloaca Maxima which is called
Doliola ' The Jars,' where spitting is prohibited, from
some doliola ' jars ' that were buried under the earth.
Two stories about these are handed down : some say
that bones of dead men were in them, others that
certain sacred objects belonging to Numa Pompilius
were buried in them after his death. "^ The Argile-
tum,** according to some writers,* was named from
Argus of Larisa,^ because he came to this place and
was buried there ; according to others, from the
argilla ' clav,' because this kind of earth is found at
this place.

158. The Cliviis'^ Publictus ' Pubhcian Incline,'
from the members of the PubUcian gens ^ who as
plebeian aediles constructed it by state authority.
For like reasons the Cltvus Pullius and the Clivus Cos-
conius, because they are said to have been constructed
by men of these names as Street-Overseers. The
Incline Xext-To-Flora is up towards the old Capitol,
because there is in that place a chapel of Jupiter,
Juno, and Minerva, and this is older than the temple
which has been built on the Capitol.

159. On the Esquiline there is a Vicus Africus
* African Row,' because there, it is said, the hostages
from Africa in the Punic War were kept under guard.
The Vicus Cyprius ' Good Row,' from cuprum, because
there the Sabines who were taken in as citizens
settled, and they named it from the good omen :

was named Larisa or Larissa ; and Evander's guest may
well have been represented as coming thence.

§ 158. " A street running steeply up a hill. * Two
brothers Lucius and Marcus Publicius Malleolus, according
to Festus, 238 b 28 M.

149

VARRO

a bono omine id appellarunt : nam cj/prum Sabine
bonum. Prope hunc Vicus Sceleratus, dictus a Tullia
Tarquini Superbi uxore, quod ibi cum iaceret pater
occisus, supra eum carpentum mulio ut inigeret^
iussit.

XXXIII. 160. Quoniam vicus constat ex domibus,
nunc earum^ vocabula vide(a>mus.^ Domus Graecum
at ideo in aedibus saci-is ante cellam, ubi sedes dei
sunt, Graeci dicunt tt/joSo/xov,^ quod po<s>t est,*
o7rio-^o8o/Li<ov>.* Aedes^ ab aditu, quod piano pede
adibant. Itaque ex aedibus efFerri indjctivo' funere
praeco etiam eos dicit qui ex tabernis efferuntur, et
omnes in censu villas inde <de)dicamus* aedes.

161. Cavum aedium dictum qui locus tectus intra
parietes relinquebatur patulus^ qui esset ad com-
<m)unem omnium usum. In hoc locus si nullus
relictus erat, sub divo qui esset, dicebatur testudo ab
testudinis similitudine, ut est in praetorio et castris.
Si relictum erat in medio ut lucem caperet,i deorsum
quo impluebat, dictum impluium, susum qua com-
pluebat, compluium : utrumque a pluvia. Tuscani-
cum dictum a Tuscis, posteaquam illorum cavum

* Ursinus, for iniceret.

§ 160. ^ p, Aug., for eorum. ^ For uidemus Fv.
' For prodomum Fv. * GS. ; post Vicforius ; for potest.
' Victorius, for opisthodum Fv. * For aedis. ' Aug.,
with B, for inductiuo. * Mue., for inde dicamus.

§ 161. ^ Aug., with B, for carperet Fv.

§ 159. " The Sabine word for ' good ' was cupro- ; and
Vicus Cyprius, if correctly written, must mean ' Cyprian
Row ' or ' Copper Row.' * C/. Livy, i. 48. 7.

§ 160. " Latin domus is akin to, not derived from, Greek
So/xos. '■ Wrong ; an aedes is a building with a fireplace,

150

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 159-161

for cyprum means * good ' in Sabine." Near this is
the Vicus Sceleraius ' Accursed Row,' named from
Tullia wife of Tarquin the Proud, because when her
father was lying dead in it she ordered her muleteer
to drive her carriage on over his body.^

XXXIIL 160. Since a Row consists of houses, let
us now look at the names of these. Domus ' house '
is a Greek word," and therefore in the temples the
room in front of the hall where the abode of the god
is the Greeks call 77po8o/xos ' front room,' and that
which is behind they call oTrio-yoSo/xo? ' back room.'
Aedes ' house,' from adittis ' approach,' because they
adihant ' approached ' it on level footing.* Therefore
the herald at an announced funeral says that those
who are carried out of any building made of boards,
are carried ex aedibus ' from the house ' ; and all the
country-houses in the census-list we from that fact '^
call aedes.

161. The cavum aedium ' inner court ' is said of the
roofed part which is left open ^\'ithin the house-walls,
for common use by all. If in this no place was left
which is open to the sky, it was called a testudo
' tortoise ' from the likeness to the testudo, as it is at
the general's headquarters and in the camps. If
some space was left in the centre to get the light,
the place into which the rain fell down was called
the impluvium, and the place where it ran together
up above was called the compluvium ; both from
pluiia ' rain.' The Tuscanicum ' Tuscan-style ' was
named from the Tusci ' Etruscans,' after the Romans

c/. Greek 'a'deiv ' to blaze.' " Because such villae were
wooden buildings, and normally owned by Romans whose
prominence would authorize them to have publicly announced
funerals.

151

VARRO

aedium simulare coeperunt. Atrium appellatum ab
Atriatibus Tuscis : illinc enim exemplum sumptum.
162. Circum cavum aedium erat unius cuiusque
rei utilitatis causa parietibus dissepta : ubi quid con-
ditum esse volebant, a celando cellam appellarunt ;
penariam ubi penus ; ubi cubabant cubieulum ; ubi
cenabant cenaculum voeitabant, ut etiam nunc
Lanuvi apud aedem lunonis et in cetero Latio ac
Faleri<i>s et Cordubae dicuntur. Posteaquam in
superiore parte cenitare coeperunt, superioris domus
universa cenacula dicta ; posteaquam ubi cenabant
plura facere coeperunt, ut in castris ab hieme hiberna,
hibernum domus vocarunt ; contraria . . .

HIC DEFECIT EXEMPLAR FOLIIS DUOBUSl

XXXIV. 163. . . . <quam re)ligionem^ Porcius
designat cum de Ennio scribens dicit eum coluisse
Tutilinae loca. Sequitur Porta Naevia, quod in
nemoribus Naevi«s^ : etenim loca, ubi ea, sic dicta.

§ 162. 1 Thus Ft:

§163. ^ All ff., for ligionem. ^ Laehis, for naevms.

§161. " AtriutH either from Atria, as Varro states, or
from ater ' black,' because the roof was blackened by the
smoke from the hearth-fire, which originally had to escape
by the opening in the roof.

§ 162. " In Spain, the modern Cordova. * Varro
doubtless stated that a dining-room for summer use was
called an aestiviim.

§ 163. " The lost passage concluded with an account of
the gates of the wall of Servius Tullius ; the extant text
resumes just at the end of this description, giving the gates
on the Aventine. * Page 44 Huschke. Porcius Licinus
was a poet who flourished about 100 b.c. or slightly earlier.
* Ennius lived on the Aventine ; according to Varro, near

152

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 161-163

began to imitate their style of inner court. The
atrium ' reception hall ' was named " from the Etrus-
cans of Atria ; for from them the model was taken.

162. Around the inner court the house was divided
by walls, making rooms useful for different purposes :
where they \*ished something to be stored away, they
called it a cella ' store-room,' from celare ' to conceal ' ;
a penaria ' food-pantry,' where penus ' food ' was
kept ; a atbiailum ' sleeping-chamber,' where they
cuhabant ' lay down ' for rest ; where they cenabant
' dined,' they called it a cenaciilum ' dining-room,' as
even now such rooms are named at Lanu\ium in the
Temple of Juno, in the rest of Latium, at Falerii, and
at Corduba." After they began to take dinner up-
stairs, all the rooms of the upper story were called
cenacula ; still later, when they began to have several
rooms for dining, they called one the hibernuni ' \\in-
ter-room ' of the house, as in camps they speak of the
hibema ' ^Wnter camp,' from hiems ' winter ' ; and on
the other hand . . . ^

HERE THE MODEL COPY LACKED TWO LEAVES

XXXIV. 163." . . . which worship Porcius "
means when, speaking of Ennius, he says that he
dwelt in the locality of Tutihna.'^ Next comes the
Nae\'ian Gate,** so called because it is in the Nae\ian
Woods : for the locality where it is, is called by this
name. Then the Porta Rauduscula * ' Copper Gate,'

the sanctuary of Tutilina, a goddess of protection. This
must be near the Porta Capena or somewhat to the west of
it, in the circuit of the Servian walls, before reaching the
Porta yaevia. * On the south-east slope of the Aventine.
' Or Raudusculana, whereby the road led over the central
depression of the Aventine to the Ostian road.

153

VARRO

Deinde Rauduscula, quod aerata fuit. Aes raudus
dictum ; ex eo' veteribus in mancipiis scriptum :

Raudusculo libram ferito.

Hinc Lavernalis ab ara Lavernae, quod ibi ara eius.

164. Praeterea intra mures video portas dici in
Palatio Mucionis a mugitu, quod ea pecus in buceta
turn (ante) antiquum^ oppidum exigebant ; alteram
Romanulam, ab Roma dietam, quae habet gradus in
Nova Fia* ad Volupiae sacellum.

165. Tertia est lanualis, dicta ab lano, et ideo ibi
positum lani signum et ius institutum a Pompilio, ut
scribit in Annalibus Piso, ut sit aperta semper, nisi
cum bellum sit nusquam. Traditum est memoriae
Pompilio rege fuisse opertami et post Tito Manlio"
consule bello CartAaginiensi primo confecto, et eodem
anno apertam.

XXXV. 166. Super lectulis origines quas adverti,
hae : lectica, quod legebant unde eam^ facerent

' After eo, L. Sp. deleted in.

§ 164. ^ L. Sp., for bucitatuni antiquum (bucita turn
Scaliger). ^ ScaUffer, for noualia.

§ 165. ^ Scaliger, for apertam. ^ Aug, (manlio B),
for titio manilio.

§ 166. ^ Victorius, for iam.

f The oldest " money " consisted of slabs or bars of aes rude
' rough copper,' to which reference is here made. " A
goddess of the netherworld, patroness of thieves ; the
location of the gate with her altar is not known.

§ 164. " The three gates in the old walls of the Palatine.
* Or Porta Mugonia ; in the divine name Mucio the C has
the early value of g. This gate was at the top of the Nova
Via. " Leading up from the foot of the Nova Via. '' A
goddess of pleasure.

154

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 163-166

because it was at one time covered with copper.
Copper is called raudus ; from this the ancients had
it ^mtten in their formula for symbolic sales :

Let him strike the balance-pan with a piece of
raudusJ

From here, the Lavemal Gate, from the altar of
Laverna,^ because her altar is there.

164. Besides, inside the walls, I see, there are
gates " on the Palatine : the Gate of Mucio,** from
miigitus ' lowing,' because by it they drove the herds
out into the cow-pastures which were then in front
of the ancient town ; a second called the Romanula
' Little Roman,' named from Rome, which has steps '^
in New Street at the Chapel of ^'olupia.'*

165. The third gate is the Janual Gate, named
from Janus, and therefore a statue of Janus " was set
up there, and the binding practice was instituted by
Pompilius, as Piso ^ writes in his Annals, that the gate
should always be open except when there was no war
anywhere. The story that has come down to us is
that it was closed when Pompilius was king, and after-
wards when Titus Manlius was consul, at the end of
the first war ^\-ith Carthage, and then opened again in
the same year."

XXXV. 166. On the subject of beds," the origins
of the names, so far as I have observed them, are
the following : Lectica ' couch,' because they legebant

§ 1 65. " The archway of Janus, placed at the end of the
Argiletum where it debouched into the Forum ; cf. Livy, i.
19.3. * /fi«<. iJoOT. Fra^., page 79 Peter. "'In^SoB.c;

but it was closed three times in the reign of Augustus.

§ 166. " Lectus, lectuius, lectica, all from a root meaning
' to lie,' not otherwise found in Latin, but seen in English lie
and lay, and in Greek.

155

VARRO

stramenta atque herbam, ut etiam nunc fit in castris ;
lecticas, ne essent in terra,* sublimis in his ponebant ;
nisi ab eo quod Graeci antiqui dicebant AeKxpov
lectum potius. Qui* lecticam involvebant, quod fere
stramenta erant e segete, segestria appellarunt, ut
etiam nunc in castris, nisi si a Graecis : nam crreya-
arpov ihi.* Lectus mortui (quod)^ fertur, dicebant
feretrum nostri, Graeci (fyeperpov.

167. Posteaquam transierunt ad culcitas, quod in
eas acus^ aut tomentum aliudve quid calcabant, ab
inculcando culcita dicta. Hoc quicquid insternebant
ab sternendo stragulum appellabant. Pulvinar vel a
pluffjis vel a pdlulis* declinarunt. Quibus operiban-
tur, operimenta, et pallia opercula dixerunt. In his
multa peregrina, ut sagum, reno Gallica, uP gaunaca^
et amphimallum Graeca ; contra Latinum toral,^
ante torum, et torus a torto,* quod is in promptu.

* Aug., for terras. * Ed. Veneta, for quam. * L. Sp.,
for ubi. * Added by L. Sp.

§ 167. ^ Ttirnebus, for ea sagus. * Aldus, for a
pluribus uel a pollulis. * GS. ; gallica Turnebus ; for
galli quid. * GS. ; gaunacum Scaliger, for gaunacuma.
^ A. Sp. ; toral quod Aug.; torale quod Aldus ; for tore
uel. ^ Meursius, for toruo.

* That is, on additional straw and grass (if the text be
correct). '^ From the Greek, with dissimilative loss of the
prior t. <* The standing grain ; then, the stems of the
grain-plants, not merely of wheat. * From the Greek
word, which is from <f>epco ' I bear.'

§167. "Wrong. " Hoc -hue 'into this.' «^ From
156

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 16&-167

' gathered ' the straw-coverings and the grass vrith
which to make them, as even now is done in camp ;
these couches, that they might not be on the earth,
they raised up on these materials * ; — unless rather
from the fact that the ancient Greeks called a bed a
AeK-Tpov. Those who covered up a couch, called the
coverings segestria,'^ because the coverings in general
were made from the seges ^ ' wheat-stalks,' as even
now is done in the camp ; unless the word is from the
Greeks, for there it is a-Tkyacrrpov. Because the bed
of a dead raanfertur ' is carried,' our ancestors called
it a feretrum ' ' bier,' and the Greeks called it a
<f>ep€Tpoi'.

167. After they had passed to the use of culcitae
' mattresses and pillows,' because into them they
calcabant ' pressed ' chaff or stuffing or something else,
the article was called a culcita from inculcare ' to press
in.' " Whatever they spread upon this,* they called
a stragulum ' cover ' from sternere ' to spread.' The
pulvinar '^ ' cushioned seat of honour ' they derived
either from plumae ' feathers ' or from pellulae ' furs.'
That '\\'ith which they operibantur ' were covered,'
they called (yperimenta ' covers,' and pallia ' covers of a
Greek sort ' they called apercula. Among these there
are many foreign words, such as saguin ' soldier's
blanket ' and reno ' cloak of reindfeer skin,' which are
Gallic, and gaunaca ^ ' heavy Oriental cloak ' and
amphimallum ' cloak shaggy on both sides,' which are
Greek ; and on the other hand toral ' valance,' in front
of the torus ' bolster,' is Latin, and so in torus ' bol-
ster,' from iortum ' twisted,' because it is ready for

pulvinut ' pillow,' a word of undetermined origin.
'' Correct sources ; but gaunaca came into Greek from
Persian.

157

VARRO

Ab hac similitudine toruZus' in mulieris capita
ornatus.

168. Qua simplici scansione scandebant in lectum
non al<um,i scabellum ; in altiorem, scamnum. Dupli-
cata scansio gradus dicitur, quod gerit in inferiore^
superiorem. Graeca sunt peristromata et peripetas-
mata, sic ali(a) quae^ item convivii causa ibi multa.

XXXVI. 169.^ Pecuniae signatae vocabula sunt
aeris et argenti haec : as ab aere ; dupondius ab^
duobus ponderibus, quod unum pondus assipondium
dicebatur ; id ideo quod as erat libra pondo.^ Deinde
ab numero reliquum dictum usque ad centussis,* ut
as* singulari numero, ab tribus assibus tressis, et sic
proportione usque ad nonussis.

170. In denario numero hoc mutat, quod primum
est ab decem assibus decussis, secundum ab duobus
decussibus vicessis,! quod dici sol(it>um* a duobus

' Aug., for toruius.

§168. ^ M, LaeUis, for aAmrn. '^ Laetus, for inferiora..
' L. Sp., for aliquid.

§ 169. ^ Priscian, iii. 410. 10 Keil, quotes from this point,
beginning with multa at the end of § 168, placed with § 169
hy wrong division ; he continues through decuma libella in
the first line of § 174. As the best manuscript of Priscian is
at least three centuries older than F of Varro, his text is
useful here, though it omits some icords and phrases, and has
one considerable insertion. * Priscian, for a. ' Gronov.,
for pondus. * Priscian has centussem. * After as,
Laetus deleted a.

§170. ^ Turnebus, for hicessis. ^ Turnebus, for solum.

' Wrong ; he apparently means that the torus, a bolster
originally of twisted rushes, was ready when it was properly
158

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 167-170

use.' From likeness ^ to this is named the iorulus
' knob,' ^ an ornament on a woman's head.

168. That by which they scandehant ' mounted '
by a single scansio ' step ' into a bed that was not high,
they called a scabelluf/i ' bed step ' ; that by which
they mounted into a higher bed, a scamnum ' bed
steps.' " A double step is called a gradus ' pace,'
because it gerit ' carries ' a higher step on the lower.*
Peristromata ' bedspreads ' and peripetasmata ' bed-
curtains ' are Greek words, so are other things which
are used for banquets as well — and of them there are
quite a number.

XXX\T. 169. The names of stamped money of
bronze and silver are the follo\nng : as " from aes
' copper ' ; dupondius ' two-a* piece ' from duo pondera
' two weights,' because one weight was called an
assipondium ' as piece ' ; this for the reason that an as
was a libra ' unit ' pondo ' by weight.' From this the
rest were named from the number up to centussis ' one
hundred asses,' as as when the number is one, tressis
from three asses, and so by regular analogy up to
nonussis ' nine asses.'

170. At the number ten this changes, because first
there is the decussis from decern asses ' ten asses,' second
the vicessis ** ' twenty asses ' from two decusses, which

twisted, like a torment um or piece of artillery which was
ready to fire when the ropes, its source of propulsion, had
been twisted. ' That is, similarity in shape. ' The
shape in which the hair was arranged.

§ 168. » Wrong etymologj- ; but scabellum is a diminu-
tive of »ca>n num. ''Wrong.

§ 169. " Not from aes, but a word borrowed from some
unknown source. The etymologies from here on through
§ 174 are correct except as noted.

§ 170. " Pro{>erly from viginti ' twenty,' vicies ' twenty
times.'

159

VARRO

bicessis ; reliqua conveniunt, quod est ut trice*sis^
proportione usque ad centussis, quo maius aeris
proprium vocabulum non est : nam ducenti<s> et sic*
proportione quae dicuntur non magis asses quam
denarii aliaeve quae^ res significantur.

171. Aeris minima pars sextula, quod sexta pars
unciae. Semuncia, quod dimidia pars unciae : se^
valet dimidium, ut in selibra et semodio. Uncia ab
uno. Sextans ab eo quod sexta pars assis, ut qua-
drans quod quarta, et triens quod tertia pars. Semis,
quod semi<a>s,2 id est^ dimidium assis, ut supra
dictum est. Septunx a septem et uncia conclusum.

172. Reliqua obscuriora, quod ab deminutione, et
ea quae deminuuntur ita sunt, ut extremas syllabas
habeant : ut <un)de una^ dempta uncia deunx,

^ Priscian, for tricensis. * L. Sp. ; ducenti et sic Priscian ;
for ducenti in. * alieuae quae Fk ; aliaeque Priscian.
§171. ^ Bentinus, for sic. ^ Turnebus, for semis.

* lifter est, Laetus deleted ut, which Priscian also omits.

§ 172. 1 ut unde una Kent ; unde una Mue. ; for ut de
una {Priscian omits ut de).

* It is hardly likely that vicessis became bicessis (influenced
by ' two ' in the form bi- as prefix) until the confusion of B
and V in pronunciation ; this began about a century after
Varro wrote this work. The clause therefore seems to be
an interpolation. « After centussis, Priscian inserts : quod
et Persius ostendit " et centum Graecos uno centusse licetur"
' and on one hundred Greeks he sets the value of just one
hundred asses." The quotation is Persius, 5. 191, where
the text has curto ' clipped ' instead of uno.

§171. "Apparently named as the smallest coin, one
seventy-second of the as ; but no such coin is actually at-
tested. ^ Really semi-, with the vowel elided : sem-uncia.
160

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 170-172

is customarily pronounced hicessis, from duo ' two ' ' ;
the rest harmonize, in that the formation is Uke tri-
cessis regularly up to centuss^is,'^ after which there is no
special word for larger sums of copper money : for
ducenti ' two hundred ' and higher numbers which are
made analogically do not indicate asses any more than
they do denarii or any other things.

171. The smallest piece of copper is a sextula,'* so
named because it is the sexta ' sixth ' part of an ounce.
The semuncia ' half-ounce,' because it is the half of an
ounce : se equals dimidium ' half,' * as in selihra *= ' half-
pound ' and semodius ' half-peck.' Uncia ' ounce,'
from unum ' one.' ** Sextans ' sixth,' from the fact that
it is the sixth part of an as, as the quadrans ' fourth '
is that which is a fourth, and the iriens ' third ' that
which is a third.* Semis ' half-a*,' because it is a semi-
as, that is, the half of an as, as has been said above.
The septunx ' seven ounces,' contracted from septem
and uncia.

172. The remaining words are less clear, because
they are expressed by subtraction, and those elements
from which the subtraction is made are such that they
keep their last syllables " : as that from which one
dempta uncia ' ounce is taken,' is a deunx ' eleven
twelfths ' ; if a sextans is taken away, it is a dextans

' Se-libra after the model of se-modius, which is for semi-
modius, with loss of one of the two similar syllables. '' For
oinikia, as units is from oinos ; the ounce was one twelfth of
the as ' pound.' * Quincunx, from quinque and uncia, is
expected here, and may have fallen out of the text.

§ 172. "The " keeping of the last syllables " is seen in
de-{se)xtans, in de-{qua)drans becoming dodrans, in de-
(tri)es becoming des. In reality, des or bes is for duo assis,
short for duo partes assis ' two parts (that is, two thirds) of an
as,' with various phonetic changes.

VOL. I M 161

VARRO

dextans dempto sextante, dodrans dempto quadrante,
bes, ut olim des, dempto triente.

173. In argento nummi, id ab Sjculis : denarii,
quod^ denos aeris valebant ; quinarii, quod quinos J
sestertius, 2 quod semis tertius. Dupondius enim et
semis antiquus sestertius* : est et veteris consuetu-
dinis, ut retro aere dicerent, ita ut semis tertius,
<semis)* quartus, semis (quintus)' pronuntiarent.
Ab semis tertius (sestertius)* dictus.

174. Nummi denarii decuma libella, quod libram
pondo as valebat et erat ex argento parva. Simbella,
quod libellae dimidium, quod semis assis. Terruncius
a tribus unciis, quod libellae ut haec quarta pars, sic
quadrans assis,

175. Eadem pecunia voeabulum mutat : nam
potest item dici dos, arrabo, merces, corollarium.
Dos, si nuptiarum causa data ; haec Graece SwrtV»/ :
ita enim hoc Siculi. Ab eodem donum : nam Graece

§ 173. ^ After quod, Ed. Veneta deleted a repeated de-
narii quod {omitted by Priscian). ^ For sextertius Fv.
* Added by OS., following Priscian. * Added by L. Sp.,
following Priscian.

§ 1 73. " Not connected with as or aes. * The custom-
ary unit of Roman business ; in Varro's time, worth about
3^d. sterling, or §0.07 (standard of 1936). «After a
number of reductions, the copper as was in 217 b.c. reduced
to one ounce of metal ; at the same time the silver denarius
was fixed at ten asses, and the sestertius at four asses,
** " The third half-as " implies that the first two asses were
complete while the third was not, as though " two asses and
the third half-a* " ; c/. German drittehalb ' 2J,' and similar
formations.

§ 174. " Diminutive of libra, because of small bulk as

162

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 172-175

' five sixths ' ; if a quadrans is taken away, it is a
dodrans ; it is a hes ' two thirds,' or as it once was, a
des, if a triens is demptus ' taken off.'

173. In silver, there are coins called nummi, this
word from the Sicilians : denarii,'^ because they were
worth deni aeris ' ten asses of copper ' ; quinarii,
because they were worth quini ' five asses each ' ; and
the sestertius '' ' sesterce,' so called because it is semis
tertius ' the third half-a*.' For the old-time sesterce "
was a dupondius and a semis ; it is also a part of ancient
practice, that they should speak of coin in reverse
order, so that they named them the semis tertius ' two
and a half asses,' ** semis quartus ' the fourth half, three
and a half asses ' semis quintus ' the fifth half, four and
a half asses. ' From semis tertius they said sestertius.

m. The tenth part of a nummus denarius ' silver
coin of ten asses ' is a libella,"' because the as was
worth a pound by weight, and the as of silver was a
small one. The simbella * is so called because it is the
half of a libella, as the semis is half of an as. The
ierruncius <^ ' three-ounce piece,' from tres unciae ' three
ounces,' because as this is the fourth part of a libella,
so the quadrans is the fourth of an as.

175. This same money changes its name : for it
can likewise be called dos ' dower,' arrabo ' earnest-
money,' merces ' wages,' corollarium ' bonus.' Dos '^
' dower,' if it is given for the purpose of a marriage ;
this in Greek is Scotivi], for thus the Sicilians call it.
From the same comes donum ' gift ' ; for in Greek it

compared with the libra of aes. * Or perhaps sembella ;
for sem(i-li)bella. ' The first element is ter ' three times '
(earlier terr if before a vowel).

§ 175. "A native Latin word, akin to donum and the
Greek words.

163

VARRO

ut <Aeol)is Soi'ftov^ et ut alii 5o/xa et ut Attici Soo-iv.
Arrabo sic data, ut reliquum reddatur : hoc verbum
item a Graeco dppafSwi'. Reliquum, quod ex eo quod
debitum reliquum.

176. Damnum a demptione, cum minus re factum
quam quanti constat. Lucrum ab luendo, si amplius
quam ut exsolveret, quanti esset, (re>ceptum.^
Detrimentum a detritu, quod ea quae trita minoris
pretii. Ab eodem {tri)mento,2 intertrimentum ab
eo, quod duo quae inter se trita, et deminuta ; a
quo etiam in<ter>trigo' dicta.

177. Multa (e>ai pecunia quae a magistratu dicta,
ut exigi posset ob peccatum ; quod singulae dicuntur,
appellatae eae multae,^ <et>' quod olim v(i>num*
dicebant multaw* : itaque cum (in)" dolium aut
culleum vinum addunt rustici, prima urna addita
dicunt etiam nunc. Poena a poeniendo aut quod post
peccatum sequitur. Pretium, quod emptionis aesti-
mationisve causa constituitur, dictum a peritis, quod
hi soli facere possunt recte id.

§ 175. ^ Bergk, for issedonion.

§ 176. ^ L. Sp., for ceptuin. ^ ^/. Sp.^ for ab eadem

mente. ^ Bentinus, for intrigo (intrigo dicta et intertrigo
B and Aug.).

§177. ^ Groth, for a.. ^ Aug., for muMas. ^ Added

by Mite. * B, Laetus, for ununi. ^ Goeschen, for

multae. * Added by Aug., with B.

§ 176. « Wrong.

§ 177. " Multa 'fine,' possibly taken from Sabine, but
probably from the root in mtilcare ' to beat.' Varro seems
to identify it with multae ' many,' supply perhaps pecuniae :
the magistrate imposed one multa after another, just as the
countrymen poured one multa of wine after another into

164.

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 175-177

is Sdvciov "with the Aeolians, and Sofia as others say it,
and 86<Tis of the Athenians. Arrabo ' earnest-money,'
when money is given on this stipulation, that a
balance is to be paid : this word likewise is from
the Greek, where it is appafttav. Reliquum ' balance,'
because it is the reliquum ' remainder ' of what is owed.

176. Damnum ' loss,' from demptio ' taking away,' "
when less is brought in by the sale of the object than
it cost. Lucrum ' profit ' from luere ' to set free,' if
more is taken in than will exsolvere ' release ' the price
at which it was acquired. Detrimentum ' damage,'
from detritus ' rubbing off,' because those things which
are trita ' rubbed ' are of less value. From the same
trimentum comes intertrimentum ' loss by attrition,'
because two things which have been trita ' rubbed '
inter se ' against each other ' are also diminished ;
from which moreover intertrigo ' chafing of the skin '
is said.

177. A multa ' fine ' is that money named by a
magistrate, that it might be exacted on account of
a transgression ; because the fines are named one at
a time, they are called multae as though ' many,' and
because of old they called wine multa : thus when the
countrymen put wine into a large jar or >vine-skin,
they even now call it a multa after the first pitcherful
has been put in." Poena ' penalty,' from poenire * ' to
punish ' or because it follows post ' after ' a transgres-
sion." Pretium ' price ' is that which is fixed for the
purpose of purchase or of evaluation ; it is named
from the periti ** ' experts,' because these alone can
set a price correctly.

the storage jars or skins. * Poena from Greek : poenire
(classical punire) from poena. ' As though from pone
' behind,' =post. ^ Wrong etymology.

165

VARRO

178. Si quid datum pro opera aut opere, merces,
a merendo. Quod manu factum erat et datum pro
eo, manupretium, a manibus et pretio. Corollarium,
si additum praeter quam quod debitum ; eius voca-
bulum fictum a corollis, quod eae, cum placuerant
actores, in scaena dari solitae. Praeda est ab hosti-
bus capta, quod manu parta, ut parida praeda. Prae-
mium a praeda, quod ob recte quid factum concessum.

179. Si datum quod reddatur, mutuum, quod
Siculi fjLOLToi' : itaque scribit Sophron

MoiTOV dt>Ti,ixo<y'>.^
Et munus quod mutuo animo qui sunt dant officii
causa ; alterum munus, quod muniendi causa impera-
tum, a quo etiam municipes, qui una munus fungi
debent, dicti.

180. Si es(t>^ ea pecunia quae in i?^dicium^ venit
in litibus, sacramentum a sacro ; qui^ petebat et qui
infiiiabatur,* de aliis rebus ut<e>rque^ quingenos aeris
ad pont<ific)em^ deponebant, de aliis rebus item certo

§179. ^ Fay, with haplology, for Scaliger's avriTiixov ,
for moeton antimo ; c/. Hesychius, s.v. iioItoi.

% 180. ^ A. Sp.,/or is. * For indicium. ^ For quis,

* GS., for inficiabatur. * Aug., with B, for utrique.

* Aug., for pontem.

§ 178. " Dubious etymology. * From the elements in
pre-hendere 'to grasp.' "^ From prae + emere 'to take
before (some one else).'

§ 1 79. " The two words are connected, but the Latin is
not from the Sicilian. *" Fragment 168 Kaibel ; the text
is uncertain. " Munus, mutuus, munire, municeps all have

the same root. ** Including (kind) services and favours.

* Apparently obligatory citizen service on streets and walls.
' Citizens of a munlcipium.

§ 180. " Probably because each party took a sacramentum
' oath ' to the justice of his case when he made the deposit.

* This depositing with the pontifex is not known from other

166

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 178-180

178. If any payment is made for services or for
labour, it is merces ' wages,' from merere ' to earn.* <»
What was done by hand and what was paid for the
work, were both called jnanupretium ' workmanship '
and ' workman's pay,' from mantis ' hands ' and
prettum ' price.' CoroUarium ' bonus,' if anything is
added beyond what is due ; this word was made from
coroUae ' garlands,' because the spectators were in the
habit of thro^nng flowers on the stage when they
Uked the actors' performance. Praeda * ' booty ' is
that which has been taken from the enemy, because
it is porta ' won ' by the work of the hands : praeda as
though parida. Praemium « ' reward,' from praeda
' booty,' because it is granted for something well done.

179. If money is given which is to be paid back, it
is a muiuum ' loan,' so called because the SiciUans call
it a /xoiTos " ; thus Sophron writes ^

Loan to be repaid.

Also munus <^ ' present,' because those who are on
terms of mutuus ' mutual ' affection give presents <* out
of kindness ; a second munus ' duty,' « because it is
ordered for the muniendum ' fortification ' of the town,
from which moreover the munidpes ' to^^Tispeople ' ^
are named, who must jointly perform the munut,

180. If it is that money which comes into court in
lawsuits, it is called sacramentum ' sacred deposit,' «
from sacrum ' sacred ' : the plaintiff and the defendant
each deposited -vnth the pontifex ^ five hundred
copper asses for some kinds of cases, and for other
kinds the trial was conducted like^Wse under a deposit

sources, and here rests upon an emendation, but may have
been regular in early times ; in Varro's time, the deposit was
made with the praetor who acted as judge.

167

VARRO

alio legitime numero adum' ; qui iudicio vicerat,
suum sacramentum e sacro auferebat, victi ad aera-
rium redibat.

181. Tributum dictum atribubus,quod ea pecunia,
quae populo imperata erat, tributim a singulis pro
portione census exigebatur.^ Ab hoc ea quae assig-
nata erat attributum dictum ; ab eo quoque quibus
attributa erat pecunia, ut militi reddant, tribuni
aerarii dicti ; id quod attributum erat, aes militare ;
hoc est quod ait Plautus :

Cedit miles, aes petit.
Et hinc dicuntur milites aerarii ab aere, quod stipendia
facerent.

182. Hoc ipsum stipendium a stipe dictum, quod
aes quoque stipem dicebant : nam quod asses librae'
pondo erant, qui acceperant maiorem numerum non
in area ponebant, sed in aliqua cella stipabant, id est
componebant, quo minus loci occuparet ; ab stipando
stipem dicere coeperunt. Stip*^ ab a-Toifirf fortasse,
Graeco verbo. Id apparet, quod ut turn institutum
etiam nunc diis cum thesauris asses dant stipem

' C. F. W. Mueller, for assum.
§ 181. ^ Aldus, for exigebantur.
§ 182. ^ Laetus, for libras. * L. Sp., with b, for stipa.

' 500 if the case involved an amount of 1000 asses or more ;
50 if the case involved a smaller amount or the personal
freedom of an individual. "* The phrase e sacro confirms
the statement that deposit was made with the pontLfex.

§ 181. " Derivation probable, but not certain. * Aulu-

laria, 526 ; but Plautus means a bailiff collecting a bad debt !
* The phrase means also ' to serve years in the army,' since
each stipendium is one year's pay.

§ 182. " Stips (not from Greek) is the basis of the other

168

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 180-182

of some other fixed amount specified by law <= ; he
who won the decision got baclc his deposit from the
temple,** but the loser's deposit passed into the state
treasury-.

181. ' Trihutum ' tribute ' was said from the tribus
' tribes,' " because that money which was le\ied on
the people, was exacted trihuiim ' tribe by tribe ' indi-
vidually, in proportion to their financial rating in the
census. From this, that money which was allotted
was attributum ' assigned ' ; from this also, those to
whom the money was assigned, that they may pay it
to the soldierA", were called tribuni aerarii ' treasury
tribunes ' ; that which was assigned, was the aes
militare ' soldier's pay-fund ' ; this is what Plautus
means ** :

Comes the soldier, asks for cash.

And from this comes the term miliies aerarii ' paid
soldiers,' from the aes ' cash-pay,' because they earned
stipends."

182. This very word stipendium ' stipend ' is said
from stips ' coin,' because they also called an aes
' copper coin ' a stips ° ; for because the asses were a
pound each in weight, those who had received an
unusual number of them did not put them in a strong-
box, but stipabant ' packed,' that is, componebant
' stored,' them away in some chamber, that they might
take up less space ^ ; they started the use of the
word stips from stipare ' to pack. ' Stips is perhaps from
the Greek word crroifSi] ' heap.' This is clear, be-
cause, as was then started, so even now they speak of
a stips when they give money to the temple treasuries
for the gods, and those who make a contract about

words in this section. * Stips ' stamped coin ' and stipare
' to press, stamp ' may belong together etymologically.

169

VARRO

dicunt, et qui pecuniam alligat, stipulari et resti-
pulari. Militz's stipendia* ideo, quod earn stipem
pendebant ; ab eo etiam Ennius scribit :
Poeni stipendia pendunt.

183. Ab eodem acre pendendo dispensator, et in
tabulis scribimus expensum et in<de>i prima pensio
et sic secunda aut quae alia, et dispendium, ideo quod
in dispendendo solet minus fieri ; compendium quod
cum compendttur" una fit ; a quo usura, quod in sorte
accedebat, impendium appellatum ; quae cum (non)*
accederet ad sortem usu,* usura dicta, ut sors quod
suum fit sorte. Per trutinam solvi solitum : vesti-
gium etiam nunc manet in aede Saturni, quod ea
etiam nunc* propter pensuram trutinam habet posi-
tam. Ab acre Aerarium appellatum.

XXXVII. 184. Ad vocabula quae pertinere sumus
rati ea quae loca et ea quae in locis sunt satis ut
arbitror dicta, quod neque parum multa sunt aperta
neque, si amplius velimus, volumen patietur. Quare
in proximo, ut in primo libro dixi, quod sequitur de
temporibus dicam.

' Sciop., for milites stipendii.

§ 183. ^ Avg., icith B,for in. ^ Laetus, for compende-
tur. * Added by Mue. * Aldus, for usum. * Aug.,
for ea iam nunc et.

' Stipendium from stipl-pendium, with haplology ; the ear-
liest payments must have been made by weighing, the word
then coming to mean ' pay.' "^ Ann. 265 Vahlen^; R.O.L.
i. 116-117 Warmington.

§183. "That is, "and kept in one's possession."
* The fundamental meaning of sors, according to Varro ;
cf. vi. 65 and notes. " In the Temple of Saturn.

§ 184. " Its length limits the liber ' book,' * y- 11-12,

170

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, V. 182-184

money are said to stipulari ' stipulate ' and restipulart
' make counter-stipulations.' Therefore the soldier's
stipendia'^ ' stipends,' because they pendebant ' weighed '
the stips ; from this moreover Ennius ■writes •* :
The Phoenicians pay out the stipends.

183. From the same pendere ' to weigh or pay,
comes dtspensator ' distributing cashier,' and in our
accounts we write expensum ' expense ' and therefrom
the first pensio ' payment ' and Ukewise the second
and any others, and dispendium ' loss by distribution,'
for this reason, that money is wont to become less
in the dispendendo ' distributing of the payments ' ;
compendium ' sa\"ing,' which is made when it compendi-
tur ' is weighed all together ' " ; from which the tisura
' interest,' because it was added in ' on ' the principal,
was called impendium ' outlay ' ; when it was not
added to the principal, it was called usura ' interest '
because of the usus ' use ' of the money, just as sors
' principal ' is said because it becomes one's own by
sors ' union.' ^ It was once the custom to pay by the
use of a pair of scales ; a trace of this remains even
now in the Temple of Saturn, because it even now has
a pair of scales set up ready for weighing purposes.
From aes ' copper money ' the Aerarium " ' Treasury '
was named.

XXXMI. 184". What we have thought to pertain
to names which are places and those which express
things in places, has been, as I think, adequately set
forth, because a great many are perspicuous and if we
should wish to %ATite further the roll " \\ill not permit
it. Therefore in the next book, as I said at the
beginning of this book,* I shall speak of the next topic,
namely about times,

171

M. TERENTI VARRONIS
DE LINGUA LATINA

LIBER V EXPLICIT ; INCIPIT

LIBER VI

I. 1 . Okigines verborum qua(e>^ sunt' locorum et ea
quae in his in priore libro scripsi. In hoc dicam de
vocabuUs temporum et earum rerum quae in agendo
fiunt aut dicuntur cum tempore aliquo ut sedetur,
ambulatur, loquontur ; atque si qua erunt ex diverso
genere adiuncta, potius cognationi verborum quam
auditori calumnianti geremus' morem.

2. Huius rei auctor satis mihi Chrysippus et
Antipater et illi in quibus, si non tantum acuminis, at
plus litterai'um, in quo est Aristophanes et Apollo-
dorus, qui omnes verba ex verbis itadeclinari scribunt,
ut verba litteras aha assumant, aha mittant, aha

§ 1. ^ For qua. ^ ^^ RhoL,for sint. ^ G, V, Aldus,
for oremus.

§2. «Of Soli in Cilicia (280-207 b.c), who followed
Cleanthes as leader of the Stoic school of philosophy in
Athens ; page loi von Arnim. '' Of Tarsus, who succeeded

Diogenes of Seleucia as head of the Stoic school in the first
part of the second century b.c. ; page 17 von Arnim. ' Of

Byzantium (262-185 b.c), eminent grammarian at Alex-

172

MARCUS TERENTIUS VARRO'S
ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE

BOOK V ENDS, AND HERE BEGINS

BOOK VI

I. 1. The sources of the words which are names
of places and are names of those things which are in
these places, I have \\Titten in the preceding book.
In the present book I shall speak about the names
of times and of those things which in the perform-
ance take place or are said with some time-factor,
such as sitting, walking, talking : and if there are any
words of a different sort attached to these, I shall give
heed rather to the kinship of the words than to the
rebukes of my listener.

2. In this subject I rely on Chrysippus ° as an
adequate authority, and on Antipater,** and on those
in whom there was more learning even if not so much
insight, among them Aristophanes <^ and Apollo-
dorus ^ : all these write that words are so derived
from words, that the words in some instances take
on letters, in others lose them, in still others change
them, as in the case of turdus ' thrush ' takes place

andria ; page 269 Nauck. ■* Of Athens, pupil of Aris-
tarchus the grammarian and of Diogenes of Seleucia ; Frag.
Hist. Graec. i. 462 Mueller.

173

VARRO

commutent, ut fit in turdo, in turdario et turdelice.
Sic declinantes Graeci nostra nomina dicunt Lucie-
num^ AevKu^vov'^ et Quinctium KotvTtoi', et (nostri
illorum)' ' Xpicnapyov Aristarchiim et Atwirt Dionem ;
sic, inquam, consuetude nostra multa declinavit* a
vetere, ut ab solu solum, ab Loebe^o* Liberum, ab
Lasibus Lares : quae obruta vetustate ut potero
eruere conabor.

II. 3. Dicemus primo de temporibus, <um* quae
per ea fiunt, sed ita ut ante de natura eorum : ea enim
dux fuit ad vocabula imponenda homini. Tempus
esse dicunt in<ter)vallum^ mundi' motus. Id divisum
in partes aliquot maxime ab solis et lunae cursu.
Itaque ab eorum tenore temperato tempus dictum,
unde tempestiva ; et a motw* eorum qui toto caelo
coniunctus mundus.

4. Duo motus (solis : alter cum caelo, quod
movetur ab love rectore, qui Graece Ata appellatur,
cum ab oriente ad oc)casu(m> venit,^ quo tempus id

§ 2. ^ B, Laetus, for leucieniim. ^ Mue. ; Aeu/^ievoV
Sciop. ; for leucienon. ' Added by GS. ; nos illorum
L, Sp. ; after Laetus, v)ho set nos iili after 'Apiarapxov.

* After declinavit, Popma deleted ut. ^ i)hie., for libero.

§ 3. ^ A. Sp., for quam. * Laetus, for inuallum.

* After mundi, Turnebus deleted et. * //, Aldus, for
motor Fv.

§ 4, ^ solis ; alter cum caelo, quo ab oriente ad occasum
venit Mue. ; the balance with Kriegshammer, based on Festus,
74. 7 M.

' I take this with Fay, A. J. P. xxxv. 245, as turdus + eXi^
' spiral ' ; cf. Varro, I)e Be Rustica, iii. 5. 3, who says that
the entrance to a bird-cote is called a coclia ' snail-shell,'
being intended to admit air and some light, but not to permit
direct vision from the interior to the outside. ' Varro had
a friend Q. Lucienus, a Roman senator, well versed in Greek;
he appears as a speaker in Varro's L>e lie Rvstica, ii. (5. 1,

174

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 2-4

in turdarium ' thrush-cote ' and turdelix ' ' spiral en-
trance for thrushes.' Thus the Greeks, in adapting
our names, make XevKirfVo^ oi Lucienus ^ and Kou'tios
of QM/nrf;«*,and we make Aristarchus of their 'A/3i'crTap-
Xos and Dio of their Atwv. In just this way, I sav, our
practice has altered many from the old form, as solum "
' soil ' from solu. Liber urn ^* ' God of Wine ' from Loe-
besom, Lares * ' Hearth-Gods ' from Loses : these
words, covered up as they are by lapse of time, I
shall try to dig out as best I can.

II. 3. First we shall speak of the time-names, then
of those things which take place through them, but in
such a way that first we shall speak of their essential
nature : for nature was man's guide to the imposition
of names. Time, they say, is an interval in the
motion of the world. This is di\ided into a number
of parts, especially from the course of the sun and the
moon. Therefore from their temperatus ' moderated '
career, tempus ' time ' is named," and from this comes
tempesiiva ' timely things ' ; and from their motus
' motion,' the mundus * ' world,' which is joined with
the sky as a whole.

4. There are two motions of the sun : one \nth the
sky, in that the mo\-ing is impelled by Jupiter as ruler,
who in Greek is called Aia, when it comes from east to
west <» ; wherefore this time is from this god called a

etc). ' With change from the fourth declension to the
second (if the text is correct). * With change of the vowel
as well as rhotacism ; the accusative form must be kept in
the translation, to show this clearly. * With rhotacism
(change of intervocalic s to r).

§ 3. " The converse is true : temperare is from tempus.
* Wrong.

§ 4. " This insertion in the text gives the needed sense .
the second motus is in § 8.

175

VARRO

ab hoc deo dies appellatur. Meridies ab eo quod
medius dies. D antiqiii, non R in hoc dicebant, ut
Praeneste incisum in solario vidi. Solarium dictum
id, in quo horae in sole inspiciebantur, (vel horologium
ex aqua),* quod Cornelius in Basilica Aemilia et
Fulvia inumbravit. Diei principium mane, quod
turn'' manat dies ab oriente, nisi potius quod bonum
antiqui dicebant manum, ad cuiusmodi religionem
Graeci quoque cum lumen afFertur, solent dicere (^w*
dyadov.

5. Suprema summum diei, id ab superrimo. Hoc
tempus XII Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis ; sed
postea lex P/aetoria^ id quoque tempus esse iubet
supremum quo praetor in Comitio supremam pronun-
tiavit populo. Secundum hoc dicitur crepusculum a
crepero : id vocabulum sumpserunt a Saiinis, unde
veniunt Crepusci nominati Amiterno, qui eo tempore
erant nati, ut Luci^i)^ prima luce in Reatino ' ; cre-
pusculum significat dubium ; ab eo res dictae dubiae
creperae, quod crepusculum dies etiam nunc sit an
iam nox multis dubium.

* Added by GS. ^ For cum.

§5, ^ ^w^., /or praetoria. ^ Laehis,for\uc\. ^ Mue.,
for reatione or creatione.

* Dies is cognate with Greek Ai'a, but not derived from it.
' P. Cornelius Scipio Nasica Corculum, when censor in
159 B.C. with M. Popilius Laenas, set up the first water-clock
in Rome in this Basilica, which was erected in 179 on the
north side of the Forum by the censors M. Aemilius Lepidus
and M. Fulvius NobiUor, from whom it was named.
«^ Both etymologies wrong.

§5. "Approximately correct. "" Page 119 Schoell.

176

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 4-5

(Ues ' day.' ^ Meridies ' noon,' from the fact that it is
the mediiis ' middle ' of the dies ' day.' The ancients
said D in this word, and not R, as I have seen at Prae-
neste, cut on a sun-dial. Solarium ' sun-dial ' was the
name used for that on which the hours were seen in
the sol ' sunlight ' ; or also there is the water-clock,
which Cornelius'^ set up in the shade in the Basilica of
Aemilius and Fulvius. The beginning of the day is
mane ' early morning,' because then the day manat
' trickles ' from the east, unless rather because the
ancients called the good manum ^ : from a supersti-
tious beUef of the same kind as influences the Greeks,
who, when a light is brought, make a practice of
saying, " Goodly light ! "

5. Suprema means the last part of the day ; it is
from superrimum.'^ This time, the Tivelve Tables say,**
is sunset ; but afterwards the Plaetorian Law '^ de-
clares that this time also should be ' last ' at which the
praetor in the Comitium has announced to the people
the suprema ' end of the session.' In line with this,
crepusculum ' dusk ' is said from creperum ' obscure ' ;
this word they took from the Sabines, from whom
come those who were named Crepusci, from Amiter-
num, who had been born at that time of day, just like
the Lucii, who were those born at da\\'n (jtrima luce) in
the Reatine country. Crepusculum means doubtful :
from this doubtful matters are called creperae ' ob-
scure,' '^ because dusk is a time when to many it is
doubtful whether it is even yet day or is already
night.

* A law for the protection of minors, named from Plaetorius,
a tribune of the people. ** All etymologically sound, but
a meaning ' doubtful ' must have proceeded from a word
crepus ' dusk.'

VOL. I N 177

VARRO

6. Nox, quod, ut Pacuius^ ait,

Omnia nisi interveniat sol pruina obriguerint,

quod nocet, nox, nisi quod Graece vv^ nox. Cum
Stella prima exorta (eum Graeci vocant €(nrepov,
nostri Vesperuginem ut Plautus :

Neque Vesperugo neque Vergiliae occidunt),

id tempus dictum a Graecis kairkpcL, Latine vesper ;
ut ante solem ortum quod eadem stella vocatur iubar,
quod iubata, Pacui dicit pastor :

Exorto iubare, noctis decurso itinere ;
Enni" Aiax :

Lumen — iubarne ? — in caelo cerno.

7. Inter vesperuginem et iubar dicta nox intem-
pesta, ut in Bruto Cassii quod dicit Lucretia :

Nocte intempesta nostram devenit domuni.

Intempestam Aelius dicebat cum tempus agendi est
nullum, quod alii concubium^ appellarunt, quod
omnes fere tunc cubarent ; alii ab eo quod sileretur

§ 6. ^ Ribbeck ; Pacuvius Scaliger ; for catulus. * GS. ;
Ennii Laetus ; for ennius.

§ 7. ^ Laetus, for inconcubium.

§ 6. '^ Antiopa, Trag. Rom. Frag. 14 Ribbeck^ ; R.O.L.
ii. 170-171 Warmington; cf. Funaioli, page 123. Ribbeck's
nocti ni for nisi is probalJly Pacuvius's wording; \'arro, as
often, paraphrases the quotation. * Nox and vv^ come
from the same source ; connexion with nocere is dubious.
* Ampliitruo, 275. "* Correct etymologies. ' Iubar and

iuba ' mane ' are not related, despite vii. 76. ^ Trag. Rom.
Frag. 347 Ribbeck^ ; R.O.L. ii. 320-321 Warmington.
» Trag. Rom. Frag. 336 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. i. 226-227
Warrnington; cf. vi. 81 and vii. 76.

§ 7 "A writer of praetextae, otherwise unknown : the
name recurs at vii. 72 ; possibly Victorius's emendation to

178

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 6-7

6. A oj- ' night ' is called nox, because, as Pacuvius

says,"

All will be stiff with frost unless the sun break in,

because it Tiocet ' harms ' ; unless it is because in
Greek night is iv^.* When the first star has come
out (the Greeks call it Hesperus, and our people call
it J'esperugo, as Plautus does * :

The evening star sets not, nor vet the Pleiades),

this time is by the Greeks called kcnrkpa, and vesper
' evening ' in Latin "* ; just as, because the same star
before sunrise is called iubar ' dawTi-star,' because it
is iuhata ' maned,' * Pacu\ius's herdsman savs ■^ :

When morning-star appears and night has run her course.

And Ennius's Ajax says ^ :

I see light in the sky — can it be dawn ?

7. The time between dusk and dawn is called the
nox intempesta ' dead of night,' as in the Brutus of
Cassius," in the speech of Lucretia :

By dead of night he came imto our home.

Aehus * used to say that intempesta means the period
when it is not a time for acti\ity, which others have
called the concubium '■ ' general rest,' because practi-
cally all persons then cubabani ' were lying dowTi ' ;
others, from the fact that silebatur ' silence was ob-
served,' have called it the silentium ' still ' of the night,

Accii is correct. The passage is listed among the fragments
of the Brutus of Accius by Ribbeck', Troff. Rom. Frag.,
page 331, and by Warmington, R.O.L. ii. 562-563. * Page
60 Funaioli. « The early part of the night ; c/. vii. 78,
which quotes Plautus, Trinummus, 886. C/. also Funaioli,
page 115.

179

VARRO

silentium noctis, quod idem Plautus tempus con-
ticinium^ : scribit enim :

Videbinius' : factum volo. Redito'* conticinio,*

8. Alter motus solis est, al(i>ter <ac> caeli,^ quod
movetur a bruma ad solstitium. Dicta bruma, quod
brevissimus tunc dies est ; solstitium, quod sol eo die
sistere videbatur, quo* ad nos versum proximu* est.
Sol* cum venit in medium spatium inter brumam et
solstitium, quod dies aequus fit ac nox, aequinoctium
dictum. Tempus a bruma ad brumam dum sol redit,
vocatur annus, quod ut parvi circuli anuli, sic magni
dicebantur circites ani, unde annus.

9. Huius temporis pars prima hiems, quod turn
multi imbres ; hinc hibernacula, hibernum ; vel, quod
turn anima quae flatur omnium apparet, ab hiatu
hiems. Tempus secundum ver, quod tum virere^
incipiunt virgulta ac vertere se tempus anni ; nisi
quod lones dicunt r/p* ver. Tertium ab aestu aestas ;
hinc aestivum ; nisi forte a Graeco aWiadai. Quar-
tum autumnus, <ab augendis hominum opibus dictus
frugibusque coactis, quasi auctumnus).*

* For conticinnium /. ' uidebitur Plautus. * redito
hue Plautus. ® For conticinnio /.

§ 8, ^ Mu€.,for alter caeli. '^ quo A. Sp. ; quod Mue. ;
for aut quod. ' A. Sp. ; proximus est sol, solstitium
L. Sp. ; for proximum est solstitium.

§ 9. ^ Aldus, for uiuere. * L. Sp. ; eap Victorius ; for
et. * Added by GS., after Krieg shammer, and Fest.
23. 11 M.

** Asinaria, 685.

§ 8. " For the first motion, see § 4. * The winter and
the summer solstices. * Annus is not connected with anus
or anulus ' ring.'

§ 9. " \\'rong. '■ Cognate with the Greek, not derived
from it.

180

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 7-9

the time which Plautus like>\ise calls the conticinium
' general silence ' : for he ^\Tites ** :

We'll see, I want it done. At general-silence time
come back.

8. There is a second motion of the suii," differing
from that of the sky, in that the motion is from bruma
' winter's day ' to solstitium ' solstice.' * Bruma is so
named, because then the dav is hrevissimus ' shortest ' :
the solstitium, because on that day the sol ' sun ' seems
sistere ' to halt,' on which it is nearest to us. When
the sun has arrived midway between the bruma and
the solstitium, it is called the aequinoctium ' equinox,'
because the day becomes aequus ' equal ' to the nox
' night.' The time from the bruma until the sun re-
turns to the bruma, is called an annus ' year,' because
just as little circles are anuli ' rings,' so big circuits
were called ani, whence comes annus ' year.' "

9. The first part of this time is the hiems ' winter,'
so called because then there are many imbres
' showers ' * ; hence hibernacula ' winter encamp-
ment,' hibernum ' winter time ' ; or because then
everybody's breath which is breathed out is visible,
hiems is from hiatus ' open mouth.' " The second
season is the ver * ' spring,' so called because then the
virgulta ' bushes ' begin virere ' to become green ' and
the time of year begins vertere ' to turn or change '
itself" ; unless it is because the lonians say i)p for
spring. The third season is the aestas ' summer,'
from aestus ' heat ' ; from this, aestivum ' summer pas-
ture ' ; unless perhaps it is from the Greek aWeirdai
' to blaze.' * The fourth is the autumnus ' autumn,'
named from augere ' to increase ' the possessions of
men and the gathered fruits, as if auctumnus.'^

181

VARRO

10. <Ut annus)* ab sole, sic^ mensis a lunae motu
dictus, dum ab sole profecta rursus redit ad eum,
Luna quod Graece olim dicta /jlj^vj], unde illorum /xtJi/cs,
ab eo nostri. A mensibus intermestris dictum, quod
putabant inter prioris mensis senescentis extremum
diem et novam lunam esse diem, quem diligentius
Attici eVr/v Kai veav^ appellarunt, ab eo quod eo die
potest videri extrema et prima luna.

11. Lustrum nominatum tempus quinquennale a
luendo, id est solvendo, quod quinto quoque anno
vectigalia et ultro tributa per censores persolve-
bantur. Seclum spatium annorum centum vocarunt,
dictum a sene, quod longissimum spatium senescen-
dorum hominum id putarunt. Aevum ab aetate
omnium annorum (hinc aeviternum, quod factum est
aeternum) : quod Graeci aiMva, id ait Chrysippus
esse (a>€<i> oi'.i Ab eo Plautus :

Non omnis aetas ad perdiscendum est satis,*
hinc poetae :

Aeterna templa caeli.'

§ 10. * See § 9, critical note 3. ^ B, Laetits, for sicut.
' Aldus, for menencenean.

§11. ^ Turnebus, for eon. ^ sat est Plautus.

' Laetus, for caeli cell.

§ 10. " Cognate with the Greek. * The end of the

astronomical day would normally not coincide with the end
of the 24-hour day, and the last day of the month was there-
fore regarded by the Greeks as including parts of two days,
the old day closing the old month, and the new day beginning
the new month.

§11. "Most probably from lavare 'to wash.'
' Properly saeculum ; ultimately from the root ' to sow,' seen

182

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 10-11

10. As the year is named from the motion of the

sun, so the month is named from the motion of the
moon, until after departing from the sun she returns
again to him. Because the moon was in Greek
formerly called p/r?;, whence their firjvfs ' months '
— from this word we named the menses ' months.' "
From menses is named the intermestris ' day between
the months,' because they thought that between the
last day of the preceding expiring month and the
new moon there was a day, which ^\"ith more care
the Athenians called the ' old and new,' ^ because on
that day the xerx last of the old moon and the first
beginnings of the new moon can both be seen.

11. A five-year period was called a lustrum,'^ frx)m
luere ' to set free,' that is, solvere ' to release,' because
in ever}- fifth year the taxes and the voluntary tribute
pa}Tnents were completely discharged, through the
acti\ity of the censors. A seclum ^ ' century ' was
what they called the space of one hundred years,
named from senex ' old man,' because they thought
this the longest stretch of life for senescendi ' aging '
men. Aevum ^ ' eternity,' from an aetas ' period ' of
all the years (from this comes aeiiternum, which has
become aeternum ' eternal ') : which the Greeks call
an aiwv — Chrysippus says that this is <a)€<t) 6v
' always existing.' "* From this Plautus says * :

AH time is not enough for thorough learning,

and from this the poets say :

The everlasting temples of the sky.

in semen ' seed.' ' Aevum is the basis for the other Latin
words, and is cognate with the Greek word, not derived from
it. <* Chrysippus (163 von Arnim) was wrong. * Tru-
culent us, 22.

183

VARRO

III. 12. A(d> naturak discrimeni civilia vocabula
die(ru>m'' accesserunt. Dicam prius qui deorum
causa, turn qui hominum sunt instituti. Dies Ago-
nales per quos rex in Regia arietem immolat, dicti ab
" agon," eo quod interrogat (minister sacrificii
" agone ? " : nisi si a Graeca lingua, ubi aywi' princeps,
ab eo quod immolat>ur' a principe civitatis et prin-
ceps gregis immolatur. Carmentalia nominantur
quod sacra turn et feriae Carmentis.

13. Lupercalia dicta, quod in Lupercali Luperci
sacra faciunt. Rex cum ferias menstruas Nonis
Februariis edicit, hunc diem februatum appellat ;
februm Sabini purgamentum, et id in sacris nostris
verbum non (ignotum : nam pellem capri, cuius de
loro caeduntur puellae Lupercalibus, veteres februm
vocabant),^ et Lupercalia Pebruatio, ut in Antiqui-
tatum libris demonstravi. Quirinalia a Quirino, quod

§ 12. ^ GS., for a natural! discrimine (ad with Sciop.).
* Sciop., for diem. ' A elded by Krvmbiegel, who recognized
that alternative etymologies stood here.

§ 13. ^ Added by GS., after Serv. Dan. in Aen. viii.
343/:

§ 12. " There were four Agonia in the year, celebrated on
January 9, March 17, May 21, December 11, respectively to
Janus, Mars, Vediovis, and an imknown god. The name
Agonium came from agere ' to do one's work,' through a
noun ago ' performer,' formed like praeco ' herald.' " The
traditional palace of Numa, at the end of the Forum ; used
as the residence of the pontifex maximus, and for certain
important religious ceremonies. ' That is, slay the sacri-
ficial victim ; the formulaic answer was, " Hoc age ! "
"* Celebrated on January 1 1 and 15 in honour of Carmentis or
Carmenta, an old Italic goddess of childbirth, with prophetic
powers ; one later legend made her the mother of Evander,
whom she accompanied from Arcadia to Rome.

§ 13. " Celebrated on March 15 by the priests of Mars
184

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 12-13

in. 12. To the division made by nature there
have been added the civic names for the days. First
I shall give those which have been instituted for the
sake of the gods, then those instituted for the sake of
men. The dies Agonales ' days of the Agonia,' " on
which the high-priest sacrifices a ram in the Regia,*
were named from agon for this reason, because the
helper at the sacrifice asks " agone ? " ' Shall I do
my work .' ' ^ : unless it is from the Greek, where
aywi- means princeps ' leader,' from the fact that the
sacrificing is done by a leader of the state and the
leader of the flock is sacrificed. The Carmentalia **
are so named because at that time there are sacrifices
and a festival of Carmentis.

13. The Lupercalia " was so named because the
Luperci make sacrifice in the Lupercal. When the
High-priest announces the monthly festivals on the
Nones of February, he calls the day of the Lupercalia
fehruatus : ior fehrum is the name which the Sabines
give to a purification, and this word is not unknown in
our sacrifices ; for a goat hide, ^\\th a thong of which
the young women are flogged at the LupercaUa, the
ancients called afebrus, and the Lupercalia was called
also Februatio ' Festival of Purification,' as I have
sho>\-n in the Books of the Antiquities. Quirinalia **
' Festival of Quirinus,' from Quirinus,*^ because it is a

called Luperci, beginning with the sacrifice of a buck in the
Lupercal, the cave on the Palatine where traditionally the she-
wolf suckled Romulus and Remus ; after which the Luperci,
naked except for breech-clouts made of the buck's hide, ran
around the Palatine, where the people had massed themselves,
striking the women with thongs which also were cut from the
hide of the slaughtered animal, a process supposed to ensure
the fertility of those struck. * On February 17. ' The
deified Romulus.

185

VARRO

(e>i deo^ feriae et eorum hominum, qui Furnacalibus
suis non fuerunt feriati. Feralia* ab inferis et ferendo,
quod ferunt turn epulas ad sepulcrum quibus ius ibi*
parentare. Terminalia, quod is dies anni extremus
constitutus : duodecimus enim niensis fuit Februarius
et cum interoalatur inferiores quinque dies duodecimo
demuntur mense. Ecurria ab ecjuorum cursu : eo
die enim ludis currunt in Martio Campo.

14. Liberalia dicta, quod per totumoppidum eo die
sedent <ut)^ sacerdotes Liberi anus hedera coronatae
cum libis et foculo pro emptore sacrificantes. In
libris Saliorum quorum cognomen Agonensium, for-
sitan hie dies ideo appelletur potius Agonia. Quin-
quatrus : hie dies unus ab nominis errore observatur
proinde ut sint quinque^ ; dictus, ut ab Tusculanis
post diem sextum Idus similiter vocatur Sexatrus
et post diem septimum Septimatrus, sic^ hie, quod

^ Aug., with B,for ideo. ^ Aldus, for ferialia. * Avg.,
with B, for sibi.

§ 14. ^ Added by GS. * Punctuation of 3Iue. ' Lae-
tus, for septematnius sit.

'' Or Fornacalia, in honour of an alleged goddess Fornax
' Spirit of the Bake-oven ' ; celebrated early in P>bruary, on
various dates in different curiae. * On February 21, the
official part of the Parentalia (February 18-21, otherwise for
private ceremonies) ; etymology obscure. ' God of End-
ings. " On February 23 : Varro is speaking of the old
Roman year of 355 days (before the reform of Julius Caesar
in 45 B.C.), in which an extra month of 22 or 23 days was
inserted in alternate years after February 23 ; which thereby
became the last date in the year which was common to all
years, the remaining five days of February being placed at
the end of the extra month. '' Or Equirria ; on February
27 and March 14, in honour of Mars.

§ 14. " On March 17, the day when the boys assumed the
toga of manhood. " Frag. inc. 2, page 351 Mauren-
brecher ; page 3 Morel. " This sentence seems to belong

186

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 13-U

festival to that god and also of those men who did not
get a holiday on their own Fumacalia ^ ' Bakers'
Festival.' The Feralia * ' Festival of the Dead,' from
inferi ' the dead below ' and y^rre ' to bear,' because
at that time Xhey ferunt ' bear ' viands to the tomb of
those to whom it is a duty to offer ancestor-worship
there. The Termmalia ' Festival of Terminus,' ^
because this day » is set as the last day of the year ;
for the twelfth month was February, and when the
extra month is inserted the last five days are taken
off the twelfth month. The Ecurria ' Horse-Race,'*
from the equorum ciirsus ' running of horses ' ; for
on that day they currunt ' run ' races in the sports
on the Campus Martius.

14. The Liberalia ' Festival of Liber,' " because on
that day old women wearing ivy-wTcaths on their
heads sit in all parts of the town, as priestesses of
Liber, ^\•ith cakes and a brazier, on which they offer
up the cakes on behalf of any purchaser. In the books
of the SaUi * who have the added name Agonenses, this
day is for this reason, perhaps, called rather the
Agonia.'^ The Quinquatrus : this day, though one only,
is from a misunderstanding of the name observed as
if there were five days in it.** Just as the sixth day
after the Ides is in similar fashion called the Sexatrus
by the people of Tusculum, and the seventh day after
is the Septimatrus, so this day was named here, in that

in § 12. Tfie proper name of the festival was Ag(mmm,
plural Agonia ; popularly corrupted to Agonalia, in imita-
tion of other festival names. "* On March 19-23, five days
instead of merely the fifth day after the Ides (March 15 ;
fifth by Roman counting of both ends) ; etymology, the
' fifth black {ater) day,' perhaps Quinquatrus for Quinfatrus,
with dissimilative change of one t, and concurrent influence
of the cardinal quinque.

1«7

VARRO

erat post diem quintum Idus, Quinquatrus. Dies
Tubulustrium appellatur, quod eo die in Atrio
Sutorio sacrorum tubae lustrantur.

15. Megalesia dicta a Graecis, quod ex Libris
Sibyllinis arcessita ab Attalo rege Pergama ; ibi
prope murum Megalesion, id est^ templum eius deae,
unde advecta Romam. Fordicidia a fordis bubus ;
bos forda quae fert in ventre ; quod eo die publice
immolantur boves praegnantes in curiis complures,*
a fordis caedendis Fordicidia dicta. Palilia dicta a
Pale, quod ei^ feriae, ut Cerialia a Cerere.

16. Vinalia a vino ; hie dies lovis, non Veneris.
Huius rei cura non levis in Latio : nam aliquot locis
vindemiae primum ab sacerdotibus publice fiebant,
ut Romae etiam nunc : nam flamen Dialis auspicatur
vindemiam et ut iussit vinum legere, agna lovi facit,
inter cuius exta caesa et porrecta^ flamen pr(im)us^
vinum legit. In Tusculanis jaortis* est scriptum :

Vinum novum ne vehatur in urbem ante quam
Vinalia ialentur.*

§ 15. ^ G8., for in. ^ For compluris. ' Victorias,
or et.

§ 16. ^ Aug., with B, for proiecta. ^ Mue., for porus.
' Bergk, for sortis. * Aug., for calentur.

' March 23 ; also May 23.

§ 15. ° Celebrated on April 4 in honour of Cj^bele, the
Magna Mater (fieydXTj ' magna,' whence the name of the
festival), whose worship was brought to Rome from Per-
gamum (here Pergama, fem.) in Mysia, in 204 b.c. * On
April 15. '^ Often written Parilia ; on April 21.

'^ Often written Cerealia ; on April 19.

§ 16. "On April 23, and again on August 19. * That

is, not before the priests fix the date and the ceremony has
been performed.

188

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 14-16

the fifth day after the Ides was the Quinquatrus. The
Tiihulustrium ' Purification of the Trumpets ' is named
from the fact that on this day * the tubae ' trumpets '
used in the ceremonies lustrantur ' are purified ' in
Shoemakers' Hall.

1 5 . The Megalesia " ' Festival of the Great Mother '
is so called from the Greeks, because by direction of
the SibylUne Books the Great Mother was brought
from King Attalus, from Pergama ; there near the
city-wall was the Megalesion, that is, the temple of
this goddess, whence she was brought to Rome. The
Fordicidia ^ was named from Jbrdae cows : aforda cow
is one that is carrying an unborn calf ; because on this
day several pregnant cows are officially and pubUcly
sacrificed in the curiae, the festival was called the
Fordicidia from Jbrdae caedendae ' the pregnant (cows)
which were to be slaughtered.' The Palilia '' 'Fes-
tival of Pales ' was named from Pales, because it is a
hohday in her honour, like the Cerialia,'^ named from
Ceres.

16. The Vinalia'^ 'Festival of the Wine,' from
vinum ' vnne ' ; this is a day sacred to Jupiter, not to
Venus. This feast receives no slight attention in
Latium : for in some places the \4ntages were started
by the priests, on behalf of the state, as at Rome they
are even now : for the special priest of Jupiter makes
an official commencement of the \'intage, and when he
has given orders to gather the grapes, he sacrifices a
lamb to Jupiter, and between the cutting out of the
victim's vitals and the offering of them to the god he
himself first plucks a bunch of grapes. On the gates
of Tusculum there is the inscription :

The new wine shall not be carried into the city until
the Vinalia has been proclaimed."

189

VARRO

Robigalia* dicta ab Robigo ; secundum segetes huic
deo sacrificatur, ne robigo occupet segetes.

17. Dies Vestalia ut virgines Vestales a^ Vesta.
Quinquatrus minusculae dictae luniae Idus ab simili-
tudine maiorum, quod tibicines tum^ feriati vagantur
per urbem et conveniunt ad Aedem Minervae. Dies
Fortis Fortunae appellatus ab Servio Tullio rege, quod
is fanum Fortis Fortunae secundum Tiberim extra
urbem Romam dedicavit lunio mense.

18. Dies Poplifugia videtur nominatus, quod eo
die tumultu repente fugerit populus : non multo enim
post hie dies quam decessus Gallorum ex Urbe, et qui
turn sub Urbe populi, ut Ficuleates ac Fidenates et
finitimi alii, contra nos coniurarunt. Aliquot huius
d<i)ei vestigia fugae in sacris apparent, de quibus
rebus Antiquitatum Libri plura referunt. Nonae
Caprotinae, quod eo die in Latio lunoni Caprotinae
mulieres sacrificant et sub caprifico faciunt ; e capri-

* Rubigalia B, Laetits, for robicalia.

§ 17. ^ A. Sp. ; ab L. Sp. ; for aut. ^ Laetus, for
cum.

* On April 25. '' The passage containing the festivals
of May has here been lost.

§17. -On June 9. "On June 13. 'See § 14.
<* On June 24.

§ 18. <• On July J, according to the Fasti of y^miternum.

* Ficulea, a town near Fidenae ; Fidenae, on the Tiber about
five miles above Rome. " July 7 ; it is not necessary to
conclude that the Poplifugia and the ceremony of the Nonae
Caprotinae were on the same day : the Flight may well have
preceded the Fig-Tree Signal "(see note d) by two days.

190

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 16-18

The Robigalia '^ ' Festival of Robigus ' was named from
Robigus ' God of Rust ' ; to this god sacrifice is made
along the cornfields, that rust may not seize upon the
standing corn.**

17. The Vestalia " ' Festival of \'esta,' like the
Vestal Mrgins, from \'esta. The Ides of June are
called the Lesser Qidnquatrus,^ from the Ukeness to
the Greater Quinquatrus,'^ because the pipes-players
take a holiday, and after roaming through the City,
assemble at the Temple of Minerva. The day of Fors
Fortuna ^ ' Chance Luck ' was named by King SerWus
TulUus, because he dedicated a sanctuary to Fors For-
tuna beside the Tiber, outside the city Rome, in the
month of June.

18. The PopUfugia " ' People's P'light ' seems to
have been named from the fact that on this day the
people suddenly fled in noisy confusion : for this day
is not much after the departure of the Gauls from the
City, and the peoples who were then near the City,
such as the Ficuleans and Fidenians * and other
neighbours, united against us. Several traces of this
day's flight appear in the sacrifices, of which the
Books of the Antiquities give more information. The
Nones of July '^ are called the Caprotine Nones, be-
cause on this day, in Latium, the women offer sacrifice
to Juno Caprotina, which they do under a caprijicus
' wild fig-tree ' ; they use a branch from the fig-tree.**

'' The invaders demanded from the Romans, who were help-
less after the ravages of the Gauls, that they surrender their
wives and daughters. The maid-servants volunteered to go
disguised as their mistresses, and plied their captors with
wine. When they were asleep, the women signalled to the
Romans from the branches of a caprijicus, and a sudden
attack routed the invaders. See Macrobius, Sat. i. 11, 36-40
and iii. 2. 14,

191

VARRO

fico adhibent virgam. Cur hoc, toga^ praetexta data
eis Apollinavibus Ludis docuit populum.

19. Neptunalia a Neptuno : eius enim dei^ feriae.
Furrinalia (a) Furrina,^ quod ei deae feriae publicae*
dies is ; cuius deae honos apud antiques : nam ei
sacra instituta annua et flamen attributus ; nunc vix
nomen notum paucis. Portunalia dicta a Portuno,
cui eo die aedes in portu Tiberino facta et feriae
institutae.

20. Vinalia rustica dicuntur ante diem XII(II>i
Kalendas Septembres, quod tum Veneri dedicata
aedes et Aorti ei deae dicontur^ ac tum sunt feriati
Aolitores. Consualia dicta a Conso, quod tum feriae
publicae ei deo et in Circo ad aram eius ab sacerdoti-
bus ludi illi, quibus virgines Sabinae raptae. \'olca-
nalia a Volcano, quod ei tum feriae et quod eo die
populus pro se in ignem animalia mittit.

21. Opeconsiva dies ab dea Ope Consiva, cuius in
Regia sacrarium quod odeo^ artum,^ ut eo praeter

§ 18. ^ J/, Laetus, for togata.

§ 19. * Laetus, for die. * a Furrina Aug., for furrinae.
' Aldus, for publice.

§ 20. ^ quartum deciinum Aug., after inscc, for XII.
* Mue., for dicuntur.

§ 21. ^ GS.,for ideo. ^ Canal, for actum.

' The ancillae had been richly dressed when they were sent
off representing the wives and daughters of the aristocratic
Romans ; and after they had thus saved the state, the Senate
rewarded them with freedom and other gifts, including the
rich garments which they had worn. The presentation of a
toga praetexta at the Games of Apollo seems to have sym-
bolized this gift. ' Celebrated on July 12 (at the time
when Varro wrote).

192

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 18-21

Why this was done, the bordered toga * presented to
them at the Games of Apollo ^enUghtened the people.

19. The Xeptunalia " ' Festival of Neptune,' from
Neptime ; for it is the holiday of this god. The Furri-
nalia * ' Festival of Furrina,' from Furrina, for this day
is a state holiday for this goddess ; honour was paid to
her among the ancients, who instituted an annual
sacrifice for her, and assigned to her a special priest,
but now her name is barely kno^^•n, and even that to
only a few. The Portunalia <^ ' Festival of Portunus '

.was named from Portunus, to whom, on this day, a
temple was built at the partus ' port ' on the Tiber,
and a holiday instituted.

20. The nineteenth of August was called the
Country Vinalia " ' Wine-Festival,' because at that
time a temple was dedicated to Venus and gardens
were set apart for her, and then the kitchen-gardeners
went on holiday. The Consualia ^ ' Festival of Cen-
sus ' was called from Census, because then there was
the state festival to that god, and in the Circus at his
altar those games were enacted by the priests in which
the Sabine maidens were carried off. The Volcanalia"
' Festival of \'ulcan,' from Vulcan, because then was
his festival and because on that day the people, acting
for themselves, drive their animals over a fire.

21. The day named Opeconsiva " is called from Ops
Consiva * ' Lady Bountiful the Planter,' whose shrine
is in the Regia ; it is so restricted in size that no one

§ 19. « On July 23. * On July 25 ; Furrina, an
ancient Italic goddess. • On August 1 7.

§ 20. " Vinalia from vinum, not from Venus ; on August
19. * On August 21 ; <•/. Livy, i. 9. 6. ' On August 23.

§21. " August 25. * Goddess of Abundance, the wife
of Saturn, as planter or sower ; another aspect of Terra.

VOL. I O 193

VARRO

virgines Vestales et sacerdotem publicum introeat
nemo. " Is cum eat, suffibulum ut' habeat," scrip-
tum : id dicitur ut* ab suffi<g>endo* sub/igafculum.*
VoZturnalia' a deo Vo/turno,® cuius feriae turn. Octo-
bri mense Meditrinalia dies dictus a medendo, quod
Flaccus flamen Martialis dicebat hoc die solitum
vinum (novum)» et vetus libari et degustari medica-
menti causa ; quod facere solent etiam nunc multi
cum dicMnt " :

Novum vetus vinum bibo : novo veteri ^^ morbo medeor.

22. Fontanalia a Fonte, quod is dies feriae eius ;
ab eo tum et in fontes coronas iaciunt et puteos
coronant. Armilustrium ab eo quod in Armilustrio
armati sacra faciunt, nisi locus potius dictus ab his ;
sed quod de his prius, id ab lu(d>endoi aut lustro,
id est quod circumibant ludentes ancilibus armati.

*Z(. Sp., for aut. * Aldus , for diciturne. ^ Skutsch,
for suffiendo. • Kent, for subligaculum. ' For uor-
turnalia ,• c/. volturn. in the Fasti. * For uorturno ; <■/.
preceding note. » Added by Laetus. ^' L. Sp., for
dicant. ^^ After veteri, G, V,f, Aldus deleted uino; cf.
Festus, 123. 16 M.

§ 22. ^ Vertranius, for luendo.

' An oblong piece of white cloth with a coloured border,
which the Vestal \'irgins fastened over their heads with a
fibula ' clasp ' when they offered sacrifice ; cf. Festus, 348 a 25
and 3*9. 8 M. "On August 27; the god Volturnus
cannot be identified unless he is identical with Vortumnus
(Vertumnus), since he can hardly be the deity of the river
Volturnus in Campania or of the mountain Voltur, in Apulia,
near Horace's birthplace. ' On October 3 ; Meditrina,

194

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 21-22

may enter it except the Vestal Virgins and the state
priest. " WTien he goes there, let him wear a white
veil," is the direction ; this suffibulum '^ ' white veil '
is named as if sub-Jigabuhun from suffigere ' to fasten
down.' The Volturnalia ' Festival of \'olturnus,'
from the god Volturnus,'* whose feast takes place then.
In the month of October, the Meditrinalia ^ ' Festival
of Meditrina ' was named from mederi ' to be healed,'
because Flaccus the special priest of Mars used to say
that on this day it was the practice to pour an offering
of new and old wine to the god, and to taste of the
same,^ for the purpose of being healed ; which many
are accustomed to do even now, when they say ;

Wine new and old I drink, of illness new and old
I'm cured.'

22. The Fontanalia ' Festival of the Springs,' from
Fons ' God of Springs,' because that day ° is his holi-
day ; on his account they then throw garlands into
the springs and place them on the well- tops. The
Armilustrium ^ ' Purification of the Arms,' from the
fact that armed men perform the ceremony in the
Armilustrium, unless the place <^ is rather named from
the men ; but as I said of them previously, this word
comes from ludere ' to play ' or from lustrum ' puri-
fication,' that is, because armed men went around
ludentes ' making sport ' with the sacred shields. "*

Goddess of Healing. ' The ceremonial first drinking of
the new wine. » Frag. Poet. Lat., page 31 Morel.

§ 22. " October 13. " October 13. ' The place was
named from the ceremony ; c/. v. 153. "^ The first ancile
is said to have fallen from heaven in the reign of Numa, who
had eleven others made exactly like it, to prevent its loss
or to prevent knowledge of its loss ; for the safety of the
City depended on the preservation of that shield which fell
from heaven.

VARRO

Saturnalia dicta ab Saturno, quod eo die feriae eius,
ut post diem tertium Opalia Opis.

23. Angeronalia ab Angerona, cui sacrificium fit
in Curia Acculeia et cuius feriae publicae is dies.
Larentinae, quern diem quidam in scribendo Laren-
talia appellant, ab Acca Larentia nominatus, cui
sacerdotes nostri publice parentant e sexto die/ qui
ab ea^ dicitur die*^ Parent(ali>um* Accas Larentinas.'

24. Hoc sacrificium fit in Velabro, qua^ in Novam
Viam exitur, ut aiunt quidam ad sepulcrum Accae, ut
quod ibi prope faciunt diis Manibus servilibus sacer-
dotes ; qui uterque locus extra urbem antiquam fuit
non longe a Porta Romanula, de qua in priore libro
dixi. Dies Septimontium nominatus ab his septem
montibus, in quis sita Urbs est ; feriae non populi, sed
montanorum modo, ut Paganalibus, qui sunt alicuius
pagi.

25. De statutis diebus dixi ; de annalibus nee

§ 23. ^ parentant Aug., e sexto die Fay, for parent ante
sexto die. ^ Miie., for atra. ^ L. Sp., for diem.

* Mommsen, for tarentum. * L. Sp., for tarentinas.

§ 24. ^ Laetus, for quia.

• December 17, and the following days. ' December 19.

§ 23. " On December 21. ^ Goddess of Suffering and
Silence. ' On December 23 ; supply feriae with Laren-
tinae. ^ Wife of Faustulus ; she nursed and brought up
the twins Romulus and Remus. * " Sixth " is wrong if
the Saturnalia began on December 17, unless in this instance
both ends are counted, or the allusion is to an earlier practice
by which the Saturnalia began one day later. On the phrase
e sexto die, cf. Fay, Amer. Jovrn. Phil. xxxv. 246.
' Archaic genitive singular ending in -as.

196

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 22-25

The Saturnalia ' Festival of Saturn ' was named from
Saturn, because on this day * was his festival, as on the
second day thereafter the Opalia/ the festival of
Ops.

23. The Angeronalia," from Angerona,* to whom a
sacrifice is made in the Acculeian Curia and of whom
this day is a state festival. The Larentine Festival, *=
which certain writers call the Larentalia, was named
from Acca Larentia,** to whom our priests officially
perform ancestor-worship on the sixth day after the
Saturnalia,* which day is from her called the Day of
the Parentalia of Larentine Acca.^

24. This sacrifice is made in the Velabrum, where
it ends in New Street, as certain authorities say, at the
tomb of Acca, because near there the priests make
offering to the departed spirits of the slaves " : both
these places * were outside the ancient city, not far
from the Little Roman Gate, of which I spoke in the
preceding book." Septimontium Day •* was named
from these septem monies ' seven hills,' * on which the
City is set ; it is a holiday not of the people generally,
but only of those who live on the hills, as only those
who are of some pagus ' country- district ' have a hoU-
day ' at the Paganalia » ' Festival of the Country
Districts.'

25. The fixed days are those of which I have
spjoken ; now I shall speak of the annual festivals

§ 24. " Faustulus and Acca were, of course, slaves of
the king. * The tomb of Acca and the place of sacrifice
to the Manes serviles. 'v. 164. ■'On December 11.
* Not the usual later seven; Festus, 348 M., lists Capitoline
with Velia and Cermalus, three spurs of the Esquiline—
Oppius, Fa^tal, Cispius — and the Subura valley between.
' Supply feriantur. ' Early in January, but not on a
fixed date.

197

VARRO

d<i>e^ statutis dicam. Compitalia dies attributus
Laribus vialihus^ : ideo ubi viae competunt turn in
competis sacrificatur. Quotannis is dies concipitur.
Similiter Latinae Feriae dies conceptivus' dictus a
Latinis populis, quibus ex Albano Monte ex sacris
carnem* petere fuit ius cum Romanis, a quibus Latinis
Latinae dictae.

26. Sementivae^ Feriae dies is, qui a pontificibus
dictus, appellatus a semente, quod sationis causa sus-
cepta(e).^ Paganicae eiusdem agriculturae causa
susceptae, ut haberent in agris omm's' pagus, unde
Paganicae dictae. Sunt praeterea feriae conceptivae
quae non sunt annales, ut hae quae dicuntur sine
proprio vocabulo aut cum perspicwo,* ut Novendiales*
sunt.

IV. 27. De his diebus (satis)^ ; nunc iam, qui
hominum causa constituti, videamus. Primi dies
mensium nominati jfiCalendae,* quod his diebus calan-

§ 25. ^ Mommsen, for de. * Bongars, for ut alibi.
^ Laetus, for conseptivus. * Victorius, for carmen.

§26. ^f, Vertranius, for sementinae. ^ Aldus, for
suscepta. ^ Aldus, for omnes. * Aug., for perspicio.
* For novendialis.

§ 27. ^ Added by Sciop. * Aug., with B, for cal-.

§ 25. " That is, set by special proclamation, and not
always falling on the same date. '' By the praetor, not far
from January 1 . ' Written competa in the text, to make
the association with competunt. ^ The festival of the
league of the Latin cities ; its date was set by the Roman
consuls (or by a consul) as soon as convenient after entry
into office.

§ 26. " In January, on two days separated by a space
of seven days ; as they were days of sowing, the choice
depended upon the weather. * Collective singular with

198

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 25-27

which are not fixed on a special day." The Compitalia
is a day assigned * to the Lares of the highways ;
therefore where the highways competunt ' meet,*
sacrifice is then made at the compita " ' crossroads.'
This day is appointed every year. Likewise the
Latinae Feriae * Latin Holiday ' <* is an appointed day,
named from the peoples of Latium, who had equal
right with the Romans to get a share of the meat at
the sacrifices on the Alban Mount : from these Latin
peoples it was called the Latin Holiday.

26. The Sementivae Feriae ' Seed-time Holiday ' "
is that day which is set by the pontiffs ; it was named
from the sementis ' seeding,' because it is entered
upon for the sake of the sowing. The Paganicae
' Country-District Holiday ' was entered upon for the
sake of this same agriculture, that the whole pagus ^
' country-district ' might hold it in the fields, whence
it was called Paganicae. There are also appointive
hoUdays which are not annual, such as those which are
set without a special name of their own," or with an
obvious one, such as is the Novendialis ' Ceremony of
the Ninth Day.' ^*

IV. 27. About these days this is enough " ; now
let us see to the days which are instituted for the
interests of men. The first days of the months
are named the Kalendae,^ because on these days the

plural verb. * Such as the supplicationes voted for Caesar's
victories in Gaul ; c/. Bell. Gall. ii. 35. 4, iv. 38. 5, vii. 90. 8.
"* The offerings and feasts for the dead on the ninth day after
the funeral ; also, a festival of nine days proclaimed for the
purpose of averting misfortunes whose approach was indicated
by omens and prodigies.

§ 27. " The insertion o( satis makes the chapter beginning
conform to those at v. 57, 75, 95, 184, vi. 35, etc. " The K
in Kalendae and )ta/o, before A, is well attested.

199

VARRO

tur eius mensis' Nonae a pontificibus, quintanae an
septimanae sint futurae, in Capitolio in Curia Calabra
sic : " Die te quin^i* ^alo^ luno Covella " (aut>* " Sep-
t^m(i> die te' ^alo^ luno Covella."

28. Nonae appellatae aut quod ante diem nonum
Idus semper, aut quod, ut novus annus Kalendae^
lanuariae ab novo sole appellatae, novus mensis (ab)^
nova luna Nonae^ ; eodem die* in Urbe(m>^ (qui)* in
agris ad regem conveniebat populus. Harum rerum
vestigia apparent in sacris Nonalibus in Arce, quod
tunc ferias primas menstruas, quae futurae sint eo
mense, rex edicit populo. Idus ab eo quod Tusci
Itus, vel potius quod Sabini Idus dicunt.

29. Dies postridie Kalendas, Nonas, Idus appellati
atri, quod per eos dies <nihil>i novi inciperent. Dies
fasti, per quos praetoribus omnia verba sine piaculo
licet fari ; comitiales dicti, quod turn ut <in Comitio)^

^ Aug., with B, for menses. * Mommsen ; die te V

CAHs<; /or dictaequinque. ^ See note ^,^^!. ^ Added
by Zander. ' Mommsen ; VII die te Christ ; for septem
dictae.

§ 28. ^ Aug., with B,for calendae. ^ a added by Sciop.
' Sciop., for nonis. * After die, Mue. deleted enim.
* Laetus, for urbe. * Added by L. Sp.

§ 29. ^ Added by Turnebus. ^ Added by Bergk.

' See V. 13. <* The statement of Macrobius, Sat. i. 15. 10,
that kalo luno Covella was repeated five or seven times re-
spectively, may rest merely on a corrupted form of this passage
which was in the copy used by Macrobius. ' ' Juno of the
New Moon ' ; Covella, diminutive from covus ' hollow,'
earlier form of cavus {cf. v. 19) — unless it be corrupt for
Novella, as Scaliger thought. For the New Moon has a
concave shape.

§28. "The north-eastern summit of the Capitoline.
"" Origin uncertain ; perhaps from Etruscan, as Varro says.

200

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 27-29

Nones of this month calantur ' are announced ' by the
pontiffs on the Capitoline in Announcement Hall,"
whether they "will be on the fifth or on the seventh, in
this way ^ : " Juno Covella,* I announce thee on the
fifth day " or " Juno Covella, I announce thee on the
sev'enth day."

28. The Nones are so called either because they
are always the nonus ' ninth ' day before the Ides, or
because the Nones are called the novus ' new ' month
from the new moon, just as the Kalends of January
are called the new year from the new sun ; on the
same day the people Mho were in the fields used to
flock into the City to the King. Traces of this status
are seen in the ceremonies held on the Nones, on
the Citadel," because at that time the high-priest
announces to the people the first monthly holidays
which are to take place in that month. The Idus ^
' Ides,' from the fact that the Etruscans called them
the Itus, or rather because the Sabines call them the
Idus.

29. The days next after the Kalends, the Nones,
and the Ides, were called atri ' black,' " because on
these days they might not start anything new. Dies
fasti ^ ' righteous days, court days,' on which the

praetors '' are permitted fari ' to say ' any and all
words without sin. Comiiiales ' assembly days ' are so
called because then it is the established law that the

§ 29. " C/. Macrobius, Sat. i. 15. 22 ; the use of ater was
appropriate after the Ides, when the moon was not visible in
the day nor in the early evening, nor was it visible immedi-
ately after the Kalends. * That is, when it was /a« to hold
court and make legal decisions ; Varro connects with fori
' to say,' with which the Romans associated fas etymologi-
cally, but the connexion has recently been questioned.
' Who functioned as judges.

201

VARRO

esset populus constitutum est ad suffragium ferun-
dum, nisi si quae feriae conceptae essent, propter quas
non liceret, (ut)' Compitalia et Latinae.

30. Contrarii horum vocantur dies nefasti, per
quos dies nefas fari praetorem " do," " dico," " ad-
dico " ; itaque non potest agi : necesse est aliquo
<eorum>^ uti verbo, cum lege qui<d)2 peragitur. Quod
si turn imprudens id verbum emisit ac quern manu-
misit, ille nihilo minus est liber, sed vitio, ut magi-
stratus vitio creatus nihilo sedus' magistratus. Praetor
qui turn fatus* est, si imprudens fecit, piaculari hostia
facta piatur ; si prudens dixit, Quintus Mucins aiebat^
cum expiari ut impium non posse.

31. Intercesi^ dies sunt per quos mane et vesperi
est nefas, medio tempore inter hostiam caesam et exta
porrecta^ fas ; a quo quod fas tum intercedit aut eo'
intercisum nefas, intercisi.* Dies qui vocatur sic
" Quando* rex comitiavit fas," is* dictus ab eo quod

^ Added by Laetus.

§ 30. ^ Added by Laetus, with B. ^ Laetus, for qui.
^ A. Sp. ; secius Victorius ; for sed ius, *Turnebus,for
factus. * L. Sp., for abigebat.

§ 31. ^ Laetus, for intercensi. " Aug., with B, for
proiecta. ^ L, Sp. ; eo est Mue. ; for eos. * A. Sp.,
for intercisum. * Before quando, B inserts Q R C F, the
abbreviation found tn the Fasti. * fas is Victorius, for
fassis.

§ 30. " For the meaning of vitio, see Dorothy M.
Paschall, " The Origin and Semantic Development of Latin
Vitium," Trans. Amer. Philol. Assn. Ixvii. 219-231.
* i. 19 Huschke.

§ 31. » March 24 and May 24. " The caedere ' to cut '
in intercidere and the cedere ' to go on ' in intercedere are not
etymologically connected.
202

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 29-31

people should be in the Comitium to cast their votes —
unless some holidays should have been proclaimed on
account of which this is not permissible, such as the
Compitalia and the Latin Holiday.

30. The opposite of these are called dies nefasti
' unrighteous days,' on which it is nefas ' unrighteous-
ness ' for the praetor to say do ' I give,' dico ' I pro-
nounce,' addico ' I assign ' ; therefore no action
can be taken, for it is necessary to use some one
of these words, when anything is settled in due
legal form. But if at that time he has inadvert-
ently uttered such a word and set somebody free,
the person is none the less free, but with a bad
omen" in the proceeding, just as a magistrate
elected in spite of an unfavourable omen is a
magistrate just the same. The praetor who has
made a legal decision at such a time, is freed of
his sin by the sacrifice of an atonement victim, if
he did it unintentionally ; but if he made the pro-
nouncement with a realization of what he was doing,
Quintus Mucius * said that he could not in any way
atone for his sin, as one who had failed in his duty
to God and country.

31. The intercisi dies ' divided days ' are those ° on
which legal business is wTong in the morning and in
the evening, but right in the time between the slajing
of the sacrificial victim and the offering of the vital
organs ; whence they are intercisi because the Jos
' right ' intercedit * ' comes in between ' at that time,
or because the nefas ' WTong ' is intercisum ' cut into '
by ihefos. The day which is called thus : " When
the high-priest has officiated in the Comitium, Right,"
is named from the fact that on this day the high-priest
pronounces the proper formulas for the sacrifice in the

203

VARRO

eo die rex sacrificio ius'' dicat ad Comitium, ad quod
tempus est nefas, ab eo fas : itaque post id tempus
lege actum saepe.

32. Dies qui vocatur " Quando stercum delatum
fas,"^ ab eo appellatus, quod eo die ex Aede Vestae
stercus everritur et per Capitolinum Clivum in locum
defertur certum. Dies Alliensis ab Allia^ fluvio
dictus : nam ibi exercitu nostro fugato Galli obse-
derunt Romam.

33. Quod ad singulorum dierum vocabula pertinet
dixi. Mensium nomina fere sunt aperta, si a Martio,
ut antiqui constituerunt, numeres : nam primus a
Marte. Secundus, ut Fulvius scribit et Junius, a
Venere, quod ea sit AjaArodite^ ; cuius nomen ego
antiquis litteris quod nusquam inveni, magis puto
dictum, quod ver omnia aperit, Aprilem. Tertius a
maioribus Maius, quartus a iunioribus dictus Junius.

31-. Dehinc quintus Quintilis et sic deinceps usque
ad Decembrem a numero. Ad hos qui additi, prior a
principe deo lanuarius appellatus ; posterior, ut idem
dicunt scriptores, ab diis inferis Februarius appellatus,

^ Other codices, for sacrificiolus Fv.

§ 32. ^ Before quando, B inserts Q S D F, the abbrevia-
tion found in the Fasti. ^ B, Laetus, for allio (auio/).

§ 33. ^ For afrodite.

§ 32. " June 15. * July 18 ; anniversary of the battle

of 390 B.C., at the place where the Allia flows into the Tiber,
eleven miles above Rome.

§ 33. " Probably from an adjective apero- ' second,' not
otherwise found in Latin. " Servius Fulvius Flaccus,
consul 1.S5 B.C., skilled in law, literature, and ancient history.
«Page 121 Funaioli; page 11 Huschke. <* From Maia,
mother of Mercury. * From the goddess Juno : page 121
Fimaioli.

§ 34. " Varro wrote before Quintilis was renamed lulius

204

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 31-34

presence of the assembly, up to which time legal
business is WTong, and from that time on it is right :
therefore after this time of day actions are often taken
under the law.

32. The day " which is called " When the dung has
been carried out, Right," is named from this, that on
this day the dung is swept out of the Temple of \'esta
and is carried away along the Capitoline Incline to a
certain spot. The Dies AlUensis ^ ' Day of the Allia '
is called from the Allia River ; for there our army was
put to flight by the Gauls just before they besieged
Rome.

33. With this I have finished my account of what
pertains to the names of indi\idual days. The names
of the months are in general ob\ious, if you count
from March, as the ancients arranged them ; for the
first month, Martins, is from Mars. The second,
Aprilis," as Fuhius ^ ^\Tites and Junius also,'' is from
\'enus, because she is Aphrodite : but I have nowhere
found her name in the old ^^Titings about the month,
and so think that it was called April rather because
spring aperit ' opens ' everything. The third was
called Maius ** ' May ' from the maiores ' elders,' the
fourth lunius * ' June ' from the iuniores ' younger
men.'

34. Thence the fifth is Quintilis " ' July ' and so in
succession to December, named from the numeral.
Of those which were added to these, the prior was
called lanuarius ' January ' from the god * who is first
in order ; the latter, as the same \\Titers say," was
called Fehruarius^ ' February ' from the di inferi ' gods

and Sfxtilis was renamed Augustus. * Janus. ' Page
16 Funaioli ; page 11 Huschke. •* From a lost word/«6#r
' sorrow.'

205

VARRO

quod turn his paren<te>tur^ ; ego magis arbitror
P'ebruarium a die februato, quod turn februatur
populus, id est Lupercis nudis lustratur antiquum
oppidum Palatinum gregibus humanis cinctum.

V. 35. Quod ad temporum vocabula Latina
attinet, hactenus sit satis dictum ; nunc quod ad eas
res attinet quae in tempore aliquo fieri animadver-
terentur, dicam, ut haec sunt : legisti, cur*us,^ ludens ;
de quis duo praedicere volo, quanta sit multitudo
eorum et quae sint obscuriora quam alia.

36. Cum verborum declinatuum^ genera sint quat-
tuor, unum quod tempora adsignificat neque habet
casus, ut ab lego leges, lege^ ; alterum quod casus
habet neque tempora adsignificat, ut ab lego lectio
et lector ; tertium quod habet utrunque et tempora
et casus, ut ab lego legens, lecturus ; quartum quod
neutrum habet, ut ab lego lecte ac lectissime : horum
verborum si primigenia sunt ad mille,^ ut Cosconius
scribit, ex eorum declinationibus verborum discrimina
quingenta milia esse possunt ideo, quod a* singulis
verbis primigenii(s>5 circiter quingentae species de-
clinationibus fiunt.

§ 34. ^ Aug. ; parentent Laetus ; for parent.
§ 35. ^ Mue., with G, 11, for currus.

§ 36. 1 B, Laetus, for declinatiuum. ^ V, b, for lego
Fv. ' Victorius, for admitte. * L. Sp., for quia.

* Aug., for primigenii.

* Three different ceremonies are confounded here : one of
purification, one of expiation to the gods of the Lower World,
one of fertility ; cf. vi. 13, note a.

§ 35. " That is, all verbal forms, and the derivatives from
the verbal roots.

§36. " The verb has both meanings ; some of the deriva-
tives have only one or the other, * Q. Cosconius, orator

206

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 34^36

of the Lower World,' because at that time expiatory
sacrifices are made to them ; but I think that it was
called February rather from the dies fehruatus ' Puri-
fication Day,' because then the people fehruatur ' is
purified,' that is, the old Palatine town girt -vWth flocks
of people is passed around by the naked Luperci.*

V. 35. As to what pertains to Latin names of time
ideas, let that which has been said up to this point be
enough. Now I shall speak of what concerns those
things which might be observed as taking place at
some special time " — such as the following : legisti
' thou didst read,' cursus ' act of running,' ludens
' playing.' With regard to these there are two things
which I "sWsh to say in advance : how great their
number is, and what features are less perspicuous
than others.

36. The inflections of words are of four kinds : one
which indicates the time and does not have case, as
leges ' thou wilt gather or read,' " lege ' read thou,'
from lego ' I gather or read ' ; a second, which has
case and does not indicate time, as from lego lectio
' collection, act of reading,' lector ' reader ' ; the third,
which has both, time and case, as from lego legens
' reading,' lecturus ' being about to read ' ; the third,
which has neither, as from lego lecte ' choicely,' lectis-
sime ' most choicely.' Therefore if the primitives of
these words amount to one thousand, as Cosconius ^
writes, then from the inflections of these words the
different forms can be five hundred thousand in
number for the reason that from each and every
primitive word about five hundred forms are made
by derivation and inflection.

and authority on grammar and literature, who flourished
about 100 B.C. ; page 109 Funaioli.

207

VARRO

37. Primigenia dicuntur verba ut lego, scribo, sto,
sedeo et cetera, quae non sunt ab ali(o> quo^ verbo,
sed suas habent radices. Contra verba declinata sunt,
quae ab ali<o> quo^ oriuntur, ut ab lego legis, legit,
legam et sic^ indidem hinc permulta. Quare si quis
primigeniorum verborum origines ostenderit, si ea
mille sunt, quingentum milium simplicium verborum
causas aperuerit una ; sin* nullius, tamen qui ab his
reliqua orta ostenderit, satis dixerit de originibus
verborum, cum unde nata sint, principia erunt pauca,
quae inde nata sint, innumerabilia.

38. A quibus iisdem principiis antepositis prae-
verbiis paucis immanis verborum accedit numerus,
quod praeverbiis {in>mutatis^ additis atque commu-
tatis aliud atque aliud fit : ut enim <pro>cessit'' et
recessit, sic accessit et abscessit ; item incessit et ex-
cessit, sic successit et decessit, (discessit)' et concessit.
Quod si haec decem sola praeverbia essent, quoniam
ab uno verbo declinationum quingenta discrimina
fierent, his decemplicatis coniuncto praeverbio ex
uno quinque milia numero efficerent(ur),* ex mille ad
quinquagies centum milia discrimina fieri possunt.

§ 37. ^ Mue. ; alio Aug., G ; for aliquo. * Mue., for
aliquo. ' After sic, Laetus deleted in. * Turnebns, for
Unas in.

§ 38. ^ GS., for mutatis. ^ Fritzscke, for cessit.

* Added by GS (et discessit added by Vertranius). * Aldus,
for efficerent.

§ 37. " That is, cannot be referred to a simpler radical
element.
208

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 37-38

37. Primitive is the name applied to words like
lego ' I gather,' scribo ' I ^^Tite,' sto ' I stand,' sedeo ' I
sit,' and the rest which are not from some other word,**
but have their own roots. On the other hand deriva-
tive words are those which do develop from some other
word, as from lego come legis ' thou gatherest,' legit
' he gathers,' legam ' I shall gather,' and in this fashion
from this same word come a great number of words.
Therefore, if one has shown the origins of the primi-
tive words, and if these are one thousand in number,
he will have revealed at the same time the sources of
five hundred thousand separate words : but if without
showing the origin of a single primitive word he has
shown how the rest have developed from the primi-
tives, he \nU. have said quite enough about the origins
of words, since the original elements from which the
words are sprung are few and the words which have
sprung from them are countless.

38. There are besides an enormous number of
words derived from these same original elements by
the addition of a few prefixes, because by the addition
of prefixes with or without change a word is repeatedly
transformed ; for as there is processit ' he marched
forward ' and recessit ' drew back,' so there is accessit
' approached ' and abscessit ' went off,' Ukewise incessit
' advanced ' and excessit ' withdrew,' so also siiccessit
' went up ' and decessit ' went away,' discessit ' de-
parted ' and concessit ' gave way.' But if there were
only these ten prefixes, from the thousand primitives
five million different forms can be made inasmuch as
from one word there are five hundred derivational
forms and when these are multiplied by ten through
union with a prefix five thousand different forms are
produced out of one primitive.

VOL. I p 209

VARRO

39. Democritus, E(pi>curus,^ item alii qui infinita
principia dixerunt, quae unde sint non dicunt, sed
cuiusmodi sint, tamen faciunt magnum : quae ex his
constant in mundo, ostendunt. Quare si et^mologws*
principia verborum postulet mille, de quibus ratio ab
se non poscatur, et reliqua ostendat, quod non pos-
tulat, tamen immanem verborum expediat numerum.

40. De multitudine quoniam quod satis esset
admonui,^ de obscuritate pauca dicam. Verborum
quae tempora adsignificant ideo locus* difficillimus
fTV[j.a,^ quod neque his fere societas cum Graeca
lingua, neque vernacula ea quorum in partum memoria
adfuerit nostra ; e* quibus, ut dixi,^ quae poterimus.

VI. 41. Incipiam hinc primurw^ quod dicitur ago.
Actio ab agitatu facta. Hinc dicimus " agit gestum
tragoedus,"* et " agitantur quadrigae " ; hinc " agi-
tur pecus pastum." Qua' vix agi potest, hinc angi-
portum ; qua nil potest agi, hinc angulus, <vel>* quod
in eo locus angustissimus, cuius loci is angulus.

42. Actionum trium primus agitatus mentis, quod

§ 39. ^ Tumehus, for secutus Fv, securus G, II. " ety-
mologos B, Rhol., for ethimologos Fv, ethimologus G.

§ 40. ^ Laetus, for admonuit. */, Aldus, for locutus.
' est hvfia Sciop. {L. Sp. deleted est), for est TTMa Fv.
* A. Sp., for nostrae. * 31, Laetus, for dixit.

§ 41. ^ Laetus, for primus. " For tragaedus. ^Al-
dus, for quia. * Added by Mue., whose punctuation is
here followed.

§ 39. " Of Abdera (about 460-373 b.c), originator of the
atomic theory. * Of Athens (341-270 b.c), founder of the
Epicurean school of philosophy ; Epic. 201. 33 Usener.
' That is, that he should be excused from interpreting them
{quod for quot).

% 40. " For adfuerit with the goal construction, cf. Vergil,
Eel. 2. 45 hue ades, etc. " v. 10.
210

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 39-42

39. Democritus,'» Epicurus,'' and likewise others
who have pronounced the original elements to be
unhmited in number, though they do not tell us
whence the elements are, but only of what sort they
are, still perform a great ser\-ice : they show us the
things which in the world consist of these elements.
Therefore if the etymologist should postulate one
thousand original elements of words, about which an
interpretation is not to be asked of him, and show the
nature of the rest, about which he does not make the
postulation,*' the number of words which he would
explain would still be enormous.

40. Since I have given a sufficient reminder of the
number of existing words, I shall speak briefly about
their obscurity. Of the words which also indicate
time the most difficult feature is their radicals, for the
reason that these have in general no communion with
the Greek language, and those to whose birth " our
memory reaches are not native Latin ; yet of these,
as I have said,* we shall say what we can.

\'I. 41. I shall start first from the word ago ' I
drive, effect, do.' Actio ' action ' is made from agitatus
' motion.' " From this we say " The tragic actor agit
' makes ' a gesture," and " The chariot-team agitantur
' is driven ' " ; from this, " The flock agitur ' is driven '
to pasture." Where it is hardly possible for anything
agi ' to be driven,' from this it is called an angiportum *
' alley ' ; where nothing can agi ' be driven,' from this
it is an angulus ' corner,' or else because in it is a verj^
narrow (angustus) place to which this corner belongs.

42. There are three actiones ' actions,' and of these

§41. "All these words are derivatives of agere, except
angiportum and angulus ; but aetio does not develop by loss
of the * in agitatus. " C/. v. 14.5.

211

VARRO

primum ea quae sumus acturi cogitate debemus,
deinde turn dicere et facere. De his tribus minime
putat volgus esse actionem cogitationem ; tertium, in
quo quid facimus, id maximum. Sed et cum cogi-
tamus^ quid et eam rem agitamus^ in mente, agimus,
et cum pi-onuntiamus, agimus. Itaque ab eo orator
agere dicitur causam et augures augurium agere
dicuntur, quom in eo plura dicant quam faciant.

43. Cogitare a cogendo dictum : mens plura in
unum cogit, unde eligere^ possit. Sic e lacte coacto
caseus nominatus ; sic ex hominibus contio dicta, sic
coemptio, sic compitum nominatum, A cogitatione
concilium, inde consilium ; quod ut vestimentum
apud fullonem cum cogitur, conciliari^ dictum.

44. Sic reminisci, cum ea quae tenuit mens ac
memoi'ia, cogitando repetuntur. Hinc etiam com-
minisci dictum, a con et mente, cum finguntur in
mente quae non sunt ; et ab hoc illud quod dicitur
eminisci,! cum commentum pronuntiatur. Ab eadem

§ 42. ^ Sciop., for hos agitamus Fv. * L. 8p., for
cogitamus.

§ 43. ^ a, p, RhoL, for elicere. " Aug., for consiliari.
§ 44. ^ Heusinger,for reminisci.

§ 42. " Page 16 Regell.

§ 43. " Here Varro gives a parenthetic list of words with
the prefix co- or com- ; though he is wrong in including
caseus. ^ Cogitatio, concilium, consilium have nothing in
common except the prefix.
212

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 42-44,

the first is the agitatus ' motion ' of the mind, because
we must first cogitate ' consider ' those things which
we are acturi ' going to do,' and then thereafter say
them and do them. Of these three, the common folk
practically never thinlcs that cogitatio ' consideration '
is an action : but it thinks that the third, in which we
do something, is the most important. But also when
we cogitamus ' consider ' something and agitamus
' turn it over ' in mind, we agimus ' are acting,' and
when we make an utterance, we agimus ' are acting.'
Therefore from this the orator is said agere ' to plead '
the case, and the augurs are said " agere ' to practice '
augury, although in it there is more saying than
doing.

43. Cogitare ' to consider ' is said from cogere ' to
bring together ' : the mind cogit ' brings together '
several things into one place, from which it can
choose. Thus " from milk that is coactum ' pressed,'
caseus ' cheese ' was named ; thus from men brought
together was the contio ' mass meeting ' called, thus
coemptio ' marriage by mutual sale,' thus compitum
* cross-roads.' From cogitatio ' consideration ' came
concilium ' council,' and from that came consilium
' counsel ' ; ^ and the concilium is said conciliari ' to be
brought into unity ' like a garment when it cogitur ' is
pressed ' at the cleaner's.

44. Thus reminisci ' to recall,' when those things
which have been held by mind and memory are fetched
back again by considering (cogitando). From this also
comminisci ' to fabricate a story ' is said, from con ' to-
gether ' and mens ' mind,' when things which are not,
are devised in the mind ; and from that comes the
word eminisci ' to use the imagination,' when the
commentum ' fabrication ' is uttered. From the same

213

VARRO

mente meminisse dictum et amens, qui a mente sua
dtscedit.^

45. Hinc etiam metu*^ <a) mente quodam modo
mota,^ ut^ metuisti <te>* amovisti ; sic, quod frigidus
timior, tremuisti timuisti. Tremo dictum a simili-
tudine vocis, quae tunc cum valde tremunt apparet,
cum etiam in corpore pili, ut arista in spica ^ordei,
horrent.

46. Curare a cura dictum. Cura, quod cor urat ;
curiosus, quod hac praeter modum utitur. Recor-
danV rursus in cor revocare. Curiae, ubi senatus
rempublicam curat, et ilia ubi cura sacrorum publica ;
ab his curiones.

47. Volo a voluntate dictum et a volatu, quod
animus ita est, ut puncto temporis pervolet quo volt.
Lwbere^ ab labendo dictum, quod lubrica mens ac
prolabitur, ut dicebant olim. Ab lubendo libido,
libidinosus ac Venus Libentina et Libitina, sic alia.

* Aug., for descendit.

§ 45. ^ GS., for metuo. ^ Canal, for mentem quodam
modo motam. * L. Sp., for uel. * Added by Kent,
after Fay.

§ 46. ^ Aug., with B, for recordare.

§ 47. 1 L. Sp., for libere.

§ 45. " According to Mueller, the sequence of the topics
indicates that this section and § 49 have been interchanged in
the manuscripts. All etymologies in this section are wrong.

§ 46. " Three etymologically distinct sets of words are
here united : cura, curare, curiosus ; cor, recordari ; curia,
curio.

§ 47. " Volo ' I wish ' is distinct from volo ' I fly.'
'' lAibet, later libet, is distinct from labi and from lubricus.
" Either as a euphemism, or from the fact that the funeral
apparatus was kept in the storerooms of the Temple of Venus,
which caused the epithet to acquire a new meaning.

214

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 44^7

word mens ' mind ' come menunisse ' to remember '
and amens ' mad,' said of one who has departed a
mente ' from his mind.'

45." From this moreover metus ' fear,' from the
mens ' mind ' somehow mota ' moved,' as meiuisti ' you
feared,' equal to te amovisti ' you removed yourself.'
So, because timor ' fear ' is cold, tremuisti ' you
shivered ' is equal to timuisti ' you feared.' Tremo ' I
shiver ' is said from the similarity to the behaviour of
the voice, which is e\'ident then when people shiver
very much, when even the hairs on the body bristle
up Uke the beard on an ear of barley.

46." Curare ' to care for, look after ' is said from
cura ' care, attention. ' Cura, because it cor iirat ' burns
the heart ' ; curiosus ' inquisitive,' because such a
person indulges in cura beyond the proper measure.
Recordari ' to recall to mind,' is revocare ' to call
back ' again into the cor ' heart.' The curiae ' halls,'
where the senate curat ' looks after ' the interests of
the state, and also there where there is the cura ' care '
of the state sacrifices ; from these, the curiones ' priests
of the curiae.'

47. Folo ' I wish ' is said from voluntas ' free-will '
and from volatus ' flight,' because the spirit is such
that in an instant it pervolat ' flies through ' to any
place whither it volt ' wishes.' " Lubere * 'to be
pleasing ' is said from labi ' to slip,' because the mind
is luhrica ' sUppery ' and prolabitur ' sUps for^-ard,' as of
old they used to say. From lubere ' to be pleasing '
come libido ' lust,' libidinosus ' lustful,' and ^'enus
Libentina ' goddess of sensual pleasure ' and Libitina "
' goddess of the funeral equipment,' so also other
words.

215

VARRO

48. Metuere a quodam motu animi, cum id quod
malum casurum putat refugit mens. Cum vehe-
mentius in movendo ut ab se abeat foras fertur,
formido ; cum (parum movetur)i pavet, et ab eo
pavor.

49. Meminisse a memoria, cum <in) id quod
remansit in mente^ rursus movetur ; quae a manendo^
ut manimoria' potest esse dicta. Itaque Salii quod
cantant :

Momuri Vetwr/,*
significant memoriam veterem.* Ab eodem monere,'
quod is qui monet, proinde sit ac memoria ; sic
monimenta quae in sepulcris, et ideo secundum viam,
quo praetereuntis admoweant ' et se fuisse et illos
esse mortalis. Ab eo cetera quae scripta ac facta
memoriae causa monimenta dicta.

50. Maerere a marcere, quod etiam corpus mar-
cescere(t> ^ ; hinc etiam macri dicti. Laetari ab eo

§ 48. 1 Added by L. Sp.

§ 49. ^ A. Sp., for id quod remansit in mente in id
quod / the omission, icith Sciop. * Rhol., for manando.
^ Other codices, for maniomoria Fv. * Turnebus, for
memurii ueterum or ueteri. ^ Maurenbrecher ; veterem
memoriam Aug., with B ; where, according to Victorius, F
had memoriam followed by an illegible word. ^ For mo-
nerem. ' For admoueant Fv, admoneat B.

§ 50. ^ L. Sp., for marcescere.

§ 48. " All etymologies in the section are wrong.

§ 49. " See note on § 45. Meminisse, mens, monere,
monimentum (or monumentum) are from the same root ;
memoria is perhaps remotely connected with them ; but
manere is to be kept apart. * Frag. 8, page 339 Mauren-
brecher ; page 4 Morel. " The traditional smith who made
the best of the duplicate ancilia (see vi. 22, note d), and at his
request was rewarded by the insertion of his name in the
Hymns of the Salii (Festus, 131. 11 M.). But Varro seems
216

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 48-50

48.*' Metuere ' to fear,' from a certain Jtiotus
' emotion ' of the spirit, when the mind shrinks back
from that misfortune which it thinks \\'ill fall upon it.
When from excessive violence of the emotion it is
borne foras ' forth ' so as to go out of itself, there is
Jbrmido ' terror ' ; when parti m movetur ' the emotion
is not very strong,' it pavet ' dreads,' and from this
comes pavor ' dread.'

49." Meminisse ' to remember,' from memoria
' memory,' when there is again a motion toward that
which remansit ' has remained ' in the mens ' mind ' :
and this may have been said from manere ' to remain,'
as though manimoria. Therefore the Salii,^ when
they sing

O Mamurius Veturius,'^

indicate a mem&ria vetus ' memory of olden times.'
From the same is monere ' to remind,' because he who
monet ' reminds,' is just like a memory. So also the
monimenta ' memorials ' which are on tombs, and in
fact alongside the highway, that they may ad monere
' admonish ' the passers-by that they themselves were
mortal and that the readers are too. From this, the
other things that are wTitten and done to preserve
their memoria ' memory ' are called monimenta ' monu-
ments.'

50." Maerere ' to grieve,' was named from marcere
' to \\-ither away,' because the body too would marces-
cere ' waste away ' ; from this moreo\"er the macri
' lean ' were named. Laetari ' to be happy,' from this,

to feel an etymological connexion between Mamuri Veturi
and memoriam veterem.

§ 50. " All etymologies wrong, except the association of
laetari^ laetitia, lafta.

217

VARRO

quod latius gaudium propter magni boni opinionem
difFusum. Itaque luventius ait :

Gaudia
Sua si omnes homines conferant unum in locum,
Tamen mea exsuperet laetitia.

Sic cum se habent, laeta.

VII. 51. Narro, cum alterum facio narum,^ a
quo narratio, per quam cognoscimus rem gesta(m>.2
Quae pars agendi est ab dicendo' ac sunt aut con-
iuncta cum temporibus aut ab his : eorum* hoc genus
videntur Irvfia.

52. Fatur is qui primum homo significabilem ore
mittit vocem. Ab eo, ante quam ita faciant, pueri
dicuntur infantes ; cum id faciunt, iam fari ; cum hoc
vocabulum,^ (tum) a similitudine vocis pueri (fario-
lus> ac fatuus dictum.* Ab hoc tempore' quod tum
pueris constituant Parcae fando, dictum fatum et res
fatales. Ah hac eadem voce* qui facile fantur facundi
dicti, et qui futura praedivinando soleant fari fatidici ;
dicti idem vaticinari, quod vesana mente faciunt :

§51. ^ FictoriMS, /ornarrum. ^ For gesta, Fv. ^ L.
Sp. ; a dicendo Ursimis ; for ab adiacendo Fv. * Avg.,
for earum.

§ 52. ^ Aug., for uocabulorum. * GS., for a simili-
tudine uocis pueri ac fatuus fari id dictum. ' Popma, for
tempore. * Canal, for ad haec eandem uocem.

* Com. Rom. Frag., verses 2-4 Ribbeck'. Juventius was a
writer of comedies from the Greek, in the second century b.c.

§51. " Varro wrote naro, with one R, according to Cas-
siodorus, vii. 159. 8 Keil ; the etymology is correct. * Cf.
vi. 42.

§ 52. " The etymologies in this section are correct, except
those of fariolus and vaticinari. * Dialectal form, prob-

218

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 50-52

that joy is spread latius ' more widely ' because of the
idea that it is a great blessing. Therefore Juventius
says ^ :

Should all men bring their joys into a single spot.
My happiness would yet surpass the total lot.

When things are of this nature, they are said to be
laeta ' happy.'

\TI. 51. Narro'^ 'I narrate,' when I make a
second person narus ' acquainted vnth ' something ;
from which comes narratio ' narration,' by which we
make acquaintance with an occurrence. This part of
acting is in the section of saying,* and the words are
united with time-ideas or are from them : those of
this sort seem to be radicals.

52." That manfatur ' speaks ' who first emits from
his mouth an utterance which may convey a meaning.
From this, before they can do so, children are called
infantes ' non-speakers, infants ' ; when they do this,
they are said nov,' Jari ' to speak ' ; not only this word,
but also, from likeness to the utterance of a child,
fariolus ^ ' soothsayer ' a.nd.fatuus ' prophetic speaker '
are said. From the fact that the Birth-Goddesses by
fando ' speaking ' then set the life-periods for the
children, ya^MW ' fate ' is named, and the things that
arefatales ' fateful.' From this same word, those who
fantur ' speak ' easily are called facundi ' eloquent,'
and those who are accustomed fori ' to speak ' the
future through presentiment, are called fatidici
' sayers of the fates ' ; they Ukewise are said vaticinari"
' to prophesy,' because they do this with frenzied

ably Faliscan, for hariolus, which is connected with harwtpex.
* As though fati- ; but properly from the stems of rate»
' bard ' and canere ' to sing.'

219

VARRO

sed de hoc post erit usurpandum, cum de poetis
dicemus.

53. Hinc fasti dies, quibus verba certa legitima
sine piaculo praetoribus licet fari ; ab hoc nefasti,
quibus diebus ea fari ius non est et, si fati sunt, pia-
culum faciunt. Hinc effata dicuntur, qui augures
finem auspiciorum caelestum extra urbem agri(s)i
sunt effati ut esset ; hinc efFari templa dicuntur : ab
auguribus efFantur qui in his fines sunt.

5 1. Hinc fana nominata, quod^ pontifices in sac-
rando fati sint finem ; hinc profanum, quod est ante
fanum coniunctum fano ; hinc profanatum quid in
sacrificio aique^ Herculi decuma appellata ab eo est
quod sacrificio quodam fanatur, id est ut fani lege^it.^
Id dicitur pollu<c>tum,* quod a porriciendo est fictum:
cum enim ex mercibus hbamenta porrecta^ sunt
Hercuh in aram, turn pollu(c>tum* est, ut cum pro-
fan (at>um* dicitur, id est proinde ut sit fani factum :
itaque ihV ohm <in)^ fano consumebatur omne quod

§ 53. ^ Laetus, for agri.

§ 54. ^ Laetus, for quae. ^ il/, V, Laetus, for ad quae
Fv. ^ Canal, for sit. * Aug. {quoting a friend), for
pollutum. ® Aug., with B, for proiecta. ® Turnebus,
for profanum. ' Vertranius, for ubi. * Added by
Vertranius.

" Cf. vii. 36.

§ 53. " Fastus and nefastus, from fas and nefas ; but
whether /a* and nefas are from the root of fari, is question-
able. * Cf. vi. 29-30. <= Page 19 Regell. ^ Effari is
used both with active and with passive meaning.

§ 54. " Fanum (whence adj. profanus), from fas, not from
fari. * Profanus was used also of persons who remained
' before the sanctuary ' because they were not entitled to go
inside, or because admission was refused ; therefore ' un-
initiated ' or ' unholy,' respectively. " Wrong etymology.
■^ Any edibles or drinkables were appropriate offerings to
220

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 52-54

mind : but this will have to be taken up later, when
we speak about the poets. **

53. From this the dies fasti " ' righteous days,
court days,' on which the praetors are permitted yhW
' to speak ' without sin certain words of legal force ;
from this the nefasti ' unrighteous days,' on which it is
not right for them to speak them, and if they have
spoken these words, they must make atonement.''
From this those words are called effata ' pronounced,'
by which the augurs '^ have effati ' pronounced ' the
limit that the fields outside the city are to have, for
the observance of signs in the sky ; from this, the
areas of observation are said effari ** ' to be pro-
nounced ' ; by the augurs," the boundaries effantur
' are pronounced ' which are attached to them.

54. From this the f ana " ' sanctuaries ' are named,
because the pontiffs in consecrating them have fati
' spoken ' their boundary ; from this, profanum ' being
before the sanctuary,' ^ which applies to something
that is in front of the sanctuary and joined to it ; from
this, anything in the sacrifice, and especially Hercules 's
tithe, is called profanatum ' brought before the sane-»
tuary, dedicated,' from this fact that it faiiatur ' is
consecrated ' by some sacrifice, that is, that it becomes
by law the property of the sanctuary. This is called
polluctum ' offered up,' a term which is shaped '^ from
porricere ' to lay before ' : for when from articles of
commerce first fruits ** are laid before Hercules, on his
altar, then there is a polluctum ' offering-up,' just as,
when profanatum is said, it is as if the thing had be-
come the sanctuary's property. So formerly all that
was profanatum * ' dedicated ' used to be consumed in

Hercules ; c/. Festus, 253 a 17-21 M. ' That is, so far as
it was not burned on the altar, in the god's honour.

221

VARRO

profan(at>uin* erat, ut etiam (nunc)*" fit quod praetor
urb(an>ws** quotannis facit, cum Herculi immolat
publice iuvencam.

55. Ab eodem verbo fari fabulae, ut tragoediae et
comoediae,* dictae. Hinc fassi ac confessi, qui fati id
quod ab is" quaesitum. Hinc professi ; hinc fama et
famosi. Ab eodem falli, sed et falsum et fallacia,
quae propterea, quod fando quem decipit ac contra
quam dixit facit. Itaque si quis re fallit, in hoc non
proprio nomine fallacia, sed tralati<ci>o,* ut a pede
nostro pes lecti ac betae. Hinc etiam famigerabile*
et sic compositicia* alia item ut declinata multa, in
quo et Fatuus et Fatuae.*

56. Loqui ab loco dictum. * Quod qui primo
dicitur iam fari" vocabula et reliqua verba dicit ante
quam suo quique' loco ea dicere potest,* hunc CAr^s-
ippus negat loqui, sed ut loqui : quare ut imago
hominis non sit homo, sic in corvis, cornicibus, pueris
primitus incipientibus fari verba non esse verba, quod

* L. Sp., for profanum. *" Added by L. Sp. ** Aug.,
with B, for P. R. iirbis Fv.

§ 55. * For tragaediae et comaediae. " For his.

' A. Sp. ; tralatitio Sciop. ; for tranlatio. * M, V, p,
Aldus, for famiger fabile Fv. ^ A. Sp., for composititia
Fv. « B, G, f, for fatue Fv.

§ 56. * Punctuation by Stroux. * For farit Fv. * L.
Sp. ; quidque Aug. ; for quisque.

§ 55. " The preceding words all belong with fari ; but
falli, falsum, fallacia form a distinct group. * Instead of
by speaking. * That is, beet-root. "* Faunus and the
Nymphs.

§56. "Wrong. "Page 143 von Arnini. «Ravens

222

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 54^56

the sanctuary, as even now is done with that which
the City Praetor offers every year, when on behalf
of the state he sacrifices a heifer to Hercules.

55. From the same word fan ' to speak,' the
fahulae ' plays,' such as tragedies and comedies, were
named. From this word, those persons have fassi
' admitted ' and confessi ' confessed,' who have fati
' spoken ' that which was asked of them. From this,
professi ' openly declared ' : from this, fama ' talk,
rumour,' and famosi ' much talked of, notorious.' "
From the same, falli ' to be deceived,' but also falsum
' false ' and fallacia ' deceit,' which are so named on
this account, that hy fando ' speaking ' one misleads
someone and then does the opposite of what he has
said. Therefore if one Jallit ' deceives ' by an act,** in
this there is not fallada ' deceit ' in its own proper
meaning, but in a transferred sense, as from our pes
' foot ' the pes ' foot ' of a bed and of a beet " are
spoken of. From this, moreox ex , famigerabile ' worth
being talked about,' and in this fashion other com-
pounded words, just as there are many derived words,
among which are Fatuus ' god of prophetic speaking '
and the Fatuae ' women of prophecy.' '^

56. Loqui 'to talk,' is said from locus 'place.'"
Because he who is said to speak now for the first time,
utters the names and other words before he can say
them each in its own locus ' place,' such a person
Chrysippus says ^ does not loqui * talk,' but quasi-
talks ; and that therefore, as a man's sculptured bust
is not the real man, so in the case of ravens, crows,*'
and boys making their first attempts to speak, their
words are not real words, because they are not talk-

and crows were the chief speaking birds of the Romans ; c/.
Macrobius, Sat. ii. 4. 29-30.

223

VARRO

non loquantur.* Igitur is loquitur, qui suo loco quod-
que verbum sciens ponit, et is tum^ prolocutu*,* quom
in animo quod habuit extulit loquendo.

57. Hinc dicuntur eloqui ac reloqui^ in fanis
Sabinis, e cella dei qui loquuntur.^ Hinc dictus
loquax, qui nimium loqueretur ; hinc eloquens, qui
copiose loquitur ; hinc colloquium, cum veniunt in
unum locum loquendi causa ; hinc adlocutum mulieres
ire aiunt, cum eunt ad aliquam locutum consolandi'
causa ; hinc quidam loquelam dixerunt verbum quod
in loquendo efferimus. Concinne loqui dictum a
concinere,* ubi inter se conveniunt partes ita <ut>^
inter se concinant^ aliud alii.

58. Pronuntiare dictum <a proy et nuntiare ; pro
idem valet quod ante, ut in hoc : proludit. Ideo
actores pronuntiare dicuntur, quod in prosccenio
enuntiant poeta<e> cogitata,^ quod maxime tum^
dicitur proprie, novam fabulam cum agunt. Nuntius
enim est a <n>ovis* rebus nominatus, quod a verbo

* Aug., for loquebantur. ^ Canal, for istum. ^ Fay,
for prolocutum.

§ 57. ^ Aug., with B, for eloquium ac reliqui. * Lach-
mann, for eloqiiuntur. ' G, Aug., for consulendi.

* Scaliger, for concinne. ^ Added by Mue. ; added after
inter se by L. Sp. * Mue., for condeant.

§ 58. ^ Added by Oroth. ^ Sciop., for poeta cogitante.
^ After turn, Laetus deleted id. * Turnebus, for quis.

•^ That is, do not convey ideas to others.

§ 57. ° Concinne, adverb to concinnus ' neatly fitted,' has
nothing in common with concinere ' to sing in harmony,'
except the prefix.

§ 58. " Nuntiare and its compounds are derived from

224

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 56-58

ing.'' Therefore he loquitur ' talks,' who ^\ith under-
standing puts each word in its o^\'n place, and he has
then prolocutus ' spoken forth,' when he has by lo-
quendo ' talking ' expressed what he had in his spirit.

57. From this, they are said eloqui ' to speak
forth ' and reloqui ' to speak in reply ' in the Sabine
sanctuaries, who loquuntur ' speak ' from the chamber
of the God. From this he was called loquax ' talka-
tive,' who talked too much : from this, eloquens ' elo-
quent,' who talks profusely ; from this, colloquium
' conference,' when persons come into one place for
the purpose of talking ; from this, they say that
women go adlocutum ' to talk to her,' when they go to
someone, to talk for purposes of consolation ; from
this, a word which we utter in talking has been by
some called a loquela ' talk-unit.' To talk concinne'^
' neatly ' is said from concinere ' to harmonize,' where
the parts agree ^^ith each other in such a way that
they mutually concinunt ' harmonize ' one mth an-
other.

58. Pronuntiare " ' to make known publicly ' is said
from pro and nuntiare ' to announce ' ; pro means the
same as ante ' before,' as in proludit ' he plays before-
hand.' Therefore actors are said pronuntiare ' to de-
claim,' because they enuntiant ' make known ' on the
proscaenium ' stage ' the poet's thoughts * ; and the
word is used with the most literal meaning, when they
act a new play.*^ For a nuniius ' messenger ' was
named from novae res ^ ' new things,' which is perhaps

nuntius. ' As though pronuntiare united the pro of
proscenium and the nuntiare of enuntiare. ' A play not

previously acted. ^ A nunftus is a novo-vent-ios, but is
not from Greek : Latin novus and Greek veos are from a
common original.

VOL. I Q 225

VARRO

Graeco potest declinatum ; ab eb itaque Neapolis
illorum Novapolis ab antiquis vocitata nostris.

59- A quo etiam extremum novissimum quoque
dici* coeptum volgo, quod mea memoria ut Aelius sic
senes aliquot, nimium novum verbum quod esset,
vitabant ; cuius origo, ut a vetere vetust(i)us ac
veterrimu?«,* sic ab novo declinatum (novius et>'
novissimum, quod extremum. Sic ab eadem origine
no vitas et novicius et novalis in agro et " sub No vis "
dicta pars in Foro aedificiorum, quod vocabulum ei
pervetustww,* ut Novae \"iae, quae via iam diu vetus.

60. Ab eo quoque potest dictum nominare, quod
res novae in usum quom^ additae erant, quibus ea(s>^
novissent, nomina ponebant. Ab eo nuncupare, quod
tunc (pro)* civitate vota nova suscipiuntur. Nuncu-
pare nominare valere apparet in legibus, ubi " nun-
cupatae pecuniae " sunt scriptae ; item in Choro in
quo est :

Aenea ! — Quis <is>* est qui meum nomen nuncupat ?

§ 59. ^ Auff., from Gellius, x. 21. 2, for dico. ^ Ben-
tinus, from Gellius, I.e., for uetustus ac ueterrimus.
^ Added by Aug., from Gellius, I.e. * B, Laetus, for
peruetustas.

§ 60. ^ Aug. {quoting a friend), for quomodo. * Ver-
tranius,for ea. * Added by L. Sp. * Added by Grotius.

* Naples ; Nova-poUs is a half-way translation into Latin.

§ 59. " Page 57 Funaioli. " The Tabernae Novae were

the shops on the north side of the Forum which replaced
those burned in the fire of 210 b.c. ; those on the south side,
which escaped the fire, were called the Tabernae Veteres.

§ 60. " Nomen and nominare are distinct from novus, and

226

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 58-60

derived from a Greek word ; from this, accordingly,
their Xeapolis * ' New Citv ' was called Nova-polis
' New-polis ' by the old-time Romans.

59- From this, moreover, novissimum ' newest ' also
began to be used popularly for extremum ' last,' a use
which within my memory both Aelius " and some
elderly men avoided, on the ground that the proper
form of the superlative of this word was nimium novum ;
its origin is just like vetustius ' older ' and veterrimum
' oldest ' from vetus ' old,' thus from novum were derived
novius ' newer ' and novissimum, which means ' last.'
So, from the same origin, novitas ' newness ' and noci-
cius ' no\ice ' and novalis ' ploughed anew ' in the case
of a field, and a part of the buildings in the Forum was
called sub Xovis ^ ' by the New Shops ' ; though it has
had the name for a very long time, as has the Nova Via
New Street,' which has been an old street this long
while,

60. From this can be said also nominare " ' to call
by name,' because when novae ' new ' things were
brought into use, they set nomina ' names ' on them,
by which they novissent ' might know ' them. From
this, nuncupare^ ' to pronounce vows publicly,' because
then nova ' new ' vows are undertaken for the state.
That nuncupare is the same as nominare, is evident in
the laws, where sums of money are written down as
nuncupatae ' bequeathed by name ' ; likewise in the
Chorus, in which there is "^ :

Aeneas ! — Who is this who calls me by my name ?

also from novisse ' to know.' * Containing the elements of
nomen and capere ' to take.' " Trag. Rom. Frag., page

2-2 Ribbeck» ; R O.L. ii. 608-609 Warmington ; possibly
belonging to a play entitled Proserpina, cf. vi. 9-t. But
the title is perhaps hopelessly corrupt.

227

VARRO

Item in Medo * :

Quis tu es, mulier, quae me insueto nuncupasti nomine ?

61. Dico originem habet Graecam, quod Graeci
SeiKvi'w.^ Hinc (etiam dicare, ut ait>* Ennius :

Dico VI hunc dicare (circum metulas).*

Hinc iudicare, quod tunc ius dicatur ; hinc iudex,
quod iu(s> dicat* accepta potestate ; (hinc dedicat),*
id est quibusdam verbis dicendo finit : sic^ enim aedis
sacra a magistratu pontifice prae(e>un<e' dicendo
dedicatur. Hinc, ab dicendo,* indicium ; hinc ilia :
indicit <b>ellum,* indixit funus, prodixit diem, addixit
iudicium ; hinc appellatum dictum in mimo,^" ac
dictiosus ; hinc in manipulis castrensibus (dicta^^
ab>^* ducibus ; hinc dictata in ludo ; hinc dictator
magister populi, quod is a consule debet dici ; hinc
antiqua ilia <ad>dicii' numo et dicis causa et addictus.

' Aldus, for medio.

§61. ^ L. Sp. ; SeiKTwat Mue. ; SeiVto Scaliger ; for
NISIhce Fv. " Added by Kent. ' Fay, for qui hunc

dicare; c/. Festus, 153 a 15-21 M., and Livy, xli. 27. 6.

* Aiig., with B, for iudicat. ^ Added by Stroux. ^ With
sic enim, F resumes ; cf. v. 118, crit. note 7. ' Bentinus
{or earlier) ; praeunte /, Laetus ; for prae unce F. * L.
Sp.,for dicando. * Turnebus, for ilium. ^^ B, Aldus,
for minimo. ^^ Added by Aug., with B. ^* Added by
Kent ; a added by Fay. ^^ Budaeus, for dici.

" Pacuvius, Trag. Rom. Frag. 239 Ribbeck^; R.O.L. ii. 260-
261 Warmington ; the play was named from one of Medea's
sons.

§ 61. " All the words explained in this section belong
together ; but dicere is cognate with the Greek word, not
derived from it. ^ Inc. frag. 39 Vahlen^ ; see critical note.

* Rather, because he dictat ' gives orders ' to the people.
^ Numo in the text is the older spelling, in which consonants
were never doubled. * Applied to the fictitious sale of an

228

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 60-^1

And likewise in the Medus <* :

Who are j'ou, woman, who have called me by an
unaccustomed name ?

61. Dico " ' I say ' has a Greek origin, that which
the Greeks call deiKvru) ' I show.' From this more-
over comes dicare ' to show, dedicate,' as Ennius
says ^ :

I say this circus shows six little turning-posts.
From this, iudicare ' to judge,' because then ius ' right '
diciiur ' is spoken ' ; from this, index ' judge,' because
he ius dicat ' speaks the decision ' after receiving the
power to do so ; from this, dedicat ' he dedicates,' that
is, he finishes the matter by dicendo ' sapng ' certain
fixed words : for thus a temple of a god dedicatur ' is
dedicated ' by the magistrate, by dicendo ' saying ' the
formulas after the pontiff. From this, that is from
dicere, comes iridiciuvi ' information ' ; from this, the
following : indicit ' he declares ' war, indixit ' he has
in\ited to ' a funeral, prodixit ' he has postponed ' the
day, addixit ' he has awarded ' the decision ; from this
was named a dictum ' bon mot ' in a farce, and dic-
tiosus ' witty person ' ; from this, in the companies of
soldiers in camp, the dicta ' orders ' of the leaders ;
from this, the dictata ' dictation exercises ' in the
school ; from this, the dictator'^ ' dictator,' as master
of the people, because he must did ' be appointed ' by
the consul ; from this, those old phrases addici nummo^
' to be made over to somebody for a shilUng,' ' and
dicis causa ' for the sake of judicial form,' and addictus
' bound over ^ ' to somebody.

inheritance to the heir. ' Said of a defendant who was
unable to pay the amount of debt or damages, and was de-
livered to the custody of the plaintiff as a virtual slave until
he could arrange payment.

229

VARRO

62. Si dico quid (sciens^ ne)scienti,* quod e«^
quod ignoravit trado, hinc doceo declinatum vel quod
cum docemus* dicimus vel quod qui docentur induc?m-
tur^ in id quod docentur. Ab eo quod scit ducere^ qui
est dux aut ductor ; <hinc' doctor)* qui ita inducit, ut
doceat. Ab dwcendo* docere disciplina discere litteris
commutatis paucis. Ab eodem principio documenta,
quae exempla docendi causa dicuntur,

63. Disputatio et computatio e^ propositione
putandi, quod valet purum facere ; ideo antiqui
purum putum appellarunt ; ideo putator, quod
arbores puras facit ; ideo ratio putari dicitur, in qua
summa fit pura : sic is sermo in quo pure disponuntur
verba, ne sit confusus atque ut diluceat, dicitur dis-
putare.

64. Quod dicimus disserit item translati(ci)oi
aeque^ ex agris verbo : nam ut Aolitor disserit in areas
sui cuiusque generis res, sic in oratione qui facit,
disertus. Sermo, opinor, est a serie, unde serta ;
etiami in vestimento sartum, quod comprehensum :

§ 62. ^ Added by L. Sp. ^ Scaliger, for scienti.

' Sciop., for det. * After docemus, Laetus deleted ut.
* Reiter, for inducantur. ® M, Laetus, for ducare.

'' Added by GS. * Added by L. Sp. ^ Fay, for docendo.

g 63. 1 L. Sp., for et.

§ 64. ^ A. Sp. ; translatitio Aug. ; for translatio.
^ Aug., for atque.

§ 62. " Docere is quite independent of dicere, and also
of dncere. * Disciplina was popularly associated with
discere, but was really a derivative of discipulus, which came
from dis + capere ' to take apart (for examination).'

§ 64. " There are in Latin two verbs sero serere, distinct in
etymology : serere sevi satus ' to sow, plant,' and serere serui
serf us ' to join together, intertwine.' The derivatives in this
section are all from the second verb, except sartum, the
participle of sarcio, which is distinct from both.
230

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 62-61

62. If I dico ' say ' something that I know to one
who does not know it, because I trado ' hand over ' to
him what he was ignorant of, from this is derived
doceo " ' I teach,' or else because when we docemus
' teach ' we dicimus ' say,' or eke because those who
docentiir ' are taught ' indiicuntur ' are led on ' to that
which they docentur ' are taught.' From this fact,
that he knows how ducere ' to lead,' is named the one
who is dux ' guide ' or ductor ' leader ' ; from this,
doctor ' teacher,' who so inducit ' leads on ' that he
docet ' teaches.' From ducere ' to lead,' come docere
' to teach,' disciplina ^ ' instruction,' discere ' to learn,'
by the change of a few letters. From the same
original element comes documenta ' instructive ex-
amples,' which are said as models for the purpose of
teaching.

63. Disputatio ' discussion ' and computatio ' reckon-
ing,' from the general idea oi put are, which means to
make purum ' clean ' ; for the ancients used putum to
mean purum. Therefore putator ' trimmer', because
he makes trees clean ; therefore a business account is
said putari ' to be adjusted,' in which the sum is pura
' net.' So also that discourse in which the words are
arranged pure ' neatly,' that it may not be confused
and that it may be transparent of meaning, is said
disputare ' to discuss ' a problem or question.

h^. Our word disserif^ is used in a figurative mean-
ing as well as in relation to the fields : for as the
kitchen-gardener disserit ' distributes ' the things of
each kind upon his garden plots, so he who does the
hke in speaking is disertus ' skilful.' Sermo ' conversa-
tion,' I think, is from series ' succession,' whence serta
' garlands ' ; and moreover in the case of a garment
sartum ' patched,' because it is held together : for

231

VARRO

sermo enim non potest in uno homine esse solo, sed
ubi <o>ratio' cum altero coniuncta. Sic conserere
manu(m>* dicimur cum hoste ; sic ex iure manu(m>^
consertum vocare ; hinc adserere manu* in libertatem
cum prendimus. Sic augures dicunt :

Si niihi auctor es' verb^nam' manu* asserere,
dicit<o>^'' consortes.

65. Hinc etiam, a quo^ ipsi consortes, sors ; hinc
etiam sortes, quod in his iuncta tempora cum homini-
bus ac rebus ; ab his sortilegi ; ab hoc pecunia quae
in faenore sors est, impendium quod inter se iungit.^

66. Legere dictunx, quod leguntur ab oculis
litterae ; ideo etiam legati, quod {uty publice mit-
tantur leguntur. Item ab legendo leguli, qui oleam
aut qui uvas legunt ; hinc legumina in frugibus variis ;
etiam leges, quae lectae et ad populum latae quas
observet. Hinc legitima et collegae, qui una lecti, et
qui in eorum locum suppositi, sublecti ; additi allecti
et collecta, quae ex pluribus locis in unum lecta. Ab

^ Aug., for ra,tio. * Other codd., for manu F. ^ Sciop.,
for manu ; cf. Gellius, xx. 10. * p, Aug., for manum.
^ Avg., for est. * Bergk, for verb! nam. • Aug., for
manum. ^^ A. Sp., for Aicit.

§ 65. ^ L. Sp.,for ad qui. * G roth, for iungat.

§ 66. 1 Added by B, Aldus.

* Genitive plural. ' Page 18 Regell.

§ 65. " These words belong to serere, but Varro's reason
for the meaning of sors may not be correct. * To Varro,

the fundamental meaning in sors is one of ' joining ' : cf.
V. 183.

§ 66. " All words discussed in this section are from various
forms of the root seen in legere, which means ' to gather, pick,
select, choose, read ' ; except legumen. * Properly parti-
ciple of legare ' to appoint,' a derivative of legere. "^ More
exactly, legumina are, according to Varro, fruits of various
kinds that have to be picked (rather than cut, like cabbage,

232

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 64^66

sermo ' conversation ' cannot be where one man is
alone, but where his speech is joined ^^^th another's.
So we are said conserere rnanum ' to join hand-to-hand
fight N\-ith an enemy : so to call for vianum ^ consertum
' a laying on of hands' according to law ; from this,
adserere manu in libertatem ' to claim that so-and-so is
free,' when we lay hold of him. So the augurs say <= :

If you authorize me to take in my hand the sacred
bough, then name my colleagues {consortes).

Q5. From this, moreover, sors " ' lot,' from which
the consortes ' colleagues ' themselves are named ;
from this, further, sortes ' lots,' because in them time-
ideas are joined with men and things ; from these,
the sortilegi ' lot-pickers, fortune-tellers ' ; from this,
the money which is at interest is the sors ' principal,'
because it joins ^ one expense to another.

66.^ Legere ' to pick or read,' because the letters
leguntur ' are picked ' with the eyes ; therefore also
legati ^ ' envoys,' because they leguntur ' are chosen '
to be sent on behalf of the state. Likewise, from
legere ' to pick,' the leguli ' pickers,' who legufit ' gather '
the olives or the grapes ; from this, the legumina "
' beans ' of various kinds ; moreover, the leges ' laws,'
which are lectae ' chosen ' and brought before the
people for them to observe. From this, legitima ' law-
ful things ' ; and collegae ' colleagues,' who have been
lecti ' chosen ' together, and those who have been put
into their places, are sublecti ' substitutes ' ; those
added are allecti ' chosen in addition,' and things which
have been lecta ' gathered ' from several places into
one, are collecta ' collected.' From legere ' to gather '

or mowed, hke wheat) ; but the resemblance to legere seems
to be only accidental.

233

VARRO

legendo ligna quoque, quod ea caduca legebantur in
agro quibus in focum uterentur. Indidem ab legendo
legio et diligens et dilectus.

67. Murmuran'i a similitudine sonitus dictus, qui
ita leviter loquitur, ut magis e sono id facere quam ut
intellegatur videatur. Hinc etiam poetae

Murmurantia litora.

Similiter fremere, gemere, clamare, crepare ab
similitudine vocis sonitus dicta. Hinc ilia
Arma sonant, fremor oritur ;

hinc

Nihil^ me increpitando commoves.

68. Vicina horum quiritare, iubilare. Quiritare
dicitur is qui Quiritum fidem damans inplorat. Qui-
rites a Curensibus ; ab his cum Tatio rege in socie-
tatem venerunt civitat^s.^ Ut quiritare urbanorum,
sic iubilare rusticorum : itaque hos imitans Aprissius
ait :

lo bucco ! — Quis me iubilat ? —
Vicinus tuus antiquus.

Sic triumphare appellatum, quod cum imperatore

§ 67. 1 L. Sp.,for murmuratur dictum. ^ For nichil.
§ 68. ^ Sciop., for civitates.

"^ Better spelling, delectus.

§ 67. " Some, but not all, of the words discussed in this
section are onomatopoeic. '' IJviter' lightly.' " Trag.
Rom. Frag., page 314 Ribbeck' ; but the words look like
part of a dactylic hexameter, in which case it should read
Arma sonant, oritur fremor. <* Trag. Rom. Frag., page
314. Ribbeck».

§ 68. " Frequentative of queri ' to complain,' and not
connected with Quirites. " Ciires, ancient capital city
of the Sabines. " The name is corrupt, but no probable

234

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 66-68

comes also ligna ' firewood,' because the wood that
had fallen was gathered in the field, to be used on the
fireplace. From the same source, legere ' to gather,'
came legio ' legion,' and diligens ' careful,' and dilecttis^
' military levy.'

67.** From likeness to the sound, he is said mur-
miirari ' to murmur,' who speaks so softly ^ that he
seems more as the result of the sound to be doing
it, than to be doing it for the purpose of being
understood. From this, moreover, the poets say

Murmuring sea-shore.
Likewise, fremere ' to roar,' gemere ' to groan,'
clamare ' to shout,' crepare ' to rattle ' are said from
the likeness of the sound of the word to that which it
denotes. From this, that passage " :

Arms are resounding, a roar doth arise.
From this, also,**

By your rebuking you alarm me not.

68. Close to these are quiritare " ' to shriek,'
iubilare ' to call joyfully,' He is said quiritare, who
shouts and implores the protection of the Quirites.
The Quirites were named from the Curenses ' men of
Cures ' * ; from that place they came with King
Tatius to receive a share in the Roman state. As
quiritare is a word of city people, so iubilare is a word
of the countrymen ; thus in imitation of them Apris-
sius " says :

Oho, Fat-Face ! — Who is calling me ? —
Your neighbour of long standing.

So triumpkare ' to triumph ' was said, because the

emendation has been suggested ; Com. Rom. Frag., page
332 Ribbeck'.

235

VARRO

milites redeuntes clamitant per Urbem in Capitolium
eunti " <I>o^ triumphe " ; id a dptdfxfSo)^ ac Graeco
Liberi cognomento potest dictum.

69. Spondere est dicere spondeo, a sponte : nam id
(idem)* valet et a voluntate. Itaque Lucilius scribit
de Cretaea,^ cum ad se cubitum venerit sua voluntate,
sponte ipsam suapte adductam, ut tunicam et cetera^
reiceret. Eandem voluntatem Terentius significat,
cum ait satius esse

Sua sponte recte facere quam alieno metu.

Ab eadem sponte, a qua dictum spondere, declinatum
<de>spondet* et respondet et desponsor et sponsa,
item sic alia. Spondet enim qui dicit a sua sponte
" spondeo " ; (qui) spo(po)ndit,^ est sponsor ; qui
(i>dem* (ut)' faciat obligatur sponsu,* consponsus.

70. Hoc Naevius significat cum ait " consponsi."
(Siy spondebatur pecunia aut filia nuptiarum causa,

^ Laetus, for o. ' Aldus, for triambo.

§ 69. * Added by Fay. ^ i^or Gretea. ' For ceterae.

* GS, after Lachmann, for spondit. * L. Sp., for spondit.

* B, Ed. Veneta, for quidem. ' Added by Avy., with B.

* L. Sp., for sponsus.

§ 70. 1 Added by Fay.

"* From the Greek, through the Etruscan. * Ac, intro-
ducing an appositive.

§ 69. " Verses 925-927 Marx. Cretaea was a meretrix,
named from the country of her origin. Varro has para-
phrased the quotation, which was thus restored to metrical
form by Lachmann, the first two words being added by Marx :

Cretaea nuper, cum ad me cubitum venerat,
Sponte ipsa suapte adducta ut tunicam et cetera
Reiceret.

236

ON THE LATIN. LANGUAGE, \T. 68-70

soldiers shout " Oho, triumph ! " as they come back
with the general through the City and he is going up
to the Capitol ; this is perhaps derived'' from 6pLajj.f3os,
as * a Greek surname of Liber.

69. Spondere is to say spondeo ' I solemnly promise,'
from sponte ' of one's own inclination ' : for this has
the same meaning as from voluntas ' personal desire.'
Therefore Lucihus writes of the Cretan woman," that
when she had come of her own desire to his house to
lie with him, she was of her own sponte ' inclination '
led to throw back her tunic and other garments. The
same voluntas ' personal desire ' is what Terence
means ^ when he says that it is better

Of one's own inclination right to do.
Than merely by the fear of other folk.

From the same sponte from which spondere is said, are
derived despondet ' he pledges ' and respondet ' he
promises in return, answers,' and desponsor ' promiser '
and sponsa ' promised bride^' and likewise others in
the same fashion. For he spondet ' solemnly promises '
who says of his own sponte ' inclination ' spondeo ' I
promise ' ; he who spopondit ' has promised ' is a
sponsor ' surety ' ; he who is by sponsus ' formal
promise ' bound to do the same thing as the other
party, is a consponsus ' co-surety.'

70. This is what Naevius means " when he says
consponsi. If money * or a daughter spondebatur ' was
promised ' in connexion with a marriage, both the

While this might accord with the Liicilian prototype of
Horace, Sat. i. 5. 82-85, the meter forbids, and because of the
subject matter A. Spengel proposed Licinius, writer of
comedies, for Lucilius. * Adelphoe, 75.

§70. "Com. Rom. Frag., page 34 Ribbeck»; R.O.L.
ii. 598 Warmington. * As dower.

237

VARRO

appellabatur etpecunia et quae desponsa erat sponsa ;
quae pecunia inter se contra sponsu^ rogata erat, dicta
sponsio ; cui desponsa quae* erat, sponsus ; quo die
sponsum erat, sponsalis.

71. Qu/i spoponderat filiam, despondisse^ dice-
bant, quod de sponte eius, id est de voluntate,
exierat : non enim si volebat, dabat, quod sponsu erat
alligatus : nam ut in com<o>ediis vides dici :

Sponde<n>' tuam gnatam* filio uxorem meo ?
Quod turn et praetorium ius ad legem et censorium
iudicium ad aequum existimabatur. Sic despondisse
animum quoque dicitur, ut despondisse filiam, quod
suae spontis statuerat finem.

72. A ^ua sponte dicere cum spondere, (respon-
dere)^ quoque dixerunt, cum a(d) sponte<m>2 re-
sponderent, id est ad voluntatem rogatoris.^ Itaque
qui ad id quod rogatur non dicit, non respondet, ut
non spondet ille statim qui dixit spondeo, si iocandi

^ L. Sp., for sponsum. ' Mue., for quo.

§ 71. ^ G, B, Laetus, for quo. ^ B, Aldus, for dispon-
disse. * Aug. ; spondem Rhol. ; for sponde. * Rhol.,
for agnatam.

§ 72. ^ Lachmann, for a qua sponte dicere cumspondere.
* Tumebvs, for a sponte. * L, Sp., for rogationis.

" To be forfeited to the other party as damages by tliat party
which might break the agreement.

§ 71. " Com. Rom. Frag., page 134 Ribbeck*.

238

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 70-72

money and the girl who had been desponsa ' pledged '
were called sponsa ' promised, pledged ' ; the money
which had been asked under the sponstis ' engagement'
for their mutual protection against the breaking of
the agreement,'^ was called a sponsio ' guarantee de-
posit ' ; the man to whom the money or the girl was
desponsa ' pledged,' was called sponsus ' betrothed ' ;
the day on which the engagement was made, was
called sponsalis ' betrothal day.'

71. He who spoponderat ' had promised ' his
daughter, they said, despondisse ' had promised her
away,' because she had gone out of the power of his
sponte ' inclination,' that is, from the control of his
voluntas ' desire ' : for even if he \Wshed not to give
her, still he gave her, because he was bound bv his
sponsus ' formal promise ' : for you see it said, as in
comedies ° :

Do you now promise your daughter to my son as wife ?

This was at that time considered a principle estab-
lished by the praetors to supplement the statutes, and
a decision of the censors for the sake of fairness. So a
person is said despondisse animum ' to have promised
his spirit away, to have become despondent,' just as
he is said despondisse Jiliam ' to have promised his
daughter away,' because he had fixed an end of the
power of his sponte ' inclination.'

72. Since spondere was said from sua sponte dicere
' to say of one's o\\'n incUnation,' they said also re-
spondere ' to answer,' when they responderunt ' promised
in return ' to the other party's spontem ' inclination,'
that is, to the desire of the asker. Therefore he who
says " no "to that which is asked, does not respondere,
just as he does not spondere who has immediately said

239

VARRO

causa dixit, neque agi potest cum eo ex sponsu.
Itaqu(e) is* qu<o)i dicit(ur)^ in co/woedia * :

Meministin^ te spondere* mihi gnatam' tuam ?

quod sine sponte sua dixit, cum eo non potest agi ex
sponsu.

73. Etiam spes a sponte potest esse declinata,
quod tum sperat cum quod^ volt fieri putat : nam
quod non volt si putat, metuit, non sperat. Itaque
hi^ quoque qui dicunt in Astraba Plauti :

Nmwc^ sequere adseque, Polybadisce, meam spem

cupio consequi. —
Sequor hercle <e>quidem,* nam libenter mea(m>

sperata<m)^ consequor :

quod sine sponte dicunt, vere neque ille sperat qui
dicit adolescens neque ilia (quae)* sperata est.

74. Sponsor et praes et vas neque idem,^ neque
res a quibus hi, sed e re simili.^ Itaque praes qui
a magistratu interrogatus, in publicum ut praestet ;
a quo et cum respondet, dicit "praes." Vas appel-

* L. Sp., for itaquis. * Kent, for qui dicit F (d'r a = dici-
tur). * Z/. iSp., /or tragoedia. ' ^4;*^., /or meministine.

* Lachmann, tnetri gratia, for despondere. * Rhol., for
agnatam.

§ 73. ^ Aug., for quod cum. * L. Sp., for hie. * L.
Sp., for ne. * L. Sp., for quidem. ^ Ritschl, for mea
sperata. * Added by Kent.

§ 74. ^ Laetus, for ideo. * Sciop., for simile.

§ 12. " Hanging nominative, resumed by cum eo after the
quotation. * Trag. Bom. Frag., page 305 Ribbeck^ ; but

as the content indicates that it came from a comedy rather
than from a tragedy, I have accepted L. Spengel's emenda-
tion comoedia for the manuscript tragoedia.

§ 73. " Wrong. * Frag. I Ritschl. " Adseque, active
imperative form ; cf. Neue-Wagener, Formenlehre der lat.

240

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 72-74

spondeo, if he said it for a joke, nor can legal action
be taken against him as a result of such a sponsus
'promise.' Thus he" to whom someone says in a
comedy,*

Do you recall you pledged your daughter unto me ?

which he had said without his sponte ' inclination,'
cannot be proceeded against under his sponsus.

73. Spes ' hope ' is perhaps also derived <* from
sponte ' inclination,' because a person then sperat
' hopes,' when he thinks that what he wishes is coming
true ; for if he thinks that what he does not wish is
coming true, he fears, not hopes. Therefore these
also who speak in the Astraha of Plautus ^ :

Follow now closely,"^ Polybadiscus, I wish to overtake

my hope. —
Heavens I surely do : I'm glad to overtake her whom

I hope :

because they speak without sponte ' feeling of success,'
the youth who speaks does not truly ' hope,' nor does
the girl who is ' hoped for.' <*

7-t. Sponsor and praes and vas are not the same
thing, nor are the matters identical from which these
terms come ; but they develop out of similar situa-
tions." Thus a praes is one who is asked by the
magistrate that he praestat • make a guarantee ' to
the state ; from which, also when he answers, he
says, " I am your praes." He was called a vas

Spr.' iii. 89. ** Sperata, a regular term for the object of
a young man's love.

§ 74. " \'arro apparently says that a sponsor is one who
undertakes an engagement toward an individual or indivi-
duals ; a praes is one who undertakes an engagement on his
own behalf, toward the state ; a vas is one who guarantees
another person's engagement toward the state.

VOL. I R 241

VARRO

latus, qui pro altero vadimonium promittebat. Con-
suetude erat, cum re?<s* parum esset idoneus inceptis
rebus, ut pro se alium daret ; a quo caveri* postea lege
coeptum^ est ab his, qui praedia venderent, vadem ne
darent ; ab eo ascribi coeptum^ in lege mancipiorum :

Vadem ne poscerent nee dabitur.

75. Canere,^ accanit et succanit ut canto et can-
tatio ex Camena permutato pro M N." Ab eo quod
semel, canit, si saepius, cantat. Hinc cantitat, item
alia ; nee sine canendo (tubicines, liticines, corni-
cines),* tibicines dicti : omnium enim horum quo-
da<m>* canere ; etiam bucinator a vocis similitudine
et cantu dictus.

76. Oro ab ore et perorat et exorat et oratio et
orator et osculum dictum. Indidem omen, orna-
mentum ; alterum quod ex ore primum elatum est,
osmen dictum ; alterum nunc cum propositione dici-
tur vulgo ornamentum, quod sicut olim ornamental

^ For reos. * For cavarl. * For caeptum.

§ 75. 1 For canerae. ^ Mue., for N.M. ^ Added
by L. Sp., after Mue. recognized the lacuna and its contents,
but set it after tibicines; cf. v. 91. *^ Kent ; quoddam
Canal ; for quod a.

§76. ^ (t6'., /or ornamentum.

§ 75. " The words explained in this section belong to-
gether, except Camena, which stands apart. * Either
' sing ' or ' play on an instrument.' ' Usually in the
plural ; Italian goddesses of springs and waters, regularly
identified with the Greek Muses. ^ The insertion in the
text is rendered necessary by omnium horum ; cf. also critical
note. ' Quodam, ablative with canere.

§ 76. " These words are from os, except omen, ornamen-
tum, oscines.

242

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 74r-76

* bondsman ' who promised bond for another. It
was the custom, that when a party in a suit was not
considered capable of fulfilling his engagements, he
should give another as bondsman for him : from which
they later began to provide by law against those who
should sell their real estate, that they should not
offer themselves as bondsmen. From this, they began
to add the provision in the law about the transfer of
properties, that

" they should not demand a bondsman, nor will a
bondsman be given."

75." Canere ^ ' to sing,' accanit ' he sings to ' some-
thing, and succanit ' he sings a second part,' like canto
' I sing ' and cantatio ' song,' from Camena '^ ' Muse,'
with N substituted for M. From the fact that a
person sings once, he canit : if he sings more often, he
cantat. From this, cantitat ' he sings repeatedly,' and
Ukewise other words ; nor \\ithout canere ' singing,
plapng ' are the tubicines ' trumpeters,' named, and
the liticines ' cometists,' cornicines ' horn-blowers,' **
tibicines ' pipes-players ' : for canere ' playing ' on
some special instrument * belongs to all these. The
biicinator ' trumpeter ' also was named from the like-
ness of the sound and the cantus ' plaving.'

76.° Oro ' I beseech ' was so called from os
' mouth,' and so were peroral ' he ends his speech ' and
exorat ' he gains by pleading,' and oratio ' speech ' and
orator ' speaker ' and osculum ' kiss.' From the same,
omen ' presage ' and ornamentum ' ornament ' : because
the former was first uttered from the os ' mouth,' it
was called osvien ; the latter is now commonlv used
in the singular with the general idea of ornament,
but as formerly most of the play-actors use it in

243

VARRO

scaenici plerique dicunt. Hinc oscines dicuntur apud
augures, quae ore faciunt auspieium.

^"III. 77. Tertium gradum agendi esse dicunt, ubi
quid faciant ; in eo propter similitudinem agendi et
faciendi et gerendi quidam error his qui putant esse
unum. Potest enim aliquid facere et non agere, ut
poeta facit fabulam et non agit, contra actor agit et
<non>i facit, et sic a poeta fabula fit, non agitur, ab
actore agitur, non fit. Contra imperator quod dicitur
res gerere, in eo neque facit neque agit, sed gerit, id
est sustinet, tralatum ab his qui onera^ gerunt, quod
hi sustinent.

78. Proprio nomine dicitur facere a facie, qui rei
quam facit imponit faciem. Ut fictor cum dicit fingo,
figuram imponit, quom dicit formo,^ formam, sic cum
dicit facio, faciem imponit ; a qua facie discernitur, ut
dici possit aliud esse vestimentum, aliud vas, sic item
quae fiunt apud fabros, fictores, item alios alia. Qui
quid^ amministrat, cuius opus non extat quod sub

§ 77. 1 Omitted in F. ^ G, H, for honera F.
§78. * 7>. »9/)., /or informo. * ^1m^., /or qulcquid.

* Found only in the plural in the scenic poets, who used
it of ornaments for the head and face (o.«) ; it is a derivative
of ornare ' to adorn,' which comes from ordo ordinis.
" From prefix ops + can- ' sing ' : cf. o{p)s-tendere ' to show.'

§ 77. " Cf. vi. 41-4.2. * The distinction is almost

impossible to imitate in translation, but the argument is good
so far as the examples in the text are concerned.

§ 78. *• Fades is from facere.
244

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, \T. 76-78

the plural.* From this, oscines "^ ' singing birds ' are
spoken of among the augurs, which indicate their pre-
monitions by the os ' mouth.'

VTIL 77. The third stage of action " is, they say,
that in which t\ie\ faciunt ' make ' something : in this,
on account of the likeness among agere ' to act ' and

facere ' to make ' and gerere ' to carry or carry on,'
a certain error is committed by those who think
that it is only one thing.* I*'or a person can facere
something and not agere it, as a poetybc/7 ' makes ' a
play and does not act it, and on the other hand the
actor agit ' acts ' it and does not make it, and so a play

Jit ' is made ' by the poet, not acted, and agitur ' is
acted ' by the actor, not made. On the other hand,
the general, in that he is said to gerere ' carry on '
affairs, in this neither yac/7 ' makes ' nor agit ' acts,'
but gerit ' carries on,' that is, supports, a meaning
transferred from those who gerunt ' carry ' burdens,
because they support them.

78. In its literal sense facere ' to make ' is from

Jades " ' external appearance ' : he is said facere ' to
make ' a thing, who puts a fades ' external appear-
ance ' on the thing which he facit ' makes.' As the

fictor ' image-maker,' when he says " Fingo ' I shape,' "
puts afgura ' shape ' on the object, and when he says
" Formo ' I form,' " puts a forma ' form ' on it, so when
he says " Facio ' I make,' " he puts a fades ' external
appearance ' on it ; by this external appearance there
comes a distinction, so that one thing can be said to be
a garment, another a dish, and likewise the various
things that are made by the carpenters, the image-
makers, and other workers. He who furnishes a
service, whose work does not stand out in concrete
form so as to come under the observation of our

245

VARRO

sensu<m>' veniat, ab agitatu, ut dixi, magis agere
quam facere putatur ; sed quod his magis promiscue
quam diligenter consuetude est usa, translaticiis
utimur verbis : nam et qui dicit, facere verba dicimus,
et qui aliquid agit, non esse inficientem.

79- (Kt facere lumen, ^ faculam)^ qui adlucet,
dicitur. Lucere ab lucre, (quod) et^ luce dissolvun-
tur tenebrae ; ab luce Noctiluca,^ quod propter lucem
amissam is cultus institutus. Acquirere est ad et
quaerere ; ipsum quaerere ab eo quod quae res ut
reciperetur datur opera ; a quaerendo quaestio, ab
his turn quaestor.^

80. Video a visu, (id a vi>i : qui(n>que2 enim
sensuum maximus in oculis : nam cum sensus nullus
quod abest mille passus sentire possit, oculorum
sensus vis usque pervenit ad stellas. Hinc :

Visenda vigilant, vigilium invident.
Et Acci' :

^ //, Aldus, for sensu.

§ 79. 1 Added by GS. ^ Added by Fay, from Plautus,
Persa, 515. 'quod et Kent; quod A. Sp. ; for et.

* After Noctiluca, L. Sp. deleted lucere item ab luce, a mar-
ginal gloss that had crept into the text. * Kent, for con-
questor.

§ 80. ^ Added by L. Sp. ^ For qui que. ' Kent, for
atti.

* vi. 41-42.

§79. " Wrong etymology. * This sentence, if properly
reconstructed, goes with the preceding section. "^ Wrong.
^ As dis-so-luuntur, which is in fact its origin. * This

sentence is out of place, but its proper place cannot be deter-
mined ; c/. v. 81. 'Correct etymologies, except that of
quaerere itself.

§ 80. " Video is to be kept distinct from vis and from
vigilium. * Part of a verse from an unknown play, in

24,6

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 78-80

physical senses, is, from his agitatus ' action, motion,'
as I have said,* thought rather agere ' to act ' than
Jacere ' to make ' something ; but because general
practice has used these Avords indiscriminately rather
than with care, we use them in transferred meanings ;
for he who dicit ' says ' something, we say facere
' makes ' words, and he who agit ' acts ' something, we
say is not inficiens ' failing to do ' something.

79- And he who lights a. faculam <* ' torch,' is said
to facere ' make ' a light.* Lucere ' to shine,' from
luere '^ ' to loose,' because it is also by the light that the
shades of night dissohuntur ^ ' are loosed apart ' ; from
lux ' light ' comes Xoctiluca ' Shiner of the Night,'
because this worship was instituted on account of the
loss of the daylight. Acquirere * ' to acquire ' is ad' in
addition ' and quaerere ' to seek ' ; quaerere itself is
from this, that attention is given to quae res ' what
thing ' is to be got back ; from quaerere comes
quaestio ' question ' ; then from these, quaestor ' in-
vestigator, treasurer.'^

80. Video ° ' I see,' from visus ' sight,' this from vis
' strength ' ; for the greatest of the five senses is in
the eyes. For while no one of the senses can feel that
which is a mile away, the strength of the sense of the
eyes reaches even to the stars. From this * :

They watch for what is to be seen, but hate to
stay awake."

Also the verse of Accius "* :

which the persons are watching the night sky for omens.
* Invidere ' to look at with dislike ' originally took a direct
object, as here ; cf. Cicero, Tusc. iii. 9. 20. "* If properly
reconstituted, an iambic tetrameter catalectic, referring to
Actaeon, who inadvertently beheld Artemis bathing with
the nymphs.

247

VARRO

Cum illud o(c)Mli(s> violavit* <is>,* qui invidit*
invidendum.

A quo etiam violavit virginem pro vit<i>avit dicebant ;
aeque eadem modestia potius cum muliere fuisse
quam concubuisse dicebant.

81. Cerno idem valet : itaque pro video ait En-
nius :

Lumen — iubarne ? — in caelo cerno.
Cawius^ :

Sensumque inesse et motum in membris cerno.

Dictum cerno a cereo, id est a creando ; dictum ab eo
quod cum quid creatum est, tunc denique videtur.
Hinc fines capilli d2scripti,^ quod finis videtur, dis-
crimen ; et quod^ in testamento (cernito),* id est
facito videant te esse heredem : itaque in cretione
adhibere iubent testes. Ab eodem est quod ait
Medea :

Ter sub armis malim v«tam* cernere,
Quam semel modo parere ;

quod, ut decernunt de vita eo tempore, multorum
\idetur vitae finis,

* Mue., for obliuio lavet (obviolavit Aug., with B).

* Added by Kent, metri gratia. * Kent ; vidit Mue. ;
for incidit.

§ 81. ^ Schoell, marginal note in his copy of A. Sp.'s
edition,for c&nms. ^ A. Sp., for descrlpti. ^ Turnebus,
for qui id. '^ Added by Turnebus. ^ Bentinus, from
Nonius Marc. 261. 23 M.,for multa.

' See note c. ' Invidendum with negative prefix in-,

unlike the preceding word ; cf. infectum meaning both
' stained ' and ' not done.'

§ 81. " Literally ' separate ' ; hence ' distinguish, see,'
and also ' discriminate, decide.' Cerno has no connexion
248

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 80-81

\NTien that he violated with his eyes,

\Mio looked upon • what ought not to be seen/

From which moreover they used to say violavit ' he did
\iolence to ' a girl instead of vitiavit ' ruined ' her ;
and similarly, with the same modesty, they used to
say rather that a man Juit ' was ' yrith a woman, than
that he concubuit ' lav ' with her.

81. Cemo'^ has the same meaning; therefore
Ennius ** uses it for video :

I see light in the sky — can it be dawn ?

Cassius " says :

I see that in her limbs there's feeling still and motion.

Cerno ' I see ' is said from cereo, that is, creo ' I create ' ;
it is said from this fact, that when something has been
created, then finally it is seen. From this, the bound-
ar)--lines of the parted hair,** because a boundarv-
line is seen, got the name discrimen ' separation ' ; and
the cemito ' let him decide,' * which is in a ^\^ll, that is,
make them see that you are heir : therefore in the
cretio ' decision ' they direct that the heir bring wit-
nesses. From the same is that which Medea says ^ :

I'd rather thrice decide, in battle wild.

My life or death, than bear but once a child.

Because, when they decemunt ' decide ' about life at
that time, the end of many persons' lives is seen.

with creo. " Trag. Rom. Frag., verse 338 Ribbeck* ;
R.O.L. i. 226-227 Warmington ; from the Ajax ; cf. vi. 6
and vii, 76. * Fitting Cassius's play Lucretia ; cf. vi. 7
and vii. 72. <* CapiUus in the singular was use^ as a
collective by \'arro, according to Charisius, i. lOl. 20 Keil.
* Cf. Gains, Institut. ii. 174. 'Ennius, Medea, •222'22S
Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. i. 316-317 Warmington; translated from
Euripides, Medea, 250-251.

249

VARRO

82. Spectare dictum ab (specio>i antiquo, quo
etiam Ennius usus :

<Q>uos^ Epulo postquam spexit,

et quod in auspiciis distributum est qui habent spec-
tionem, qui non habeant, et quod in auguriis etiam
nunc augures dicunt avem specere, Consuetudo
com<m>unis quae cum praeverbi(i).s coniun(c>ta
fuerunt etiam nunc servat, ut aspicio, conspicio,
respicio, suspicio, despicio,* sic alia ; in quo etiam
expecto quod spectare volo. Hinc speculo(r>,* hinc
speculum, quod in eo specimus imaginem. Specula,
de quo prospicimus. Speculator, quem mittimus
ante, ut respiciat quae volumus. Hinc qui oculos
inunguimus quibus specimus, specillum.

83. Ab auribus verba videntur dicta audio et
ausculto ; aures^ ab aveo,^ quod his avemus di<s)cere*
semper, quod Ennius videtur eViyv.or ostendere velle
in Alexandro cum ait :

lam dudum ab ludis animus atque aures avent,
Avide expectantes nuntium.

Propter banc aurium aviditatem theatra replentur.
Ab audiendo etiam auscultare declinatum, quod hi

§ 82. 1 Added by Aug. ^ A. Sp., from Festus, 330 b
32 3/., /or uos. ' 3f, ikie^MS, /or didestspicio. * Canal,
for specula.

§ 83. ^ Mue., for audio. * Laetus, for abaucto.
" Aug., for dicere.

§ 82. " Annales, 421 Vahlen^; R.O.L. 1. 148-149 Warm-
ington; given in better form by Festus, 330 b 32 M. : Quos
ubi rex {Ep)ulo spexit de cotibus {=cautibus) celsis. Epulo
was a king of the Istrians, who fought against the Romans
in 178-177 b.c, ; c/. Livy, xli. 1, 4, 11. » Page 20 Regell.
" Page 17 Regell.

§ 83. " Auris, audio, ausculto belong ultimately together,

250

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 82-83

82. Spectare ' to see ' is said from the old word
specere, which in fact Ennius used " :

After Epulo saw them,
and because in the taking of the auspices * there is a
division into those who have the spectio ' watch-duty '
and those who have not ; and because in the taking
of the auguries even now the augurs say '^ specere ' to
watch ' a bird. Common practice even now keeps
the compounds made with prefixes, as aspicio ' I look
at,' conspicio ' I observe,' respicio ' I look back at,'
suspicio ' I look up at,' despicio ' I look down upon,'
and similarly others ; in which group is also expecto ' I
look for, expect ' that which I \^-ish spectare ' to see.'
From this, specular ' I watch ' ; from this, speculum
' mirror,' because in it we specimus ' see ' our image.
Specula ' look-out,' that from which we prospicimiis
' look forth.' Speculator ' scout,' whom we send
ahead, that he respiciat ' may look attentively ' at
what we wish. From this, the instrument with
which we anoint our eyes by which we specimus ' see,'
is called a specillum ' eye-spatula.'

83. From the aures ' ears ' seem to have been said
the words audio ' I hear ' and ausculto ' I Usten, heed ' ;
aures ' ears ' from area " ' I am eager,' because with
these we are ever eager to learn, which Ennius seems
to wish to show as the radical in his Alexander,^ when
he says :

A long time eager have been my spirit and my ears.
Awaiting eagerly some message from the games.

It is on account of this eagerness of the ears that the
theatres are filled. From audire ' to hear ' is derived
also auscultare ' to listen, heed,' because they are said

but are not to be connected with aveo. " Trag, Rom. Frag.
34-35 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. i. 236-237 Warmington.

251

VARRO

auscultare dicuntur qui auditis parent, a quo dictum
poetae :

Audio, <h>aut* awsculto.*

Littera commutata dicitur odor olor, hinc olet et
odorari et odoratu*^ et odora res, sic a/(ia>.'

84. Ore edo, sorbeo, bibo, poto. Edo a Graeco
eSw,! hinc esculentum et esca <et> edulia'' ; et quod
Graece yei'trat,' Latine gustat. Sorbere, item bi-
bere a vocis sono, ut fervere aquam ab eius rei simili
sonitu. Ab eadem lingua, quod ttotov, potio, unde
poculum, potatio, repotia.* Indidem puteus, quod
sic Graecum antiquum, non ut nunc (fipeap dictum.

85. A manu manupretium^ ; mancipium, quod
manu capitur ; (quod)^ coniungit plures manus,
manipulus ; manipularis, manica. Manubrium, quod
manu tenetur. Mantelium, ubi manus terguntur. . . .'

* Aug. {quoting a friend), for aut. ^ B, Laetus, for ob-
sculto. * L. Sp.,for odoratur. ' sic alia ab ore A. Sp.,
for sic ab ore (Mue. deleted sic, and set ab ore at the begin-
ning of the next section).

§ 84. ^ A Idus, for edon. ^ Canal ; escae edulia A Id us ;
/or escaedulia. ^ Victorias, for geuete. * Aug. {quot-
ing a friend), for repotatio.

§ 85. ^ Victorius, for mantur praetium. * Added by
G, H. ' Lacuna recognized by A ug.

' That is, with au changed to o, as if audor were the origin
of odor ; olor, with the well-known change of d to /, is not
attested elsewhere in Latin literature, but is found in the
glosses and survives in the Romance languages. These
words belong together, but are not to be grouped with audio.
§ 84. " The etymological connexions are correct (except
for puteus ; c/. v. 25 note o), but the Latin words are cognate

252

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 83-85

auscultare who obey what they have heard ; from
which comes the poet's saying :

I hear, but do not heed.

With the change of a letter are formed odor <^ or ohr
' smell ' ; from this, olet ' it emits an odour,' and odorari
' to detect by the odour,' and odoratus ' perfumed,' and
an odora ' fragrant ' thing, and similarly other words.

84." With the mouth edo ' I eat,' sorbeo ' I suck in,'
6160 ' I drink,' poto ' I drink.' Edo from Greek e8w ' I
eat ' ; from this, esculentum ' edible ' and esca ' food '
and edulia ' eatables ' ; and because in Greek it is
yeverai ' he tastes,' in Latin it is gustat. Sorbere ' to
suck in,' and like^^ise Inhere ' to drink,' from the sound *
of the word, as for water yerrere ' to boil ' is from the
sound like the action. From the same language,
because there it is totov ' drink,' is potto ' drink,'
whence poculum ' cup,' potatio ' drinking-bout,' repotia
' next day's drinking.' From the same comes puteus
' well,' because the old Greek word was like this, and
not <pp(ap as it is now.

85. From manus ' hand ' comes manupretium
' workman's wages ' ; mandpium ' possession of pro-
perty,' because it capitur ' is taken ' jnanu ' in hand ' ;
manipuliis ' maniple,' because it unites several manus
' hands ' ; manipularis ' soldier of a maniple,' manica
' sleeve.' Manubrium ' handle,' because it is grasped
by the manus ' hand.' Mantelium ' towel,' on which
the manus ' hands ' terguntur ' are wiped.' . . ."

with the Greek, not derived from it. * These words are
not onomatopoeic

§ 85. " The gap is serious : the subject matter shifts
abruptly, and many appropriate topics are missed, such as
the actions of the feet, and some further discussion of the
distinctions among agere, facere, gerere, cf. § 77.

253

VARRO

IX. 86. Nunc primum ponam (de>i Censoriis
Tabulis :

Ubi noctu in templum censor* auspicaverit atque de
caelo nuntium erit, praeconi' sic imperato* ut viros vocet :
" Quod bonum fortunatum felix salutareque siet" populo Ro-
mano Quiritiiws^ reique publicae populi Romani Quiritium
mihique collegaeque meo, fidei magistratuique nostro :
omnes Quirites pedites armatos, privatosque, curatores
omnium tribuum, si quis pro se sive pro' altero rationem dari
volet, voca* inlicium hue ad me."

87. Praeco in templo primum vocat, postea de moeris^
item vocat. Ubi l?/cet,^ censor(es)^ scribae magistratus
murra unguentisque unguentur. Ubi praetores tribunique
plebei quique inHcium* vocati sunt venerunt, censores inter
se sortiuntur, uter lustrum faciat. Ubi templum factum est,
post tum conventionem habet qui lustrum conditurus est.

88. In Commentariis Consularibus scriptum sic
inveni :

Qui exercitum imperaturus erit, accenso dicito : " C.^
Calpurni, voca inlicium omnes Quirites hue ad me." Accensus
dicit sic : " Omnes Quirites, inlicium vos ite" hue ad indices."
" C. Calpurni," cos.' dicit, " voca ad conventionem omnes
Quirites hue ad me." Accensus dicit sic : " Omnes Quirites,

§86. ^ Added by Laetus. ^ Aldus, for censora F^
(censura F^). * Aldus, for praeconis. * Possibly the
verbs coordinate to imperato in this section and in § 87
should all be imperatives ; but the manuscript reading sup-
ports this only for imperato and partially for dicito, § 88.
^ Laetus, for salutare quesierit. * Brissonius, with b, for
quiritium. ' Sciop., for si uerbo. * Aug., with B, for
uoeat.

§ 87. ^ Aug., xcith B,for post eadem aeris. * Aug., for
licet. * L. Sp., for censor. * Sciop., for in consilium.

§88. ^ Bmns-Mommsen, for dicit hoc. ^ A. Sp. ; ite
Sciop. ; for visite. ' Sciop., for ealpurnicos {punctuation
by Mue., after Gronov.).

§ 86. " The preparation for the lustratio, at the com-
pletion of the census. '' Page 21 Regell. " Technical

254.

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 86-88

IX. 86. Now first I shall put down some extracts
from the Censors' Records ° :

When by night the censor has gone into the sacred pre-
cinct to take the auspices,* and a message has come from the
sky, he shall thus command the herald to call the men : " May
this be good, fortunate, happy, and salutary to the Roman
people — the Quirites — and to the government of the Roman
people — the Quirites — and to me and my colleague, to
our honesty and our office : All the citizen soldiers under
arms and private citizens as spokesmen of all the tribes, call
hither to me with an inlicium ' ' invitation,' in case any one
for himself or for another wishes a reckoning ^ to be given."

87. The herald calls them first in the sacred precinct,
afterwards he calls them likewise from the walls. \\Tien it is
dawn, the censors, the clerks, and the magistrates are anointed
with myrrh and ointments. When the praetors and the tri-
bunes of the people and those who have been called to the
invitation meeting have come, the censors cast lots with each
other, as to which one of them shall conduct the ceremony of
purification. ^Mien the sacred precinct" has been deter-
mined, then after that he who is to perform the purification
conducts the assembly.

88. In the Consular Commentaries I have found
the follo^\-ing account :

He who is about to summon the citizen-army, shall say to
his assistant, " Gaius Calpurnius," call all the citizens hither
to me, with an inlicium ' invitation.' " The assistant sj)eaks
thus : " All citizens, come ye hither to the judges,* to an invita-
tion meeting." " Gaius Calpurnius," says the consul, " call
all the citizens hither to me, to a gathering." The assistant
speaks thus : " All citizens, come hither to the judges, to a

name for an invitation to a specially called assembly ; cf.
§ 93-§ 94. With rocare, inlicium is an inner object. ** That
is, makes a protest against the censor's rating.

§ 87. " This is another templum, in the Campus Martius.

§ 88. " Used as a type name, or taken from the records of
some sp>ecific instance. * An old name for the consuls ; c/.
Livy, iii. 55. 11.

255

VARRO

ite ad conventionem hue ad iudices." Dein consul eloquitur
ad exercitum: " Impero qua convenit ad comitia centuriata."

89. Quare hic^ accenso, illic praeconi dicit, haec
est causa : in aliquot rebus i^em^ ut praeco accensus
acciebat,' a quo accensus quoque dictus. Accensum*
solitum ciere Boeotia ostendit, quam comoediam* alii
(Plauti, alii Aquili)* esse dicunt, hoc versu :

Ubi primum accensus clamarat meridiem.

Hoc idem Cosconius in Actionibus scribit praetorem
accensum solitum turn esse iubere, ubi ei videbatur
horam esse tertiam, inclamare horam tertiam esse,
itemque meridiem et horam nonam.

90, Circum wuros^ mitti solitu?/*^ quo modo in-
liceret populum in eum (locum),' unde vocare posset
ad contionem, non solum ad consules et censores, sed
etiam quaestores, Commentarium indicat vetus An-
quisitionis* M'.^ Sergii, Mani filii, quaestor«s,* qui
capitis accusavit (T)rogum' ; in qua* sic est :

§89. ^ Aldus, for hinc. ^ Bentinus, for idem.

' Ladus , for accipiebat. * Laetus, for ad censum. * For
commaediam. * Added by Riese.

§ 90. ^ moeros Ursinus, for auras. ^ Aug., for solitus.
^ Added by Aug., cf. § 94.. * Aug., for inquisitionis ; cf.
§92. ^ L. Sp., for M. 6 For questores. "^ B, Ver-
tranius, for rogum ; cf. § 9:2. * Aug., for in aqua.

"From early times, the chief deliberative and legislative
assembly of the Roman people.

§ 89. " Properly, passive participle of ac-censere ' to
reckon thereto,' hence one assigned to help another ; it has
no connexion with acciere. *" Gellius, iii. 3. 4, says that

Varro, on the basis of style, attributed the Boeotia to Plautus,
though it was reputed to be a work of Aquilius. ' Corn.

Rom. Frag. II, page 39 Ribbeck' ; Plautus, Frag, verse 30

256

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 88-90

gathering." Then the consul makes declaration to the army :
" I order you to go by the proper way to the centuriate
assembly.' "

89. WTiy the latter speaks to the accensus ' assist-
ant ' and the former to the herald — this is the reason :
in some affairs the accensus "^ ' assistant ' acciebat ' gave
the call ' just like a herald, from which the accensus
also got his name. That the accensus was accustomed
ciere ' to give the call,' is shown by the Boeotia,^ a
comedy which some say is a work of Plautus, and
others say is a work of Aquilius, in this verse "^ :

Soon as the aide had called that 'twas the hour of noon.

Cosconius ** records the same in his work on Civil
Cases, that the praetor had the habit of ordering his
accensus, at the tintie when he thought that it is the
third hour, to call out that it is the third hour, and
Ukewise midday and the ninth hour.*

90. That someone was regularly sent around the
walls, inlicere ' to entice ' " the people to that place
from which he might call them to the gathering, not
only before the consuls and the censors, but also before
the quaestors, is shown by an old Commentary on the
Indictment which the quaestor Manius Sergius * son of
Manius brought against Trogus, accusing him of a
capital offence ; in which there is the following :

Ritschl. <* Page 109 Funaioli ; page 10 Huschke. « If
he wished to divide the day evenly, this means the end (not
the beginning) of the third and the ninth hours.

§ 90. " The origin of inlicium seems to be, as Varro says,
from the fact that the announcer inliciebat ' enticed ' the
people to the meeting. * Sergius and his commentary,
and the case against Trogus, are entirely unknown except
from this passage and § 92 ; but the mention of praetors sets
the incident after 2^2 b.c, when the number of praetors was
increased from one to two.

VOL. I S 257

VARRO

91. Auspicio o(pe)ram des et^ in templo auspices,*
turn^ aut ad praetorem aut ad consulem mittas auspiciuni
petitum ; comi<ti>atum* praetor {r}eum^ vocet ad te, et euni
de muris vocet praeco ; id imperare <o)portet.* Corni-
c(in)em' ad privati ianuain et in Arcem mittas, ubi canat.*
Colkgam* rog^s^" ut comitia edicat^^ de rostris et argentarii
tabe(r)nas occludant. Patres censeant exquaeras et adesse
iubeas ; magistratus censea(n>t^^ ex(qua)era<s>,^' consoles
praetores tribunosque plebis collegasque <t)uos,^* et in
templo adesse iubeas omnes^* ; ac cum mittas, contionem
a{d>voces.^*

92. In eodem Commentario Anquisitionis^ ad ex-
tremum scriptum caput edicti hoc est :

Item quod attingat qui de censoribus^ classicum ad
comitia centuriata redemptum habent, uti curent eo die quo
die comitia erunt, in Arce classicus canat^ circumque muros
et ante privati huiusce T. Quinti Trogi scelerosi ostium* canat,
et ut in Campo cum primo luci adsiet.^

93. Inter id cum circum muros mittitur et cum
contio advocatur, interesse tempus apparet ex his
quae interea fieri i^ilicium^ scriptum est ; sed ad
comitiatum^ vocatur populus ideo, quod aha de causa
hie magistratus non potest exercitum urbanum con-

§91. ^ Bergk, for orande sed. " Mommsen, for au-

spiciis. ' L. Sp., for dum. * Sciop., for commeatum.

* Kent ; praeco reum Aug. ; for praetores. * Laetus, for
portet. '' Aug., with B, for cornicem. ^ Aldus, for
cannat. * Rhol., for colligam. ^** Mue., for rogis.
^^ Victorias, for comitiae dicat. ^^ Mue., for censeat.
^^ Bergk ; exquiras Mue.; for extra. ^* Sciop., for uos.
^^ Sciop., for homines. ^* B, G, Aug., for auoces.

§ 92. ^ Aug., with B, for acquisitionis. ^ Aug., with
B, for decessoribus. * Victorius, for cannatum.

* Sciop., for hostium. * Sciop., for adsit et.

§93. ^ Aldus, for iWicitum F^'iillicium F^). ^ Sciop.,
for comitia turn.

§ 91. " The document is addressed to Sergius as quaestor.
^ Page 21 Regell. ' The northern summit of the Capito-

258

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 91-93

91. You" shall give your attention to the auspices,'' and
take the auspices in the sacred precinct ; then you shall send
to the praetor or to the consul the favourable presage which
has been sought. The praetor shall call the accused to
appear in the assembly before you, and the herald shall call
him from the walls : it is proper to give this command. A
horn-blower you shall send to the doorway of the private
individual and to the Citadel,"^ where the signal is to sound.
Your colleague you shall request that from the speaker's
stand he proclaim an assembly, and that the bankers shut up
their shops."* You shall seek that the senators express their
opinion, and bid them be present ; you shall seek that the
magistrates express their opinion, the consuls, the praetors,
the tribunes of the people, and your colleagues, and you shall
bid them all be present in the temple ; and when you send the
request, you shall summon the gathering.

92. In the same Commentary on the Indictment, at
the end, this summing up of the edict is written :

Likewise in what pertains to those who have received
from the censors the contract for the trumpeter who gives the
summons to the centuriate assembly, they shall see to it that
on that day, on which the assembly shall take place, the
trumpeter shall sound the trumpet on the Citadel and around
the walls, and shall sound it before the house-entrance of this
accursed Titus Quintius Trogus, and that he be present in the
Campus Martius at daybreak."

93. That between the sending around the walls
and the calling of the gathering some time elapses, is
clear from those things the doing of which in the
meantime is written down as the inlicium ' in\-itation ' ;
but the people is called to appear in the assembly
because for any other reason this magistrate ° cannot
call together the citizen-army of the City. The

line. "* These shops (c/. § 59 and note), on both sides of
the Forum, were to be closed during the trial of Trogus.

§ 92. " In early Latin, lux was normally masculine, as in
Plautus, Aul. 748,Cis<. 625, Capt. 1008 ; Terence, Adel. 841.

§ 93. " The praetor,

259

VARRO

vocare ; censor, consul, dictator, interrex potest, quod
censor' exercitum centuriato constituit quinquen-
nalem, cum lustrare* et in urbem ad vexillum ducere
debet ; dictator et consul in singulos annos, quod hie
exercitui imperare potest quo eat, id quod propter
centuriata comitia imperare solent.

94. Quare non est dubium, quin^ hoc inlicium sit,
cum circum muros itur, ut populus inliciatur ad magis-
tratus conspectum, qui <vi>ros^ vocare' potest, in eum
locum unde vox ad contionem vocantis exaudiri possit.
Quare una origine illici et inlicis quod in Choro Pro-
serpinae est, et pellexit, quod in T/ermiona est, cum
ait Pacuius :

Regni alieni cupiditas
Pellexit.

Sic Elicii lovis ara* in Aventino, ab eliciendo.

95. Hoc nunc aliter fit atque olim, quod augur
consuli adest tum cum exercitus imperatur ac praeit
quid eum dicere oporteat. Consul augur(i>i imperare
solet, ut iwlicium* vocet, non accenso aut praeconi.
Id inceptum credo, cum non adesset accensus ; et
nihil intererat cui imperaret, et dicis causa fieba(n)t'

' Laetus, for censorem. * Scaliger, for lustraret.

§ 94. ^ Vertranhis, for cum. ^ L. 8p., for qui ros.

' Aldus, for uocari. * Victorius, for iohis uisa. ara.

§95. ^ Victoriiis, for augur. ^ B, Laetus, for is llcium.
' Aug., with B, for fiebat.

* This statement refers to the consul only ; the part de-
fining the dictator's powers seems to have fallen out of the
text.

§ 94, " Trag. Rom. Frag., page 272 Ribbeck', of an un-
known poet ; unless Chorus Proserpinae is a substitute name
for Eumenides, a tragedy of Ennius. " Trag. Rom. Frag.,

verses 170-171 Ribbeck' ; R.O.L. ii. 226-227 Warmington.
' A popular etymology only, since Jupiter could hardly be

260

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 93-95

censor, the consul, the dictator, the interrex can,
because the censor arranges in centuries the citizen-
army for a period of five years, when he must cere-
monially purify it and lead it to the city under its
standards ; the dictator and the consul do so every
year,* because the latter can order the citizen-army
where it is to go, a thing which they are accustomed
to order on account of the centuriate assembly.

9i. Therefore there is no doubt that this is the
inlicium, when they go around the walls that the
people may inlici ' be enticed ' before the eyes of
the magistrate who has the authority to call the men
into that place from which the voice of the one who is
calling them to the gathering can be heard. There-
fore there come from the same source also illici ' to be
enticed ' and inlicis ' thou enticest,' which are in the
Chorus of Proserpina,'^ and pellexit ' lured,' which is in
the Hermiona, when Pacu\-ius says * :

Desire for another's kingdom lured him on.

So also the altar of Jupiter Elicius ' the EUcited ' on
the Aventine, from elicere ' to lure forth.' "

95. This is now done otherwise than it was of old,
because the augur is present with the consul when the
citizen-army is summoned, and says in advance the
formulas which he is to say. The consul regularly
gives order to the augur, not to the assistant nor to
the herald, that he shall call the inlicium ' invitation.'
I believe that this was begun on an occasion when the
assistant was not present ; it really made no difference
to whom he gave the order, and it was for form's sake

' tricked ' ; according to G. S. Hopkins, Indo-European
deiwos and Belated Wards, 27-S-2, Elicius is a derivative of
liquere ' to be liquid,' and Jupiter Elicius is a rain-god.

261

VARRO

quaedam neque item facta neque item dicta semper.
Hoc ipsum inlicium scriptum inveni in M. lunii Com-
mentariis ; quod tamen (inlex apud Plautum in Persa
est qui legi non paret),* ibidem est quod illicit illex,
<f>it quod^ (ly cum E et C cum G magnam habet
co(m)munitatem.

X. 96. Sed quoniam in hoc de paucis rebus verba
feci plura, de pluribus rebus verba faciam pauca, et
potissimum quae in Graeca lingua putant Latina, ut
scalpere a o-KaXevew,^ sternere a (rTpwvvveLv,^ lingere
a Atx/Mctfj^at,' i ab t^(t>,* ite ab he,^ gignitur (a)**
yiyverai,'' ferte a ^epert,* providere' <a>" irpoi^dv,^^
errare ab eppeii-,^^ ab eo quod dicunt (rrpayyaXav'^^
strangulare, tingue(re)" a Tiyyeiv.^^ Praeterea <de-
psere) a Sexpyja-^aiy^ ; ab eo quod illi fiaXda-a-eii'" nos
malaxare, ut gargarissare ab dvayapyapi^eadai,^^
Tputere a Trvdicrdai,^^ domare a SapLa^eiv,^" mulgere ab
dfieXyeiv,'^ pectere a ttckciv," stringere a o-rAcyyi^civ** :

* Added by GS. * GS., for illicite illexit quae F (quod
Mue.,for quae). * Added by Ciacconius apud Aug.

§96. ^RhoL, for SCOLPSa.&. * L. Sp., for

STPONYIN. 3 j^ Sp., for Ahy/toxTTc. « A. Sp., for
he. * L. Sp., for hre. • Added by L. Sp. ' L. Sp.,
for YhYNOITe. « L. Sp., for ferete. » p, Laetus,for
prouidete. ^" Added by GS. ^^ Rhol.,for UFwhSeh^.
" Scaliger, for eRRehN. ^^ L. Sp. (after Buttmann), for
strangala. '^ B, RhoL, for tingue. ^* Buttmann, for

THNKeAe. « Ellis {after L. Sp.), for ades.i^eC. " L.
Sp., for MAAASeN. " X. Sp., for aNaPraPHCTe.
" Canal, for potare a IIoIGeCTae. *<• L. Sp.,for Afiaiahv.
^^Rhol., for AMeAPHN. " L. Sp., for HeSePe.
23 G8.,for CRHNPHAe.

§ 95. " lurisprvd. Antehadr. Ret., i. 39 Bremer,
262

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VL 95-96

only that certain things were done, but they were not
always said or done in just the same way. This very
word inlicium I have found written in the Commen-
taries of Marcus Junius <» ; that however inlex in
Plautus's Persa * is a person who does not obey the
lex ' law,' and in the same work illex is also that which
illicit ' entices,' " is the result of the fact that I has
much in common ^vith E and C \vith G.

X. 96. But since in this connexion I have spoken
at length on a few matters, I shall speak briefly on a
number of topics, and especially on the Latin words
whose origin they think " to be in the Greek tongue * :
as scalpere ' to engrave ' from o-KaAci'eiv ' to scratch,
stemere ' to spread out ' from a-Tpaivvveiv, lingere ' to
lick up ' from XixfJ-acrdai, i ' go thou ' from Wi, ite ' go
ye ' from Tre, gignitur ' he is born ' from yiyverai,
ferte ' bear ye ' from (f)€f>€T(, providere ' to act with
foresight ' from — potSeiv ' to see ahead, foresee,'
errare ' to stray ' from eppeiv ' to go away ' ; sirangu-
lare ' to strangle ' from the word orpayyaAar, tinguere
' to dip, dye ' from rkyyeiv. Besides, there is depsere
' to knead ' from 8e\fi](raL ; from the word which they
call fiaXdcra-eiv, we say malaxare ' to soften,' as gar-
garissare ' to gargle ' from dvayapyapt^ecrdai, putere
' to stink ' from TrvOea-Oai. ' to decay,' domare ' to sub-
due ' from Safid^eiy, mulgere ' to milk ' from dfieXyeiv,
pectere ' to comb ' from :reK€iv, stringere ' to scrape '

* Persa, 408 and 597. ' The insertion by GS. must be
approximately correct, in view of Festus, 113. 6, Nonius, 446.
34, Corp. Gloss. Lat. vi-vii. s.v. illex.

§96. "Page 116 Funaioli. * These Latin words are
mostly cognate with the Greek words, not derived from them ;
but strangulare, depsere, malaxare, gargarissare, and runcina
are derived from the Greek words, and errare and stringere
are not related at all to the alleged Greek sources.

263

VARRO

id enim a o-xAeyyt's,^* ut runcinare a runcina, cuius
pvKavyf^ origo Graeca.

XI. 97. Quod ad origines verborum huius libri
pertinet, satis multas arbitror positas huius generis^ ;
desistam, et quoniam de hisce rebus tri(s)^ libros ad
te mittere institui, de oratione soluta duo, poetica
unum, et ex soluta oratione ad te misi duo, priorem
de locis et quae in locis sunt, hunc de temporibus et
quae cum his sunt coniuncta, deinceps in proximo de
poeticis verborum originibus scribere in(cipiam>.'

^ GS., for CHNrHMHC. ^» Scaliger, for PHXaNe.

§97. ^ Forgaeneris. ^ Laetus, for tri. ^ Groth,with

a, b,for in F, after which the space of twenty lines is left
vacant ; for incipiam, of. viii. 1 and viji. 25.

264

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VI. 96-97

from o-rAeyyi^cti' : for this is from a-rkeyyis ' scraper/
as runcinare ' to plane ' from runcina ' plane,' of which
pvKavn] is the Greek source.

XI. 9~- As to what concerns the sources of the
words which belong to this book, sufficiently numerous
examples of this kind have, I think, been set down ;
I shall stop, and since I have undertaken to send you
three books on these topics, two about prose composi-
tion and one about poetical, and I have sent vou the
two about prose, the former about places and the
things that are in them, the latter about time-ideas
and those things which are associated -s^ith them, I
shall at last, in the next book, begin to write of the
sources of words used in poetry.

^265

<M. TERENTI VARRONIS
DE LINGUA LATINA

LIBER VI EXPLICIT ; INCIPIT

LIBER vny

HIC DEEST IN EXEMPLARI FOLIUM I IN QUO EST
PRINCIPIUM LIBRI VII*

I. 1. (DiFFiciLiA sunt explicatu poetarum vocabula.
Saepe enim significationem aliquam prioribus tem-
poribus impositam)! repens ruina operuit,* (a>ut'
verbum quod conditum est e quibus litteris oportet
inde post aliqua dempta, sic* obscurior^ fit voluntas
i7wpos<i>toris.* Non reprehendendum igitur in illis
qui in scrutando verbo litteram adiciunt aut demunt,
quo' facilius quid sub ea voce subsit vider?» possit :
Mt« enim facilius obscuram operam <M>yrmecid«>" ex

^ The lost heading is restored after that of Book VI. * F
contains this statement of loss ; B and the Leipzig codex
contain an interpolated beginning : Temporum vocabula et
eorum quae coniuncta sunt, aut in agendo fiunt, aut cum
tempore aliquo enuntiantur, priore libro dixi. In hoc dicam
de poeticis vocabulis et eorum originibus, in quis multa
difficilia : nam, after which comes repens ruina aperuit.

266

MARCUS TERENTIUS VARRO'S
ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE

BOOK VI ENDS, AND HERE BEGINS

BOOK VII

AT THIS POINT, IN THE MODEL COPY, ONE LEAF IS
LACKING, ON WHICH IS THE BEGINNING OF BOOK VII

I. 1. The words of the poets are hard to expound.
P'or often some meaning that was fixed in olden times
has been buried by a sudden catastrophe, or in a word
whose proper make-up of letters is hidden after some
elements have been taken away from it, the intent of
him who applied the word becomes in this fashion
quite obscure. There should be no rebuking then of
those who in examining a word add a letter or take
one away, that what underlies this expression may be
more easily perceived : just as, for instance, that the
eyes may more easily see Myrmecides' indistinct

§ 1. ^ Proposed by A. Sp., as the most probable indication
of what immediately preceded. * Tumebiis, for aperuit.
' A. Sp., for ut. * Tumebus, for sit. * Aldus, H, for
obscurius. • Victorius, for in posterioris. ' Tumebus,
for quid. * L. Sp., for uidere. • Victorius, for et.
^* L, Sp. ; Myrmetidis Aldus ; for yrmeci dum.

267

VARRO

ebore oculi videant, extrinsecus admovent nigras
setas.

2. Cum haec amminicula addas ad eruendum
voluntatem impositoris, tamen latent multa. Quod
si poetice (quae)^ in carminibus servarit" multa prisca
quae essent,sic etiam cur essent posuisset,'yecundius^
poemata ferrent fructum ; sed ut in soluta oratione
sic in poematis verba (non)^ omnia quae habent*
€Ti'/xa possunt dici, neque multa ab eo, quern non
erunt in lucubratione litterae prosecutae, multum
licet legeret. ^elii' hominis in primo in litteris
Latinis exercitati interpretationem Carminum Salio-
rum videbis et exili littera expedita(m>* et praeterita
obscura* multa.

3. Nee mirum, cum non modo Ep^'menides^
<s>opor(e>'' post annos L experrectus a multis non
cognoscatur, sed etiam Teucer Livii post XV annos
ab suis qui sit ignoretur. At^ hoc quid ad verborum
poeticorum aetatem ? Quorum si Pompili regnum
fons in Carminibus Saliorum neque ea ab superioribus

§ 2. ^ Added by L. Sp. ^ Victor ius, for servabit.
^ Victorius, for posuissent. * Laetus, for secundius.
* Added by Mne. * For haberent. ' H, B, Ed. Veneta,
for belli. * Laetus, for expedlta. * For praeteritam
obscuram.

§ 3. ^ Aug., with B, for Epamenldls. ^ GS., for opos.
' Victorius, for ad.

§ 1. " Cf. ix. 108 ; his carvings were so tiny that the
detail in the white Ivory could be seen only against a black
background.

§ 3. "A Cretan poet and prophet, reputed to have cleansed
Athens of a plague in 596 b.c. According to one story, in his
boyhood he went into a cave to escape the noonday sun, and
fell into a sleep that lasted fifty-seven years. When he awoke,

268

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIE 1-3

handiwork " in ivory, men put black hairs behind the
objects.

2. Even though you employ these tools to unearth
the intent of him who apphed the word, much remains
hidden. But if the art of poesy, which has in the
verses preserved many words that are early, had in
the same fashion also set do\\'n why and how they
came to be, the poems would bear fruit in more pro-
lific measure ; unfortunately, in poems as in prose,
not all the words can be assigned to their primitive
radicals, and there are many which cannot be so
assigned by him whom learning does not attend >\-ith
favour in his nocturnal studies, though he read pro-
digiously. In the interpretation of the Hymns of the
Saltans, which was made by Aelius, an outstanding
scholar in Latin hterature, you will see that the inter-
pretation is greatly furthered by attention to a single
poor letter, and that much is obscured if such a letter
is passed by.

3. Nor is this astonishing : for not only were there
many who failed to recognize Epimenides " when he
awoke from sleep after fifty years, but even Teucer's
own family, in the play of Li\-ius Andronicus,'' do not
know who he is after his absence of fifteen years.
But what has this to do with the age of poetic words ?
If the reign of Numa Pompilius '^ is the source of those
in the Hymns of the Saltans and those words were not
received from earUer hymn-makers, they are none the

everything was changed ; his younger brother had become an
old man. * Livius Andronicus, Trag. Rom. Frag., page 7
Ribbeck* ; R.O.L. ii. 14-15 Warmington. Teucer, son of
Telamon king of Salamis, was absent from home during
the Trojan War, and again during his exile after his return
from that war. * Second king of Rome, founder of the
Salian priesthood.

269

VARRO

accepta, tamen habent DCC annos. Quare cur
scriptoris industriam reprehendas qui herois tritavum,
atavum non potuerit reperire, cum ipse tui tritavi
matrem dicere non possis ? Quod intervallum multo
tanto propius nos, quam hinc ad initium Saliorum,
quo Romanorum prima verba poetica dicunt Latina.

4. Igitur de originibus verborum qui multa dix-
erit commode, potius boni consulendum, quam qui
aliquid nequierit reprehendendum, praesertim quom
dicat et^mologice^ non omnium verborum posse dici
causa<m>,^ ut qui a<c> qua re res u<tilis^ sit>* ad
medendum medicina ; neque si non norim radices
arboris, non posse me dicere pirum esse ex ramo,
ramum ex arbore, earn ex radicibus quas non video.
Quare qui ostendit equitatum esse ab equitibus,
equites ab equite, equitem ab equo neque equus unde
sit dicit, tamen hie docet plura et satisfacit grato,
quern imitari possimusne ipse liber erit indicio.

II. 5. Dicam in hoc libro de verbis quae a poetis
sunt posita, primum de locis, dein quae in locis sunt,
tertio de temporibus, tum quae cum temporibus sunt
coniuncta, (se)d is^ ut quae cum his sint coniuncta,

§ 4. ^ For ethymologice. ^ L. Sp., for causa.

' Ellis, for quia quare res ii and a blank space capable of
holding about seven letters. * Added by Kent.

§ 5. ^ A. Sp. ; sed ita Mue. ; for dis.

270

I

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL S-o

less seven hundred years old. Therefore why should
you find fault with the diligence of a writer who has
not been able to find the name of the great-grand-
father or the grandfather of a demigod's great-grand-
father, when you yourself cannot name the mother
of your own great-grandfather's great-grandfather ?
This interval is much closer to us, than the stretch
from the present time to the beginning of the Salians,
when, they say, the first poetic words of the Romans
were composed, in Latin.

4. Therefore the man who has made many apt
pronouncements on the origins of words, one should
regard with favour, rather than find fault with him
who has been unable to make any contribution ;
especially since the etymologic art says that it is not
of all words that the basis can be stated — just as it
cannot be stated how and why a medicine is effective
for curing ; and that if I have no knowledge of the
roots of a tree, still I am not prevented from saying
that a pear is from a branch, the branch is from a tree,
and the tree from roots which I do not see. For this
reason, he who shows that equitatus ' cavalry ' is from
equites ' cavalrj^men,' equites from eques ' cavalry-
man,' eques from equus ' horse,' even though he does
not give the source of the word equus, still gives
several lessons and satisfies an appreciative person ;
whether or not we can do as much, the present book
itself shall serve as testifying witness.

IL 5. In this book I shall speak of the words
which have been put down by the poets, first those
about places, then those which are in places, third
those about times, then those which are associated
with time-ideas ; but in such a way that to them I
shall add those which are associated with these, and

271

VARRO

adiungam, et si quid excedit* ex hac quadripertitione,
tamen in ea ut comprehendam.

6. Incipiam hinc :

Unus erit quern tu tolles in caerula caeli
Templa.

Templum tribus modis dicitur : ab natura, ab au-
spicando/ a similitudine ; <ab>* natura in caelo, ab
auspiciis in terra, a similitudine sub terra. In caelo
te<m>plum dicitur, ut in Hecuba :

O magna templa caelitum, commixta stellis splendidis.

In terra, ut in Periboea :

Scrupea saxea Ba<c)chi
Templa prope aggreditur.

Sub terra, ut in Andromacha :

Acherusia templa alta Orel, salvete, infera.

7. Quaqua^ in<tu>iti era<n>t2 oculi, a tuendo
primo templum dictum : quocirca caelum qua attui-
mur dictum templum ; sic :

Contremuit templum magnum lovis altitonantis,

* Sciop., for excidit.

§ 6. ^ Groth, with V, p, for auspicendo. " Added by
L. Sp.

§ 7. ^ Auff., for quaquia. * Sciop., for initium erat.

§ 6. " Said of Romulus, by Ennius, Ann. 65-66 Vahlen^ ;
R.O.L. i. 22-23 Warmington ; quoted without templa by
Ovid, Met. xiv. 814 and Fast. ii. 487. * Properly a
' limited space,' for divination or otherwise ; from the root
tem-'cuV " Page 18 Regell. <* That is, likeness to a
templum in the sky or on the earth. ' Ennius, Trag.
Rom. Frag. 163 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. i. 292-293 Warmington.

272

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 5-7

that if any word lies outside this fourfold division, I
shall still include it in the account.

6. I shall begin from this :

One there shall be, whom thou shalt raise up to sky's
azure temples."

Templum * ' temple ' is used in three ways, of nature,
of taking the auspices,'^ from likeness ^ : of nature, in
the sky ; of taking the auspices, on the earth ; from
hkeness, under the earth. In the sky, templum is
used as in the Hecuba ' :

O great temples of the gods, united with the shining

stars.

On the earth, as in the Periboea ^ :

To Bacchus' temples aloft

On sharp jagged rocks it draws near.

Under the earth, as in the Andromacha ^ :

Be greeted, great temples of Orcus,
By Acheron's waters, in Hades.

7. Whatever place the eyes had intuiti ' gazed
on,' was originally called a templum ' temple,' from
tueri ' to gaze ' ; therefore the sky, where we
attuimur ' gaze at ' it, got the name templum, as in
this" :

Trembled the mighty temple of Jove who thunders
in heaven,

f Pacuvius, Trag. Rom. Frag. 310 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. ii. 278-
279 Warmington; anapaestic; said of a Bacchic rouL
» Ennius, Trag. Rom. Frag. 70-71 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. i. 254-
255 Warmington ; anapaestic ; quoted more fully by Cicero,
Tusc. Disp. i. 21. 48.

§7. «Ennius, Ann. 541 Vahlen*; R.O.L. i. 450-451
Warmington.

VOL. I T 273

VARRO

id est, ut ait Naevius,

Hemisp/iaerium' ubi conca(vo)*
Caerulo* septum stat.

Eius templi partes quattuor dicuntur, sinistra ab
oriente, dextra ab occasu, antica ad meridiem, postica
ad septemtrionem.

8. In terris dictum templum locus augurii aut
auspicii causa quibusdam conceptis verbis finitus.
Concipitur verbis non isdem^ usque quaque ; in
Arce sic :

Tem<pla> tescaque* me ita sunto, quoad ego- ea rite*
lingua* nuncupavero.

011a ver(a>* arbos quirquir est, quam me sentio
dixisse, templum tescumque me esto* in sinistrum.

Olla ver(a.y arbos quirquir est, quam* me sentio
dixisse, te<m>plum tescumque me esto* <in>* dextrum.

Inter ea conregione conspicione cortumione, utique
ea <rit>e dixisse me^" sensi.

9. In hoc templo faciundo arbores constitui fines
apparet et intra eas regiones qua oculi conspiciant, id

' Turnebus, B, for hiemisferium. * Mue., for conca.
* For cherulo.

§8. ^ 3/T<e., /or hisdem. ^ rMrneiMS./or item testaque.
' ea rite L. Sp., for eas te. * Victorius, p, for linquam.
^ Kent, for ullaber. * tescum Turnebus, -que me Fay, esto
Scaliger and Turnebus, for tectum quem festo. ' Kent,
for ollaner. * Mue., for quod. * Added by B, Laetus.
^° L. Sp., ; ea dixisse me Sciop. ; for ea erectissime.

'' An uncertain fragment, not listed in the collections of the
fragments of Naevius. "^ Cf. p. 18 Regell.

§8. "Page 18 Regell. * Text and translation both
very problematic. I take me as dative {cf. Fest. 160. 2) ;
regard quirquir as equal to quisquis, either by manuscript
corruption or with rhotacism in the phrase quisquis est,

274

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 7-9

that is, as Naevius says,*

Where land's semicircle lies.
Fenced by the azure vault.

Of this temple " the four quarters are named thus :
the left quarter, to the east ; the right quarter, to
the west ; the front quarter, to the south ; the back
quarter, to the north.

8. On the earth, iemplum is the name given to a
place set aside and limited by certain formulaic
words for the purpose of augury " or the taking of the
auspices. The words of the ceremony are not the
same everywhere ; on the Citadel, they are as
follows ^ :

Temples and wild lands be mine in this manner, up to
where I have named them with my tongue in proper
fashion.

Of whatever kind that truthful" tree is, which I con-
sider that I have mentioned, temple and wild land be
mine to that point on the left.

Of whatever kind that truthful tree is, which I consider
that I have mentioned, temple and wild land be mine to
that point on the right.

Between these points, temples and wild lands be mine
for direction, for viewing, and for interpreting, and just
as I have felt assured that I have mentioned them in
proper fashion.

9. In making this temple, it is evident that the
trees are set as boundaries, and that \\-ithin them the
regions are set where the eyes are to view, that is we

becoming quisquir est (so Fay, Amer. Journ. Phil. xxxv.
253) ; take as datives the three words in -one in the last
sentence (meanings, vii. 9), supplying after them templa
tescaque me sunto. For meaning of tescum, cf. vii. 10-11.
' That is, lending itself to true predictions through the
auspices.

275

VARRO

est tueamur, a quo templum dictum, et contemplare,
ut apud Ennium in Medea :

Contempla et templum Cereris ad laevam aspice.
Contempla et conspicare id(em>i esse apparet, ideo
dicere ^um, cum te(m>plum2 facit, augurem con-
spicione, qua oculorum conspectum finiat. Quod
cum dicunt conspicionem, addunt cortumionem,
dicitur a cordis visu : cor enim cortumionis origo.

10. Quod addit templa ut si<n>t^ ^e^ca,^ aiunt
sancta esse qui glossas scripserunt. Id est falsum :
nam Curia Hostilia templum est et sanctum non est ;
sed hoc ut putarent aedem sacram esse templum.
<eo videtur)^ esse factum quod in urbe Roma plerae-
que aedes sacrae sunt templa, eadem sancta, et quod
loca quaedam agrestia, quae* alicuius dei sunt, di-
cwntur^ tesca.

§9. ^ Bentinus,forid. ^ Tttrnebus, for cumcontejilum,

§ 10. ^ Laetns, for sit. * Turnebus, for dextra.

^ Added by OS. * L. Sp., for quod. * Bentinus, for

dicentur.

§ 9. "As Varro derives templum from tueri, he must
insist on the meaning ' to gaze,' because in his time its usual
meaning was ' to protect.' * Trag. Rom. Frag. 244 Rib-
beck*; R.O.L. I. 324-325 Warmington. The preceding
verse ended with Athenas anticum opulentum oppidum,
which is the object of contempla, but Varro obviously under-
stood his shortened citation as it is here translated. " He
means, from cor and tueri ; but the second part is rather
from the root tern- ' to cut,' as in aestimare ' to cut bronze,

276

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VII. 9-10

tueamur ' are to gaze,' <* from which was said templum
and contemplare ' to contemplate,' as in Ermius, in the
Medea ^ :

Contemplate and view Ceres' temple on the left.

Contenipla ' do thou contemplate ' and conspicare ' do
thou view ' are the same, it is ob\ious, and therefore
the augur, when he makes a temple, says conspicione
' for ^•ie^\•ing,' with regard to where he is to dehmit
the conspectus ' \-iew ' of the eyes. As to their adding
cortumio when they say conspicio, this term is derived
from the \"ision of the cor ' heart ' ; for cor is the basis
of cortumio.'^

10. As to his adding that the temples shall be tesca
' wild lands,' those who have written glossaries " say
that this means that the temples are in\iolable.'' This
is quite wrong : for the Hostilian Meeting-House ^ is
a temple and is not in\iolable.'' But that people
should have the idea that a temple is a consecrated
building, seems to have come about from the fact that
in the city Rome most consecrated buildings are
temples, and they are hke^^•ise in\"iolable, and that
certain places in the country, which are the property
of some god, are called tesca.

evaluate, think,' and the whole word means perhaps
* interpreting.'

§10. "Page 113 Funaioli. "That is, where any

violence, at whatever directed, is sacrilege toward the gods.
' Temple ' is in this statement used in the wide meaning of a
' limited space,' not in the derived sense of a building for the
worship of the gods or of a god, which is an aedfs sacra.
' In the Comitium ; traditionally built by Tullus Hostilius,
third king of Rome, as a meeting place for the Senate. '' A
locus sacer (' consecrated to a deity ') was always sanctus, but
a loeiu tanctxia was not always sacer.

277

VARRO

11. Nam apud Accium in^ Philocteta* Lemnio

Quis tu es mortalis, qui in deserta et tesca te
appor^es' loca ?

<Ea)* enim loca quae sint designat, cum dicit :

Lemnia praesto
Litora rara,* et celsa Cabirum
Delubra tenes,* mysteria quae
Pristina castis' concepta sacris.

Dei

Et:

Volcania* <iam>' templa sub ipsis
Collibus, in quos delatus locos
Dicitur alto ab limine^" caeli.

Nemus expirante vapore vides,

Unde ignis^^ cluet^* mortalibus <clam>*'

i)ivis<us).^*

Quare haec quo<d) tesca dixit, non erravit, neque
ideo quod sancta, sed quod ubi mysteria fiunt at-
tuentur/^ tuesca dicta.

12. Tueri duo significat, unum ab aspectu ut dixi,
unde est JLnnii^ illud :

Tueor te, senex ? Pro Jupiter !

§ 11. ^ Laetus, for ut. ^ Aldus, for philocto etatem.

* Aldus, for appones (r/. adportas Festus, 356 a 26 M.).

* Added by Mue. * Aug., with B, for prest olitor a rarat.

* For teues. ' Aldus, for castris. * For uolgania.
' Added by Ribbeck. ^" Aug., with B, for lumine.
^^ Vertranius {from Cicero, Tusc. ii. 10. 23), for ignes.
^^ Aldus, for cl&uet. ^^ Added by Victor ius {from Cicero,
I.e.). ^* Turnebus{ from Cicero, I.e.), for diuis. ^^ Mue..
for aut tuentur.

§ 12. ^ Sciop.ffor enim.

§ 11. - Trag. Bom. Frag. 554 Ribbeck*; R.O.L. ii. 514-
515 Warmington. " Trag. Rom. Frag. 525-534 Ribbeck' :

278

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 11-12

11. For there is the following in Accius, in the
Philoctetes of Lemnos "■ :

What man are thou, who dost advance
To places desert, places waste ?

What sort of places these are, he indicates when he
says * :

Around you you have the Lemnian shores.
Apart from the world, and the high-seated shrines
Of Cabirian Gods, and the mysteries which
Of old were expressed with sacrifice pure.

Then :

You see now the temples of Vulcan, close by
Those very same hills, upon which he is said
To have fallen when thrown from the sky's lofty sill."

And:

The wood here you see with the smoke gushing forth.
Whence the fire — so they say — was secretly brought
To mankind.**

Therefore he made no mistake in calling these lands
tesca, and yet he did not do so because they were con-
secrated ; but because men attuentur ' gaze at ' places
where mysteries take place, they were called tuesca.^
12. Tueri has two meanings, one of ' seeing ' as I
have said, whence that verse of Ennius " :

I really see thee, sire? Oh Jupiter !

R.O.L. ii. 506-507 Warmington ; anapaestic. " He fell on
Lemnos, as related in Iliad, i. 590-594. ^ This last portion
is quoted by Cicero, Ttisc. Disp. ii. 10. 23, who continues
with a summary of the story of Prometheus. * \'arro
means that tesca is for tuesca, waste or wild land where men
may look at (attueri) celebrations of religious mysteries : an
incorrect etymology.

§ 12. " Trag. Rom. Frag. 335 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. i. 290-
291 Warmington.

279

VARRO

Et:

Quis pater aut cognatus volet ros* contra tueri ?

Alterum a curando ac tutela, ut cum dicimus " vellet'
tueri villain," a quo etiam quidam dicunt ilium qui
curat aedes sacras aedituum, non aeditMmum4 ; sed
tamen hoc ipsum ab eadem est profectum origine,
quod quem volumus domum curare dicimus " tu domi
videbis," ut Plautus cum ait :

Intus para, cura, vide. Quod opus<t>^ fiat.

Sic dicta vestis(pi>ca,* quae vestem spiceret, id est
videret vestem ac tueretur. Quare a tuendo et
templa et tesca dicta cum discrimine eo quod dixi.
13. Etiam indidem illud EnmV^ :

Extemplo acceptam'' me necato' et filiam.*
Extemplo enim est continuo, quod omne te(m>plum
esse debet conti<nu)o septum nee plus unum in-
troitum habere.

* Aug., with B, for nos. ' Ellis, for bell . . et {vacant
space for two letters). * For aeditomum. * From
Plautus, Men. ^52, for quid opus. * Aldus, for vestisca.

§ 13. ^ Scaliger, for enim. ^ Voss, for acceptum.
^ Scaliger, for negate. * Bothe, for filium ,■ cf. Euripides,
Hecuba, 391.

* Ann. 463 Vahlen^; R.O.L. i. 172-173 Warmington.

* Aeditumus is original, with the second part of uncertain
origin. ^ Varro compares the two meanings of tueri
with the two meanings of videre, * to see ' and ' to see after,
care for.' « Men. 352.

280

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 12-13

And ^ :

Who will now wish, though father or kinsman, to look
on your faces ?

The other meaning is of ' caring for ' and tutela
' guardianship,' as when we say " I >nsh he were will-
ing tueri ' to care for ' the farmhouse," from which
some indeed say that the man who attends to con-
secrated buildings is an aedituus and not an aedi-
tumus '^ ; but still this other form itself proceeded from
the same source, because when we want some one to
take care of the house we say " You will see to ^
matters at home," as Plautus does when he says * :

Inside prepare, take pains, see to 't ;
Let that be done, that's needed.

In this way the vestispica ' wardrobe maid ' was named,
who was spicere ' to see ' the vestis ' clothing,' that is,
was to see to the clothing and tueri ' guard ' it. There-
fore, both temples and tesca ' wastes ' were named
from tueri, with that difference of meaning which I
have mentioned.

13. Moreover, from the same source comes the
word in Ennius " :

Extemplo take me, kill me, kill my daughter too.

For extemplo ^ ' on the spot ' is contimio ' without in-
terval,' because every templum ought to be fenced
in uninterruptedly and have not more than one
entrance.

§ 13. « Trag. Rom. Frag. 355 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. i. 380-
381 Warmington ; perhaps spoken by the captive Hecuba,
who gave her name to a tragedy by Ennius. * Templum
denotes a limited portion of time as well as of space ; in
extemplo the application is to time.

281

VARRO

14. Quod est apud Accium :

Pervade polum, splendida mundi
Sidera, bigis, <bis>i continui<s>
Se<x ex)pirt« signis,^

polus Graecum, id significat circum caeli : quare quod
est pervade polum valet^ vade wepl irokov. Signa
dicuntur eadem et sidera. Signa quod aliquid
significent, ut libra aequinoctium ; sidera, quae
(qua>si* insidunt atque ita significant aliquid in terris
perurendo aliave^ qua re : ut signum candens in
pecore.

15. Quod est :

Terrarum anfracta revisam/

anfractum est flexum, ab origine duplici dictum, ab
ambitu et frangendo : ab eo leges iubent in directo
pedum VIII esse (viam),* in anfracto XVI, id est in
flexu.

16. Ennius :

Ut tibi
Titanis Trivia dederit stirpem liberum.

Titanis Trivia Diana est, ab eo dicta Trivia, quod in

§ 14. ^ Added by Kent ; cf. GS., note. * Continui se
cepit spoliis F ; continuis sex apti signis Scaliger ; picti
Ribbeck, exceptis Fay, expicti Kent. ' Victorms, for
valde. * quae quasi GS. ; quod quasi L. Sp. ; for quae
si. ^ A. Sp,,for aliudue.

§ 15. ^ Aug., with B, for anfractare visum. ^ Added
by GS ; following Sciop., who added viam after iubent.

§ 14. » Trag. Rom. Frag. 678-680 Ribbeck^ ; R.O.L.
ii. 572-573 Warmington ; anapaestic. Thie passage is appar-
ently addressed to Phaethon, but possibly to the Sun-God or
to the Moon-God. The twelve signs of the zodiac are con-
ceived as taken by the Universe and worn by it as a girdle.
'' Properly ' white-hot ' ; the Roman poets often speak of

a82

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 14.-16

14. As for what is in Accius,"

With thy team do thou go through the sky, through

the bright
Constellations aloft, which the universe holds.
Adorned with its twice sLx continuous signs,

the word polus ' sky ' is Greek, it means the circle
of the sky : therefore the expression pervade polum
' traverse the sky ' means ' go around the -oAos.'
Signa ' signs of the zodiac ' means the same as sidera
' constellations.' Signa are so called because they
significant ' indicate ' something, as the Balance marks
the equinox ; those are sidera which so to speak in-
sidunt ' settle down ' and thus indicate something on
earth by burning or otherwise : as for example a
signum candens ' scorching sign,' * in the matter of
the flocks.

15. In the phrase

Again of the land I shall see the an/racta,"

anfractum means ' bent or curved,' being formed from
a double source, from ambitus ' circuit ' and frangere
' to break.' Concerning this the laws *" bid that a road
shall be eight feet \nde where it is straight, and six-
teen at an anfractum, that is, at a curve.

16. Ennius says " :

As surely as to thee
Titan's daughter Trivia shall grant a line of sons.

The Trivian Titaness is Diana, called Trivia from the

the flocks as being burned by the heat of Canicttla ' the
Dog-star,' which is visible while the sun is in the sign of Leo.

§ 15. » Accius, Trag. Rom. Frag. 336 Ribbeck»; R.O.L.
ii. 440-441 Warmington. " Cf. XII Tabulae, page 138
Schoell.

§ 16. - Trag. Rom. Frag. 362 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. i. 260-
261 Warmington.

283

VARRO

trivio ponitur fere in oppidis Graecis, vel quod luna
dicitur esse, quae in caelo tribus viis movetur, in
altitudinem et latitudinem et longitudinem. Titanis
dicta, quod earn genuit, ut ai(t>^ Plautus, Lato ; ea,
ut scribit Manilius,

Est Coe<o> creata^ Titano.

Ut idem scribit :

Latona pari<e>t^ casta complexu lovis
Deliadas* geminos,

id est Apollinem et Dianam. Dii, quod Titanis
(Deli eos peperit),* Deliadae.
17. E2demi :

O sancte Apollo, qui umbilicum certum terrarum
optines.

Umbilicum dictum aiunt ab umbilico nostro, quod is
medius locus sit terrarum, ut umbilicus in nobis ;
quod utrumque est falsum : neque hie locus est
terrarum medius neque noster umbilicus est hominis
medius. Itaque pingitur quae^ vocatur (dvr)L\doii'^
Hvdayopa, ut media caeli ac terrae linea ducatur infra

§ 16. ^ Kent, after L. Sp., for ni. ^ Mue., for coe-
creata. * Neue, for parit. * Lachmann, for delia dos.
^ Added by L. Sp.

§ 17. ^ A. Sp. (nom. sing, masc), for eadem. * 3hie.,
for qui. ^ G. Hermann, for IXToN.

^ This first etymology is better ; it should be referred to
images set up in Italian towns, not in Greek towns.
" Lato, from which the Romans made Latona (cf. Plautus,
Bac. 893), is the Greek form in Doric and in all other
dialects except Attic-Ionic. '' Frag. Poet. Lot., page 52
Morel. ' Deliadae is a word not found elsewhere ; but
it seems difficult not to admit it in this passage.

§ 17. <• Trag. Rom. Frag. inc. inc. 19-20 Ribbeck» ;
284

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 16-17

fact that her image is set up quite generally in Greek
towns where three roads meet,** or else because she is
said to be the Moon, which moves in the sky by tres
viae ' three ways,' upwards, sidewise, and onwards.
She is called Titanis ' daughter of Titan,' because her
mother was, as Plautus says, Lato '^ ; and she, as
ManiUus WTites,**

Was begot by the Titan Coeus.

As the same author \*Tites,'*

The chaste Latona shall give birth, by Jove's embrace.
To Deliad twins,

that is, to Apollo and Diana. These gods were called
Deliads * because the Titaness gave birth to them on
the island of Delos.

17. The same has this " :

O holy Apollo, who dost hold
The true established umbilicus of the lands.

The umbilicus, they say,** was so called from our um-
bilicus ' navel,' because this is the middle place of the
lands, as the navel in us. But both these are false
statements : this place is not the middle of the lands,
nor is the navel the middle point of a man. But in
this fashion is indicated the so-called ' counter-earth
of Pythagoras,' '^ so that the line which is midway
in sky and earth should be drawn below the navel

R.O.L. ii, 602-603 Warmington, who doubtfully attributes it
to Ennius, since Cicero, de Divin. ii. 56. 115, citing this
passage more fully, had last quoted from Ennius; pre-
ceded by eidem (nom. sing, masc.), it belongs to Manilius.
'Page 117 Funaioli. ' Pj^thagoras taught that around
the fire in the centre of the universe there swung the earth
and a counter-earth, each forming part of a sphere, and
balancing each other.

285

VARRO

umbilicum per id quo discernitur homo mas an femina
sit, ubi ortus humanus similis ut in mundo* : ?bi*
enim omnia nascuntur in medio, quod terra mundi
media. Praeterea si quod medium id est umbilicus
pila(e>* terrae, non Delphi medium ; et terrae
medium — non' hoc, sed quod vocant — Delphis' in
aede ad latus est quiddam ut thesauri specie, quod
Graeci vocant o/x<^aAoi',* quem Pythonos aiunt esse
tumulMwi* ; ab eo nostri interpretes o/x^aAdv um-
bilicum dixerunt.

18. Pacuius :

Caledonia altrix terra ex(s>uperantum virum.

Ut ager Tusculanus, sic Cal^donius ager est, non
terra ; sed lege poetica, quod terra Jetolia in qua
Calydon, a parte^ totam accipi ^etoliam voluit.

19. Acci :

Mystica ad dextram vada
Praetervecti.

M_^stica a mysteriis, quae ibi in propinquis locis
nobilia fiunt.

* A dittography in F, written ubi ortus humanus situlis ut in
mundo, is here excised. * Aug., for ubi. * ut pilae
Mve., for ut pila F {but ut was deleted by F^). ' The
dashes were inserted by Stroux. * Aldus, for OMOaAVN.

* Loheck, for tumulos.

§ 18. 1 For aperte.

<* Nonius, 333. 35 M., quotes Varro as using the expression
terra pila (or terrae). ' The " treasure-houses " at Delphi
were small buildings in which the valuable dedicatory gifts
were kept ; a number of cities had special treasure-houses
of their own. ' Slain here by Apollo after the flood of
Deucalion and Pyrrha.

286

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 17-19

through that by which the distinction is made whether
a human being is male or female, where human life
starts — and the like is true in the case of the universe :
for there all things originate in the centre, because the
earth is the centre of the universe. Besides, if the
ball of the earth ^ has any centre, or umbilicus, it is not
Delphi that is the centre ; and the centre of the earth
at Delphi — not really the centre, but so called — is
something in a temple building at one side, something
that looks like a treasure-house,* which the Greeks
call the 6fi<fia\6<;, which they say is the tomb of the
Python/ From this our interpreters turned the
word into umbilicus ' navel.'

18. Pacuvius has this verse * :

Calydonian terra, nurse of mighty men.
But just as Tusculum has an ager ' field-land,' so
Calydon has an ager and not a terra ' land ' * ; but by
the pri\-ilege of the poets, because Aetolia in which
Calydon is located is a terra, he wished all Aetolia to
be understood from the name of the part.

19. In this of Accius,"

Sailing past the mystic waters * on the right,

mystica ' mystic ' is from the famous mysteria ' mys-
teries,' M'hich are performed there in places close at
hand.

§ 18. " Trag. Rom. Frag. 404 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. ii. 274-
275 Warmington. * Varro objects to the use of terra

with a city-name attached, since terra means the whole state,
and cannot belong to a city : a city owns onlv an ager.

§19. "Trag. Rom. Frag. 687-688 Ribbeck»; R.O.L.
ii. 568-569 Warmington. ' Probably those at Eleusis,

where mysteries of Demeter were celebrated; or possibly
those near Samothrace, where the Cabiri were worshipped,
cf. vii. 34.

287

VARRO

Ennii :

Areopagitae quia^ dedere <ae>quam pi7am.*
Areopagitae ab Areopago ; is Iocms^ Athenis.

20. Musae quae pedibus magnum pulsatis Olympum.
Caelum dicunt Graeci Ol^ympum, montem in Mace-
donia omnes ; a quo potius puto Musas dictas
Ol^mpiadas : ita enim ab terrestribus locis aliis
cognominatae Libethrides, Pipleides, Thespiades,^
i/eliconides.

21. Ca<s>sii :

/fellespontum et claustra.

(Claustra),'' quod Xerxes' quondam eum locum
clausit : nam, ut Ennius ait,

Isque Hellesponto pontem contendit in alto.
Nisi potius ab eo quod Asia et Europa ibi co«<c)ludi-
t(ur>* mare ; inter angustias facit Propontidis fauces.

§19. ^ Ribbeck, for quid. ^ Ribbeck ; aequam Tpugnam
Mue. ; aequom palam Bothe ; for quam pudam. * Laehis,
for his locis.

§ 20. ^ For pipl^ ide ( == id est) espiades, with h above the
e of esp-.

§ 21. ^ Mue. ; Cassius Sclop. ; for quasi. " Added by
Scaliger. ^ Bentinus, for exerses. * A. Sp. ; con-
cludit iMetus ; for colludit.

•^Trag. Rom. Frag. 349 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. i. 272-273
Warmington. ■* At the trial of Orestes for the murder
of his mother.

§ 20. « Ennius, Ann. 1 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 2-3 War-
mington ; opening the poem. * As home of the gods.
« That is, not merely the Greeks. ^ Pipleides or Pim-

288

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 19-21

In the verse of Ennius,*

Since the Areopagites have cast an equal vote,"*

Areopagitae ' Areopagites ' is from Areopagus ; this is
a place at Athens.

20. Muses, ye who with dancing feet beat mighty
Olympus."

Olympus is the name which the Greeks give to the
sky,^ and all peoples •= give to a mountain in Mace-
donia ; it is from the latter, I am inclined to think,
that the Muses are spoken of as the Olympiads : for
they are called in the same way from other places on
earth the Libethrids, the Pipleids,** the Thespiads,
the Heliconids.*

21. In this phrase of Cassius,"

The Hellespont and its barriers,

claustra ' barriers ' is used because once on a time
Xerxes clausit ' closed ' the place by barriers * : for,
as Ennius says,"

He, and none other, on Hellespont deep did fasten
a bridgeway.

Unless it is said rather from the fact that at this place
the sea concluditur ' is hemmed in ' by Asia and Europe ;
in the narrows it forms the entrance to the Propontis.

phides. ' Respectively from Libethra, a fountain sacred
to the Muses, near Libethnmi and Magnesia, in Mace-
donia ; Pimpla, a place and fountain in Pieria, in Mace-
donia ; Thespiae, a town of Boeotia at the foot of Helicon ;
and Helicon, a mountain-range in Boeotia.

§21. ' Trag. Rom. Frag. inc. inc. 106 Ribbeck' ; with
the text as here emended, it l)elongs to Cassius. ' C/.
Herodotus, vii. 33-36. 'Ann. 378 Vahlen*; R.O.L. i.
136-137 Warmington.

VOL. I U 289

VARRO

22. Pacui :

Li<n)qui^ in ^egeo fretu.'

Dictum fretum ab similitudine ferventis aquae, quod
in fretum saepe eoncurrat aestus atque effervescat.
^egeum dictum ab insulis, quod in eo mari scopuli in
pelago vocantur ab sim^ilitudine caprarum ceges.

23. Ferme aderant aequore in alto ratibus repentibus.

Mare appellatum (aequor),^ quod a(e>quatum2 cum
commotum vento non est. Ratis navis longa<s)*
dixit, ut Naevius cum ait :

<Ut)* conferre queant* ratem aeratam qui

Per h'quidum* mare sudantes eunt atque sedentes.'

Ratis dicta navis longa propter remos, quod hi, cum
per aquam sublati sunt dextra et sinistra, duas rates*
efficere videntur : ratis enim, unde hoc tralatum, illi
ubi plures mali aut asseres (iuncti aqua ducuntur.
Hinc naviculae cum remis ratariae dicuntur).^

§ 22. ^ Kent, for liqui. ^ A. Sp., for fretum.
§ 23. ^ Added here by A. Sp. ; added before mare by
Laetus. ^ Laetus, for aquatum. ' Miie., for longa.

* Added by Kent. * Turnebus, for conferreque aut.

* Scaliger, for perit quidum. ' Scaliger, for sedantes.

* M lie., for partes. * Added by Mue., after Serv. Dan. in
Aen. i. 43 and Gellius, x. 25. 5.

§ 22. ° Traff. Rom. Fray. 420 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. ii. 306-
.307 Warmington; perhaps spoken by Ariadne, deserted
by Theseus on the island of Naxos. " Incorrect ety-
mology. "^ Like goats on a plain : a very dubious ety-
mology, or worse. ** That is, Greek alyes ' goats.'

§ 23. " Given as Tray. Rom. Fray. inc. inc. 225 Ribbeck* ;

290

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 22-23

22. In the verse of Pacu\ius,''

To be forsaken in the Aegean strait,
f return ' strait ' is named from the likeness to fervens
' boiUng ' water,^ because the tide often dashes into a
strait and boils up. The Aegean is named from the
islands, because in this sea the craggy islands in the
open water are called aeges ' goats,' "^ from their
likeness to she-goats."*

23. They had almost arrived ; on the aequor deep

the rates were gUding."

Aequor ' level water ' is a name given to the sea,
because it is aequatum ' levelled ' when it is not stirred
up by the wind.** By ratis ' raft ' he meant a war-ship,
as does Nae\ius when he says " :

That they may clash 'gainst the foe

Their bronze-shod raft, in which

They go o'er the liquid sea.
Sweating as they sit."*

A war-ship is called a ratis from the oars, because
these, when they are raised through the water on the
right and on the left, seem to form two rafts * ; for it
is a ratis — from which this word is transferred — there
where several poles or beams are joined together and
floated on the water. From this, the adjective ratarius
is applied to small boats with oars.

but more probably a dactylic hexameter of Ennius, R.O.L.
i. 458-459 Warmington :

Fenne aderant ratibtu repetUibus aequore in alto,
quoted by Varro with wTong order of the words, as is shown
by his explanation of aequor before he takes up ratis
(cf, Vahlen, Ennius-, p. xxxvii.). * Correct etymology.
« Frag. Poet. Rom., p. 48 Baehrens ; R.O.L. ii. 68-69
Warmington ; Saturnian, but text very dubious. '' The
seated rowers. • The same word ratis means ' ship ' and
' raft,' whether or not this explanation is correct.

291

VARRO

HIC DEEST IN EXEMPLARI FOLIUM I^°

III. 24. . . . (hostias)^ agrestis ab agro dictas
apparet ; inful<at>as hostk/s,* quod velamenta his e
lana quae adduntur, infulae : itaque turn, quod ad
sepulcrum^ ferunt frondem ac flores, addidit :

Non lana* sed velatas frondenti coma.*

25. Cornu<t>a taurum umbra <in piigna)m ?aci<t>.i

Dicere apparet cornutam a cornibus ; cornua a cur-
vore dicta, quod pleraque curva.

26. Musa«^ quas memorant nosce(s>^ nos esse

(Camenas).*

Ca(s>menarum^ priscum vocabulum ita natum ac
scriptum est alibi ; Carmenae ad eadem origine sunt
declinatae. In multis verbis in quo* antiqui dicebant
S, postea dicunt R, ut in Carmine Saliorum sunt haec :

^" This statement is in the margin of F, opposite a blank space
which amounts to one and one half pages.

§ 24. ^ Added by L. Sp. and by Bergk. * Mue., for
infulas hostiis. * For sepulchrum. * L. Sp. and Rib-
beck, for lanas. ^ L. Sp. and Ribbeck, for frondentis
comas.

§ 25. ^ GS, (cornutam umbram L. Sp. ; cornutarum
umbram Victorins ; iacit Scaliger), for cornua taurum
umbram iaci.

§ 26. ^ Scaliger, for curuamus ac {which includes the last
word of § 25). * Additions by Jordan. ^ Laetus, for
camenarum. * Later codd., for quod F.

§ 24. « Trag. Rom. Frag. inc. inc. 220-221 Ribbeck'.

§ 25. " Trag. Rom. Frag. inc. inc. 222 Ribbeck'.
* Comu and curvus are not connected etymologically.

§ 26. " Ennius, Ann. 2 Vahlen^. * Perhaps of Etruscan

origin ; at any rate, not connected with canere ' to sing.'
' A spelling caused by association with carmen and Car-

292

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 23-26

HERE ONE LEAF IS LACKING IN THE MODEL COPY

in. 24.. ... it is clear that agresies ' rural '
sacrificial victims were so called from ager ' field-
land ' ; that infulatae ' filleted ' \-ictims were so called,
because the head-adornments of wool which are put
on them, are infulae ' fillets ' : therefore then, with
reference to the carrying of leafy branches and flowers
to the burial-place, he added " :

Decked not with wool, but with a hair-like shock
of leaves.

25. The horned shadow lures the bull to fight."

It is clear that comttta ' horned ' is said from comua
' horns ' ; cornua is said from curvor ' curvature,'
because most horns are curva ' curved.' ^

26. Learn that we, the Camenae, are those whom

they tell of as Muses."

Casmenae * is the early form of the name, when it
originated, and it is so A^-ritten in other places ; the
name Carmenae '^ is derived from the same origin. In
many words, at the point where the ancients said S,
the later pronunciation is R,** as the follo\\ing in the
Hymn of the Saltans * :

menta ; though no etymological connexion with them exists.
■* The well-known phenomenon of rhotacism, the change of
intervocalic S to R. ' Fragg. 2-3, pp. 332-335 Mauren-
brecher ; page 1 Morel. It is hazardous in the extreme to
attempt to restore and interpret the text of the Hymn. These
sentences seem to invoke Mars not as God of War, but in his
old Italic capacity of God of Agriculture, spoken of in several
functions. It was the view of L. Spengel, approved by A.
Spengel, that this verbatim text of the Hymn was an inter-
polation, and that foedesum foederum of § 27 immediately
followed in Carmine Saliorum sunt haec.

293

VARRO

Cozevi oftorieso. Omnia vero ad Patulc(ium)

commisse<i>.
laneus mm es, duonus Cerus es, du(o>nus lanus.
Vew(i>es po<tissimu>m melios eum recum . . .*

HIC SPATIUM X LINEARUM RELICTUM ERAT IN
EXEMPLARI*

27. . . . f(o>edesum foederum,^ plusima plu-
rima, meliosem meliorem, asenam arenam, ianitos
ianitor, Quare e^ Casmena Carmena, (e>^ Carmena*
R extrito Camena factum. Ab eadem voce canite,
pro quo in Saliari versu scriptum est cante, hoc
versu :

Divum em pa' cante, divum deo supplicate.*

28. In Carmine Priami^ quod est :
Veteres Casmenas cascam rem volo profarier,^

* F has : Cozeulodori eso. Omnia uero adpatula coemisse.
ian cusianes duonus ceruses, dunus ianusue uet pom melios
eum recum. This is here emended as follows : Cozev'i Havet ;
oborieso Kent; Patulcium Kent, after Bergk ; commissei
Kent; laneus G8., cf. Festus, 103. II 3/./ iam es Kent;
duonus Cerus es, duonus lanus Bergk ; ueniet F, venies
Kent ; potissimum, cf. Festus, 205 all M. ^ At this point,
the remainder of the line and the next four lines are vacant in
F, with traces of writing in the last empty line, which must
have given the data for this statement, found in II and a.

§27. ^ For faederum. ^ A. Sp. ; ex Ursinus ; for e
(=est). ^ Added by A. Sp. * A. Sp., for carmina
carmen. * Bergk, for empta. * Grotefend, for sup-
plicante.

§ 28. ^ At this point, the rest of the page (three and one-
third lines) remains vacant in F, but there is no gap in the
text. ^ Scaliger, for profari et.

f Cozevi, voc. of Consivius (epithet of Janus, in Macrobius,
Sat. i. 9. 15), with NS developing to NTS as in Umbrian,
the N not written before the consonants (cf. Latin cosol for
consul), and z having the value of ts, as in the Umbrian

294

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VII. 26-28

O Planter God/ arise. Everj-thing indeed have I
committed unto (thee as) the Opener." Now art
thou the Doorkeeper, thou art the Good Creator,
the Good God of Beginnings. Thou'It come especi-
ally, thou the superior of these kings * . . .

HERE A SPACE OF TEX LINES WAS LEFT VACANT IN
THE MODEL COPY *

27. . . . (In the Hymn of the Saltans are found
such old forms as) Jbedesum ior foederum ' of treaties,'
phisima for plurima ' most,' vieliosem for meliorem
' better,' asenam for arenam ' sand,' ianitos for ianitor "
' doorkeeper.' Therefore from Casmena came Car-
mena, and from Carmena, with loss of the R, came
Camena.^ From the same radical came canite ' sing
ye,' for which in a Salian verse "^ is ^\Titten cante, and
this is the verse :

Sing ye to the Father "^ of the Gods, entreat the God
of Gods.'

28. In The Song oj" Priam there is the following " :
I wish the ancient Muses to tell a story old.

alphabet. " Epithet of Janus, in Macrobius, Sat. i. 9. 15.
* The god is addressed as more powerful than all earthly
lords, whether kings or (perhaps) priests. The gen. plural
eum, equal to eorum. is elsewhere attested. ' The vacant
lines in the model copy may have represented more of the
text of the Hvmn, too illegible to copy.

§ 27. " Fragg. 4, 7, 20, 26, 27, pages 335, 339, 347, 349
Maurenbrecher. Ianitos is an incorrect form, since the word
had an original R ; but all the other words have R from
earlier S. " Cf. § 26, note 6. « Frag. 1, page 331
Maurenbrecher ; page 1 Morel. ■* Here em pa stands for
in patrem ; so Th. Bergk, Zts. f. Altertujnswiss. xiv. 138 =
Kleine Philol. Schriften, i. 505, relying on Festus, 205 all M.,
pa pro parte (read patre) et po pro potissimum positum est in
Saliari Carmine. ' Equal to ' father of the gods.'

§ 28. " Frag. Poet. Lat., page 29 Morel.

295

VARRO

primum cascum significat vetus ; secundo eius origo
SaMna, quae usque radices in Oscam linguam egit.
Cascum vetus esse significat Ennius quod ait :

Quam Prisci casci populi ^enuere' Latini.
Eo magis Manilius quod ait :

Cascum duxisse cascam non mirabile est,
Quoniam cariosas* conficiebat nuptias.

Item ostendit Papini epigrammation, quod in adole-
scentem fecerat Cascam :

Ridiculum est, cum te Cascam tiia dicit arnica,*
Fili<a>* Potoni, sesquisenex' puerum.

Die tu illam* pusam : sic fiet " mutua* muli " :
Nam vere pusus tu, tua amica senex.

29. Idem ostendit quod oppidum vocatur Casinum
(hoc enim ab Sabinis orti Samnites tenuerunt) et*
nostri etiam nunc Forum Vetus appellant. Item
significat^ in Atellanis aliquot Pappum, senem quod
Osci* casnar appellant.

' Columna, for genuere. * L. Sp. and Lachmann, for
carioras. * Laetus, B, for amici. * Popma, for fili.
' Turnebus, for potonis es qui senex. * Turnebus, for dicit
pusum puellam. * Pantagathxis, for mutuam.

§ 29. ^ L. Sp. deleted nunc after et. * For significant.
^ For ostii.

* The native Latin word was cdnus ' grey-haired,' from
casnos, with the same root as in cascus, but a different suffix.
'^ Sabine was not a dialect of Oscan, but stood on an equal
footing with it. "^ Ann. 24 Vahlen^; R.O.L. i. 12-13
VVarmington. * Frag. Poet. Lat., page 52 Morel.

f Frag. Poet. Lat., page 42 Morel ; the poet's name is
doubtful : Priscian, ii. 90. 2 K., calls him Pomponius, and
Bergk, Opusc. i. 88, proposes Pompilius. " Casca was
a male cognomen in the Servilian gens only ; for this reason
Potonius is rather to be taken as a jesting family name of
the amica. " Pitstim ptieUam (see crit. note) was origin-

296

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 28-29

First, cascum means ' old ' ; secondly, it has its origin
from the Sabine language,* which ran its roots back
into Oscan.'' That cascum is ' old,' is indicated by the
phrase of Ennius ** :

Land that the Early Latins then held, the long-ago
peoples.

It is even better shown in Manilius's utterance * :

That Whitehead married Oldie is surely no surprise :
The marriage, when he made it, was aged and decayed.

It is sho^vn likewise in the epigram of Papinius,^ which
he made with reference to the youth Casca :

Funny it is, when your mistress tenderly calls you her
" Casca " ' :
Daughter of Rummy she, old and a half — you a boy.
Call her your " laddie " * ; for thus there will be the
mule's trade of favours • :
You're but a lad, to be sure ; Oldie's the name for
your girl.

29. The same is shown by the fact that there is a
town named Casinum," which was inhabited by the
Samnites, who originated from the Sabines,* and we
Romans even now call it Old Market. Likewise in
several Atellan farces " the word denotes Pappus, an
old man's character, because the Oscans call an old
man casnar.

ally a marginal gloss to piisam, since pusus had no normal
feminine form ; c/. French la gar^onne. But the gloss
crept into the text. ' Proverbial phrase, equal to ' tit for
tat,' or ' an eye for an eye.'

§ 29. " A town of southeastern Latium, on the borders of
Samnium. * The Samnites and the Sabines were separate
peoples, but their names are etymologically related, and so
presumably were the two peoples. ' Com. Rom. Frag,
inc. nom. vii. p. 334 Ribbeck' ; these farces were named
from Atella, an Oscan town in Campania a few miles north
of Naples.

297

VARRO

30. Apud Lucilium :

Quid tibi ego ambages Ambiv<i>^ scribere coner ?

Profectum a verbo ambe, quod inest in ambitu et
ambitioso.

31. Apud Valerium Soranum :

Vetus adagio est, O Publi^ Scipio,
quod verbum usque eo evanuit, ut Graecum pro eo
positum magis sit apertum : nam id(em> est" quod
irapoLfiiav voeant Graeci, ut est :

Auribus lupiim teneo ;
Canis caninam non est.

Adagio est littera commutata a<m>bagio,' dicta ab
eo quod ambit orationem, neque in aliqua una re
consistit sola. <Amb)agio* dicta ut a<m>6ustum,*
quo(d)* circum ustum est, ut ambegna' bos apud
augures, quam circum aliae hostiae constituuntur.

32. Cum tria sint coniuncta in origine verborum
quae sint animadvertenda, a quo sit impositum et in
quo et quid, saepe non minus de tertio quam de
primo dubitatur, ut in hoc, utrum primum una canis

§ 30. ^ Laetus, for ambiu.

§ 31. ^ Abbreviated to P in F. ^ idem est Mue. ; idem
early edd., with later codd. ; for id est F. ' Turnebus,
/orabagio. * L. Sp. ; adagio Laetus ; for agio. ^ Avg.,
for adustum. * Laetus, M, for quo. ' Turnebus, with
Festus, 4. 16 J/., /or ambiegna.

§ 30. » 1281 Marx. * If the text is correctly restored,
this is L. Ambivius Turpio, famous stage director and actor
of Caecilius Statius and of Terence ; Lucilius puns on his
name. ' Equal to Greek oni<j)i, and found in Latin only

as a prefix.

§ 31. "A little-known writer of the second century b.c. ;
Frag. Poet. Lat., page 40 Morel. * Adagio, gen. -onis ; not

298

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VII. 30-32

30. In Lucilius ° :

VChj should I try to tell to you Roundway's * round-
about speeches ?

The word ambages ' circumlocutions ' comes from the
word ambe '^ ' round about,' which is present in ambitus
' circuit ' and in ambitiosus ' going around (for votes),
ambitious.'

31. In ^'ale^ius of Sora " is the following :

It is an old adagio,^ Publius Scipio.

This word has gone out of use to such a point that the
Greek word put for it is more easily understood : for
it is the same as that which the Greeks call rrapoifiia
' proverb,' as for example :

I'm holding a wolf by the ears,"
Dog doesn't eat dog-flesh.

Now adagio ^ is only ambagio >vith a letter changed,
which is said because it ambit ' goes around ' the dis-
course and does not stop at some one thing only.*
Ambagio resembles ambustum, which is ' burnt around,'
and an ambegna cow f in the augural speech,^ which is
a cow around which other victims are arranged.

32. Whereas there are three things combined
which must be observed in the origin of words, namelv
from what the word is applied, and to what, and what
it is, often there is doubt about the third no less than
about the first, as in this case, whether the word
for dog in the singular was at first canis or canes :

the more usual adagium. ' Terence, Phor. 506, etc.
"* Really from ad ' thereto ' and the root of aio ' I say.'
' That Is, it applies also to other things than that which it
specifically mentions. ' ' Having a lamb {agna) on each
side.' " Page 17 Regell.

299

VARRO

aut canes sit^ appellata : dicta enim apud veteres una
canes. Itaque Ennius scribit :

Tantidem quasi feta* canes sine dentibus latrat.

Lucilius :

Nequam et magnus homo, laniorum immanis' canes ut.

Impositio unius debuit esse canis, plurium canes ; sed
neque Ennius consuetudinem illam sequens repre-
hendendus, nee is qui nunc dicit :

Canis canina<ni>* non est.

Sed canes quod latratu'^ signum dant, ut signa canunt,
canes appellatae, et quod ea voce indicant noctu quae
latent, latratus appellatus.

33. Sic dictum a quibusdam ut una canes, una
trabes :

<Trabes)^ remis rostrata per altum.
Ennius :

Utinam ne in nemore P«lio* securibus
Caesa accidisset abiegna ad terram trabes,

cuius verbi singularis casus rectM** correptus* ac facta
trabs.

§ 32. ^ For sic. ^ For facta. ' Auff., with B, for
immanes. * Laet us, for ca,n\na.. ^ M, V, p, Laetus, for
latratus.

§ 33. ^ Added by Colnmna. ^ For polio. ' Sciop.,
for recte. * Laetus, for correctus.

§32. "Ann. 528 Vahlen^; R.O.L. i. 432-433 Warming-
ton. ^ Her bark is worse than her bite, as a pregnant
bitch was proverbially harmless ; cf. Plautus, Most. 852,
Tarn placidast {ilia canis) quam feta quaevis. ' 1221

300

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 32-33

for in the older writers the expression is one canes.
Therefore Ennius writes the following, using canes " :

Barks just as loud as a pregnant bitch : but she's
toothless.*

Lucilius also uses canes '^ :

Worthless man and huge, like the monstrous dog
of the butchers.

When applied to one, the word should have been
cams, and when applied to several it should have been
canes ; but Ennius ought not to be blamed for follow-
ing the earlier custom, nor should he who now says :

Canis ' dog ' doesn't eat dog-flesh.

But because dogs by their barking give the signal, as
it were, canunt ' sound ' the signals, they are called
canes ; and because by this noise they make known
the things which latent ' are hidden ' in the night, their
barking is called latratus.^

33. As some have said canes in the singular, so
others have said trabes ' beam, ship ' in the singular :

The beaked trabes is driven by oars through the waters."

Ennius used trabes in the following * :

I would the trabes of the fir-tree ne'er had fall'n
To earth, in Pelion's forest, by the axes cut !

But now the nominative singular of this word has lost
a vowel and become trabs.

Marx. ** Cams is not etymologically connected with
canere, nor latratus with latere.

§33. «Ennius, Ann. 616 Vahlen"; R.O.L. i. 458-459
Warmington. * Medea Exul, Trag. Rom. Frag. 205-

206 Ribbeck^ ; R.O.L. i. 312-313 Warmington: that is,
" would that the ship Argo had never been built."

301

VARRO

34. In Medo :

Caelitum Camilla, expectata advenis : salve, Aospita.
Camilla(m>i qui glos<s>emata interpretati dixerunt
administram ; addi oportet, in his quae occultiora :
itaque dicitur nuptiis camillus^ qui cumerum* fert, in
quo quid sit, in ministerio plerique extrinsecus
ne(s>cmn<.* Hinc Casmilus^ nominatur Samo-
threce<s) m2/steri(i>s dius quidam amminister diis
magnis. Verbum esse Graecum arbitror, quod apud
Callimachum in poematibus eius inveni.

35. Apud En<n>i<u>mi :

Subulo quondam marinas propter astabat plagas.^
Subulo dictus, quod ita dicunt tibieines Tusei : quo-
circa radices eius in Etr<ur)ia, non Latio quaerundae.^

36. Versibus quo(s>^ olim Fauni^ vatesque canebant.

Fauni dei Latinorum, ita ut et Faunus et Fauna sit ;
hos versibus quos vocant Saturnios in silvestribus
locis traditum est solitos fari (futura,^ a>* quo fando

§ 34. ^ Mue., for Camilla. * Turnebus, for scamillus.

* Turnebus, for quicum merum. * Turnebus, for nectunc.
^" For casmillus.

§ 35. ^ Laetus, for enim. ^ Mue., from Fest. 309 a 5
M.,for aquas. ' Victor ius, for querunda e.

§36. ^ Aldus, for quo. ^ Laetus deleted et after Fauni,
following Cicero, Div. i. 50. 114, Brut. 18. 71, Orator, 51. 171.

* Added by Mue., from Serv. Dan. in Georg. i. 1 1. * Added
by Aug.

§ 34. " Pacuvius, Trag. Rom. Frag. 2S2 Ribbeck^ ;
B.O.L. ii. 256-257 Warmington. "Page 112 Funaioli.

" Probably certain belongings of the bride. "* Identified
with Hermes, the messenger of the gods, according to Ma-
crobius. Sat. iii. 8. 6. ' More probably Etruscan than

Greek : there were Etruscans on Lemnos, not far from
Samothrace, which may explain the use of the similar word

302

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 34^36

34. In the Medus <» :

Long awaited, Camilla of the gods, thou comest ;
guest, all hail !

A Camilla, according to those who have interpreted ^
difficult words, is a handmaid assistant ; one ought to
add, in matters of a more secret nature : therefore at
a marriage he is called a camillus who carries the box
the contents of which '' are unknown to most of the
uninitiated persons who perform the service. From
this, the name Casmilus is given, in the Samothracian
mysteries, to a certain divine personage who attends
upon the Great Gods.** The word, I think, is Greek,*
because I have found it in the poems of Callimachus.^

35. In Ennius there is the verse " :

Once a subulo was standing by the stretches of the sea.

Suhulo is said, because that is the name which the
Etruscans give to pipers ; therefore the roots of the
word are to be sought in Etruria, not in Latium.

36. With those verses which once the Fauns used to

sing, and the poets."

Fauni ' Fauns ' are divinities of the Latins, of both
sexes, so that there are both Faunus and Fauna ; the
story has come down that they, in the so-called
Saturnian verses, were accustomed in well-wooded
spots _/fln ' to speak ' those events that were to come,
from which speaking they were called Fauni, ^ As for

in the mysteries celebrated there. ' Frag. 409 Schneider ;
Callimachus had occasion to mention the Samothracian rites.

§ 35. " Sat. Qo Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 388-389 Warmington;
perhaps referring to the story in Herodotus, i. 141.

§36. "Ennius, Ann. 314 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 82-83
Warmington; ' sing ' in the sense of ' prophesy.' ^ Wrong

etymologies, both for Faunus and for rates.

303

VARRO

Faunos dictos. Antiqu?^ poetas vates appellabant a
versibus viendis, ut <de>^ poematis cum scribam
ostendam.

37. Corpore Tartarino prognata Paluda virago.
Tartarino dict?<(m>i a Tartaro. Plato in IIII de
fluminibus apud inferos quae sint in his unum Tar-
tarum appellat : quare Tartari origo Graeca. Paluda
a paludamentis. Haec insignia atque ornamenta
militaria : ideo ad bellum cum exit imperatoi* ac
lictores mutarunt vestem et signa incinuerunt, palu-
datus dicitur proficisci ; quae propter quod con-
spiciuntur qui ea habent ac fiunt palam, paludamenta
dicta.

38. Plautus :

Epeum fumificum, qui legioni nostrae habet
Coctum cibum.

Epeum fumificum cocum, ab Epeo illo qui dicitur ad
Troiam fecisse Equum Troianum et Argivis cibum
curasse.

39. Apud Naevium :

Atque^ prius pariet hicusta^ Lucam bovem.

Luca bos elepAans ; cur ita sit dicta, duobus modis

* Canal and L. Sp., for antiques. * Added by L. Sp., cf.
vi. 52.

§ 37. ^ Laetus, for dicta.

§ 39. ^ For at quae. ^ For lucustam.

" This applies both to words and to music. ■* Page 213
Funaioli.

§37. "Ennius, Ann. 521 Vahlen"; R.O.L. i. 96-97
Warmington ; referring to Discordia, an incarnation of chaos.
^ Phaedo, 112-113; in Thrasyllus' numbering of Plato's
dialogues, the Phaedo was the fourth in the first tetralogy.
But in Plato's account, Tartarus is not a river of Hades, but
the abyss beneath, into which all the rivers of Hades empty.
" Of unknown etymology : not from palam.

304

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, ML 3fr-39

vales * poets,' the old writers used to give this name to
poets from viere ' to plait * " verses, as I shall show
when I write about poems. **

37. Born of a Tartarine body, the warrior maiden

Paluda."

Tartarinum ' Tartarine ' is derived from Tartarus.
Plato in his Fourth Dialogue,^ speaking of the rivers
which are in the world of the dead, gives Tartarus as
the name of one of them ; therefore the origin of
Tartarus is Greek. Paluda '^ is from paludamenta,
which are distinguishing garments and adornments
in the army ; therefore when the general goes forth
to war and the lictors have changed their garb and
have sounded the signals, he is said to set forth palu-
datus ' wearing the paliidamentum.' The reason why
these garments are called paludamenta is that those
who wear them are on account of them conspicuous
and are made palam ' plainly ' visible.

38. Plautus has this <» :

Epeus the maker of smoke, who for our army gets
The well-cooked food.

Epeus fumificus ' the smoke-maker ' was a cook,
named from that Epeus who is said to have made the
Trojan Horse at Troy and to have looked after the
food of the Greeks.''

39. In Naevius is the verse " :

And sooner will a lobster give birth to a Luca bos.
Luca bos is an elephant ; why it is thus called, I have

§ 38. " Fab. inc. frag. 1 Ritschl. * Epeus is not else-
where said to have been a cook, though he is said to have
furnished the Atridae with their water supply.

§ 39. " Frag. Poet. Txit., page 38 Morel ; R.O.L. li. 72-73
Warmington.

VOL. I X 305

VARRO

inveni scriptum. Nam et in Cornelii Commentario
erat ab Lib^cis Lucas, et in Vergilij' ab Lucanis
Lucas ; ab eo quod nostri, cum maximam quadri-
pedem quam ipsi haberent vocarent bovem et in
Lucanis Pyrr^i bello primum vidissent apud hostis
elephantos, id est* item quadripedes cornutas (nam
quos dentes multi dicunt sunt cornua), Lucanam
bovem quod putabant, Lucam bovem appellasse<nt>.*

40. Si ab Libya dictae essent Lucae, fortasse an
pantherae quoque et leones non Africae bestiae
dicerentur, sed Lucae ; neque ursi potius Lucani
quam Luci. Quare ego^ arbitror potius Lucas ab
luce, quod longe relucebant propter inauratos regios
clupeos, quibus eorum tum ornatae erant turres.

41. Apud Ennium :

Orator sine pace redit regique refert rem.
Orator dictus ab oratione : qui enim verba^ haberet
publice adversus eum quo legabatur,* ab oratione
orator dictus ; cum res maior erat (act>ion^,^ lege-

^ For uirgilius. * Auff. deleted non after est. ^ G, H,
Mue., for appellasse.

§ 40. 1 G, U, M, for ergo.

§41. ^ Sciop. deleted orationum after verba. ^ Scali-
ger, for legebatur. * GS. (maior erat Turn.), for maiore
ratione.

'' Cf. v. 150. " An otherwise unknown author; page 106

FunaioH. ■* Varro is wrong ; elephants' tusks are teeth.
' Apparently correct ; Jjucanus was in Oscan Lucans, pro-
nounced Lucas by the Romans, to which a feminine form
Luca was made.

306

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 39-41

found set forth by the authors in two ways. For in
the Commentary of Cornelius * was the statement that
Lucas is from Lihyci ' the Libyans,' and in that of \'er-
gilius,*^ that Lucas was from Lucani ' the Lucanians ' :
from the fact that our compatriots used to call the
largest quadruped that they themselves had, a bos
' cow ' ; and so, when among the Lucanians, in the
war with Pyrrhus, they first saw elephants in the
ranks of the enemy — that is, horned quadrupeds like-
wise (for what many call teeth are really horns **),
they called the animal a Luca bos, because they
thought it a Lucana bos ' Lucanian cow.' *

40. If the Lucae botes were really named from
Libya, quite probably panthers also and lions would
be called not African beasts, but Lucae ' Lucan ' ; and
bears are no more Lucanian than Lucan, though they
are called Lucanian. Therefore I rather think that
Lucas is from lux ' light, ' " because the elephants
glistened afar on account of the gilded royal shields,
with which their towers ** at that time were adorned.

41. In Ennius there is this " :

Back without peace comes th' orator, hands back to

his ruler the business.

Orator ' spokesman ' is said from oratio ' speech ' ; for
he who was to present a verbal plea before the one to
whom * he was sent as envoy, was called an orator,
from oratio. WTien the business was of greater im-

§ 40. » See § 39, note e. ' War-towers on the backs of
the elephants, too high to be called merely howdahs.

§ 41. " Ann. 207 Vahlen* ; li.O.L. i. 72-73 Warmington ;
referring to an embassy to another ruler, making demands
the refusal of which will result in a declaration of war,
c/. Livy, i. 22. * Quo ' whither ' is here used with a
masculine antecedent.

307

VARRO

bantur potissimum qui causam commodiss(im)e orare
poterant. Itaque Ennius ait :

Oratores doctiloqui.

42. Apud Ennium :

0111 respondit suavis sonus Eg(e>riai.^
OUi valet dictum illi ab olla et olio, quod alterum
comitiis cum recitatur a praecone dicitur olla centuria,
non ilia ; alterum apparet in funeribus indictivis, quo
dicitur

Ollus leto^ datus est,
quod Graecus dicit ^I'lOr], id est oblivioni.

43. Apud Ennium :

Mensas constituit idemque ancilia (primus.^
Ancilia)^ dicta ab ambecisu, quod ea arma ab utraque
parte ut TAracum incisa.

44. Libaque/ fictores, Argeos et tutulatos.
Liba, quod libandi causa fiunt. Fictores dicti a fin-
gendis libis. Argei ab Argis ; Argei fiunt e scir-
peis, simulacra hominum XX^^II ; ea quotannis de

§ 42. ^ Victorius, for egria i. ^ For laeto.
§ 43. ^ Added by Scaliger. ^ Added by B, Laetus.
§ 44. ^ Victorius, for incisa saliba quae {which includes
the end of § 43).

' Ann. 582 Vahlen^; R.O.L. i. 438-439 Warmington.

§ 42. » Ann. 1 19 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 42-43 Warmington ;
a conversation between Numa Pompilius and his adviser,
the nymph Egeria. * Fest. 254 a 34 M. inserts Quiris
in this formula after ollus. "Oi uncertain etymology,
but not from the Greek.

§ 43. " Ann. 120 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 42-43 Warmington ;
enumerating the institutions of Numa Pompilius. * Of
the priests ; cf. Livy, i. 20. " Cf. vi. 22.

§44. «Ennius, Ann. 121 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 42-43

308

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VH. U-U

port, those were selected for the pleading who could
plead the case most skilfully. Therefore Ennius
says " :

Spokesmen, learnedly speaking.

42. In Ennius is this " :

Olli answered Egeria's voice, speaking softly and sweetly.

Olli ' to him ' is the same as illi, dative to feminine olla
and to masculine ollus. The one of these is said by
the herald when he announces at the elections " Olla
' that ' century," and not ilia. The other is heard in
the case of funerals of which announcement is made,
wherein is said

Ollus ^ ' that man ' has been given to letum ' ' death,'
which the Greek calls Xrjdi], that is, oblivion.

43. In Ennius this verse is found " :

Banquets ^ he first did establish, and likewise the
shields " that are holy

The ancilia ' shields ' were named from their ambe-
cisus ' incision on both sides,' because these arms
were incised at right and left like those of the
Thracians.

44. Cakes and their bakers, Argei and priests with

conical topknots."

Liba ' cakes,' so named because they are made
libare ' to offer ' to the gods.^ Ficiores ' bakers ' were
so called irom fingere ' to shape ' the liba. Argei from
the city Argos '^ : the Argei are made of rushes, human
figures twenty-seven "* in number ; these are each

Warmington; continuing the list of Numa's institutions.

*" Libare is derived from liba ! ' Etymology of Argei and

of tutulus quite uncertain. "* On the number, see v. 45,
note a.

309

VARRO

Ponte Sublicio a sacerdotibus publice deici^ solent in
Tiberim. Tutulati dicti hi, qui in sacris in capitibus
habere solent ut metam ; id tutulus appellatus ab eo
quod matres familias crines convolutos ad vertieem
capitis quos habent v/t<ta>^ velatos* dicebantur tutuli,
sive ab eo quod id tuendi causa capilli fiebat, sive ab
eo quod altissimum in urbe quod est, Arcs,* tutis-
simum vocatur.

45. Eundem Pompilium ait fecisse flamines, qui
cum omnes sunt a singulis deis cognominati, in qui-
busdam apparent €ti'/x«, ut cur sit Martialis et Quiri-
nalis ; sunt in quibus flaminum cognominibus latent
origines, ut in his qui sunt versibus plerique :

Volturnalem, Palatualem, Furinalem,
FloraIemqu«^ Falacrem et Pomonalem fecit
Hie idem,

quae o<b>scura sunt ; eorum origo Volturnus, diva
Palatua, Furrina, Flora, Falacer pater, Pomona."

46. Apud Ennium :

lam cata signa ferae^ sonitum dare voce parabant.
Cata acuta : hoc enim verbo dicunt SaMni : quare
Catus ^lelius Sextus

* RkoL, for duci. * Mue. ; vittis Popma ; for iiti.

* Laetus, for velatas. * For ares.

§ 45. ^ Mue., for floralem qui. " Turnebus, for porno-
rum nam.

§ 46. ^ So F ; but fera {agreeing with voce) Miie.

* See § 44 note c.

§45. "Ennius, Ann. 122-124 Vahlen"; R.O.L. i. 44-45
Warmington. * The protecting spirit of the Palatine.

§46. "Ann. 459 Vahlen"; R.O.L. 1. 182-183 Warming-
ton. "Ennius, Ann. 331 Vahlen" ; R.O.L. i. 120-121

310

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 44-46

year thro"wTi into the Tiber from the Bridge-on-Piles,
by the priests, acting on behalf of the state. These
are called tuhdati ' provided ^vith tutuli,' since they at
the sacrifices are accustomed to have on their heads
something like a conical marker ; this is called a
tutulus from the fact " that the t^\•isted locks of hair
which the matrons wear on the tops of their heads
MTapped Anth a woollen band, used to be called tutuli.
whether named from the fact that this was done for
the purpose of tueri ' protecting ' the hair, or because
that which is highest in the city, namelv the Citadel,
was called tutissimum ' safest.'

45. He says " that this same Pompilius created
the flamens or special priests, every one of whom gets
a distinguishing name from one special god : in cer-
tain cases the sources are clear, for example, why one
is called Martial and another Quirinal ; but there are
others who have titles of quite hidden origin, as most
of those in these verses :

The Volturnal, Palatual, the Furinal, and Floral,
Falacrine and Pomonal this ruler likewise created ;

and these are obscure. Their origins are \'olturnus,
the di\ine Palatua,* Furrina, Flora, Father Falacer,
Pomona.

46. In Ennius is this verse " :

Now the beasts were about to give cry, their shrill-toned
signals.

In this, cata ' shrill-toned ' is acuta ' sharp or pointed,'
for the Sabines use the word in this meaning ; there-
fore

Keen Aelius Sextus '

Warmington ; Sextus Aelius Paetus, consul 198, censor
194, a distinguished writer on Roman law.

311

VARRO

non, ut aiunt, sapiens, sed acutus, et quod est :

Tunc c<o>epit memorare simul cata^ dicta,
accipienda acuta dicta.

47. Apud Lucilium :

Quid est ?^ Thynno capto co6ium^ excludunt foras,

et

Occidunt, Lupe, saperdoe te^ et iura siluri
et

Sumere te atque amian.

Piscium nomina sunt eorumque in Graecia origo.

48. Apud Ennium :

Quae cava corpore caeruleo <c>ortina receptat.^
Cava cortina dicta, quod est inter terram et caelum
ad similitudinem cortinae Apollinis ; ea a corde, quod
inde sortes primae existimatae.

49. Apud Ennium :

Quin inde invitis sumpserwnt^ perduellibus.

" Bergk filled out the verse by reading simul stulta et cata ,
Vahlen, by proposing simul lacrimans cata.

§ 47. ^ L. Sp., for quidem. ^ Mue., for corium.

' Turnebus, for lupes aper de te.

§ 48. ^ Mue. {following Turnebus in cava and cortina
receptat, and Scaliger in deleting in and caelo; he himself
deleted que a7id transposed corpore cava), for quaeque in
corpore causa ceruleo caelo orta nare ceptat.

§ 49. ^ M, Laettis, for sumpserint.

«Page 115 Funaioli. <* Ennius, Ann. 529 Vahlen";
R.O.L. i. 458-459 Warmington.

§ 47. » Respectively 938, 54, 1304 Marx. " Lucilius
puns on iura, ' sauces ' and ' rights, justice,' and on Lupe, a
man's name and also a kind of fish. " Respectively Ovwos
' tunny,' called horse-mackerel and tuna in America ; kwBios
' sand-goby,' a worthless fish ; aa-rreph-qs, perhaps ' salted
perch,' the word coming from the region of Pontus ; aiXovpos

312

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL +6-49

does not mean ' sage,' as they say,'' but ' sharp ' ; and
in the verse •*

Then he began to say at the same time words that
were cata,

the cata words must be understood as sharp or
pointed.

4-7. In LuciHus are the following ° :

What then ? A tunny caught, they throw the
gobv out.
And

Sauces of salted perch and of catfish are killing
you. Lupus.'
And

That you take a . . . and a scomber.

These words are names of fishes ; they originated in
Greece. "^

48. In Ennius we find " :

What the hollow caldron takes back in its sky-
bluish belly.

Cava cortina ' hollow caldron ' is thus said because
that which is between earth and sky is somewhat in
the shape of Apollo's tripod-caldron * ; cortina is de-
rived from cor ' heart,' because it is from this caldron
that the first fortune-telling lots are believed to have
been taken.

49- In Ennius we find " :

Nay even, they carried them off from there despite
the foes.

' sheatfish,' a large river-fish of the catfish type ; afua, a
variety of the tunny which ascends rivers.

§48. "Ann. 9 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L. i. 432-433 Warming-
ton ; meaning the inverted kettle-shaped space between the
earth and the skv. * At Delphi.

§49. " Trag.' Rom. Frag. 385 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. i. 366-
367 Warmington,

313

VARRO

Perduelles dicuntur hostes ; ut perfecit, sic per-
duelk'*,2 (a per)' et duellum : id postea bellum. Ab
eadem causa facta Duellona* Bellona.

50. Apud Plautum :

Neque lugula,^ neque Vesperugo, neque Vergiliae
occidunt.

lugula signum, quod Accius appellat Oriona, cum ait :

Citius Orion patefit.

Huius signi caput dicitur ex tribus stellis, quas infra
duae clarae, quas appellant Umeros ; inter quas quod
videtur iugulum, lugula dicta. Vesperugo stella
quae vespere oritur, a quo earn Opillus scribit Ves-
perum : itaque dicitur alterum :

Vesper adest,

quem Graeci dicunt di(vum>'' kcnrepiov.

51. Naevius :

Patrem suum supremum optumum appellat.

^ L. Sp,, for perduellum. ^ Added by A. Sp. * For
duelliona.

§ 50. ^ This is certainly Varro's text {so F ; cf. lugula in
the next line also) ; but Plautus has Nee lugulae, which is
assured by the trochaic rhythm. * Fay, for di.

§ 50. ° Amph. 275. Varro quotes from memory, and
incorrectly ; cf. critical note. * Trag. Rom. Frag. 693
Ribbeck' ; R.O.L. ii. 576-577 Warmington. ' Usually

called Orion's Belt. ^ Properly not ' rising ' in the
evening, but visible at that time. * Page 93 Fimaioli.
Aurelius Opillus, a freedman of Oscan origin, and teacher
at Rome, voluntarily accompanied Piutilius liufus into
exile at Smyrna about 92 b.c. ; the extant fragments of
his works bear on the interpretation of difficult words.
^ Some think that Opillus is mentioned as using the word
314

ox THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VH. 49-51

The enemy are called perduelles ' foes ' ; as perfecit
' accomplished ' is formed from per ' through,
thoroughly ' and fecit ' did,' so perduellis is formed
from per and duellum ' war ' : this word afterward
became belbim. From the same reason, Duellona
' Goddess of War ' became Bellona.

50. In Plautus is this " :

Not the Collar-Bone nor Evening-Star nor Pleiads
now do set.

lugula ' Collar-Bone ' is a constellation, which Accius
calls Orion when he says * :

More quicklj' now Orion comes to sight.

The head of this constellation is said to consist of
three stars, below which are two bright stars which
they call the Shoulders '= ; the space between them
is the neck, as it were, and is called the lugula ' Collar-
Bone.' Fesperugo ' Evening-Star ' is the star which
rises vespere ' in the evening,' '^ from which Opillus *
writes its name as \>sper ^ : therefore the word is
said in a second meaning ^ :

Vesper is here,*

he whom the Greeks call the Evening-time Deity.*

51. Naevius has the folloA\ing " :

She addresses her own father, the best and the supreme.

as a neuter. Vesper um, but this is not a necessary inference.
" For the meaning of alterum, cf. v. 179. * A phrase
familiar in marriage hymns, as in Catullus, 62. 1: Veaper is
not a mere star, but is personified as a deity. » An explana-
tion of Vergil iae is expected here, but is not in the extant
text.

§ 51. " Frag. Poet. Lat., page 20 Morel ; R.O.L. ii. 52-53
Warmington ; Saturnian verse.

315

VARRO

Supremum ab superrumo dictum : itaque Duodecim
Tabulae^ dicunt :

Solis occasu diei suprema tempestas esto.

Libri Augurum pro tempestate tempestutem dicunt
supremum augurii tempus.

52. In Cornicula<ria>^ :

Qui regi latrocinatus decern annos Demetrio.

Latrones dicti ab latere, qui circum latera erant regi
atque ad latera habebant ferrum, quos postea a
stipatione stipatores^ appellarunt, et qui conduce-
bantur : ea enim merces Graece dicitur Aarpoi'.' Ab
eo veteres poetae nonnunquam milites appellant
latrones. (At nunc viarum obsessores dicuntur
latrones,)* quod item ut milites (sunt)* cum ferro,
aut quod latent ad insidias faciendas.

53. Apud Naevium :

Risi egomet mecum cassabundum ire ebrium.
Cassabundum a cadendo. Idem :

Diabathra in pedibus^ habebat, erat ainictus epicroco.
Utrumque vocabulum Graecum.

§ 51. ^ Sciop., for tabulis.

§ 52. ^ Vertranms, for cornicula ; rf. v. 153. ^ For
stipateres. * Victorias, for CATPON. * Added by
Kent, from Festus, 118. 16 J/. / the lacuna was first noted by
L. Sp. * Added by GS., from Serv. Dan. in Aen. xii. 7.

§53. ^ iJAoL, /or pecudibus.

* Page 119 Schoell ; cf. vi. 5. By Roman law, legal proceed-
ings could not continue after sunset. ' Page 16 Regell.

§52. " Plautus, Corn. frag. II Ritschl. ''Derivation
from the Greek, and not from Latin latus, seems to be right.
' As in Plautus, Mil. 76, Poen. 663, etc.

§53. " Com. Rom. Frag. 120 Ribbeck^; R.O.L. ii. 144-

316

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 51-53

Supretnum is derived from superrimum, superlative of
superum ' higher ' : therefore the Ttvelve Tables say ** :

Let the last {suprema) time of day be at sunset.
The Books of the Augurs " call the last time for augury
a iempestus and not a tempestas.

52. In The Story of the Helmet-Horn is the verse " :

Who for ten years fought for wages {latrocinatus)
for the King Demetrius.

Those were called latrones ' mercenaries ' from latus
' side,' who were at the King's side and had a sword at
their own side (afterwards they called tliem stipatores
'body-guards ' from stipatio ' close attendance ') and
were hired for pay : for this pay is in Greek called
karpov.^ From this, the old poets sometimes call
regular soldiers latrones.'^ But now the name latrones
is given to the highwaymen who block the roads,
because like regular soldiers they have swords, or
else because they latent ' lie in hiding ' to ambush
their victims.

53. In Naevius " :

I laughed inside to see a drunk go tottering.
Cassabundum ' tottering,' from cadere ' to fall.' The
same author has this :

Slippers on his feet he wore, he was wrapped about
with a saffron robe.*

Both words (diabathra ' slippers,' and epicrocum ' saf-
fron robe ') are Greek.

145 Warmington. * Trag. Rom. Frag. 5-t Ribbeck';
R.O.L. ii. 130-131 Warmington. This and the preceding
quotation were formerly attributed to the Lycurgus, a tragedy
of Naevius ; while Bergk, Philol. xxxiii. 281-282, joined
them (reading moechum for mecum and omitting habebat)
as consecutive lines in an unidentified comedy.

317

VARRO

54-. In Menaechmis :

Inter ancillas sedere iubeas, lanam carere.

Idem hoc est verbum in Cemetria Naevii. Carere
a carendo, quod earn turn purgant ac deducunt, ut
careat spurcitia ; ex quo carminari dicitur turn lana,
cum ex ea carwnt^ quod in ea haeret neque est lana,
quae in Romulo Naevius appellat asta ab Oscis.

55. In Persa :

lam pol ille hie aderit, credo, congerro meus.

Congerro a gerra ; hoc^ Graecum est et in Latina
cratis.2

56. In Menaechmis :

Idem istuc aliis ascriptivis fieri ad leglonem solet.

Ascriptivi dicti, quod olim ascribebantur inermes
armatis militibus qui succederent, si quis eorum
deperisset.

57. In Trinummo :

Nam ilium ^ibi^
<Ferentarium esse amicum inventum intellego).*

Ferentarium a ferendo id (quod non)^ est inane ac

§ 54. ^ Neukirch, for carent.

§ 55. ^ L. Sp. and Groth, for hie. ^ For gratis.

§57. ^ Victor ius, for \ih\. ^ Added by L. Sp.

§ 54. " Plautus, Men. 797. * Doubtless a corrupted
name ; for which Commotria was proposed by Turnebus,
Cosmetria by Mue., Demetria by GS. ; R.O.L. ii. 597
Warmington. ' Properly carrere ; not connected with
carere ' to lack.' ■* Trag. Rom. Frag., Praet. I Rib-
beck*. * Of uncertain meaning ; possibly ' nap, pile,'
from ad-sta- ' stand on.'

§ 55. " Plautus, Persa, 89. ' Properly, one who con-

tributes his share to a common feast, from congerere.

318

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, ML 54^57

51. In The Menaechmi " :

Why, you'd bid me sit among the maids at work and
card the wool.

This same word carere ' to card ' is in the Cemetria * of
Nae\ius. Cdr^re '^ is from carere ' to lack,' because
then they cleanse the wool and spin it into thread,
that it may carere ' be free ' from dirt : from which the
wool is said carminari ' to be carded ' then when they
carunt ' card ' out of it that which sticks in it and is
not wool, those things which in the Romulus Naevius **
calls asta,^ from the Oscans.

55. In The Persian " :

Now sure he'll be here at once, I think, my jolly chum.
Congerro * ' chum,' from gerra " ' wickerwork ' ; this
is a Greek word,** the Latin equivalent of which is
cratis.

56. In The Menaechmi " :

The others enrolled as extras in the army are treated
just that way.

Ascriptivi ' enrolled as extras ' were so called because
in the past men who did not receive arms ascrihebantur
' used to be enrolled as extras,' to take the place of the
regularly armed soldiers if anv of them should be
killed.

57. In The Three Shillings " :

For I clearly see
In him a. /erentarius friend has been found for you.

Ferentarius, from ferre ' to bring ' that which is not

' Usually plural, gerrae ; with derived meaning of ' trifles,
nonsense.' "^ ytppov ' wickerwork ' or anything made of
it, especially shields.

§ 56. » Plautus, Men. 183.

§ 57. " Plautus, Trin. 455-456.

31Q

\^ARRO

sine fructu ; aut quod ferentarii equites hi dicti qui
ea modo habebant arma quae ferrentur, ut iaculum.
Huiuscemodi equites pictos vidi in Jesculapii aede
vetere et ferentarios ascriptos.
58. In Frivolaria :

Ubi rorar/i^ estis ? En^ sunt. Ubi sunt accensi ?
Ecce (sunt).*

Rorani^ dicti ab rore qui bellum committebant, ideo
quod ante rorat quam pluit.* Accensos* ministra-
tores Cato esse scribit ; potest id (ab censione, id
est)* ab arbitrio : nam ide<m)^ ad arbitrium eius
cuius minister.

59- Pacuvius :

Cum deum triportenta . . .^
60. In Mercatore :
Non tibi^ istuc magis dividiaest^ quam milii hodie fuit.

(Eadem (vi>* hoc est in Corollaria Naevius (usus).*)
Dividia ab dividendo dicta, quod divisio distractio est
doloris : itaque idem in Curculione ait :

Sed quid tibi est ? — Lien enecat,* renes dolent,
Pulmones distrahuntur.

§ 58. 1 RhoL, for rorani. ^ ^2^ y^^ ^n F^. ^ Added
by Kent, to camplete verse metrically. * H^ and p, for
plusti. ^ For acensos F^, adcensos F'^. * Added by GS.
' Brakmann, for inde.

§ 59. ^ Lacuna marked by Scaliger.

§ 60, 1 L. Sp. deleted in mercatore non tibi, here repeated
in F. ^ Aug., for diuidia est, from the text of Plautus.
* Added by GS. * Added by L. Sp. * b,for liene negat.

" That is, not to be retained in the hand during use.

§ 58, " Plautus, Friv.frag. IV Ritschl. " Page 81, 14
Jordan, " For correct etymology, see vi. 89, note a.

§ 59. " Trag. Rom. Frag. 381 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. ii. 804-

320

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, \U. 57-60

empty and profitless ; or because those were called
ferentarii cavalrymen who had only weapons which
ferrentur ' were to be thrown,' * such as a javelin.
Cavalrymen of this kind I have seen in a painting in
the old temple of Aesculapius, with the label " feren-
tarii."

58. In The Story of the Trifles " :

Where are you, rorarii ? Behold, they're here.
Where are the accensi ? See, they're here,

Rorarii ' skirmishers ' were those who started the
battle, named from the ros ' dew-drop*!,' because it
rorat ' sprinkles ' before it really rains. The accensi,
Cato writes,* were attendants ; the word may be
from censio ' opinion,' that is, from arhitrium ' de-
cision,' for the accensvs " is present to do the arhitrium
of him whose attendant he is.

59. Pacu\-ius says " :

When the gods' portents triply strong . . .

60. In The Trader " :

That's no more a dividia to you than 'twas to me to-day.
(This word was used by Naevius in The Story of the
Garland,^ in the same meaning.) Dividia ' vexation '
is said from diiidere ' to di\'ide,' because the distractio
' pulling asunder ' caused by pain is a division ;
therefore the same author says in the Curculio " :

But what's the matter ? — Stitch in the side, an aching

back,
And my lungs are torn asunder.

305 Warmington ; perhaps referring to portents of the in-
fernal deities.

§ 60. « Plautus, Merc. 619. * Com. Rom. Frag. IX
Ribbeck». ' Plautus, Cure. 236-237 ; literally, ' my
spleen kills me, my kidneys hurt me.'

VOL. I V 321

VARRO

61. In Pagone :

Honos syncerasto peri<i>t,* pernis, gla<n)dio.*

S^ncerastum est omne edulium' antique vocabulo
Graeco.

62. In Parasite Pigro :

Domum ire c<o>epi tramite <in>i dextra via.

Tramps* a transverse dictus.

63. In Fugitivis :

Age <e>rgo^ specta, vide viiices^ quantas. — lam
inspexi. Quid est ?^

Viftices^ alte* excitatum verberibus corpus.

64. In Cistellaria :

Non quasi nunc haec sunt hie limaces, lividae.
Limax ab limo, quod ibi vivit.

Dioiolares, scA<o>enicolae,^ miraculae.

Dioftolares a binis obolis.^ Sch<o)enicolae* ab
sch(o>eno, nugatorio ung<u>ento.* Miraculae a
miris, id est monstris ; a quo Accius ait :

§ 61, ^ L. Sp.,for perit. * Pius, for gladios. ' Atig.,
for medullium.

§ 62. ^ Added by Kent. ^ Laetus,for tramis.

§ 68. 1 L. Sp., for agerge. ^ Aug., with B,for vivices.
^ quid B, Laetus, est Scaliger, for quidem esset. * L, Sp.,
for alii.

§ 64. ^ Turnebus, for scenicolae. * B, Victorius, for
sabini sobolis. ^ Turnebus, for scenicolas F^, -is F^.
* Aldus, for nungento.

§61. " Plautus, Frag. 101 Ritschl ; the play's name is
otherwise unknown : Pius proposed in Phagone, Ladewig
proposed in Phaone {cf. Ritschl, Parerga, 151, 205 ; Rhein.
Mus. X. 447 = Opusc. ii. 731). *■ That is, the speaker has

lost his appetite.

322

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 61-64

61. In the Pagon <* :

Respect for hash is gone,* for haunch of ham, for

chops.

Syncerastum ' hash ' is all kinds of food mixed to-
gether, under an old Greek name.

62. In The Lazy Hanger-on " :

I started to go home by a side-way to the right.
Trames * * side-way ' is said from iransversum ' turned
across.'

QS. In The Runaways " :

Then come and look, and see what welts. — I've looked
now ; well, what next ?

Vibices ' welts,' the flesh of the body raised high by
lashes.

64. In The Story of the Trinket-Box <* :
As if they aren't here now, the dark and dirty slugs.
Limax ^ ' slug ' from li7nus ' slimy mud,' because it
lives there.

Diobolous women, rush-perfumed, quite wonder-foul.'
Diobolares ' diobolous,' from two obols '* apiece.
Schoenicolae ' rush-perfumed,' from ^c^oewM*' aromatic
rush,' an unpleasant perfumed ointment. Miraculae *
' wonder-foul,' from mira ' wonderful things,' that is,
monstrosities ; from which Accius says ^ :

§ 6-2. ' Plautus, Froff. 108 Ritschl. " Probably from
trans and meare ' to go.'

§ 63. « Plautus, Frag. 90 Ritschl.

§ 64. » Plautus, Cist. 405. " Probably from Greek
Xeifui^ ' slug,' though akin to limus. ' Plautus, Cist. 407.

** One third of a drachma, or franc of the pre-war standard ;
now somewhat over five pence British, or ten cents U.S.A.
* Used of ugly things by the early Romans, according to
Festus, 123. 5 M. f Frag. Poet. Rom., page 271 Baehrens;
R.O.L. ii. 582-583 Warmington.

323

VARRO

Personas distortis* oribus deformis miriones.

65. Ibidem :

Scratiae, s<c>rup(i>pedae, s<t>rittabillae,^ tantulae.*

Ab excreando scratiae' sic<c>as significat.* Scrup(i)-
pedam* Aurelius scribit ab scauripeda* ; luventius
comicus dieebat a vermieulo piloso, qui solet esse in
fronde cum multis pedibus ; \'alerius a pede ac
scrupea. Ex eo Acci positum curiose' : itaque est
in Melanippo* :

Reicis abs te religionem ? Scrupeam^ imponas (tibi).'"

Strittabillas a strettillando ; strittare ab eo qui sistit
oegre.

66. In Astrabai :

Acsitiosae* annonam caram e vili concinnant viris.

Ideo in Sitellitergo idem ait :

Mulier es<t>' uxorcula :
Ut* ego novi, scio acsitio<s>a quam* si<e)<.*

* Madvig, for distortas.

§ 65. ^ Mve. (stritabillae Bentinus), for scraties ruppae
ides rittabillae. ^ So F ; hit Gellius, iii. 3. 6, and Nonius,
169. 9 M., have sordidae. ^ A. Sp., with B, for scraties.

* L. Sp. ; siccam significat Turnehus : for sic assignificat.

* A. Sp. ; scrupipedas Mue. ; for scruppidam. ^ Bothe ;
a scauro pede Turnehus ; for auscauripeda. ' Ribbeck,
for curiosa, * Warmington, for melanippa. * For
scruppeam. ^" Added by Mue., metri gratia.

§66. ^ Aldus, for astriba. ^ GS. ; axitiosae Aldus ;
for ac sitiose. ^ Seyffert ; mulier es Turnehus ; for
mulieres. * A. Sp., for uxorculauit. * axitiosa quam
GS. ; axitiosam Aldus ; for ac sitio aquam. * Kent,
metri gratia ; sit GS. ; for sic.

§ 65. " Plautus, Nervolaria, Frag. 100 Ritschl ; describ-
ing harlots. The first three words are of very uncertain
meaning. '' Possibly ' lean with tuberculosis,' or ' worthy

824

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 64^6

Misshapen masks with twisted features, ugly wonders
(in ir tones).

65. In the same writer " :

Just withered women, limping, tottering, worthless
quite.

Scratiae ^ ' withered women,' from excreare ' to cough
and spit,' indicates those that are siccae ' dried up.'
Scrupipeda <^ ' Umping,' Aurehus ** ^vTites, is from
scauripeda ' ha\"ing swollen ankles ' ; Juventius *
the writer of comedies said that it was from a hairy
caterpillar which is found on foliage and has many
pedes ' feet ' ; \'alerius ^ derived it from pes ' foot '
and scrupea ' difficulty.' From this Accius has set it
down in an interesting way : thus there is in the
Melanippus " the verse :

You throw your scruples off ? A difficulty you'd take
upon your back.

Strittahillae is fromi strettillare, itself from strittare, said
of a person who with difficulty keeps on his feet.

66. In The Riding-Saddle » :

Wives united make their husbands' harvest dear
instead of cheap.

So in The Bucket-Cleaner ^ the same writer says :

My darling wife a woman is :
As I have learned, I know how unionist she is.

of being spat upon.' ' Most probably ' walking on sharp
stones,' and therefore ' limping ' ; from scrupus ' sharp
stone ' and pes ' foot.' ■* Page 91 Funaioli. • Com.
Rom. Frag. V Ribbeck*. ' Frag. Poet. Lot., page 40
Morel. 0 Trag. Rom. Frag. 430-431 Ribbeck' ; R.O.L.
ii. 468-469 Warmington ; ' your freedom from a light burden
entails the carrying of a heavier one.'

§66. " Plautus, Astraba, Frag. II, verse 11 Ritschl.
» Plautus, Frag. 116-117 Ritschl,

325

VARRO

Claudius scribit axitiosas demonstrari consupplica-
trices. Ab agendo axitiosas : ut ab una faciendo
factiosae, sic ab una agendo (axitiosae, ut>' actiosae,
dictae.

67. In Cesistione :

Di<s> stribula^ <a)ut* de lumbo obscena viscera.'
Stribula, ut Opil/us* scribit, circum coxendices* sunt
bovis^ ; id Graecum est ab eius loci versura.

68. In <N>ervolariai :

Scobina^ ego illun{c>' actutum adrasi <s)en^m.*
Scobinam a scobe : lima enim materia<e)^ fabrilis est.

69. In P<o>enulo :

Vinceretis c^rrum cursw^ vel gral<l>atorem^ gradu.'
Gral<l)ator^ a gradu' magno dictus.

70. In Truculento :

Sine virtute argutum civem mihi habeam pro praefica.
<Praefica)^ dicta, ut Aurelius scribit, naulier ab luco
quae conduceretur quae ante domum mortui laudis

' Added by Mue., whose et was changed to ut by GS.

§ 67. ^ Buecheler, for distribula. ^ Sciop., for ut.
' Mue., for obscenabis cera, with o above first e and v above
second b, F^. * GS. (cf. vii. 50), for opilius. * Aldus,
for coxa indices. * Sciop., for uobis.

§ 68. ^ Aldus, for eruolaria. * Sciop., for scobinam.
' A. Sp., metri gratia, for ilium. * Lachmann, for enim.
* Canal, for materia.

§69. ^ Aldus, from Plautus, for circumcurso. * -1I-,
from Festns, 97. 12 M. * Aldus, from Plautus, for gradum.

§ 70. 1 Added by B, Aldus.

" Page 97 Funaioli.

§ 67. " Plautus, Frag. 52 Ritschl. " Page 92 Funaioli.
' Of uncertain etymology ; Festus, 313 a 34 M., has strebula,
and calls it an Umbrian word. •* Varro periiaps derived
it from Greek arpe^Xos ' twisted.'
326

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 66-70

Claudius <^ -WTites that women who make joint en-
treaties are clearly shown to be axitiosae ' united,
unionist.' Axitiosae is from agere ' to act ' : as Jac-
tiosae ' partisan women ' are named from Jacere
' doing ' something in unison, so axitiosae are named
from agere ' acting ' together, as though actiosae.

67. In the Cesistio " :

For the gods the thigh-meats or the lewd parts from
the loins.

Stribula ' thigh-meats,' as Opillus * writes, are the
fleshy parts of cattle around the hips ; the word * is
Greek, derived from the fact that in this place there
is a socket-joint.**

68. In The Stort/ of the Prisori Ropes " :

At once I with my rasp did scrape the old fellow clean.

Scobina ' rasp,' from scobis ' sawdust ' ; for a file belongs
to a carpenter's equipment.

69. In The Little Man from Carthage * :

You'd outdo the stag in running or the stilt-walker
in stride.

Grallator ' stilt-walker ' is said from his great gradus
' stride.'

70. In The Rough Customer <* :

Although without a deed of bravery I may have
A clear-toned citizen as leader of my praise.

Praejica ' praise-leader,' as Aurelius * ^\Tites, is a name
applied to a woman from the grove of Libitina,"^ who •
was to be hired to sing the praises of a dead man in

§ 68. " Plautus, Froff. 94 Ritschl.

§ 69. " Plautus, Poen. 530.

§ 70. " Plautus. True. 4.95. * Page 90 Funaioli.

' Where the wailing-women had their stand ; c/. Dionysius
Halic. iv. 15.

327

VARRO

eius caneret. Hoc factitatum Aristoteles scribit in
libro qui (in>scribitur2 No/xt/ia ftapfSapiKo.,'^ quibus
testimonium est, quod (in) Freto est* Naevii :

Haec quidem hercle, opinor, praefica est : nam
mortuum collaudat.

Claudius scribit :

Quae praeficeretur ancillis, quemadmodum
lamentarentur, praefica est dicta.

Utrumque ostendit a praefectione praeficam dictam.
71. Apud Ennium :

Decern Coclites quas montibus summis
Ripaeis fodere.^

Ab oculo codes, ut ocles, dictus, qui unum haberet
oculum : quocirca in Curculione est :

De Coclitum prosapia <te>^ esse arbitror :
Najn hi sunt unoculi.

IV. 72. Nunc de temporibus dicam. Quod est
apud Cassium :

Nocte intempesta nostram devenit domum,

intempesta nox dicta ab tempestate, tempestas ab

* Aug., with B, for scribitur. ' Turnebus, for nomina
barbarica. * GS. ; Freto inest Canal ; for fretum est.

§71. ^ a, Turnebus, for federe. ^ Added by Aug., from
Plautus.

<* Frag. 604, page 367 Rose. ' Com. Rom. Frag. 129
Ribbeck*; R.O.L. ii. 142-143 Warmington. 'Page 98
Funaioli.

§ 71. " Sat. 67-68 Vahlen^; R.O.L. i. 392-393 Warming-
ton. The one-eyed Arimaspi of northern Scythia (where the
Rhipaean or Rhiphaean mountains were located) were said
to have taken much gold from their neighbours the Grypes
(or Griffins); c/. Herodotus, iii. 116, iv. 13, iv. 27, who
328

i

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VII. 70-72

front of his house. That this was regularly done, is
stated by Aristotle in his book entitled Ctistoms of
Foreign Nations ^ ; whereto there is the testimony
which is in The Strait of Naevius * :

Dear me, I think, the woman's a praefica : it's a dead
man she is praising.

Claudius writes f :

A Moman v,\\o praeficeretur ' was to be put in charge'
of the maids as to how they should perform their
lamentations, was called a praefica.

Both passages show that the praefica was named from
praejectio ' appointment as leader.'
71. In Ennius we find " :

Treasures which ten of the CocUtes buried.
High on the tops of Rhiphaean mountains.

Codes ' one-eyed ' Avas derived from oculus ' eye,' as
though ocles,^ and denoted a person who had only
one eye ; therefore in the Curculio "^ there is this :

I think that you are from the race of Coclites ;
For they are one-eyed.

IV. 72. Now I shall speak of terms denoting time.
In the phrase of Cassius,"

By dead of night he came unto our home,

intempesta nox ' dead of night ' is derived from tem-
pestas, and tempestas from tempus ' time ' : a nox

quotes (with incredulity) from a poem by Aristeas of Procon-
nesus. Fodere = infoder€. * Varro means, from co-ocles
' with an eye ' ; but the word is derived from Greek KVK\coi/t,
through the Etruscan. ' Plautus, Cure. 393-394.

§ 72. " Accius, Com. Rom. Frag. Praet. V, verse 41 Rib-
beck' ; R.O.L. ii. 562-563 Warniington ; repeated from
vi. 7, where see note a on authorship.

329

VARRO

tempore ; nox intempesta, quo tempore nihili
agitur.

73. Quid noctis videtur ? — In altisono
Caeli clipeo temo superat
Stellas sublime<n)i agens etlam
Atque etlam noctis iter.

Hie multam noctem ostendere volt a temonis motu ;
sed temo unde et cur dieatur latet. Arbitror antiquos
rusticos primum notasse quaedam in caelo signa, quae
praeter alia erant insignia atque ad aliquem usum,
(ut>^ culturae tempus, designandum convenire
animadvertebantur.

74. Eius signa sunt, quod has septem stellas
Graeci ut J/omerus voca(n)t a.fui^av'^ et propinquum
eius signum (Soionp', nostri eas septem stellas
<t>r<i>o«es^ et temonem et prope eas axem : triones
enim et boves appellantur a bubulcis etiam nunc,
maxime cum arant terra???* ; e quis ut dicti

Valentes glebarji,
qui facile proscindunt glebas, sic omnes qui terram
arabant a terra terriones, unde triones ut dicerentur
<E> detrito.*

75. Temo dictus a tenendo : is enim continet

§ 72. 1 For nichil.

§73. ^ Skutsch, after Buecheler, for sublime. 'Added
by Mue.

§ 74. 1 For AMASAN. " L. Sp.,for boues. * For

terras. * Aug., for de tritu.

§73. «Ennius, Trag. Rom. Frag. 177-180 Ribbeck' ;
R.O.L. i. ,S00-301 Warmington; freely adapted from Euri-
pides, Iphig. in Aiil. 6-8; anapaestic. Cf. v. 19, above.
* Signa in this and the following seems to vary in meaning
between ' signs = marks ' and ' signs = constellations.'

§ 74. « E.g., Od. v. 272-273. " Charles' Wain, or the
Great Dipper ; and other parts of the constellation Ursa
330

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 72-75

intempesta ' un-timely night ' is a time at which no
activity goes on.

73. What time of the night doth it seem ? — -In the shield
Of the sky, that soundeth aloft, lo the Pole

Of the Wain outstrippeth the stars as on high
More and more it driveth its journey of night."

Here the author wishes to indicate that the night is
advanced, from tlie motion of the Teiiio ' Wagon-
Pole ' ; but the origin of Temo and the reason for its
use, are hidden. My opinion is that in old times the
farmers first noticed certain signs ** in the sky which
were more conspicuous than the rest, and which were
observed as suitable to indicate some profitable use,
such as the time for tilling the fields.

74. The marks of this one are, that the Greeks, for
example Homer," call these seven stars the Wagon ^
and the sign that is next to it the Ploughman, while
our countrymen call these seven stars the Triones
' Plough-Oxen ' and the Temo ' Wagon-Pole ' and near
them the Axis ' axle of the earth, north pole ' " : for
indeed oxen are called triones by the ploughmen even
now, especially when they are ploughing the land ;
just as those of them which easily cleave the glebae
' clods of earth ' are called

Mighty glebarii ' clod-breakers,'

so all that ploughed the land were from terra ' land '
called terriones, so that from this they were called
triones,'^ with loss of the E.

75. Temo is derived from tenere ' to hold ' " : for it

Major. ' Or perhaps even the Pole-Star itself. ^ Trio
is a derivative of terere ' to tread,' cf. perf. trivi and ptc.
tritus.

§ 75. " Wrong etymology.

331

VARRO

iugum et plaustrum, appellatum a parte^ totum, ut
multa. Possunt triones dicti, VII quod ita sitae
stellae, ut ternae trigona faciant.

76. Aliquod lumen — iubarne ? — in caelo cerno.

lubar dicitur stella Lucifer, quae in summo quod
habet lumen difFusum, ut leo in capite iubam. Huius
ortus significat circiter esse extremam noctem.
Itaque ait Pacuius :

Exorto iubare, noctis decurso itinere.

77. Apud Plautum in Parasite Pigro :

Inde hie 6ene potus^ prim<ul>o* crepusculo.

Crepusculum ab Saftinis, et id dubium tempus noctis
an diei sit. Itaque in Condalio est :

Tam crepusculo, ferae' ut amant, lampades accendite.

Ideo <d>ubiae res* creperae dictae.

78. In Trinummo :

Concubium sit noctis priusquam <ad)^ postremum
perveneris.

Concubium a concubitu dormiendi causa dictum.

§ 75. ^ B, Laetus, for aperte.

§ 77. ^ Pius, for de nepotus. * Scaliger, for primo.
» Buecheler, for fere. * Laetus, for ubi heres.
§ 78. ^ Added by Aug., from Plautus.

" Wrong etymology.

§ 76. " Ennius, 'Tra^-. Rom. Frag. 336 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L.
i. 226-227 Warmington; cf. vi. 6 and vi. 81. * lubar and

iuba are not etymologically connected. ' That is, shortly
before sunrise, when it is visible in the eastern sky.
<* Trag. Bom. Frag. 347 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. 11. 320-321
Warmington ; cf. vi. 6.
332

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VII. 75-78

continet ' holds together ' the yoke and the cart, the
whole being named from a part, as is true of many
things. The name triones may perhaps have been
given because the seven stars are so placed that the
sets of three stars make triangles.''

76. I see some light in the sky — can it be dawn ? "

The morning-star is called iubar, because it has at the
top a diffused light, just as a lion has on his head a
iuba ' mane.' ^ Its rising '^ indicates that it is about
the end of the night. Therefore Pacu\ius says ** :

When morning-star appears and night has run her
course.

77. Plautus has this in The Lazy Hanger-on " :

From there to here, right drunk, he came, at early

dusk.

Crepusculum ' dusk ' is a word taken from the Sabines,
and it is the time when there is doubt whether it
belongs to the night or to the day.* Therefore in
The Finger-Ring there is this " :

So at dusk, the time when wild beasts make their
love, light up your lamps.

Therefore doubtful matters were called creperae.^

78. In The Three Shillings " :

General resting time of night 'twould be, before you
reached its end.

Concuhium ' general rest ' is said fix)m concuhiitts
' general lying-down ' for the purpose of sleeping.*

§ 77. <• Frag. I, verse 107 Ritschl. * Cf. vi. 5 and notes.
« Plautus, Frag. 60 Ritschl.

§ 78. « Plautus, Trin. 886 ; that is, " if I should try to
tell you my name." * Cf. vi. 7 and note c.

333

VARRO

79- In Asinaria :

Videbitur, factum volo : redito^ conticinio.'*

Putem a conticiscendo conticineMm^ sive, ut Opil/us*
scribit, ab eo cum conticuerunt homines.

V. 80. Nunc de his rebus quae assignificant ali-
quod tempus, cum dicuntur aut fiunt, dicam.

Apud Accium :

Reciproca tendens nervo equino concita
Tela.

Reciproca est cum unde quid profectum redit eo ; ab
recipere reciprocare fictum, aut quod poscere procare^
dictum,

81. Apud Plautum :

Ut^ transversu*,^ non proversus cedit quasi cancer
solet.

<Proversus>^ dicitur ab eo qui in id quod est (ante,
est)* versus, et ideo qui exit in vestibulum, quod est
ante domum, prodire et procedere ; quod cum leno^
non faceret, sed secundum parietem transversus iret,

§ 79. ^ A. Sp. ; redito hue Vertranius, from Plautus ; at
redito Rhol. ; for ad reditum. * Laetus, for conticinno.
' Laetus, for conticinnam. * GS,, for o pilius ; cf. vii. 50,
vii. 67.

§ 80. ^ B, Aldus, for prorogare.

§81. ^ H,Bentinus, for aut. ^ Auff., for transuersum ;
the MSS. of Plautus have non prorsus uerum ex transuerso
cedit ... ^ Added by L. Sp. * Added by Christ.
* Aldus, for lemo.

§ 79. " Plautus, Asin. 685 ; where the text is redito hue.
Cf. vi. 7. * Page 88 Funaioli.

§ 80. " That is, words of actions, whether or not they are
verbs. ^ Philoctetes, Trag. Rom. Frag. 545-546 Ribbeck^ ;
R.O.L. ii. 512-513 Warmington. Reciproca tela is properly

334

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VII. 79-81

79. In The Story of the Ass there is this verse '^ :

I'll see to it, I wish it done ; come back at conticinium.

I rather think that conticinium ' general silence ' is
from conticiscere ' to become silent,' or else, as Opillus ^
writes, from that time when men conticuerunt ' have
become silent.'

V. 80. Now I shall speak of those things which
have an added meaning of occurrence at some special
time, when they are said or done."

In Accius * :

The elastic weapon bring into action, bending it
With horse-hair string.

Reciproca ' elastic ' is a condition which is present
when a thing returns to the position from which it has
started. Reciprocare ' to move to and fro ' is made "
from recipere ' to take back,' or else because procare
was said for poscere ' to demand.' **
81. In Plautus <» :

How sidewise, as a crab is wont, he moves,
Not straight ahead.

Proversus ' straight ahead ' is said of a man who is
turned toward that which is in front of him ; and
therefore he who is going out into the vestibule,
which is at the front of the house, is said prodire ' to
go forth ' or procedere ' to proceed.' But since the
brothel-keeper was not doing this, but was going
sidewise along the wall, Plautus said " How sidewise

only the Homeric {Iliad, viii. 26Q, x. 459) -naXivrova ro^a
' backward-stretched bow,' and not as Varro interprets it.
' Probably from reque proque ' backward and forward ' ;
not as Varro interprets it. •* That is, ' demand return.'

§81. "^ Pseud. 955; said of the brothel-keeper as he
enters.

335

VARRO

dixit " ut transversus cedit quasi cancer, non pro-
versus ut homo."

82. Apud Ennium :

Andromachae nomen qui indidit, recte^ indidit.
Item :

Quapropter Parim pastores nunc Alexandrum vocant.

Imitari dum volui't^ Euripz'den^ et ponere ^rvfiov, est
lapsus ; nam Euripides quod Graeca posuit, eTv/m
sunt aperta. Ille ait ideo nomen additum Andro-
machae, quod di'Sfji fxdxiTai* : hoc Enni?/(m)^ quis
potest intellegere in versu* significare

Andromachae nomen qui indidit, recte indidit,
aut Alexandrum ab eo appellatum in Graecia qui
Paris fuisset, a quo Herculem quoque cognominatum
dXe^LKaKov, ab eo quod defensor esset hominum ?

83. Apud Accium :

lamque Auroram rutilare procul
Cerno.

Aurora dicitur ante solis ortum, ab eo quod ab igni
solis turn aureo aer aurescit. Quod addit rutilare, est
ab eodem colore : aurei enim rutili, et inde et\{3i)va}
mulieres valde rufae rutilae dictae.

§ 82. ^ Victorius deleted ei after recte. ^ Aldus, for
uolunt. ^ i^or euripeden. * ^-lidMs, /ar andromacliete.
* L. Sp., for ennii. * Turnebus,for inuersum.

§ 83. ^ Laetus, for enim.

§ 82. " Trag. Rom. Frag. 6o Ribbeck^ ; R.O.L. i. 252-
253 Warmington ; presumably from ttie Andromocha.
» Trag. Rom. Frag. 38 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. i. 240-24.1 War-
mington. ' But not obvious in the Latin version.
<* Greek aXd^eiv and Latin defendere both mean ' to defend '
a person from a danger and ' to ward off ' a danger from a
person.
336

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VII. 81-83

he moves like a crab, not proversus ' turned straight
ahead ' like a man."

82. In Ennius ^ :

Who gave Andromache her name, he gave aright.

Likewise ** :

Therefore Paris now the shepherds as Alexander do
address.

In \\-ishing to imitate Euripides and set down the
radical, he fell into an error ; for because Euripides
wrote in Greek the radicals are obWous.*^ Euripides
says that Andromache received her name because she
dvSpl fxd\eTai ' fights her husband ' : who can under-
stand that this is what Ennius means in the verse

Who gave Andromache her name, he gave aright ?

Or that he who had been Paris was in Greece called
Alexander from the same source from which Hercules
also was termed Alexicacos ' Averter of e\-ils ' —
namely from the fact that he was a defender of men .'' ^*

83. In Accius " :

And now afar off I see that the dawn
Is red.

Aurora ' da>\-n ' is said of the phenomenon before sun-
rise, from the fact that the air aurescit ' grows golden '
from the sun's fire, which at that time is golden. As
for his addition of rutilare ' to be red,' ^ that is from the
same colour ; for rutuli '^ is an expression for golden
hair, and from that also women with extremely red
hair are called rutilae ' Goldilocks.' •*

§ 83. » Trag. Rom. Frag. 675 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. ii. 566-
567 Warmington ; anapaestic. * More precisely, ' golden-
red.' ' With rutin understand eapilli. ■* A politer term !

VOL. I z 337

VARRO

84. Apud Terentium :

Scortatur/ potat, olet unguenta de meo.

Scortari est saepius meretriculam ducere, quae dicta
a pelle : id enim non solum antiqui dieebant scortum,
sed etiam nunc dicimus scortea ea quae e corio ac
pellibus sunt facta ; in aliquot sacris ac sacellis scrip-
turn habemus :

Ne quod scorteum adhibeatur,
ideo ne morticinum quid adsit. In Atellanis licet
animadvertere rusticos dicere se adduxisse pro scorto
pelliculam.

85. Apud Accium :

Multis nomen
Vestrum numenque'^ ciendo.

Numen dicunt esse imperium, dictum ab nutu, (quod
cuius nutu)^ omnia sunt, eius imperium maximum
esse videatur : itaque in love hoc et Homerus et
A<c>cius^ aliquotiens.

86. Apud Plautum :

<Ni)si^ unum : epityrMW* estur' insane bene.
Epit«/rum vocabulum est cibi, quo frequentius Sicilia -

§ 84. 1 So F ; hut the codd. of Terence have obsonat.
See A. Spengel, Bemerkungen 268-270.

§ 85. ^ For numerique. " Added by Lachmann.

^ Vahlen, for alius.

§86. ^ From Plautus, for si. ^ Aldus, for epytira.
* B, Laetus, for estuer.

§84. " Adelphi 117; see critical note. * With meo
supply sumptu. " Quia ut pelliculae suhiguntur, Festus,
331. 1 M. ; the pelles were kneaded in the process of making
them into soft leather. "* Page 7 Preibisch. ' To pre-
vent pollution of the sacred fire. ' Com. Rom. Frag.,
Atell. inc. nom. ix., page 335 Ribbeck^. " Euphemism.

338

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 84-86

84. In Terence " :

He whores, he drinks, he's scented up at my expense.*

Scortari ' to whore ' is to consort quite frequently with
a harlot, who gets her name scortum from pellis
' skin ' '^ : for not only did the ancients call a skin
scortum, but even now we say scortea for things which
are made of leather and skins. In some sacrifices
and chapels we find the prescription ** :

Let nothing scorteum ' made of hide ' be brought in,

with this intent, that nothing dead should be there.*
In the Atellan farces ^ you may notice that the
countrymen say that they have brought home a pelli-
cula ^ rather than a scortum.

85. In Accius '^ :

By invoking your name
And your numen with many a prayer.

Numen ' divine will or sway,' they say, is imperium
' power,' and is derived from nutus ' nod,' because he
at whose nutus ' nod ' everything is, seems to have the
greatest imperium ' power ' ; therefore Homer ^ uses
this word in application to Jupiter, and so does Accius
a number of times.

86. In Plautus « :

There's one thing I except :
The olive-salad * there is eaten just like mad.

Epityrum ' olive-salad ' is the name of a food which was

§ 85. <• Trag. Rom. Frag. 691-692 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L.
ii. 576-577 Warmington ; anapaestic. * Iliad, i. 528, etc.

§ 86. " Miles Glor. 24, where the text is insanum bene, as
also Most. 761 (cod. A, in both passages). * A prepara-

tion of olives garnished with cheese.

339

VARRO

quam Italia usa. Id vehementer cum vellet dicere
<edi>,* dixit insane, quod insani omnia faciunt vehe-
menter.

87. Apud Pacuium :

Flexanima ta<m>quam^ lymphata <aut Bacchi sacris
Commota.

Lymphata)^ dicta a l_ympha ; <lympha>* a N^mpha,
ut quod apud Graecos Berts, apud Ennium :

The/is* illi mater.

In Graecia commota mente quos vvfjicfjoXyTrrovi^ ap-
pellant, ab eo li/mphatos dixerunt nostri. Bac<c)bi,
(qui)" et Liber, cuius comites a (Baccho) Ba(c>chae,'
et vinum in //ispania bacca.

88. Origo in his omnibus Graeca, ut quod apud
Pacuium :

Alct/onis ritu litus pervolgans f^ror.^

Haec enim avis nunc Graece dicitur AXki'mv.^ nostri

* Added here by GS. ; after id by Mue.

§ 87. ^ Aug., for flex animat aquam. * Added by
Turnebus, cf. Cicero, Die. i. 80. ' Added by L. Sp.

* Turnebus, for thetis ; cf. T arr. jR.i?. iii. 9. 19. ^ Aldus,
for lympholemptus. * Added by GS., cf. v. 53. ' a
Baccho Bacchae L. Sp.,for abache F (a bacchae H).

§88. ^ Victorias, for furor. ^ Aldus, for ahcyon.

§ 87. « Trag. Rom. Frag. 422 Ribbeck^; R.O.L. ii. 300-
301 Warmington. ''Trag. Rom. Frag. 392 Ribbeck':
R.O.L. i. 306-307 Warmington. ' Thelis for Thetis is

cited by Varro, De Re Rust. iii. 9. 19. "* There is still a
belief among the Greeks that the Njmphs, now called
Nereids, can render men insane. ' Such a meaning for

bacca is nowhere else attested, and is very doubtful ; bacca
normally meant ' olive,' but occasionally denoted other small

S-tO

I

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VH. 86-88

commoner in Sicily than in Italy. When he wanted
to say that this was eaten impetuously, he said insane
* crazily,' because the crazy do everything impetu-
ously.

87. In PacuWus " :

Deeply affected, as though frenzied by the Nymphs
Or stirred by Bacchus' ceremonies.

Lymphata ' frenzied by the Nymphs ' is said from
lympha ' water, water-goddess,' and lympha is from
Nympha ' water-nymph,' as for example Thetis among
the Greeks, mentioned by Ennius ^ :

Thelis * was his mother.

Persons of disturbed (commota) mind, whom in Greece
they call I'v/xc^dArprot ' seized by the Nymphs,' '^ our
fellow-countrymen from this called lymphati. Bacchi
' of Bacchus,' who is called also Liber ; his followers
were called Bacchae ' Bacchantes,' from Bacchus ;
and ^\ine was in Spain called bacca.^

88. All these are of Greek origin, as is also that
which is in the verse of Pacu\'ius " :

I roam, in halcyon fashion * frequenting the shore.

For this bird is now called in Greek the halcyon, and by
our fellow-countrymen the alcedo ' kingfisher ' ; be-

fruits ; and was therefore applicable to the grape and to its
product wine.

§ 88. « Trag. Rom. Frag. 393 Ribbeck'; R.O.L. ii. 314-
315 Warmington. * Like Halcyone, watching for the ship
that might bring back her husband Ceyx. When his dead
body drifted ashore at her feet, the gods in pity changed
them into kingfishers, and imposed calm on the sea for two
weeks before the winter solstice, that they might hatch
their brood unharmed in a floating nest. This period of
calm weather in December is a reality in Greece.

341

VARRO

alcedo ; haec hieme quod pullos dicitur tranquillo
mari facere, eos dies alc^on(i)a^ appellant. Quod est
in versu " alcyonis ritu," id est eius instituto, ut cum
^aruspex praecipit, ut suo quique* ritu sacrificium
faciat, et nos dicimus XVviros Graeco ritu sacra, non
Romano facere. Quod enim fit rite, id ratum ac
rectum est ; ab eo Accius

r?'te perfectis sacris
(recte)^ volt accipi.

89. Apud Ennium :

Si voles advortere animum, comiter monstrabitur.

Comiter hilare ac lubenter, cuius origo Graeca kw/xos,
inde comis(s>atio Latine dicta et in Graecia, ut
quidam scribunt, KMjuuUa.^

90. Apud Atilium :

Cape, caede, Lyde,i come, condi.*

Cape, unde accipe ; sed hoc in proximo libro re-
tractandum.

^ GS., for alciona ; c/. Serv. in Georg. i. 399. * Fay, for
quisque / but tmderstand as abl. * rite perfectis sacris
recte Tnrnebus, for recte perfectis sacris.

§ 89. ^ L. Sp. ; comoedia Auff. ; for comodiam.

§ 90. ^ Aug., for lide. ^ Kent, for conde.

" Cf. Plautus, Poen. 355-356. ^ In charge of the Sibyl-
line Books. ' No etymological connexion. ^ Trag. Rom.
Fraq. 690 Ribbeck»; ^R.O.L. ii. 574-575 Warmington.

§89. " Trag. Rom. Frag. 365 Ribbeck^; R.O.L. i. 374-
375 Warmington. '' Not of Greek origin, but adverb
to the native adjective comis ' affable.' *■ Correct etymo-
logies ; but apparently not all ancient authorities agreed
that Ku>(j.w8ia came from kco^ios. It is not a question of
(Latin) comodia or comoedia.

342

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VH. 88-90

cause it is said to hatch its young in winter, at a time
when the sea is calm," they call these days the Hal-
cyonia ' Halcyon Days. As for the expression alcy-
onis ritu ' in halcyon fashion ' in the verse, this means
" according to the habit of that bird," as when the
seer directs the making of each sacrifice in its own
rittis ' fashion,' and we say that the Board of Fifteen ^
conduct the ceremonies in the Greek ritus ' fashion,'
not in the Roman fashion. For what is done rite
' duly,' that is ratum ' valid ' and rectum ' right ' * ; from
this, Accius ^^ishes {

^^'hen the ceremonies have been rite ' duly ' performed

to be understood as recte ' rightly ' performed.

89. In Ennius " :

If you'll give me your attention, 'twill be courteously
explained.

Comiter * 'courteously ' means cheerfully and will-
ingly ; it is derived from the Greek word km^io';
' merrv-making,' from which come the Latin comis-
saiio ^ ' revel ' and in Greek, as certain authorities
write, KWjjMSia '^ ' comedy.'

90. In AtiUus " :

Take it, Lydus, cut it, fix it, season it.

Cape * ' take,' the same word from which comes the
compound accipe ' receive ' ; but this must be taken
up again in the next book."^

§ 90. " Cam. Rom. Frag., page 38 Ribbeck*. A direction
to the cook, to prepare some dish : come ' bring together '
the main ingredients ; condi ' put in the seasoning,' more
probably than the manuscript concle ' store away ' in the
pantry or storeroom. * This seems to indicate that the
imperative cape was not in common use unless compounded
with a prefix. * This promise is not fulfilled.

34-3

VARRO

91. Apud Pacuium :

Nulla res
Neque cicurare neque mederi potis est neque (rem>^
reficere.

Cicj/rare^ mansuefacere : quod enim a fero discretum .
id dicitur cicur, et ideo dictum

cicur ingenium optineo

mansuetum ; a quo Veturii quoque nobiles cogno-
minati Cicuriw?'. Natum' a cicco cicur videtur ;
ciccum dicebant membranam tenuem, quae est ut in
rnalo Punico discrimen ; a quo etiam Plautus dicit :

Quod volt de<me>nsum,* ciccum non interduo.

92. Apud Naevium :

Circumveniri video<r>^ ferme iniuria.

Ferme dicitur quod nunc fere ; utrumque dictum a
ferendo, quod id quod fertur est in motu atque ad-
ventat.

93. Apud Plautum :

Euax, iurgio uxorem tandem abegi a^ ianua.

§91. ^ Added by A. Sp. ^ For cicorare. ^ Groth
(Cicurini Aufl.),for clcuri innatum. * Canal, /or densum.
§ 92. ^ Ribbeck, for ciccum venire uideo.
§ 93. ^ After abegi ab of Plautus, for ab regia.

§91. "Com. Rom. Frag. 388-389 Ribbeck* ; R.O.L. ii.
312-313 Warmington; the double negative is here intensify-
ing, as in Greek (^r/. also Plautus, Mil. Glor. 1141 and Persa
535), instead of cancelling as is regular in Latin. * For

this name, c/. C.I.L. 1^. page 630. ■= Very improbable ety-

mology. "^ Frag. inc. fab. 2 Ritschl: literally, ' as for the
fact that he wants his rations, I do not set even a ciccus as
the value of the difference to me whether he gets them or

344

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VII. 91-93

91. In Pacuvius " :

There's no device
Which can tame or cure the business or remake it new,

Cicurare ' to tame ' is the same as mansuefacere ' to
make tame ' ; for what is distinct from the ferum
' wild ' is called cicur ' tame,' and therefore the saying

A cicur nature I possess

means a tame or ci\ilized nature ; from which the
nobles of the Veturian clan had the added name
Cicurinus.^ Cicur seems to be derived from cicais ;
ciccus is the name which they gave to the thin mem-
brane which is the division between the sections in,
for example, a pomegranate <^ ; from which moreover
Plautus says ^ :

But that he wants his rations,» I don't care a whit.

92. In Naevius " :

I see I'm nigh encircled by unrighteousness.

Ferme ' nigh ' is said for that w^hich is now Jere ^
' approximately ' : both are derived from Jerre ' to
bear,' because that which Jertur ' is borne ' is in motion
and approaches some goal.

93. In Plautus " :

'Ray ! by my wordy strife my wife at last I've driven
from the door,

not.' Cf. Plautus, Rudens, 580. * The slave's food, which
was measured out to him.

§92. " Trag. Rom. Frag. 56 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. ii. 150-
151 Warmington. " Fere was not derived irom f err e ; its
superlative ferine was little used in \'arro's time, but became
common again in Livy and Tacitus.

§ 93. " Men. 127, which has : Euax, iurgio herele tandem
uxorem, etc.

345

VARRO

Euax verbum nihiP significat,sed effutitum naturaliter
est, ut apud Ennium :

Hahae,'
Ipse clipeus cecidit ;

apud Ennium :

Eu,* mea puella, <e>^ spe quidem id successit* tibi ;

apud Pompilium :

Heii, qua me causa, Fortuna, infeste premis' ?

Quod ait iurgio, id est litibus : itaque quibus res erat
in eontroversia, ea vocabatur lis : ideo in actionibus
videmus dici

quam rem sive litem® dicere oportet.

Ex quo licet videre iurgare esse ab iure dictum, cum
quis iure litigaret ; ab quo obiurgat is qui id facit
iuste.

94. Apud Luc«7ium^ :

Atque aliquo<t> sibi^ <si>' ab rebus clepsere foro qui.

Clepsere dixit, unde etiam alii clepere, id est corri-
pere, quorum origo a clam, ut sit dictum clapere, unde
clepere E ex A* commutato,^ ut multa. Potest vel a
Graeco dictum KAeTrretv clepere.

^ For nichil. ^ A. Sp., for hehae. * Ribbeck, for
heu. * Added by Ribbeck. ® Mue., for succenset.

' For promis. ' Aldus, for militem.

§ 94. ^ Vertraniiis, for Lucretium. * Kent ; aliquo
sibi GS. ; for aliquos ibi. ' Added by Marx. * L. Sp. ;
ex E A Attff. ; for et ex ea. * Aug., for commutatio.

^Trag. Rom. Frag. 333-334 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. i. .368-369
Wamiington. ' Trag. Rom. Frag. 402 Ribbeck' ; R.O.L.
i. 380-381 Warmington; heu of the manuscript is an
error for eu, since Varro would hardly devote two of his
four examples to the same interjection. ** Trag. Rom.

346

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 93-94

Euax ' hurray ! ' is a word that in itself means nothing,
but is a natural ejaculation, like that in Ennius ^ :

Aha, his very shield did fall !
Also in Ennius " :

Bravo, ray chUd ! That's happened better than you
hoped.

In PompiUus '^ :

Alas ! O Fortune, why do you crush me hostilely ?

As for iurgio ' by wordy strife,' that is liiihus ' by con-
tentions ' : therefore men between whom a matter
was in dispute, called this a lis ' suit ' ; therefore in
legal actions we see it said :

Matter or suit to which one must make a plea.

From this, you may see that iurgare ^ ' to contend in
words ' is said from ius ' right,' when a person litigaret
' went to law ' iure ' with right ' ; from which he
obiurgat ' rebukes,' who does this iuste ' with justice,'
94. In Lucilius " :

And if some of the things any stole for themselves
from the forum.

He said clepsere ' stole,' from the same source whence
others say clepere, that is ' to snatch away ' ; they come
from clam'' 'secretly,' giving clapere and then clepere,
with change of A to E, as in many words. But clepere
can quite well be said from Greek KA.€7rT€iv ' to steal.'

Frag., page 263 Ribbeck*. « From the radicals in ins
and agere, as litigare from those in lis and agere.

§ 94.. "1118 Marx; ab rebus, partitive with aliquot,
though ab is rarely so used. For postponed indefinite qui,
cf, LuciUus, 263 and 266 Marx. * Clepsere and clam are
both from the root in celare ' to conceal,' and akin to (not
derived from) Greek /cAeWetv.

347

VARRO

95. Apud Matium :

Corpora Graiorum maerebai^ mandier igni.
Dictum mandier a mandendo, unde manducari, a quo
et" in Atellanis Do^senum^ vocant Manducum.

96. Apud Matium :

Obscaeni^ interpres funestique om<i>nis^ auctor.

Obscaenum dictum ab scaena' ; earn, ut Graeci, et*
Accius scribit scena(m).' In pluribus verbis A ante
E alii ponunt, alii non, ut quod partim dicunt (scaep-
trum, partim)* sceptrum, alii Plauti Faeneratricem,
alii Feneratricem' ; sic faenisicia ac fenisicia,' ac
rustic! pappum Mesium,* non Maesium,* a quo
Lucilius scribit :

Cecilius (pretor)^" ne rusticus fiat.

§ 95. ^ Mue., for merebar. * a quo et L. Sp., for et a
quo. ' For ad obsenum.

§ 96. ^ Vertranivs, for obsceni. * ^4uff., for omnis.
' Vertranius, H, for scena. * Norisius, for aut. ^ Lach-
mann, for scena. * Added by B. ' fen- Txietus, for
foen-. ^ Laetus, for maesium. ^ L. Sp.,for moesium.
^" praetor added by Scaliger {whence pretor Mue)., from
Diomedes, i. 452. 18 Keil.

§ 95. " Frag. Poet. Lat., page 48 Morel. Cn. Matius, fl.
95-80, translated the Iliad into Latin, and wrote also mi-
miambi. ' Translating Iliad, i. 56. " Derivative of

dorsum ' back.' "* Why the Humpback should be called
Chewer, is not clear. Both were stock characters in the
Atellan Farces ; Horace, Epist. ii. 1. 173, has quantus sit
Dossennus edacibus in parasitis ' how great a Dossennus he
is among the greedy hangers-on,' which suggest that Dos-
sennus also was a large eater.
348

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 95-96

95. In Matius <» :

Grief he felt that the bodies of Greeks were chewed
by the fire."

Mandier ' to be chewed ' is said from mandere ' to
chew,' whence manducari ' to chew,' from which also
in the Atellan Farces they call Dossennus " ' Hump-
back ' by the name Manducus ' Chewer.' <*

96. In Matius " :

He the interpreter, sponsor of foul and funereal omen.

Obscaenum ' foul ' is said from scaena ' stage ' ^ ; this
word Accius writes scena, like the Greeks.*' In a con-
siderable number of words some set A before the E,
and others do not ** ; so what some spell scaepirum *
' sceptre,' others spell sceptrum, and some spell the
name of Plautus's play Faeneratrix ' The Woman
Money-lender,' others FeneratrixJ Similarly fae-
nisicia f ' mown hay ' and Jenis^i eta ; and the country-
men call the old man's character Mesius,^ not Mae-
sius, from which peculiarity Lucihus is able to
write '' :

Cecilhts let's not elect to be countrified pretor.

§ 96. " Frag. Poet. LaL, page 48 Morel : apparently
translating Iliad, i. 6-2. * Probably a correct etymology,
and the variation in the orthography of scena is the basis for
that in the adjective. « Greek oktjvt^. ^ The country-

folk pronounced as E what the city Romans sounded as
AE ; Greek t) in oktjvtj and aK^urpov was perhaps repre-
sented by A£ in the speech of citj' Romans trying to
avoid a country accent. ' From Greek atcfpnpov.

' Originally with E, not AE. ' A stock character

in the farces; cf. vii. 29. * 1130 Marx; ridiculing the
country pronunciation of the candidate, who sounded the
AE like E. Rustkus instead of urbamis.

349

VARRO

Quare turpe ideo ohscaenum,^^ quod nisi in scaena'^
palam dici non defect. ^'

97. Potest vel ab eo quod pueris^ turpicula res in
coUo quaedam suspenditur, ne quid obsit, bonae^
scaevae causa scaevola appcllata, Ea dicta ab
scaeva, id est sinistra, quod quae sinistra sunt bona
auspicia existimantur ; a quo dicitur comitia aliudve
quid, si(cu>t* dixi, (scaeva fieri)* avj,* sinistra quae
nunc est. Id a Graeco est, quod hi sinistram vocant
o-Kaiav* ; quare, quod dixi, <ob>scaewum' omen est
omen turpe ; quod unde id dicitur <os>,* osmen, e
quo S' extritum.

98. Apud Plautum :

Quia ego antehac te amavi <et niihi aniicam esse
crevi.^

Crevi>2 valet constitui : itaque heres cum constituit

se heredem esse, dicitur cernere,* et cum id fecit,

crevisse.

11 Vertranius, B, for obserroum. ^* Vertranius, for

scaenam. ** For dedet.

§97. ^ Aug. , with B, for Y>^m\'\s,with\ erased. ^ Aug.,
with B, for ubonae. " ^ G'.S., for sit. * Added by OS.
* Txirnebus, for aut. * Aldus, for scean. '' Aug., for
sceuuni. ^ Added by L. Sp. * 3/««., /or quod.

§ 98. 1 Added by Aug., from Plautus. * Added by L.
Sp. ' Victorius, for canere.

§ 97. " An amulet in the shape of a membrum virile, as a
charm against the evil eye. * In taking the auspices by
the flight of birds, the Roman faced south and the Greek
faced north ; therefore, as the east (where the sun rose) was
always the favourable part of the templum {cf. vii. 7), the
Roman considered the left side favourable and the Greek

350

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 96-98

Wherefore anything shameful is called obscaeiium,
because it ought not to be said openly except on the
scaena ' stage.'

97. Perhaps it is from this that a certain indecent
object " that is hung on the necks of boys, to prevent
harm from coming to them, is called a scaevola, on
account of the fact that scaeva is ' good.' * It is named
from scaeva, that is sinistra ' left,' because those
things which are sinistra ' on the left side ' are con-
sidered to be good auspices ; from which it is said
that an assembly or anything else takes place, as I
have said, with scaeva avi ' a bird on the left side,'
which is now called sinistra. The word is from the
Greek,*^ because they call the left side a-Kaid ; where-
fore, as I have said,** an obscaenum omen is a foul omen :
omen itself, because that by which it is spoken is the
OS ' mouth,' is by origin osmen/ from which S has been
worn away by use.

98. In Plautus « :

Since long ago I loved you and decided you're my
friend.

Crevi * ' I decided ' is the same as constitui ' I estab-
lished ' : therefore when an heir has established that
he is the heir, he is said cernere ' to decide,' and when
he has done this, he is said crevisse ' to have decided.'

considered the left unfavourable. Confusion with the Greek
method resulted in a double meaning of sinistra in Latin.
* Scaeva is cognate to the Greek word, not derived from it.
** vii. 96 ; apparently as though ob-scaevum, opposite of
scaevum, though in this Varro contradicts his view expressed
in vii. 96. ' An older form osmen is correct, but not the
connexion with os.

§ 98. " Cist. 1, where the codd. have cum ego ; metre,
bacchiac. * Not perfect of crescere ' to grow,' but of
cernere, whose literal meaning was ' to separate.'

351

VARRO

99. Apud eundem quod es^ :

MP frequentem operam dedistis,
valet assiduam : itaque qui adest assiduus fere (e>t
quom* oportet, is* frequens, <cui infrequens)* opponi
solet. Itaque illud quod eaedem mulierculae dicunt :

<Pol ist>o* quidem nos pretio <facile*

0>ptanti est^ frequentare :

Ita in prandio nos lepide ac nitide

Accepisti,

apparet dicere : facile est curare ut (adsidue)* adsi-
mus, cum fam' bene nos accipias.

100. Apud Ennium :

Decretum est stare <atque fodari)^ corpora telis.

Hoc verbum Ennii dictum a fodiendo, a quo fossa.

101. Apud Ennium :

Vocibus concide, fac <s>i mus<s)et^ obrutum.

§ 99. 1 Aug., for quo desimi. * Ellis ; fere quom
Canal; for ferret quern. ^ Aug., with B, for his.
* Added by L. Sp. * GS. (pol istoc Aug., from Plautus),
/or dicunto. ^ Added by Aug., from Plautus. '' Schoell
{after A. Sp., who proposed and rejected optanti), /or ptanti
Jf^, with p deleted by cross-lines. * Added by GS. * Aug.,
for iam.

§ 100. 1 GS., after Fest. 84. 7 M. ; est stare et fossari
Bergk ; est fossare B, Vertranius ; for est stare.

§ 101. ^ L. Sp. ; fac is musset Mue. ; face musset Turne-
biis ; for facimus et.

§ 99 " Plautus, Cist. 6. * Frequens usually means
' in numbers ' (that is, many at one place at the same time)

352

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 99-101

99- In the same author," the word frequentem *
frequent ' in

Frequent aid you gave me

means assiduam ' busily present ' : therefore he who is
at hand as»iduus ' constantly present ' Jere et quom
' generally and when ' he ought to be, he is frequens,
as the opposite of which infrequens " is wont to be used.
Therefore that which these same girls say •* :

Dear me, at that price that you say it is easy
For one who desires it to be frequently with us ;
So nicely and elegantly you received us
At luncheon,

clearly means : it is easy to get us to be constantly
present at your house, since you entertain us so well.

100. In Ennius « :

Resolved are they to stand and be dug through their
bodies with javelins.

This verhjbdare ' to dig ' which Ennius used, was made
from Jbdere ' to dig,' from which comes Jhssa ' ditch.'

101. In Ennius " :

With words destroy him, crush him if he make a sound.

and not ' frequent ' (that is, one in the same place at many
diflFerent times), which is why the word here needs explana-
tion. Varro takes it as a shortening of the phrase /ere et
quom — rr^e^quom+s, which needs no refutation. ' Used
especially of a soldier qui abest afuitve a signis ' who is or has
been absent from his place in the ranks ' (Festus, 112. 7 M.).
** Cist. 8-11, with omissions ; anapaestic and bacchiac verses
alternately.

§100. » Ann. 571 Vahlen*; R.O.L. i. 190-191 Warm-
ington.

§ 101. • Trag. Rom. Frag. 393 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. i. 378-
379 Warniington.

VOL. I 2 A 353

VARRO

Mussare dictum, quod muti non amplius quam fxv
dicunt ; a quo idem dicit id quod minimum est :

Neque, ut aiunt, fiC facere audent.

102. Apud Pacuium :

Di^ monerint meliora atque amentiam averruncassint
<tuam.'^

Ab>* avertendo averruncare, ut deus qui in eis rebus
praeest Averruncus. Itaque ab eo precari solent, ut
pericula avertat.

103. In Aulularia :

Pipulo te^ difFeram ante aedis,
id est convicio, declinatum a pi(p>atu* pullorum.
Multa ab animalium vocibus tralata in homines,
partim quae sunt aperta, partim obscura ; perspicua,
ut Ennii :

Animus cum pectore latrat.

Plauti :

Gannit odiosus omni totae familiae.

<Cae>cilii=' :

Tantum rem dibalare ut pro nilo habuerit.

§ 102. 1 For dim. « jidded from Festus, 373. 4 M.
^ Added by Turnebus.

§ 103. ^ So F ; but pipulo te hie Nonius^ 152. 5 M., pipulo
hie Plautus. * Aldus, for piatu. ' Laetus, for cilii.

'' Onomatopoeic, as Varro indicates. " Ennius, In,c. 10
Vahlen^; R.O.L. i. 438-439 Warmington.

§102. "Trag. Rom. Frag. 112 Ribbeck» ; R.O.L. ii.
206-207 Warmington; quoted by Festus, 373. 4 M., with
ttiam, and by Nonius, 74. 22 M. (who assigns it to Lucilius,
Bk. XXVI.) with meam. * Monerint is perf. subj. of
monere, a form known from other sources also. ' The
word combines averrere ' to sweep away ' with runcare
* to remove weeds.' ^ Mentioned elsewhere only by
354

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VII. 101-103

Mussare * ' to make a sound ' is said because the miiti
' mute ' say nothing more than mu ; from which the
same poet uses this for that which is least "^ :
And, as they say, not even a mu dare they utter.

102. In Pacu\-ius " :

May the gods advise * thee of better things to
do, and thy madness sweep away !

Averruncare *' ' to sweep away ' is from avertere ' to
avert,' just as the god who presides over such matters
is called Averruncus.** Therefore men are wont to
pray of him that he avert dangers.

103. In The Story of the Money- Jar « :

By my cheeping I'll bring you into disrepute before
the house.

This pipulus ' cheeping ' is convicium ' reviUng,' derived
from the pipatus ' cheeping ' of chicks. Many terms
are transferred from the cries of animals to men,* of
which some are obvious and others are obscure.
Among the clear terms are the follo^ving : Ennius's "

For it his mind and his heart both are barking.
Plautus's **

The odious fellow yelps at all his household, every one.
Caecilius's *
To bleat the thing abroad, so that he thought it nought.

Gellius, V. 12. 14, as a god who may avert ills from men if
his favour be won.

§ 103. " Plautus, Aul. 446. * The special words in this
and the next section are properly used of animal cries and
noises, but in these citations are applied to sounds made by
human beings. 'Ann. 584 Vahlen* ; R.O.L. i. 174-175
Warmington ; cf. Odys. xx. 13, ''Fab. inc., frag. Ill
Ritschl. 'Com. Rom. Frag. 249 Ribbeck'; R.O.L. i.
554-555 Warmington.

355

VARRO

Lucilii :

Haec, inquam, rudet ex rostris atque hei<u>htabit.*
Eiusdem :

Quantum hinnitum atque equitatum.

104. Minus aper^a, wt^ Porcii ab lupo :
Volitare ululantis.
En(n>ii* a vitulo :

Tibicina maximo labore mugit.
Eiusdem a bove :

Clamore' bovantes.
. Eiusdem a leone :

Pausam fecere* fremendi.
Eiusdem ab haedo^ :

Clamor ad caelum volvendus per aethera vagit.
Suei a* (merula)' :

Frendi^ e fronde et fritinni<t>® suaviter.

* From Nonius, 21. 20, for heilitabit.

§ 104. ^ L. Sp. ; aperta Aug. ; for aperiant. ^ For
enii. ' Aldus, for clamorem. * Rhol., for facere.
' Aug., for edo. * Luc. Mueller, for sueta. ' Added by
OS., after Heraeus. * Stowasser, for frendice frunde et
fritinni F ; fronde Kent.

'261 Marx ; said of a man seeking the support of the
voters, according to Nonius, 21. 18 M. " 1275 Marx.

§ 104. " Cf. page 46 Morel. » Inc. 7 Vahlen*: R.O.L.
\. 438-439 Warmington. " Ann. 585 Vahlen^ ; R.O.L.

i. 174-175 Warmington; hoare from Greek jSodi' ' to shout,'
with assimilation to bov-em 'ox.' ''Ann. 586 Vahlen^:
R.O.L. i. 174-175 Warmington. 'Ann. 531 Vahien^ ;

356

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 103-104

Lucilius's ^

This, I say, he'll bray from the stand and lament
to the public.

The same poet's ^

How much neighing and prancing like horses.

104. Less clear are the follo^\"ing, such as that of
Porcius, an expression derived from wolves ° :

To flutter while howling.

That of Ennius, from calves ^ :

The piper-girl doth bleat with great to-do.

That of the same poet, from oxen «^ :

Bellowing with uproar.

That of the same poet, from lions ** :

A stop they made of the roaring.

That of the same poet, from young goats * :

Shouting rolls to the sky and wails through the
ether.

That of Sueius, from blackbirds ^ :

From 'midst the leaves he ' snaps his bill * and
sweetly chirps.'

R.O.L. i. 156-157 Warmington ; perhaps clamos or clamorque
should be read, or the word order changed, to give a long
syllable in the second place. ' Sueius, page 54 Morel ;
writer of idylls and on the habits and breeding of birds ;
perhaps identical with the eques M. Sueius, aedile in 74,
friend of \'arro and Cicero and owner of a profitable bird-
breeding establishment. " Denoting a man, not a bird.
" Frendere, often meaning ' to gnash the teeth,' here means
' to make a harsh note,' as certain birds do. * Cf.
Corpus Gloss. Ixit. vi.-vii., on fritamentum {vox merulae)
and fritinniunt.

Sol

VARRO

Macci' in Casina, a fringuilla :

Quid fringuttis ? Quid istuc tarn cupide cupis ?

Suet^' a volucribus^^ :

Ita traded aeque in re<m> neque^* in
Judicium ^esopi nee theatri trittiles.

105. In Colace :

Nexum . . .

<Nexum>^ Mawilius* scribit omne quod per libram et
aes geritur, in quo sint mancipia ; Mucius, quae per
aes et libram fiant ut obligentur, praeter quom*
mancipio detur. Hoc verius esse ipsum verbum
ostendit, de quo quaerit<ur>* : nam id aes* quod
obligatur per libram neque suum fit, inde nexum
dictum. Liber qui suas operas in servitutem pro
pecunia quam debebat (nectebat),* dum solveret,
nexus vocatur, ut ab aere obaeratus. Hoc C. Poetelio

* GS., after Mati Mue., for Maccius. ^" Baehrens, for
sues. ^^ Mue. ; a volucri L. Sp. ; for auoluerat.
^^ Kent, for tradedeque inreneque.

§ 105. ^ Added by L. Sp., who recognized the lacuna.
^ Laettis, for mamilius. ' Huschke, for quam. * Aug.,
for querit. * Mommsen, for est. * debebat nectebat
Kent ; debeat dat Aug. ; for debebat.

' Plautus, Cas. 267 ; the more common orthography is
fringilla and friguttis. * Frag. Poet. Lat., page 54
Morel ; wrongly listed by Ribbeck' as Juventius, Com.
Rom. Frag. IV. ' Trit, the sound made by the crushing
or breaking of a hard grain or seed, as by the strong-beaked
birds. If the text is correctly restored, the passage refers
to a complaint against trittiles, that is, persons who made
similar noises and thereby disturbed a theatrical perform-
ance ; the poet says that he will refer the complaint to a
regular law-court, and not to the prejudiced decision of the

358

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 104^105

That of Maccius in the Casina, from finches ' :

What do you twitter for ? What's that you wish so
eagerly ?

That of Sueius, from birds * :

So he'll bring the snappers ' fairly into court and not
To the judgement of Aesopus "• and the audience.

105. In The Flatterer " :

A bound obligation . . .

Xexum ' bound obligation,' Manilius ^ writes, is every-
thing which is transacted by cash and balance-scale,*'
including rights of ownership ; but Mucins ** defines
it as those things which are done by copper ingot and
balance-scale in such a way that they rest under
formal obligation, except when deUvery of property is
made under formal taking of possession. That the
latter is the truer interpretation, is shown by the very
word about which the inquiry is made : for that copper
which is placed under obligation according to the
balance-scale and does not again become independent
(nee suum) of this obligation, is from that fact said to
be nexum ' bound.' A free man who, for money which
he owed, nectebat ' bound ' his labour in slaver}" until
he should pay, is called a nexus ' bondslave,' just as a
man is called obaeratus ' indebted,' from aes ' money-
debt.' When Gains Poetelius Libo Visulus * was

offended actor and of the annoyed fellow - spectators.
"* Famous tragic actor of Cicero's time.

§ 105. "• Plautus, Frag. IV Ritschl ; but possibly from
the Colax of Naevius. ^ Page 6 Huschke. ' That is,
by agreement to pav a sum of money, measured by weight.
<* Page 18 Huschke." ' Consul in 346, 333 (?), 326 (Liyy,
viii. 23. 17), and dictator in 313 (Livy, ix. 28. 2), in which
Varro sets the alx)lition of slavery for debt, though Livy,
viii. 28, sets it in his third consulship.

359

VARRO

(Liybone Visolo'' dictatore sublatum ne fieret, et
omnes qui Bonam Copiam iurarunt, ne essent nexi
dissoluti.

106. In Ca<sina> :

Sine ame^^ sine quod lubet id facial,*
Quando tibi domi nihiP delicuum est.

Dictum ab eo, quod <ad) deliquandum non sunt, ut
turbida quae sunt deliquantur, ut liquida fiant.
Aurelius seribit delicuum es*e* ab liquido ; Cla(u>dius
ab eliquato. Si quis alterutrum sequi malet,* habebit
auctorem.

Apud Atilium :

Per laetitiam liquitur
Animus.
Ab liquando liquitur fictum.

VI. 107. Multa apud poetas reliqua esse verba
quorum origines possint dici, non dubito, ut apud
Naevium in y^esiona mucro^ gladii " lingula " a
lingua ; in Clastidio " vitulantes " a Vitula ; in Dolo

' Poetelio Libone Visolo Lachmann ; Poetelio Visolo Aug. ;
for popillio vocare sillo.

§ 106. ^ In Casina Laetus, sine amet Aldus {from Plaittus),
for in casineam esses. ^ Aug. {from Plautus), for facias.
' Plautus has nihil domi. * For est. * Laetus, for
mallet.

§ 107. ^ Aesiona Buecheler, mucro Groth, for esionam
uero.

f That is, swore that they were not regular slaves, but were
held in slavery for debt only, " Mentioned also by Ovid,
Met. ix. 88.

§ 106. " Plautus, Cas. 206-207 ; anapaestic. * Appar-
ently meant by Plautus as ' lacking,' from delinquere ' to
lack,' and so understood by Festus, 73. 10 M., who glosses it
with minus. Varro has taken it as ' strainable, subject to
straining (for purification),' and has connected it with liquare
and liquere ' to strain, purify,' also ' to melt.' ' Page

360

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VII. 105-107

dictator, this method of dealing ^vith debtors was
done away with, and all who took oath ^ by the Good
Goddess of Plenty ^ were freed from being bond-
slaves.

106. In the Casina " :

Let him go and make love, let him do what he will.
As long as at home you have nothing amiss.

Nihil delicuum * ' nothing amiss ' is said from this, that
things are not ad deliquandum ' in need of straining
out ' the admixtures, as those which are turbid are
strained, that they may become liqvida ' clear.'
Aurelius " writes that delicuum is from liquidum ' clear ' ;
Claudius,** that it is from eliquatum ' strained.' Any-
one who prefers to follow either of them \n\\ have an
authority to back him up.

In AtiUus * :

With joy his mind is melted.
Uquitur ' is melted ' is formed from liquare ' to melt.'

VI. 107. I am quite aware " that there are many
words still remaining in the poets, whose origins
could be set forth ; as in Naevius,^ in the Hesione,"
the tip of a sword is called lingula, from lingua
' tongue ' ; in the Clastidium,^ vitulantes ' singing songs

89 Funaioli. ^ Page 97 Funaioli. * Com. Rom. Frag.,
inc. fab. frag. II, page 37 Ribbeck*.

§ 107. » Cf. the beginning of § 109. * All the citations
in § 107 and § 108 are from Naevius; R.O.L. ii. 88-89, 92-93,
96-97, 104-105, 136-137, 597-598 Warmington. ' Trag.
Rom. Frag. 1 Ribbeck' ; for the spelling of the title, cf.
Buecheler, Rh. Mus. xxvii. 475. ** Trag. Rom. Frag.,
Praet. I Ribbeck' ; vitulari was glossed by Varro with Traiavi-
Cfiv, according to Macrobius, Sat. iii, 2. 11. It is difficult
to connect the two words with Latin rictus and victoria, so
that the resemblance may be fortuitous — unless Vitula be a
dialectal word, with CT reduced to T.

361

VARRO

" caperrata fronte " a caprae fronte ; in Demetrio
" persibus " a perite : itaque sub hoc glossema
' callide ' subscribunt ; in Lampadione " protinam "
a protinus, continuitatem significans ; in Nagidone
" c/u(ci>da<us "* suavis, tametsi a magistris accepi-
mus mansuetum ; in Romulo " <con)sponsus "^contra
sponsum rogatus ; in Stigmatia " praebia " a prae-
bendo, ut sit tutus, quod si(n>t* remedia in collo
pueris ; in Technico^ " conficiant"* a conficto con-
venire dictum ;

108. In Tarentilla " p<r)ae<(l>u(c>idum "^ a luce,
illustre ; in Tunicularia :

ecbol<ic>as* aulas quassant

quae eiciuntur, a Graeco verbo €Kf3o\Ti'f dictum ; in
Bello Punico :

nee satis sardare*

* Scaliger, for caudacus. * Neukirch, with Popma, for
sponsus. * Laetus, for sit. * For thechnico. * Turne-
bus, for conficiant.

§ 108. ^ Mue., for pacui dum. * Kent, for exbolas,
metri gratia. ' Aldus, for exbole. * A. Sp. (from
Festus, 323. 6 M.), for sarrare.

* Com. Mom. Frag, after 49 Ribbeck'; caperrata may be
related to capra only by popular etymology. ^ Com. Rom.
Frag, after 49 Ribbeck* ; persibus is seemingly an Oscan
perfect participle active, cf. Oscan sipus, from which perhaps
it is to be corrected to persipus, "Page 113 Funaioli.
'' Com. Rom. Frag, after 60 Ribbeck*. * Com. Rom.
Frag, after 60 Ribbeck' ; clucidatus is a participle to a Latin
verb borrowed from Greek yXvKii,€iv ' to sweeten.' ^ Trag.
Rom. Frag., Praet. IT Ribbeck' ; for consponsus, cf. vi. 70.

* Com. Rom. Frag. 71 Ribbeck^. ' Com. Rom. Frag, after
93 Ribbeck^ ; confictant, derived from confingere.

362

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 107-108

of victory,' from Vitula 'Goddess of Joy and Victory ' ;

in The Artifice,' caperrata fronte ' with wrinkled fore-
head,' from the forehead of a capra ' she-goat ' ; in
the Demetrius,^ persibus ' very kno\ving,' from perite
* learnedly ' : therefore under this rare word they
write ^collide' shrewdly ' ; in the Lampadio,'^ protinam
' forthwith ' from protinus (of the same meaning),
indicating lack of interruption in time or place ; in
the Nagido,* clucidatus ' sweetened,' although we have
been told by the teachers that it means ' tame ' ; in
the Romulus,^ consponsus, meaning a person who has
been asked to make a counter-promise ; in The
Branded Slave, ^ praehia ' amulets,' from praebere ' pro-
viding ' that he may be safe, because they are prophy-
lactics to be hung on boys' necks ; in The Craftsman,^
corifictant ' they unite on a tale,' said from agreeing on
a confictum ' fabrication.'

108. Also, in The Girl of Tarenium,'^ praelucidum
' ver}' brilliant,' from lux ' light,' meaning ' shining ' ;
in The Story of the Shirt, ^

They shake the jars that make the lots jump out,

ecbolicas' causing to jump out,' because of the lots
which are cast out, is said from the Greek word
eKJSoXy'j ; and in The Punic War <=

Not even quite sardare ' to understand like a Sardinian,'

§ 108. « Cam. Rom. Frag, after 93 Ribbeck'. * C<m.
Rom. Frag. 103 Ribbeck»; R.O.L. ii. 106-107 Warming-
ton (with different interpretation). ' Frag. Poet. Rom.
53-54 Baehrens; R.O.L. ii. 72-73 Warmington. According
to Festus, 322 a 24 and 323. 6 M., sardare means intel-
legere, perhaps ' to understand like a Sardinian,' that is,
very poorly, for the Sardinians had in antiquity a bad re-
putation in various lines. The verse of Naevius runs :
Quod tyruti nee satis sardare queunt.

VARRO

ab serare dictum, id est aperire ; hinc etiam sera,*
qua remota fores panduntur.

VII. 109. Sed quod vereor ne plures sint futuri
qui de hoc genere me quod nimium multa scripseriwi^
reprehendant quam quod^ reliqueriw^ quaedam
accusent, ideo potius iam reprimendum quam pro-
cudendum puto esse volumen : nemo reprensus qui e
segete ad spicilegium reliquit stipulam. Quare in-
stitutis sex libris, quemadmodum rebus Latina
nomina essent imposita ad usum nostrum : e quis trt's*
scripsi Po.* Septumio qui mihifuit quaestor, tris tibi,
quorum hie est tertius, priores de disciplina verborum
originis, posteriores de verborum originibus. In illis,
qui ante sunt, in primo volumine est quae dicantur,
cur iTv/xoXoytKif neque ar(s) sit' neque ea utiUs sit,
in secundo quae sint, cur et ars ea sit et (ut>ilis* sit,
in tertio quae forma et^mologiae.*

110. In secundis tribus quos ad te misi item
generatim discretis, primum in quo sunt origines
verborum^ locorum et earum rerum quae in locis
esse Solent, secundum quibus vocabulis te(m)pora
sint notata et eae res quae in temporibus fiunt, tertius

® Ed. Veneta, for serae.

§ 109. ^ Laetus,for rescripserint. ^ quam quod Aldus,
for quamquam. ' For reliquerint. * Laetus, for tres.

* po stands here in F, but \cith lines drawn through the letters.

* L. Sp.,for ethimologice. ' ars sit V, p, L. Sp.,for ansit.

* et utilis Turnebus; et illis utilis V; for et illis F. * For
ethirnologiae.

§ 110. ^ Crossed out by F^, but required by the meaning.

■* In such an etymology, Varro is operating on the basis that
things may be named from their opposites; cf. Festus, 122.
16 M., hidum dicimus, in qtio minime luditur.
§ 109. " A liber or ' book ' was calculated to fill a volumen

36^

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 108-110

where sardare is said from serare ' to bolt,' ^ that is,
sardare means ' to open ' ; from this also sera ' bolt,'
on the removal of which the doors are opened.

Vn. 109. But because I fear that there wiW be
more who will blame me for ^^"Titing too much of this
sort than will accuse me of omitting certain items, I
think that this roll must now rather be compressed
than hammered out to greater length " : no one is
blamed who in the cornfield has left the stems for the
gleaning. ** Therefore as I had arranged six books '^ on
how Latin names were set upon things for our use ^ :
of these I dedicated three to Pubhus Septumius who
was my quaestor,* and three to you, of which this is
the third — the first three on the doctrine of the
origin of words, the second three ^ on the origins of
words. Of those which precede, the first roll con-
tains the arguments which are offered as to why
Etymology is not a branch of learning and is not
useful ; the second contains the arguments why it is
a branch of learning and is useful ; the third states
what the nature of etymology is.

110. In the second three which I sent to you, the
subjects are likewise di\ided off : first, that in which
the origins of words for places are set forth, and for
those things which are wont to be in places ; second,
with what words times are designated and those
things which are done in times ; third, the present

or ' roll ' of convenient size for handling. " That is, who
has cut oflF the ears of standing grain and left the stalks.
• Books II.-VII. ; cf. V. 1. ^ This sentence is resumed at
Quocirca, in the middle of § 110. ' Varro held office in the
war against the pirates and Mithridates in 67-66, under
Pompey, and again in Pompey's forces in Spain in 49 and
at Pharsalus in 48 ; but it is unknown in which of these he
had Septumius as quaestor. ^ Books V.-VII.

365

VARRO

hie, in quo a poetis item sumpta ut ilZa^ quae dixi in
duobus libris solwta' oratione. Quocirca quoniam
omnis operis de Lingua Latina tris feci partis, primo
quemadmodum vocabula imposita essent rebus,
secundo quemadmodum ea in casus declinarentur,
tertio quemadmodum coniungerentur, prima parte
perpetrata, ut secundam ordiri possim, huic libro
faciam finem.

* Victorius, for utilia. * Sciop., for solita.

I

366

ON THE LATIN LANGUAGE, VIL 110

book, in which words are taken from the poets in
the same way as those which I have mentioned in
the other two books were taken from prose writings.
Therefore,** since I have made three parts of the
whole work On the Latin Language, first how names
were set upon things, second how the words are
declined in cases, third how they are combined into
sentences — as the first part is now finished, I shall
make an end to this book, that I may be able to
commence the second part.

§110. "This resumes the sentence interrupted at the
middle of § 109.

367

PHnted in Great Britain by R. & R. Clark, Limiied, Edinburgh

THE LOEB CLASSICAL
LIBRARY

VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED

LATIX AUTHORS

AMMIANUS MARCELLINUS. J. C. Rolfe. 3 Vols.

Vols. I. and II.
APULEIUS. THE GOLDEN ASS (METAMOR-
PHOSES). W. Adlington (1566). Revised by S. Gase-

lee. {6th Imp.)
AULUS GELLIUS. J. C. Rolfe. 3 Vols.
AUSONIUS. H. G. Evelvn White. 2 Vols.
BEDE. J. E. King. 2 Vols.
BOETHIUS: TRACTS and DE COXSOLATIOXE

PHILOSOPHIAE. Rev. H. F. Stewart and E. K.

Rand. (3rd Imp.)
CAESAR : CIVIL WARS. A. G. Peskett (3rd Imp.)
CAESAR : GALLIC WAR. H. J. Edwards (Ith Imp.)
CATO AND VARRO : DE RE RUSTICA. H. B. Ash and

W. D. Hooper. {2nd Imp.)
CATULLUS. F. W. Cornish; TIBULLUS. J. B.

Postdate; and PERVIGILIUM VENERIS. J. W.

Mackail. (lOth Imp.)
CELSUS: DE MEDICINA. W.G.Spencer 3 Vols.
CICERO: DE FINIBUS. H. Rackham. {3rd Imp. revised.)
CICERO: DE NATURA DEORUM and ACADEMICA.

H. Rackham.
CICERO : DE OFFICIIS. Walter MUler. {3rd Imp.)
CICERO : DE REPUBLICA and DE LEGIBUS. Clin-
ton W. Keyes.
CICERO: DE SENECTUTE, DE AMICITL\, DE

DIVLNATIONE. W. A. Falconer. {3rd Imp.)
CICERO: IX CATILINAM, PRO MURENA, PRO

SULLA, PRO FLACCO. Louis E. Lord.
CICERO: LETTERS TO ATTICUS. E. O. Winstedt.

3 Vols. (Vol. I. ith Imp., Vol. II. 3rd Imp. and V^ol.

III. 2nd Imp.)
CICERO: LETTERS TO HIS FRIENDS. W. Glynn

Williams. 3 Vols.
CICERO : PHILIPPICS. W. C. A. Ker. {2nd Imp.
CICERO: PRO ARCHIA. POST REDITUM, DE

DOMO. DE HARUSPICUM RESPONSIS, PRO

PLANCIO. N. H. Watts. {2nd Imp.)
CICERO: PRO CAECINA, PRO LEGE MANILIA

PRO CLUENTIO. PRO RABIRIO. H. Grose Hodge]
1

THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY

CICERO: PRO MILONE, IN PISONEM, PRO

SCAURO, PRO FONTEIO, PRO RABIRIO POS-

TUMO, PRO MARCELLO, PRO LIGARIO, PRO

REGE DEIOTARO. N. H. Watts.
CICERO : PRO QUINCTIO, PRO ROSCIO AMERINO,

PRO ROSCIO COMOEDO, CONTRA RULLUM.

T Ji Frpf*sf
CICERO : TUSCULAN DISPUTATIONS. J. E. King.
CICERO: VERRINE ORATIONS. L. H. G. Green-
wood. 2 Vols.
CLAUDIAN. M. Platnauer. 2 Vols.
FLORUS: E. S. Forster; and CORNELIUS NEPOS :

J. C. Rolfe.
FRONTINUS: STRATAGEMS and AQUEDUCTS.

C. E. Bennett and M. B. McElwain.
FRONTO : CORRESPONDENCE. C. R. Haines. 2 Vols.
HORACE : ODES and EPODES. C. E. Bennett. {lOfh

Imp. revised.)
HORACE: SATIRES, EPISTLES, ARS POETICA.

H. R. Fairclough. {4fth Imp. revised.)
JEROME : SELECT LETTERS. F. A. Wright.
JUVENAL AND PERSIUS. G. G. Ramsay. {5th Imp.)
LIVY. B. O. Foster, Evan T. Sage and A. C. Schlesinger.

13 Vols. Vols. I.-V., IX-XII. (Vols. I. and IX. 2nd Imp.

revised.)
LUCAN. J. D. Duff.

LUCRETIUS. W. H. D. Rouse. (Uk Imp. revised.)
MARTIAL. W. C. A. Ker. 2 Vols. (3rd Imp. revised.)
MINOR LATIN POETS: from Publilius Syhus to

RuTiLius Namatianus, including Ghattius, Calpuhnius

SicuLUS, Nemesianus, Avianus, with "Aetna," " Phoenix"

and other poems. J. Wight Duff and Arnold M. Duff.

(2nd Imp.)
OVID: THE ART OF LOVE and OTHER POEMS.

J H. Mozley.
OVID : FASTI. Sir James G. Frazer.
OVID : HEROIDES and AMORES. Grant Showerman.

(3rd Imp.)
OVID: METAMORPHOSES. F. J. Miller. 2 Vols.

(Vol. I. 6th Imp., Vol. U. 5th Imp.)
OVID : TRISTIA and EX PONTO. A. L. Wheeler.
PETRONIUS. M. Heseltine; SENECA: APOCOLO-

CYNTOSIS. W H. D. Rouse. (Gth Imp. revised.)
PLAUTUS. Paul Nixon. 5 Vols. (Vol. 1. 4,th Imp.,

Vols. II. and III. 3rd Imp.)
2

1

THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY

PLINY: LETTERS. Melmoth's Translation revised by

W. M. L. Hutchinson. 2 Vols, {ith Imp.)
PLINY: NATURAL HISTORY. H." Rackham and

W. H. S. Jones. 10 Vols. (Vol. I).
PROPERTIUS. H. E. Butler, (ith Imp.)
QUINTILIAN. H.E.Butler. 4 Vols. T Vols. L and IV.

2nd Imp.)
REMAINS OF OLD LATIN. E. H. Warmington. 4

Vols. Vol.1. (Ennius and Caecilius.) Vol.11. (Livius,

Naevius, Pacuvius, Accius.) Vol. III. (Lucilius, Laws

of the^II Tables.)
ST. AUGUSTINE, CONFESSIONS OF. W. Watts

(1631). 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 4fh Imp., Vol. II. 3rd Imp.)
ST. AUGUSTINE, SELECT LETTERS. J. H. Baxter.
SALLUST. J. Rolfe. (2nd Imp. revised.)
SCRIPTORES HISTORIAE AUGUSTAK D. Magie.

3 Vols. (Vol. I. 2nd Imp. revised.)
SENECA: APOCOLOCYNTOSIS. C/. PETRONIUS.
SENECA : EPISTULAE MORALES. R. M. Gummere.

3 Vols. (Vol. I. Srd Imp., Vol. II. 2nd Imp. revised.)
SENECA : MORAL ESSAYS. J. W. Basore. 3 Vols.

(Vol. II. 2nd Imp. revised.)
SENECA: TRAGEDIES. F. J. MiUer. 2 Vols, (,2nd

SIDONIUS: POEMS AND LETTERS. W. B. Anderson,

2 Vols. Vol. I.
SILIUS ITALICUS. J. D. Duff. 2 Vols. (Vol. II , 2nd Imp.)
STATIUS. J. H. Mozley. 2 Vols.
SUETONIUS. J. C. Rolfe. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 5th Imp.,

Vol. II. ^th Imp. revised.)
TACITUS : DIALOGUS. Sir Wm. Peterson ; and AGRI-
COLA AND GERMANIA. Maurice Hutton. (Uh Imp.)
TACITUS : HISTORIES and ANNALS. C. H. Moore

and J. Jackson. 4 V^ols. (Vol. I. 2nd /mp.)
TERENCE. John Sargeaunt. 2 Vols. {5th Imp.)
TERTULLIAN : APOLOGIA and DE SPECTACULIS.

T. R. Glover. MINUCIUS FELIX. G. H. RendalL
VALERIUS FLACCUS. J. H. Mozley. {2nd Imp. revised.)
VARRO: DE LINGUA LATINA. R.G.Kent. 3 Vols.
VELLEIUS PATERCULUS and RES GESTAE DIVI

AUGUSTI. F. W. Shipley.
VIRGIL. H. R. Fairclough. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. I2th Imp.,

Vol. II. \Oth Imp. revised.)
VITRUVIUS : DE ARCHITECTURA. F. Grangei . 2 Vols.

THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY

GREEK AUTHORS

ACHILLES TATIUS. S. Gaselee.

AENEAS TACTICUS: ASCLEPIODOTUS and ONA-
SANDER. The Illinois Greek Club.

AESCHINES. C. D. Adams.

AESCHYLUS. H. Weir Smyth. 2 Vols. {Srd Imp.)

APOLLODORUS. Sir James G. Frazer. 2 Vols.

APOLLONIUS RHODIUS. R. C. Seaton. (Uh Imp.)

THE APOSTOLIC FATHERS. Kirsopp Lake. 2 Vols.
(Vol. I. 5th Imp., Vol. II. 4<A Imp.)

APPIAN'S ROMAN HISTORY. Horace White. 4 Vols.
(Vol. I. 3rd Imp., Vols. II., III. and IV. 2nd Imp.)

ARATUS. C/. CALLIMACHUS.

ARISTOPHANES. Benjamin Bickiey Rogers. 3 Vols.
(Vols. I. and II. 4^th Imp., Vol. III. 3rd hnpA Verse trans.

ARISTOTLE : ART OF RHETORIC. J, H. Freese.

ARISTOTLE : ATHENIAN CONSTITUTION, EUDE-
MIAN ETHICS, VIRTUES and VICES. H. Rackham.
{2nd Imp.)

ARISTOTLE: METAPHYSICS. H. Tredennick. 2 Vols.
(2nd Imp.)

ARISTOTLE: MINOR WORKS. W. S. Hett. On
Colours, On Things Heahd, Physiognomics, On
Plants, On Marvellous Things Heard, Mechanical
Problems, On Indivisible Lines, Situations and Names
OF Winds, On Melissus, Xenophanes, and Gorgias.

ARISTOTLE: NICOxMACHEAN ETHICS. H. Rack-
ham. (2nd Imp. revised.)

ARISTOTLE: OECONOMICA and MAGNA MOR-
ALIA. G. C. Armstrong ; with Vol. II. Metaphysics.
(2nd Imp.)

ARISTOTLE: ORGANON. H. P. Cooke and H. Tre-
dennick. 3 Vols. Vol. I.

ARISTOTLE : ON THE SOUL, PARVA NATURALIA,
ON BREATH. W. S. Hett.

ARISTOTLE: PARTS OF ANIMALS. A. L. Peck;
MOTION AND PROGRESSION OF ANIMALS,
E J J orstcr

ARISTOTLE :' PHYSICS. Rev. P. Wicksteed and F. M.
Cornford. 2 Vols. (Vol. II. 2nd Imp.)

ARISTOTLE : POETICS and LONGINUS. W. Hamil-
ton Fyfe; DEMETRIUS ON STYLE. W. Rhys
Roberts. {2nd Imp. revised.)

ARISTOTLE : POLITICS. H. Rackham.
4.

THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY

ARISTOTLE: PROBLEMS. W. S. Hett. 2 Vols.
ARISTOTLE: RHETORICA AD ALEXANDRUM.

H. Rackham. (With Problems, Vol. II.)
ARRIAN : HISTORY OF ALEXANDER and INDICA.

Rev. E. Iliffe Robson. 2 Vols.
ATHENAEUS: DEIPNOSOPHISTAE. C. B. Gulick.

7 Vols. Vols. I. -VI.
ST. BASIL: LETTERS. R. J. Deferrari. 4Vols.
CALLIMACHUS and LYCOPHRON. A. \V. Mair ;

ARATUS. G. R. Mair.
CLEMENT OF ALEXANDRIA. Rev. G. W. Butterworth.
COLLUTHUS. Cf. OPPIAN.
DAPHNIS and CHLOE. Thornley's Translation revised

by J. M. Edmonds; and PARTHENIUS. S. Gaselee.

(3rd Imp.)
DEMOSTHENES: DE CORONA and DE FALSA

LEGATIONE. C. a. Vince and J. H. Vince.
DEMOSTHENES : MEIDIAS, ANDROTION, ARISTO-

CRATES, TIMOCRATES, ARISTOGEITON. J. H.

Vince.
DEMOSTHENES: OLYNTHIACS, PHILIPPICS and

MINOR ORATIONS : I-XVII and XX. J. H. Vince.
DEMOSTHENES : PRIVATE ORATIONS. A. T. Mur-
ray. 4 Vols. Vol. I.
DIOCASSIUS: ROMAN HISTORY. E. Cary. 9 Vols.

(Vol. II. 2nd Imp.)
DIO CHRYSOSTOM. J. W. Cohoon. 6 Vols. Vol. I.
DIODORUS SICULUS. C. H. Oldfather. 12 Vols.

Vols. I. and II.
DIOGENES LAERTIUS. R. D. Hicks. 2 Vols. (Vol.

I. 2rd Imp.)
DIONYSIUS OF HALICARNASSUS : ROMAN ANTI-
QUITIES. Spelman's translation revised by E. Cary.

7 Vols. Vol. I.
EPICTETUS. W. A. Oldfather. 2 Vols.
EURIPIDES. A. S. Way. 4 Vols. (Vols. I., II., IV.

tth Imp., Vol. III. 3rd Imp.) Verse trans.
EUSEBIUS: ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY. Kirsopp

Lake and J. E. L. Oulton. 2 Vols.
GALEN: ON THE NATURAL FACULTIES. A. J.

Brock. {2nd Imp.)
THE GREEK ANTHOLOGY. W. R. Paton. 5 Vols.

(Vol. I. 3rd Imp., Vols. II. and HI. 2nd Imp.)
GREEK ELEGY AND IAMBUS with the ANACRE-

ONTEA. J. M. Edmonds. 2 Vols.

THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY

THE GREEK BUCOLIC POETS (THEOCRITUS,

BION, iMOSCHUS). J. M. Edmonds. {6th Imp. revised.)
GREEK MATHEMATICAL WORKS. Ivor Thomas.

2 Vols. Vol. I.
HERODES. C/. THEOPHRASTUS : CHARACTERS.
HERODOTUS. A. D. Godley. 4 Vols. (Vol. I. Srd

Imp., Vols. II.-IV. 2nd Imp.)
HESIOD AND THE HOMERIC HYMNS. H. G. Evelyn

White. {5th Imp. revised and enlarged.)
HIPPOCRATES AND THE FRAGMENTS OF HERA-

CLEITUS. W. H. S. Jones and E. T. Withington. 4 Vols.
HOMER : ILIAD. A. T. Murray. 2 \'ols. (Vol. I. 4^A

Imp., Vol. II. 3rd Imp.)
HOMER : ODYSSEY. A.T.Murray. 2 Vols. {Uh Imp.)
ISAEUS. E. S. Forster.

ISOCRATES. George Norlin. 3 Vols. Vols. I. and II.
ST. JOHN DAMASCENE: BARLAAM AND lOASAPH.

Rev. G. R. Woodward and Harold Mattingly. {2nd Imp.

JOSEPHUS. H. St. J. Thackeray and Ralph Marcus.

9 Vols. Vols. I.-VI. (Vol. V. 2nd Imp,)
JULIAN. Wilmer Cave Wright. 8 Vols. (Vols. I. and II.

2nd Imp.)
LUCIAN. A.M.Harmon. 8 Vols. Vols. I.- V. (Vols.

I. and II. 3rd Imp.)
LYCOPHRON. Cf. CALLIMACHUS.
LYRA GRAECA. J. M. Edmonds. 3 Vols. (Vol. 1.

3rd Imp,, Vol. II. 2nd Ed. revised and enlarged.)
LYSIAS. W. R. M. Lamb.

MARCUS AURELIUS. C. R. Haines. {3rd Imp, revised.)
MENANDER. F. G. Allinson. i2nd Imp. revised.)
MINOR ATTIC ORATORS (ANTIPHON, ANDOCIDES,

DEMADES. DEINARCHUS, HYPEREIDES). K. J.

Maidment. 2 Vols. Vol. I.
OPPIAN, COLLUTHUS, TRYPHIODORUS. A. W. Mair.
PAPYRI (SELECTIONS). A. S. Hunt and C. C. Edgar.

4 Vols. Vols. I. and II.
PARTHENIUS. Cf. DAPHNIS and CHLOE.
PAUSANIAS: DESCRIPTION OF GREECE. W. H. S.

Jones. 5 Vols, and Companion Vol. (Vol. I. 2nd Imp.)
PHILO. 10 Vols. Vols. I.-V. F. H. Colson and Rev. G.

H. Whitaker; \'ols. VI. and VII. F. H. Colson.
PHILOSTRATUS : THE LIFE OF APOLLONIUS OF

TYANA. F. C. Conybeare. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 3rd Imp.,

Vol. II. 2nd Imp.)

THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY

PHILOSTRATUS : IMAGINES ; CALLISTRATUS :

DESCRIPTIONS. A. Fairbanks.
PHILOSTRATUS axd EUNAPIUS : LIVES OF THE

SOPHISTS. Wilmer Cave Wright.
PINDAR. Sir J. E. Sandys. (6th Imp. revised.)
PLATO : CHARMIDES, ALCIBIADES, HIPPARCHUS,

THE LOVERS, THEAGES, iMINOS and EPINOMIS.

W. R. M. Lamb.
PLATO: CRATYLUS. PARMENIDES, GREATER

HIPPIAS, LESSER HIPPIAS. H. N. Fowler.
PLATO: EUTHYPHRO, APOLOGY. CRITO. PHAE-

DO, PHAEDRUS. H. N. Fowler. {Tlth Imp.)
PLATO : LACHES, PROTAGORAS MENO, EUTHY-

DEMUS. W. R. M. Lamb. {2nd Imp. revised.)
PLATO : LAWS. Rev. R. G. Bury. 2 Vols.
PLATO : LYSIS, SYMPOSIUM, GORGIAS. W. R. M.

Lamb. {2nd Imp. revised.)
PLATO: REPUBLIC. Paul Shorey. 2 Vols. (Vol.1.

2nd Imp. revised.)
PLATO: STATESMAN, PHILEBUS. H. N Fowler;

ION. W. R. M. Lamb.
PLATO: THEAETETUS AND SOPHIST. H. N. Fowler.

{2nd Imp.)
PLATO : TIM AEUS, CRITIAS, CLITOPHO, MENEXE-

NUS, EPISTULAE. Rev. R. G. Bury.
PLUTARCH : MORALIA. 14 Vols. Vols. I.-V. F. C.

Babbitt ; Vol. X. H. N. Fowler.
PLUTARCH: THE PARALLEL LIVES. B. Perrin.

11 Vols. (Vols. I., II., III. and VII. 2nd Imp.)
POLYBIUS. W. R. Paton. 6 Vols.
PROCOPIUS: HISTORY OF THE WARS. H. B.

Dewing. 7 Vols. Vols. I.-VI. (Vol. I. 2nd Imp.)
QUINTUS SMYRNAEUS. A. S. Way. Verse trans.
SEXTUS EMPIRICUS. Rev. R. G. Bury. 3 Vols.
SOPHOCLES. F. Storr. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 6th Imp., Vol.

II. 4th Imp.) Verse trans.
STRABO: GEOGRAPHY. Horace L. Jones. 8 Vols.

(Vols. I and VIII. 2nd Imp.)
THEOPHRASTUS : CHARACTERS. J. M. Edmonds ;

HERODES. etc. A. D. Knox.
THEOPHRASTUS: ENQUIRY INTO PLANTS. Sir

Arthur Hort, Bart 2 Vols.
THUCYDIDES. C. F. Smith. 4 Vols. (Vol. I. 3rd Imp.,

Vols. II., III. and IV. 2nd Imp. revised.)
TRYPHIODORUS. C/. OPPIAN.
7

THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY

XENOPHON : CYROPAEDIA. Walter MUler. 2 Vols.

{2nd Imp.)
XENOPHON: HELLENICA, ANABASIS, APOLOGY,

AND SYMPOSIUM. C. L. Brownson and O. J. Todd.

3 Vols. {2nd Imp.)
XENOPHON : MEMORABILIA and OECONOMICUS.

E. C. Marchant. {2nd Imp.)
XENOPHON : SCRIPTA MINORA. E. C. Marchant.

VOLUMES IN PREPARATION

GREEK AUTHORS

ARISTOTLE : DE CAELO. W. K. C. Guthrie.

ARISTOTLE: HISTORY AND GENERATION OF
ANIMALS. A. L. Peck.

ARISTOTLE: METEOROLOGICA. H.P.Lee.

MANETHO. W. G. Waddell.

NONNUS. W. H. D. Rouse.

PAPYRI: LITERARY PAPYRI. Selected and trans-
lated by C. H. Roberts.

PTOLEMY: TETRABIBLUS. F. C. Robbins.

LATIN AUTHORS

S. AUGUSTINE : CITY OF GOD. J. H. Baxter.

CICERO : AD HERENNIUM. H. Caplan.

CICERO : DE ORATORE. Charles Stuttaford and W. E.

Sutton.
CICERO : BRUTUS, ORATOR. G. L. Hendrickson and

H. M. Hubbell.
CICERO: PRO SESTIO, IN VATINIUM, PRO

CAELIO. DE PROVINCIIS CONSULARIBUS, PRO

BALBO. J. H. Freese.
COLUMELLA : DE RE RUSTICA. H. B. Ash.
PRUDENTIUS. J. H. Baxter.
QUINTUS CURTIUS : HISTORY OF ALEXANDER.

J. C. Rolfe.

DESCRIPTIVE PROSPECTUS ON APPLICATION

London WILLIAM HEINEMANN LTD

Cambridge, Mass. . HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS

8

VICTORIA UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY

I